MY CY Owner’s Manual...the turn signal lamps flash. 3. Start the vehicle normally after entering....

CT6Owner’s Manual

2017 C

T6

23229105 A

C

M

Y

CM

MY

CY

CMY

K

2k17_Cadillac_CT6_23229105A .ai 1 5/10/2016 2:48:25 PM2k17_Cadillac_CT6_23229105A .ai 1 5/10/2016 2:48:25 PM

Cadillac CT6 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-9956070) -2017 - crc - 5/9/16

Contents Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

In Brief . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5

Keys, Doors, and Windows . . . . . . . . . 34

Seats and Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64

Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113

Instruments and Controls . . . . . . . . 116

Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191

Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198

Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199

Driving and Operating . . . . . . . . . . . . 213

Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305

Service and Maintenance . . . . . . . . . 393

Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 408

Customer Information . . . . . . . . . . . . 413

Reporting Safety Defects . . . . . . . . . 423

OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 426

Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 436


2 INTRODUCTION

Introduction

The names, logos, emblems, slogans,vehicle model names, and vehiclebody designs appearing in this manualincluding, but not limited to, GM, theGM logo, CADILLAC, the CADILLACEmblem, and CT6 are trademarks and/or service marks of General MotorsLLC, its subsidiaries, affiliates,or licensors.

For vehicles first sold in Canada,substitute the name “General Motorsof Canada Company” for CadillacMotor Car Division wherever itappears in this manual.

This manual describes features thatmay or may not be on the vehiclebecause of optional equipment thatwas not purchased on the vehicle,model variants, country specifications,features/applications that may not beavailable in your region, or changessubsequent to the printing of thisowner manual.

Refer to the purchase documentationrelating to your specific vehicle toconfirm the features.

Keep this manual in the vehicle forquick reference.

Canadian Vehicle OwnersA French language manual can beobtained from your dealer, atwww.helminc.com, or from:

Propriétaires Canadiens

On peut obtenir un exemplaire de ceguide en français auprès duconcessionnaire ou à l'adressesuivante:

Helm, IncorporatedAttention: Customer Service47911 Halyard DrivePlymouth, MI 48170USA

Using this ManualTo quickly locate information aboutthe vehicle, use the Index in the backof the manual. It is an alphabeticallist of what is in the manual and thepage number where it can be found.

Danger, Warning, andCautionWarning messages found on vehiclelabels and in this manual describehazards and what to do to avoid orreduce them.

{ Danger

Danger indicates a hazard with ahigh level of risk which will resultin serious injury or death.

Litho in U.S.A.Part No. 23229105 A First Printing ©2016 General Motors LLC. All Rights Reserved.


INTRODUCTION 3

{ Warning

Warning indicates a hazard thatcould result in injury or death.

Caution

Caution indicates a hazard thatcould result in property or vehicledamage.

A circle with a slash through it is asafety symbol which means “Do Not,”“Do not do this,” or “Do not let thishappen.”

SymbolsThe vehicle has components andlabels that use symbols instead oftext. Symbols are shown along with

the text describing the operation orinformation relating to a specificcomponent, control, message, gauge,or indicator.

M : Shown when the owner manualhas additional instructions orinformation.

* : Shown when the service manualhas additional instructions orinformation.

0 : Shown when there is moreinformation on another page —“see page.”

Vehicle Symbol Chart

Here are some additional symbols thatmay be found on the vehicle and whatthey mean. For more information onthe symbol, refer to the Index.

9 : Airbag Readiness Light

# : Air Conditioning

G : Air Conditioning Refrigerant Oil

! : Antilock Brake System (ABS)

g : Audio Steering Wheel Controls orOnStar® (if equipped)

$ : Brake System Warning Light

I : Certified Technician

" : Charging System

I : Cruise Control

` : Do Not Puncture

^ : Do Not Service

B : Engine Coolant Temperature

O : Exterior Lamps

_ : Flame/Fire Prohibited

H : Flammable

. : Fuel Gauge

+ : Fuses

3 : Headlamp High/Low-BeamChanger

( : Heated Steering Wheel

j : LATCH System Child Restraints

* : Malfunction Indicator Lamp

: : Oil Pressure

O : Power

/ : Remote Vehicle Start

> : Safety Belt Reminders

h : Start/Stop

7 : Tire Pressure Monitor


4 INTRODUCTION

d : Traction Control/StabiliTrak®

a : Under Pressure

M : Windshield Washer Fluid


IN BRIEF 5

In Brief

Instrument PanelInstrument Panel Overview . . . . . . . . . 6

Initial Drive InformationInitial Drive Information . . . . . . . . . . . 8Stop/Start System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8

Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9Trunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10Memory Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12Second Row Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13Heated and Ventilated Seats . . . . . . 14Head Restraint Adjustment . . . . . . . 15Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15Passenger Sensing System . . . . . . . . 15Mirror Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16Steering Wheel Adjustment . . . . . . . 16Interior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17Exterior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . . . . . 18Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20

Vehicle FeaturesInfotainment System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . . . . . 21Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21Driver InformationCenter (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22

Forward Collision Alert (FCA)System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22

Night Vision System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22Forward AutomaticBraking (FAB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22

Front Pedestrian Braking (FPB)System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22

Lane Keep Assist (LKA) . . . . . . . . . . . 23Lane Change Alert (LCA) . . . . . . . . . . 23Surround Vision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . . . . . . 23Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24

Parking Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24Automatic ParkingAssist (APA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24

Reverse AutomaticBraking (RAB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24

Surround Vision Recorder . . . . . . . . . 24Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24Universal Remote System . . . . . . . . . 25Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25

Hybrid FeaturesHigh Voltage Safety Information(Hybrid Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26

Charging (Hybrid Only) . . . . . . . . . . . 27Regenerative Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29Service (Hybrid) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29

Performance and MaintenanceTraction Control/ElectronicStability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30

Tire Pressure Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30Fuel (2.0L L4 Turbo Engine) . . . . . . 30Fuel (3.0L Twin TurboV6 Engine) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31

Fuel (3.6L V6 Engine) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31E85 or FlexFuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . . . . . . 31Driving for Better Fuel Economy(Gasoline Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32

Driving for Better EnergyEfficiency (Hybrid Only) . . . . . . . . . 32

Roadside Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33


6 IN BRIEF

Instrument Panel

Instrument Panel Overview


IN BRIEF 7

1. Air Vents 0 211.

2. Exterior Lamp Controls 0 191.

Turn Signal Lever. See Turn andLane-Change Signals 0 194.

3. Instrument Cluster (Base Level)0 125 or Instrument Cluster(Uplevel) 0 128.

Driver Information Center (DIC)Display. See Driver InformationCenter (DIC) 0 160.

4. Windshield Wiper/Washer 0 118.

5. ENGINE START/STOP Button.See Ignition Positions 0 225.

6. Parking Assist Button. SeeAssistance Systems for Parking orBacking 0 262.

Automatic Parking Assist (APA)Button. See Assistance Systemsfor Parking or Backing 0 262.

Automatic Engine Start/StopDisable Switch (If Equipped). SeeStarting the Engine (Gasoline Only)0 227 or Starting the Engine(Hybrid Only) 0 229.

7. Light Sensor. See AutomaticHeadlamp System 0 193.

8. Hazard Warning Flashers 0 194.

Glove Box Button. See GloveBox 0 113.

9. Infotainment 0 198.

10. Heated and Ventilated Front Seats0 71 (If Equipped).

11. Infotainment Touch Pad. See theinfotainment manual.

12. Automatic Climate Control System(Quad Zone - Gasoline Only) 0 199or Automatic Climate ControlSystem (Dual Zone - Gasoline andHybrid) 0 206.

13. Automatic Vehicle Hold(AVH) 0 245.

MODE Button. See Driver ModeControl (Gasoline Only) 0 249.

Traction Control/ElectronicStability Control 0 248.

14. Shift Lever. See AutomaticTransmission 0 239.

15. Driver Information Center (DIC)Controls. See Driver InformationCenter (DIC) 0 160.

16. Steering Wheel Controls. See theinfotainment manual.

17. Horn 0 118.

18. Steering Wheel Adjustment 0 117(Out of View).

19. Forward Collision Alert (FCA)System 0 268 (If Equipped).

Lane Keep Assist (LKA) 0 279 (IfEquipped).

Heated Steering Wheel 0 118 (IfEquipped).

20. Cruise Control 0 251.

Adaptive Cruise Control 0 253 (IfEquipped).

Phone Button. See “SteeringWheel Controls” in theinfotainment manual.

21. Data Link Connector (DLC) (Outof View). See MalfunctionIndicator Lamp (Check EngineLight) 0 141.


8 IN BRIEF

22. Instrument Panel Storage 0 113.

Instrument Panel FuseBlock 0 341.

23. Electric Parking Brake 0 243.

Instrument Panel IlluminationControl 0 195 (Out of View).

Head-Up Display (HUD) 0 163 (IfEquipped) (Out of View).

Initial Drive InformationThis section provides a brief overviewabout some of the important featuresthat may or may not be on yourspecific vehicle.

For more detailed information, refer toeach of the features which can befound later in this owner manual.

Stop/Start SystemThe vehicle has a fuel saving stop/start system to shut off the engineand help conserve fuel.

When the brakes are applied and thevehicle is at a complete stop, theengine may turn off. When the brakepedal is released or the acceleratorpedal is pushed, the engine willrestart.

If equipped, the automatic enginestop/start function can be disabledusing the switch. See Starting theEngine (Gasoline Only) 0 227 orStarting the Engine (Hybrid Only) 0 229.

Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) SystemThe Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)transmitter may work up to 60 m(197 ft) away.

Press the button to remove the key.The key can be used for thedriver door.

Press K to unlock the driver door orall doors, depending on the vehiclepersonalization settings.

Lock and unlock feedback can bepersonalized. See VehiclePersonalization 0 178.


IN BRIEF 9

PressX twice quickly to open thetrunk.

Press 7 and release to initiate vehiclelocator.

Press and hold 7 for more thanthree seconds to sound the panicalarm.

Press 7 again to cancel the panicalarm.

See Keys 0 34 and Remote KeylessEntry (RKE) System Operation 0 35.

Remote Vehicle StartIf equipped, the engine can be startedfrom outside of the vehicle.

Starting the Vehicle

1. Press and release Q on the RKEtransmitter.

2. Immediately, press and hold /for at least four seconds or untilthe turn signal lamps flash.

3. Start the vehicle normally afterentering.

When the vehicle starts, the parkinglamps will turn on.

For the hybrid vehicle, the engine willonly start if needed for warmingfunctions or high voltage batterycharging.

Remote start can be extended.

Canceling a Remote Start

To cancel a remote start, do one ofthe following:

. Press and hold/ until theparking lamps turn off.

. Turn on the hazard warningflashers.

. Turn the vehicle on and then off.

See Remote Vehicle Start 0 42.

Door Locks

Keyless Access

Press the button on the door handleand pull the handle when the RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) transmitter iswithin range. See Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) System Operation 0 35.

Manual Operation

From outside, use the key in thedriver door. The key lock cylinder iscovered by a cap. See Door Locks 0 43.

From the inside rear doors, push downon the door lock knob on top of thedoor. To unlock a door, pull once onthe door handle to unlock it, andagain to open it.

Power Door Locks

From outside, press Q or K on theRKE transmitter.

From inside, press Q or K. See PowerDoor Locks 0 45.


10 IN BRIEF

Trunk

To open the trunk:

. Press|.

. PressX twice quickly on theRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)transmitter.

. Press the touch pad on the rear ofthe trunk above the license plateafter unlocking all doors.

If equipped, these will also open thepower trunk. See Trunk 0 47.

WindowsThe power windows only operate withthe ignition in ACC/ACCESSORY orON/RUN, or when Retained AccessoryPower (RAP) is active. See RetainedAccessory Power (RAP) 0 232.

Press the switch to lower the window.Pull the switch up to raise it.

See Power Windows 0 59.

Seat Adjustment

Power Seats

Platinum Seat Shown, Base andUplevel Seats Similar

To adjust the seat:

. Move the seat forward or rearwardby sliding the control forward orrearward.

. Raise or lower the front part of theseat cushion by moving the frontof the control up or down.

. Raise or lower the seat by movingthe rear of the control up or down.

See Power Seat Adjustment 0 67.


IN BRIEF 11

Uplevel Seat Adjustment

If equipped, the ignition must be onto use all uplevel seat features.

Platinum Seat Shown, Uplevel SeatSimilar

1. Feature Select2. Up3. Forward4. Down5. Rearward

. Press Feature Select (1) to displayseat adjustments on theinfotainment display. Press andrelease or hold to scroll throughfeatures.

. Press Up (2) to make upwardadjustments of the selectedfeature.

. Press Forward (3) to make forwardadjustments of the selectedfeature.

. Press Down (4) to make downwardadjustments of the selectedfeature.

. Press Rearward (5) to makerearward adjustments of theselected feature.

Reclining Seatbacks


To adjust the seatback:

. Tilt the top of the controlrearward to recline.

. Tilt the top of the control forwardto raise.

See Reclining Seatbacks 0 69.


12 IN BRIEF

Base Lumbar Adjustment

Base Seat

To adjust lumbar support, if equipped:

. Press Forward (2) to move lumbarsupport forward.

. Press Rearward (1) to movelumbar support rearward.

Massage

Platinum Driver Seat Shown,Passenger Seat Similar

If equipped, the ignition must be onto use the massage feature.

To activate and adjust the massagefeature:

1. Toggle the center selectioncontrol (2) to view availableseating adjustment options onthe infotainment display.

2. Select massage feature.

3. Press the control up (3) ordown (5) to select themassage type.

4. Press the control forward (4) orrearward (6) to change theintensity.

5. Press the massage controlbutton (1) to recall the lastmassage type and intensity.

See Massage 0 73.

Memory Features


If equipped, the SET, 1, 2, andB(Exit) buttons on the driver door andfront passenger door are used tomanually store and recall memorysettings for the driver and passenger


IN BRIEF 13

seats. The driver memory buttons alsostore outside mirror positions, powertilt and telescoping steering columnpositions, and massage settings (ifequipped).

When Auto Memory Recall is enabledin the personalization menu, positionspreviously stored to the drivermemory buttons 1 or 2 are recalledwhen the ignition is changed fromOFF to ON/RUN/START or ACC/ACCESSORY.

When Easy Exit Options is enabled inthe personalization menu, thepositions previously stored to thedriver memoryB (Exit) button arerecalled when the ignition is changedto OFF and the driver door is openedwithin a short time.

See Memory Seats 0 70 and VehiclePersonalization 0 178.

Second Row SeatsIf equipped, the armrest may haveseat adjustment controls.

1. Seatback Display and LumbarAdjustment Control

2. Power Seat Adjustment3. Power Seat Adjustment4. Massage

See Rear Seats 0 73.

Easy Exit

If equipped, press S to return the seatto the full rearward and full front ofseat tilt down position. The seat willalso move to this position when therear door is opened.


14 IN BRIEF

Heated and Ventilated RearSeats

{ Warning

If you cannot feel temperaturechange or pain to the skin, the seatheater may cause burns. See theWarning under Heated andVentilated Front Seats 0 71.

If equipped, the buttons are on therear passenger doors.

With the ignition in ON/RUN, press M

or L to heat the left or right outboardseat cushion.

With the ignition in ON/RUN, press Cor { to ventilate the left or rightoutboard seat.

See Heated and Ventilated RearSeats 0 76.

Heated and VentilatedSeats

If equipped, the buttons are near theclimate controls on the center stack.To operate, the ignition must be inON/RUN.

Press J or z to heat the driver orpassenger seat cushion and seatback.

PressI or+ to heat the driver orpassenger seatback only.

PressC or { to ventilate the driveror passenger seat.

Press the button once for the highestsetting. With each press of the button,the seat will change to the next lowersetting, and then to the off setting.The indicator lights above the buttonsindicate three for the highest settingand one for the lowest. If the frontheated seats are on high, the levelmay automatically be lowered afterapproximately 30 minutes.

See Heated and Ventilated FrontSeats 0 71.


IN BRIEF 15

Head Restraint AdjustmentDo not drive until the head restraintsfor all occupants are installed andadjusted properly.

To achieve a comfortable seatingposition, change the seatback reclineangle as little as necessary whilekeeping the seat and the headrestraint height in the proper position.

See Head Restraints 0 65 and PowerSeat Adjustment 0 67.

Safety Belts

Refer to the following sections forimportant information on how to usesafety belts properly:

. Safety Belts 0 77.

. How to Wear Safety BeltsProperly 0 78.

. Lap-Shoulder Belt 0 79.

. Lower Anchors and Tethers forChildren (LATCH System) 0 101.

Passenger Sensing System

United States

Canada

The passenger sensing system turnsoff the front outboard passengerfrontal airbag and knee airbag undercertain conditions. No other airbag isaffected by the passenger sensingsystem. See Passenger SensingSystem 0 89.

The passenger airbag status indicatorwill light on the overhead consolewhen the vehicle is started. SeePassenger Airbag StatusIndicator 0 139.


16 IN BRIEF

Mirror Adjustment

Exterior Mirror

1. Move the selector switch to L(Left) or R (Right) to choose thedriver or passenger mirror.

2. Press one of the four arrows tomove the mirror.

3. Move the selector switch to ) todeselect the mirror.

The vehicle has manual foldingmirrors or, if equipped, power foldingmirrors. See Power Mirrors 0 55.

Interior Mirror

Adjustment

Adjust the rearview mirror for a clearview of the area behind your vehicle.

Automatic Dimming Rearview Mirror

Automatic dimming reduces the glareof headlamps from behind. Thedimming feature comes on when thevehicle is started.

Rear Camera Mirror

If equipped, this automatic dimmingrearview mirror provides a wide anglecamera view of the area behind thevehicle. For ease of use, adjust themirror for a clear view of the areabehind the vehicle while the display isoff. See Rear Camera Mirror 0 57.

Steering Wheel AdjustmentPower Tilt and Telescoping SteeringWheel

Press the control to move the tilt andtelescoping steering wheel up anddown or forward and rearward.

Do not adjust the steering wheel whiledriving.


IN BRIEF 17

Interior LightingDome Lamp

The dome lamp is in the overheadconsole.

To change the dome lamp settings,press:

( OFF : Turns the lamp off, evenwhen a door is open.

+ ON/OFF : Turns the lamp onor off.

Reading Lamps

There are front and rear readinglamps on the overhead console andover the rear passenger doors. Theselamps come on automatically whenany door is opened.

To manually turn the reading lampson or off:

Pressm orn next to each overheadconsole reading lamp.

Press the lamp lenses over the rearpassenger doors.

For more information on interiorlighting, see Instrument PanelIllumination Control 0 195.

Exterior Lighting

The exterior lamp control is on theturn signal lever.


18 IN BRIEF

Turn the control to the followingpositions:

O : Turns off the exterior lamps. Theknob returns to the AUTO positionafter it is released. Turn to O again toreactivate the AUTO mode.

AUTO : Automatically turns theexterior lamps on and off, dependingon outside lighting.

; : Turns on the parking lampsincluding all lamps, except theheadlamps.

5 : Turns on the headlamps togetherwith the parking lamps andinstrument panel lights.

See:

. Exterior Lamp Controls 0 191.

. Turn and Lane-ChangeSignals 0 194.

Windshield Wiper/Washer

With the ignition in ACC/ACCESSORYor ON/RUN, move the lever up ordown to select the wiper speed.

HI : Use for fast wipes.

LO : Use for slow wipes.

AUTO : Use this setting forintermittent wipes when Rainsense™is disabled, or for Rainsense wipeswhen it is enabled. For intermittentwipes, move the lever up to AUTO,then turn the band on the wiper leverup for more frequent wipes or downfor less frequent wipes.

If Rainsense is enabled in vehiclepersonalization, move the lever up toAUTO, then turn the band on thewiper lever to adjust the sensitivity tomoisture.

. Turn the band up for moresensitivity to moisture.

. Turn the band down for lesssensitivity to moisture.

. Move the windshield wiper leverout of the AUTO position todeactivate Rainsense.

To enable or disable this feature, see“Rainsense Wipers” under VehiclePersonalization 0 178.

OFF : Use to turn the wipers off.

1X : For a single wipe, briefly movethe lever down. For several wipes, holdthe lever down.


IN BRIEF 19

f : Pull the lever toward you tospray windshield washer fluid andactivate the wipers.

See Windshield Wiper/Washer 0 118.

Climate ControlsThe climate control buttons and the touch screen are used to adjust the heating,cooling, and ventilation.

Dual and Quad Zone Climate Control Buttons

1. Driver and PassengerTemperature Controls

2. Fan Control

3. Driver and Passenger Heated andVentilated Seats (If Equipped)

4. Rear Window Defogger

5. Defrost

6. OFF (Fan)

7. Recirculation

8. AUTO (Automatic Operation)


20 IN BRIEF

Climate Touch Screen Controls(Gasoline Only)

1. Outside Temperature Display


3. Fan Control

4. A/C (Air Conditioning)

5. Climate Control Selection(Application Tray Button)

6. SYNC (SynchronizedTemperature)

7. Driver and Passenger AirDelivery Mode Controls

8. Defog

9. Ionizer Status Indicator (IfEquipped)

Climate Touch Screen Controls(Hybrid Only)



3. Fan Control

4. Heater and A/C (AirConditioning)




8. Defog


See Automatic Climate Control System(Quad Zone - Gasoline Only) 0 199 orAutomatic Climate Control System (DualZone - Gasoline and Hybrid) 0 206.

TransmissionTap Shift

Vehicles equipped with Tap Shiftallow shifting an automatictransmission similar to a manualtransmission. Tap Shift can beenabled through the shift lever or theTap Shift controls on the back of thesteering wheel. See Manual Mode(Gasoline Only) 0 241.


IN BRIEF 21

Vehicle Features

Infotainment SystemSee the infotainment manual forinformation on the radio, audioplayers, rear seat infotainment, phone,navigation system, and voice orspeech recognition. It also includesinformation on settings.

Steering Wheel ControlsThe infotainment system can beoperated by using the steering wheelcontrols. See "Steering WheelControls" in the infotainment manual.

Cruise Control

J : Press to turn the system on andoff. A white indicator appears in theinstrument cluster when turned on.

RES+ : If there is a set speed inmemory, press briefly to resume tothat speed or press and hold toaccelerate. If the cruise control isalready active, use to increase vehiclespeed. To increase speed by 1 km/h(1 mph), press RES+ to the first detent.To increase speed to the next 5 km/h(5 mph) mark on the speedometer,press RES+ to the second detent.

SET− : Press briefly to set the speedand activate cruise control. If thecruise control is already active, use todecrease vehicle speed. To decreasespeed by 1 km/h (1 mph), press SET−to the first detent. To decrease speedto the next 5 km/h (5 mph) mark onthe speedometer, press SET− to thesecond detent.

* : Press to disengage cruise controlwithout erasing the set speed frommemory.

See Cruise Control 0 251 or AdaptiveCruise Control 0 253 (if equipped).


22 IN BRIEF

Driver InformationCenter (DIC)The DIC display is in the instrumentcluster. It shows the status of manyvehicle systems.

y orz : Press to go to the previousor next selection.

S or T : Press to move between theinteractive display zones in thecluster. Press S to go back to theprevious menu.

SEL : Press to open a menu or select amenu item. Press and hold to resetvalues on certain screens.

See Driver Information Center(DIC) 0 160.

Forward Collision Alert(FCA) SystemIf equipped, FCA may help avoid orreduce the harm caused by front-endcrashes. FCA provides a greenindicator,V, when a vehicle isdetected ahead. This indicatordisplays amber if you follow a vehiclemuch too closely. When approaching avehicle ahead too quickly, FCAprovides a flashing red alert on thewindshield and rapidly beeps or pulsesthe driver seat.

See Forward Collision Alert (FCA)System 0 268.

Night Vision SystemIf equipped, this system can help thedriver see and alert the driver topedestrians or large animals ahead ofthe vehicle beyond the area lit by theheadlamps.

See Night Vision System 0 274.

Forward AutomaticBraking (FAB)If the vehicle has Forward CollisionAlert (FCA), it also has FAB, whichincludes Intelligent Brake Assist (IBA).When the system detects a vehicleahead in your path that is traveling inthe same direction that you may beabout to crash into, it can provide aboost to braking or automaticallybrake the vehicle. This can help avoidor lessen the severity of crashes whendriving in a forward gear.

See Forward Automatic Braking(FAB) 0 270.

Front Pedestrian Braking(FPB) SystemIf equipped, the FPB system may helpavoid or reduce the harm caused byfront-end crashes with nearbypedestrians when driving in a forwardgear. FPB displays an amber indicator,~, when a nearby pedestrian isdetected directly ahead. Whenapproaching a detected pedestrian tooquickly, FPB provides a red flashingalert on the windshield and rapidly


IN BRIEF 23

beeps or pulses the driver seat. FPBcan provide a boost to braking orautomatically brake the vehicle.

See Front Pedestrian Braking (FPB)System 0 272.

Lane Keep Assist (LKA)If equipped, LKA may help avoidcrashes due to unintentional lanedepartures. It may assist by gentlyturning the steering wheel if thevehicle approaches a detected lanemarking without using a turn signal inthat direction. It may also provide aLane Departure Warning (LDW) alertas the lane marking is crossed. Thesystem will not assist or alert if itdetects that you are actively steering.Override LKA by turning the steeringwheel. LKA uses a camera to detectlane markings between 60 km/h (37mph) and 180 km/h (112 mph).

See Lane Departure Warning (LDW)0 278 and Lane Keep Assist(LKA) 0 279.

Lane Change Alert (LCA)If equipped, the LCA system is alane-changing aid that assists driverswith avoiding lane change crashesthat occur with moving vehicles in theside blind zone (or spot) areas or withvehicles rapidly approaching theseareas from behind. The LCA warningdisplay will light up in thecorresponding outside side mirror andwill flash if the turn signal is on. TheSide Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) systemis included as part of the LCA system.

See Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) 0 276and Lane Change Alert (LCA) 0 277.

Surround VisionIf equipped, views around the vehicledisplay in the infotainment display toaid with parking and low-speedmaneuvers.

See “Surround Vision” underAssistance Systems for Parking orBacking 0 262.

Front Vision Camera

If equipped, a view of the area in frontof the vehicle displays on theinfotainment display to aid withparking and low-speed maneuvers.

See “Front Vision Camera” underAssistance Systems for Parking orBacking 0 262.

Rear Vision Camera (RVC)If equipped, RVC displays a view ofthe area behind the vehicle on theinfotainment display when the vehicleis shifted into R (Reverse) to aid withparking and low-speed backingmaneuvers.

See Assistance Systems for Parking orBacking 0 262.


24 IN BRIEF

Rear Cross Traffic Alert(RCTA) SystemIf equipped, the RCTA system uses atriangle with an arrow displayed onthe infotainment screen to warn oftraffic behind your vehicle that maycross your vehicle's path while inR (Reverse). In addition, beeps willsound, or the driver seat will pulse.


Parking AssistIf equipped, Rear Parking Assist (RPA)uses sensors on the rear bumper toassist with parking and avoidingobjects while in R (Reverse).It operates at speeds less than 8 km/h(5 mph). RPA may display a warningtriangle on the Rear Vision Camerascreen and a graphic on theinstrument cluster to provide theobject distance. In addition, multiplebeeps or seat pulses may occur if veryclose to an object.

The vehicle may also have the FrontParking Assist system.


Automatic ParkingAssist (APA)If equipped, the APA system helps tosearch for and maneuver the vehicleinto parallel or perpendicular parkingspots using automatic steering, DICdisplays, and beeps. When the vehiclespeed is below 30 km/h (18 mph),touchO to enable the system.

See “Automatic Parking Assist (APA)”under Assistance Systems for Parkingor Backing 0 262.

Reverse AutomaticBraking (RAB)If the vehicle has Adaptive CruiseControl (ACC) it also has the RABsystem, which is designed to helpavoid or reduce the harm caused bybacking crashes when the vehicle isshifted into R (Reverse). If the systemdetects the vehicle is backing too fastto avoid a crash with a detected object

behind your vehicle in your path, itmay automatically brake hard toa stop.


Surround Vision RecorderIf equipped, the Surround VisionRecorder records 360° camera views toan SD card. Only images are recorded,no sound.

See Surround Vision Recorder 0 280.

Power Outlets

Power Outlet 12-Volt DirectCurrent

The 12-volt accessory power outletcan be used to plug in electricalequipment, such as a cell phone orMP3 player. The vehicle may have anaccessory power outlet on the rearseat trim panel (gasoline and hybrid)and inside the trunk (hybrid only).


IN BRIEF 25

1. Power Outlet 110V/120VAlternating Current

2. Power Outlet 12-Volt DirectCurrent

Lift the cover to access the poweroutlet.

See Power Outlets 0 121.

Universal Remote System

If equipped, this system provides away to replace up to three remotecontrol transmitters used to activatedevices such as garage door openers,security systems, and homeautomation devices.

Read the instructions completelybefore attempting to program theUniversal Remote system. Because ofthe steps involved, it may be helpfulto have another person available toassist you with programming theUniversal Remote system.

See Universal Remote System 0 187.

SunroofIf equipped with a sunroof, theignition must be in ON/RUN or ACC/ACCESSORY, or in Retained AccessoryPower (RAP), to operate the sunroof.See Ignition Positions 0 225 andRetained Accessory Power (RAP) 0 232.

1. SLIDE Switch2. TILT Switch

Slide Switch

Express-Open/Express-Close : Pressthe rear or front ofD (1) to thesecond detent and release toexpress-open or express-close thesunroof.


26 IN BRIEF

Open/Close (Manual Mode) : Pressthe rear ofD (1) to the first detentand hold to open the sunroof. Pressthe front ofD (1) to the first detentand hold to close the sunroof.

Tilt Switch

Vent Feature : Press and hold thefront ofE (2) to vent the sunroof.

Press and hold the rear ofE (2) toclose the sunroof vent.

See Sunroof 0 62.

Hybrid Features

High Voltage SafetyInformation (Hybrid Only)

{ Warning

Exposure to high voltage can causeshock, burns, and even death. Thehigh voltage components in thevehicle can only be serviced bytechnicians with special training.

High voltage components areidentified by labels. Do not remove,open, take apart, or modify thesecomponents. High voltage cable orwiring has orange covering orlabels. Do not probe, tamper with,cut, or modify high voltage cable orwiring.

This vehicle has a high voltage batteryand a standard 12-volt battery.

If the vehicle is in a crash, the sensingsystem may shut down the highvoltage system. When this occurs, thehigh voltage battery is disconnected

and the vehicle will not start. TheSERVICE VEHICLE SOON message inthe Driver Information Center (DIC)will be displayed. Before the vehiclecan be operated again, it must beserviced at your dealer.

{ Warning

Damage to the high voltage batteryor high voltage system can create arisk of electric shock, overheating,or fire.

If the vehicle is damaged from amoderate to severe crash, flood,fire, or other event, the vehicleshould be inspected as soon aspossible. Until the vehicle has beeninspected, store it outside at least15 m (50 ft) from any structure oranything that can burn. Ventilatethe vehicle by opening a window ora door.

Contact your dealer as soon aspossible to determine whether aninspection is needed.


IN BRIEF 27

See Battery - North America 0 331 forimportant safety information. If anairbag has inflated, see What Will YouSee after an Airbag Inflates? 0 88.

Only a trained service technician withthe proper knowledge and toolsshould inspect, test, or replace thehigh voltage battery. See your dealer ifeither the 12-volt battery or the highvoltage battery needs service.

Charging (Hybrid Only)This section explains the process forcharging the high voltage battery. Donot allow the vehicle to remain intemperature extremes for long periodswithout being driven or plugged in.It is recommended that the vehicle beplugged in when temperatures arebelow 0 °C (32 °F) and above 32 °C(90 °F) to maximize high voltagebattery life.

When using the portable charge cordincluded with the vehicle, it will takeapproximately 20 hours to charge thevehicle with the 8 amp AC currentsetting or 12.5 hours using the12 amp AC current setting. Whenusing a charging station capable of

16 amps or more, it will takeapproximately 4.5 hours to charge thevehicle. Charge times will vary withoutside temperature. There are threeways to program how the vehicle ischarged. See Programmable Charging(Hybrid Only) 0 150.

The charging system may run fansand pumps that result in sounds fromthe vehicle while it is turned off.Additional unexpected clicking soundsmay be caused by the electricaldevices used while charging.

While the charge cord is plugged intothe vehicle, the vehicle cannot bedriven.

Charging

Start Charge

A portable charge cord used to chargethe vehicle high voltage battery isstored in the trunk under the loadfloor.

1. Place the vehicle in P (Park) withthe ignition off.

2. Push the rearward edge of thecharge port door in and releaseto open the door.

In cold weather conditions, icemay form around the charge portdoor. Remove ice from the areabefore attempting to open orclose the charge port door.

3. Open the trunk. Lift the loadfloor cover and remove thecharge cord.

4. Plug the charge cord into theelectrical outlet. See ElectricalRequirements for Battery Charging(Hybrid Only) 0 294. Verify thecharge cord status. See ChargeCord 0 288. Select theappropriate charge level usingthe Charge Limit Preferencescreen on the infotainmentdisplay. See “Charge LimitSelection” under ProgrammableCharging (Hybrid Only) 0 150.


28 IN BRIEF

5. Plug in the vehicle plug of thecharge cord into the charge porton the vehicle. Verify that thecharging status indicatorilluminates on top of theinstrument panel and an audiblebeep occurs. See Charging StatusFeedback (Hybrid Only) 0 284.

6. If equipped, to arm the chargecord theft alert, lock the vehiclewith the RKE transmitter. Todisable this feature, see “ChargeCord Theft Alert” in VehiclePersonalization 0 178.

End Charge

1. Unlock the vehicle with the RKEtransmitter to disarm the chargecord theft alert.

2. Unplug the vehicle plug of thecharge cord from the vehicle.

3. Close the charge port door bypushing firmly on the rearwardedge of the door surface.

4. Unplug the charge cord from theelectrical outlet.

5. Place the charge cord into thestorage compartment.

Charge Cord

Important Information AboutPortable Electric Vehicle Charging

. Charging an electric vehicle canstress a building’s electricalsystem more than a typicalhousehold appliance.

. Before you plug in to any electricaloutlet, have a qualified electricianinspect and verify the electricalsystem (electrical outlet, wiring,junctions, and protection devices)for heavy-duty service at a 12 ampcontinuous load.

. Electrical outlets may wear outwith normal usage or be damagedover time, making them unsuitablefor electric vehicle charging.

. Check the electrical outlet/plugwhile charging and discontinueuse if the electrical outlet/plug ishot, then have the electrical outletserviced by a qualified electrician.

. When outdoors, plug into anelectrical outlet that isweather-proof while in use.

. Mount the charging cord to reducestrain on the electrical outlet/plug.


IN BRIEF 29

{ Danger

Improper use of portable electricvehicle charge cords may cause afire, electrical shock, or burns, andmay result in damage to property,serious injury, or death.

. Do not use extension cords,multi-outlet power strips,splitters, grounding adaptors,surge protectors, or similardevices.

. Do not use an electrical outletthat is worn or damaged,or will not hold the plugfirmly in place.

. Do not use an electrical outletthat is not properly grounded.

. Do not use an electrical outletthat is on a circuit with otherelectrical loads.

Charge Cord Status Indicators

See Charge Cord 0 288.

Charge Level Selection

Charge level selection can be madeusing the Charge Limit Preferencescreen on the infotainment display.See “Charge Limit Selection” underProgrammable Charging (HybridOnly) 0 150.

{ Warning

Using a charge level that exceedsthe electrical circuit or electricaloutlet capacity may start a fire ordamage the electrical circuit. Usethe lowest charge level until aqualified electrician inspects theelectrical circuit capacity. Use thelowest charge level if the electricalcircuit or electrical outlet capacityis not known.

Regenerative BrakingRegenerative braking takes some ofthe energy from the moving vehicleand turns it back into electricalenergy. This energy is then stored inthe high voltage battery system,

contributing to increased energyefficiency. See Regenerative Braking(Hybrid Only) 0 246.

Service (Hybrid)

{ Warning

Never try to do your own service onhigh voltage components. You canbe injured and the vehicle can bedamaged if you try to do your ownservice work. Service and repair ofthese high voltage componentsshould only be performed by atrained service technician with theproper knowledge and tools. SeeDoing Your Own Service Work 0 307.


30 IN BRIEF

Performance andMaintenance

Traction Control/ElectronicStability ControlThe Traction Control System (TCS)limits wheel spin. The system is onwhen the vehicle is started.

The StabiliTrak system assists withdirectional control of the vehicle indifficult driving conditions. Thesystem is on when the vehicle isstarted.

. To turn off TCS, press andreleaseY on the center

console. i illuminates in theinstrument cluster and theappropriate DIC message displays.See Ride Control SystemMessages 0 175.

. Press and releaseY again to turnTCS back on.

. To turn off both TCS andStabiliTrak, press and holdY on

the center console until g and i

illuminate in the instrumentcluster. The appropriate DICmessage displays. See Ride ControlSystem Messages 0 175.

. Press and releaseY again to turnon both systems.

See Traction Control/Electronic StabilityControl 0 248.

The vehicle has Driver Mode Control.See Driver Mode Control (GasolineOnly) 0 249.

Tire Pressure MonitorThis vehicle may have a Tire PressureMonitor System (TPMS).

The low tire pressure warning lightalerts to a significant loss in pressureof one of the vehicle's tires. If thewarning light comes on, stop as soonas possible and inflate the tires to therecommended pressure shown on the

Tire and Loading Information label.See Vehicle Load Limits 0 221. Thewarning light will remain on until thetire pressure is corrected.

The low tire pressure warning lightmay come on in cool weather whenthe vehicle is first started, and thenturn off as the vehicle is driven. Thismay be an early indicator that the tirepressures are getting low and the tiresneed to be inflated to the properpressure.

The TPMS does not replace normalmonthly tire maintenance. Maintainthe correct tire pressures.

See Tire Pressure MonitorSystem 0 355.

Fuel (2.0L L4 Turbo Engine)


IN BRIEF 31

Premium Recommended Fuel

Use premium 93 octane unleadedgasoline in your vehicle. Unleadedgasoline with an octane rating as lowas 87 may be used, but it will reduceperformance and fuel economy. SeeFuel 0 295.

Fuel (3.0L Twin TurboV6 Engine)

Premium Required Fuel

Use premium 93 octane unleadedgasoline in your vehicle. Unleadedgasoline with a 91 octane rating maybe used, but it will reduceperformance and fuel economy. SeeFuel 0 295.

Fuel (3.6L V6 Engine)

Regular Fuel

Use only unleaded gasoline rated87 octane or higher in your vehicle.Do not use gasoline with an octanerating lower as it may result in vehicledamage and lower fuel economy. SeeFuel 0 295.

E85 or FlexFuel

No E85 or FlexFuel

Gasoline-ethanol fuel blends greaterthan E15 (15% ethanol by volume),such as E85, cannot be used in thisvehicle.

Engine Oil Life SystemThe engine oil life system calculatesengine oil life based on vehicle useand displays the CHANGE ENGINEOIL SOON message when it is time tochange the engine oil and filter. Theoil life system should be reset to 100%only following an oil change.

Resetting the Oil Life System

1. Using the DIC buttons, displayREMAINING OIL LIFE on theDIC. See Driver Information Center(DIC) 0 160 and Engine OilMessages 0 170.

2. Press and hold SEL to clear theCHANGE ENGINE OIL SOONmessage and reset the oil lifeat 100%.

Be careful not to reset the oil lifedisplay accidentally at any timeother than after the oil ischanged. It cannot be resetaccurately until the next oilchange.


32 IN BRIEF

The oil life system can also be reset asfollows:

1. Turn the ignition on with theengine off.

2. Fully press and release theaccelerator pedal three timeswithin five seconds.

If the CHANGE ENGINE OILSOON message is not on, thesystem is reset.

See Engine Oil Life System 0 318.

Driving for Better FuelEconomy (Gasoline Only)Driving habits can affect fuel mileage.Here are some driving tips to get thebest fuel economy possible.

. Avoid fast starts and acceleratesmoothly.

. Brake gradually and avoid abruptstops.

. Avoid idling the engine for longperiods of time.

. When road and weatherconditions are appropriate, usecruise control.

. Always follow posted speed limitsor drive more slowly whenconditions require.

. Keep vehicle tires properlyinflated.

. Combine several trips into asingle trip.

. Replace the vehicle's tires with thesame TPC Spec number moldedinto the tire's sidewall nearthe size.

. Follow recommended scheduledmaintenance.

Driving for Better EnergyEfficiency (Hybrid Only)Use the following tips to helpmaximize energy efficiency and range.

In colder temperatures, while theseefficiency tips will help, the electricvehicle driving range may be lowerdue to higher energy usage.

Driving Style

Acceleration/Braking/Coasting

Avoid unnecessary rapid accelerationsand decelerations.

Electric range is maximized at80 km/h (50 mph) and below. Higherspeeds use more energy and cansignificantly reduce electric range.

Use cruise control when appropriate.

Plan ahead for decelerations and coastwhenever possible. For example, donot rush to traffic signals.

Do not shift to N (Neutral) to coast.The vehicle recovers energy whilecoasting and braking in D (Drive) or M(Manual Mode).

Drive Mode and PRNDM Selection

Use Tour Mode when possible.

Sport Mode provides more responsiveacceleration than Tour Mode but canreduce efficiency.

Use Hold Mode on a trip where it isexpected that all of the electric chargewill be depleted. Use Hold Mode


IN BRIEF 33

mainly during highway or high speeddriving to maximize both EV milesand fuel efficiency.

Use M (Manual Model) in heavystop-and-go traffic or when travelingdownhill. M (Manual Mode) requiresless brake pedal application andprovides a controlled, efficient way toslow the vehicle down.

Climate Setting

Using the heat and air conditioningsystems decreases the energy availablefor electric driving.

Optimal energy efficiency is achievedwith the heat, air conditioning, andfan turned off.

Less energy is used at low fan speeds.

Use the auto heated seat feature andthe heated steering wheel instead ofclimate settings. Heating the seat andsteering wheel uses less energy thanheating the vehicle interior.

Use remote start to heat or cool theinterior when the vehicle is plugged into maximize the electric range byutilizing electricity from the electricaloutlet.

In hot weather, avoid parking in directsunlight or use sunshades inside thevehicle.

Turn off the front and rear windowdefog/defrost when they are no longerneeded.

Avoid driving with the windows openat highway speeds.

Vehicle Charging/Maintenance

Charging

Keep the vehicle plugged in, evenwhen fully charged, to keep thebattery temperature ready for the nextdrive. This is important when outsidetemperatures are extremely hotor cold.

Maintenance

Always keep the tires properly inflatedand the vehicle properly aligned.

The weight of excess cargo in thevehicle affects efficiency and range.Avoid carrying more than is needed.

If fuel is not regularly used, considerkeeping the fuel tank only one-thirdfull. Excess fuel weight impactsefficiency and range.

For fuel recommendations, seeFuel 0 295.

Avoid unnecessary use of electricalaccessories. Power used for functionsother than propelling the vehicle willreduce EV range.

Using a rooftop carrier will reduceefficiency due to additional weightand drag.

Roadside ServiceU.S.: 1-800-224-1400

Canada: 1-800-882-1112

TTY Users (U.S. Only): 1-888-889-2438

New Cadillac owners are automaticallyenrolled in the Roadside ServiceProgram.

See Roadside Service 0 416.


34 KEYS, DOORS, AND WINDOWS

Keys, Doors, andWindows

Keys and LocksKeys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35

Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35

Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43Power Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45Automatic Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . 45Lockout Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45Safety Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46

DoorsTrunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47

Vehicle SecurityVehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51Vehicle Alarm System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54Immobilizer Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . 54

Exterior MirrorsConvex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55Power Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55

Folding Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56Automatic Dimming Mirror . . . . . . . 56Reverse Tilt Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56

Interior MirrorsInterior Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . . . 56Automatic Dimming RearviewMirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56

Rear Camera Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57

WindowsWindows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58Power Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60Rear Window Sunshade . . . . . . . . . . . 61

RoofSunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62

Keys and Locks

Keys

{ Warning

Leaving children in a vehicle with aRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)transmitter is dangerous andchildren or others could beseriously injured or killed. Theycould operate the power windowsor other controls or make thevehicle move. The windows willfunction with the RKE transmitterin the vehicle, and children orothers could be caught in the pathof a closing window. Do not leavechildren in a vehicle with an RKEtransmitter.


KEYS, DOORS, AND WINDOWS 35

This key, inside the Remote KeylessEntry (RKE) transmitter, is used forthe driver door.

To remove the key, press the buttonon the side of the transmitter near thebottom, and pull the key out. Neverpull the key out without pressing thebutton.

See your dealer if a new key is needed.

Contact Roadside Service if locked outof the vehicle. See RoadsideService 0 416.

With an active OnStar subscription, anOnStar Advisor may remotely unlockthe vehicle. See OnStar Overview 0 426.

Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) SystemSee Radio Frequency Statement 0 422.

If there is a decrease in the RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) operating range:

. Check the distance. Thetransmitter may be too far fromthe vehicle.

. Check the location. Other vehiclesor objects may be blocking thesignal.

. Check the transmitter's battery.See “Battery Replacement” later inthis section.

. If the transmitter is still notworking correctly, see your dealeror a qualified technician forservice.

Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) System OperationThe Keyless Access system allows forvehicle entry when the transmitter iswithin 1 m (3 ft). See “Keyless AccessOperation” later in this section.

The RKE transmitter may work up to60 m (197 ft) away from the vehicle.

Keep in mind that other conditions,such as those previously stated, canimpact the performance of thetransmitter.



Q : Press to lock all doors. The turnsignal indicators may flash and/or thehorn may sound on the second pressto indicate locking. See VehiclePersonalization 0 178.

If the driver door is open when Q ispressed and Unlocked DoorAnti-Lockout is enabled through thevehicle personalization, all doors willlock and then the driver door willimmediately unlock. See VehiclePersonalization 0 178. If the passengerdoor is open when Q is pressed, alldoors lock.

Pressing Q may also arm the alarmsystem. See Vehicle Alarm System 0 51.

If equipped with auto mirror folding,pressing and holding Q forone second will fold the mirrors. Theauto mirror folding feature will notoperate unless it is enabled. SeeVehicle Personalization 0 178.

For gasoline vehicles, pressing Q willalso lock the fuel door, if equipped.

K : Press to unlock the driver door.Press unlock again within five secondsto unlock all doors. The RKEtransmitter can be programmed tounlock all doors on the first buttonpress. See VehiclePersonalization 0 178.

Lock and unlock feedback can bepersonalized. See VehiclePersonalization 0 178. When remotelyunlocking the vehicle at night, theheadlamps and back-up lamps willcome on for about 30 seconds to lightyour approach to the vehicle. The turnsignal indicators may flash to indicateunlocking.

For gasoline vehicles, pressing K willalso unlock the fuel door, if equipped.

Pressing K will disarm the alarmsystem. See Vehicle Alarm System 0 51.

If equipped with auto mirror folding,pressing and holding K forone second will unfold the mirrors.The auto mirror folding feature willnot operate unless it is enabled. SeeVehicle Personalization 0 178.

Press and hold K until the windowsfully open. Windows will not operateunless remote window operation isenabled. See VehiclePersonalization 0 178.

/ : Press and release Q and thenimmediately press and hold / for atleast four seconds to start the enginefrom outside the vehicle using theRKE transmitter. See Remote VehicleStart 0 42.

7 : Press and release one time toinitiate vehicle locator. The exteriorlamps flash and the horn chirps threetimes. Press and hold 7 for morethan three seconds to sound the panic



alarm. The horn sounds and the turnsignal lamps flash for 30 seconds,or until 7 is pressed again or thevehicle is started.

X : Press twice quickly to open thetrunk. Press once to stop the trunkfrom moving. See Trunk 0 47.

Keyless Access Operation

The Keyless Access system lets youlock and unlock the doors and accessthe trunk without removing the RKEtransmitter from your pocket, purse,briefcase, etc. The RKE transmittermust be within 1 m (3 ft) of the doorbeing opened. If equipped, there willbe a button on the outside doorhandles.

The Keyless Access system can beprogrammed to unlock all doors onthe first lock/unlock button press fromthe driver door. See VehiclePersonalization 0 178.

Keyless Unlocking/Locking from theDriver Door

When the doors are locked and theRKE transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft) ofthe door handle, pressing the lock/

unlock button on the driver doorhandle will unlock the driver door.If the lock/unlock button is pressedagain within five seconds, allpassenger doors will unlock.

Driver Door Shown, Passenger Similar

Pressing the lock/unlock button willcause all doors to lock if any of thefollowing occur:

. It has been more than five secondssince the first lock/unlock buttonpress.

. Two lock/unlock button presseswere used to unlock all doors.

. Any vehicle door has opened andall doors are now closed.

Keyless Unlocking/Locking from thePassenger Doors

When the doors are locked and theRKE transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft) ofthe door handle, pressing the lock/unlock button on a passenger doorhandle will unlock all doors. Pressingthe lock/unlock button will cause alldoors to lock if any of the followingoccur:

. The lock/unlock button was usedto unlock all doors.

. Any vehicle door has opened andall doors are now closed.

Passive Locking

The Keyless Access system will lockthe vehicle several seconds after alldoors are closed if the vehicle is offand at least one transmitter has beenremoved or none remain in thevehicle.

For gasoline vehicles, if equipped witha locking fuel door, the fuel door willalso lock at this time.

If other electronic devices interferewith the RKE transmitter signal, thevehicle may not detect the RKE



transmitter inside the vehicle.If passive locking is enabled, the doorsmay lock with the RKE transmitterinside the vehicle. Do not leave theRKE transmitter in an unattendedvehicle.

To customize the doors toautomatically lock when exiting thevehicle, see VehiclePersonalization 0 178.

Temporary Disable of PassiveLocking Feature

Temporarily disable passive locking bypressing and holding K on theinterior door switch with a door openfor at least four seconds, or until threechimes are heard. Passive locking willthen remain disabled until Q on theinterior door is pressed, or until thevehicle is turned on.

Remote Left In Vehicle Alert

When the vehicle is turned off and aremote is left in the vehicle, the hornwill chirp three times after all doorsare closed. To turn on or off seeVehicle Personalization 0 178.

Keyless Trunk Opening

To open the trunk, press the touchpad on the rear of the trunk above thelicense plate. The doors must beunlocked or the RKE transmitter mustbe within 1 m (3 ft).

Keyed Access

To access a vehicle with a deadtransmitter battery, see DoorLocks 0 43.

Programming Transmitters tothe Vehicle

Only RKE transmitters programmed tothe vehicle will work. If a transmitteris lost or stolen, a replacement can bepurchased and programmed throughyour dealer. The vehicle can bereprogrammed so that lost or stolentransmitters no longer work. Eachvehicle can have up to eighttransmitters matched to it.

Programming with RecognizedTransmitters

A new transmitter can be programmedto the vehicle when there are tworecognized transmitters.

To program, the vehicle must be offand all transmitters, both currentlyrecognized and new, must bewith you.

1. Remove the vehicle key from therecognized transmitter.

2. Place the recognizedtransmitter(s) in the cupholder.

3. Remove the key lock cylinder capon the driver door handle. SeeDoor Locks 0 43. Insert thevehicle key into the key lockcylinder on the driver doorhandle, then turn the keycounterclockwise to the unlockposition five times within10 seconds.

The Driver Information Center(DIC) displays READY FORREMOTE #2, 3, 4, ETC.



4. Place the new transmitter intothe transmitter pocket. Thecenter console storage area willneed to be opened.

5. Press ENGINE START/STOP.When the transmitter is learned,the DIC display will show that itis ready to program the nexttransmitter.

6. Remove the transmitter from thetransmitter pocket and press Kor Q on the transmitter.

To program additionaltransmitters, repeat Steps 4–6.

When all additional transmittersare programmed, press and holdENGINE START/STOP forapproximately 12 seconds to exitprogramming mode.

7. Put the vehicle key back into thetransmitter.

Programming without RecognizedTransmitters

If two currently recognizedtransmitters are not available, followthis procedure to program up to eighttransmitters. This feature is notavailable in Canada. This procedurewill take approximately 30 minutes tocomplete. The vehicle must be off andall transmitters to be programmedmust be with you.

1. Remove the vehicle key from thetransmitter.

2. Remove the key lock cylinder capon the driver door handle. SeeDoor Locks 0 43. Insert thevehicle key into the key lockcylinder on the driver doorhandle, then turn the key

counterclockwise to the unlockposition five times within10 seconds.

The Driver Information Center(DIC) displays REMOTE LEARNPENDING, PLEASE WAIT.

3. Wait for 10 minutes until theDIC displays PRESS ENGINESTART BUTTON TO LEARN andthen press ENGINESTART/STOP.

The DIC display will again showREMOTE LEARN PENDING,PLEASE WAIT.

4. Repeat Step 3 two additionaltimes. After the third time allpreviously known transmitterswill no longer work with thevehicle. Remaining transmitterscan be relearned during the nextsteps.

The DIC display should nowshow READY FOR REMOTE # 1.



5. Place the new transmitter in thetransmitter pocket. The centerconsole storage area will need tobe opened.

6. Press ENGINE START/STOP.When the transmitter is learned,the DIC display will show that itis ready to program the nexttransmitter.

7. Remove the transmitter from thetransmitter pocket and press Kor Q on the transmitter.

To program additionaltransmitters, repeat Steps 5–7.

When all additional transmittersare programmed, press and holdENGINE START/STOP forapproximately 12 seconds to exitprogramming mode.

8. Put the vehicle key back into thetransmitter.

Starting the Vehicle with a LowTransmitter Battery

If the transmitter battery is weak or ifthere is interference with the signal,the DIC may display NO REMOTEDETECTED or NO REMOTE KEY WASDETECTED PLACE KEY INTRANSMITTER POCKET THENSTART YOUR VEHICLE when startingthe vehicle. See Key and LockMessages 0 171.

To start the vehicle:

1. Open the center consolestorage area.

2. Place the transmitter in thetransmitter pocket.

3. With the vehicle in P (Park) orN (Neutral) press the brake pedaland ENGINE START/STOP.

Replace the transmitter batteryas soon as possible.

Battery Replacement

Caution

When replacing the battery, do nottouch any of the circuitry on thetransmitter. Static from your bodycould damage the transmitter.



Replace the battery if the REPLACEBATTERY IN REMOTE KEY messagedisplays in the DIC.

1. Press the button on the side ofthe transmitter near the bottomand pull the key out.

2. Separate the two halves of thetransmitter using a flat toolinserted into the bottom centerof the transmitter. Do not usethe key slot.

3. Remove the old battery. Do notuse a metal object.

4. Insert the new battery on theback housing, positive side facingdown. Replace with a CR2032 orequivalent battery.

5. Align the front and back housing,then snap the transmittertogether.

6. Reinsert the key.



Remote Vehicle StartIf equipped, this feature allows theengine to be started from outside thevehicle.

For the hybrid vehicle, the engine willonly start if needed for warmingfunctions or high voltage batterycharging.

/ : This button will be on the RKEtransmitter if the vehicle has remotestart.

The climate control system will usethe previous settings during a remotestart. The rear window defogger maycome on during remote start based oncold ambient conditions. The reardefog indicator light does not come onduring remote start.

If equipped, the heated and ventilatedfront seats may also come on whenthe vehicle personalization setting isenabled. See Heated and VentilatedFront Seats 0 71.

Laws in some local communities mayrestrict the use of remote starters. Forexample, some laws may require a

person using remote start to have thevehicle in view. Check localregulations for any requirements.

If your vehicle is low on fuel, do notuse the remote start feature. Thevehicle may run out of fuel.

The RKE transmitter range may beshorter while the vehicle is running.

Other conditions can affect theperformance of the transmitter. SeeRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)System 0 35.

Starting the Engine Using RemoteStart

1. Press and release Q on the RKEtransmitter.

2. Immediately press and hold /for at least four seconds or untilthe turn signal lamps flash. Thisconfirms the request to remotestart the vehicle has beenreceived.

During the remote start, thedoors will be locked and theparking lamps will remain on aslong as the engine is running.

The engine will shut off after10 minutes unless a timeextension is done or the ignitionis put in ON/RUN/START.

3. Press the brake pedal and selectthe ON/RUN/START ignitionmode to drive the vehicle.

Extending Engine Run Time

The engine run time can also beextended by another 10 minutes,if during the first 10 minutesSteps 1 and 2 are repeated while theengine is still running. An extensioncan be requested 30 seconds afterstarting. This provides a total of20 minutes.

The remote start can only beextended once.

When the remote start is extended,the second 10 minute period is addedon to the first 10 minutes for a totalof 20 minutes.

A maximum of two remote starts, or aremote start with an extension, areallowed between ignition cycles.



The vehicle's ignition must bechanged to ON/RUN/START and thenback to OFF before the remote startprocedure can be used again.

Canceling a Remote Start

To cancel a remote start, do any ofthe following:

. Press and hold/ until theparking lamps turn off.


. Turn the vehicle on and then off.

Conditions in Which Remote StartWill Not Work

The remote start will not operate ifany of the following occur:

. The ignition is in any mode otherthan OFF.

. A transmitter is in the vehicle.

. The hood is not closed.

. The hazard warning flashersare on.

. There is an emission controlsystem malfunction.

. The engine coolant temperature istoo high.

. The oil pressure is low.

. Two remote vehicle starts havealready been used.

. The vehicle is not in P (Park).

Door Locks

{ Warning

Unlocked doors can be dangerous.

. Passengers, especiallychildren, can easily open thedoors and fall out of a movingvehicle. The chance of beingthrown out of the vehicle in acrash is increased if the doorsare not locked. So, allpassengers should wear safetybelts properly and the doorsshould be locked wheneverthe vehicle is driven.

. Young children who get intounlocked vehicles may beunable to get out. A child can

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

be overcome by extreme heatand can suffer permanentinjuries or even death fromheat stroke. Always lock thevehicle whenever leaving it.

. Outsiders can easily enterthrough an unlocked doorwhen slowing or stopping thevehicle. Lock the doors tohelp prevent this fromhappening.

Inside the Vehicle

Press the power door lock switch tolock or unlock all doors.

Push down on the door lock knob tolock that door. Pull once on the doorhandle to unlock and again to openthe door.

Outside the Vehicle

Use the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)transmitter or the key lock cylinder onthe driver front door. The key lockcylinder is covered with a cap.



Keyless Access

Press the lock/unlock button when theRKE transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft) ofthe driver door handle. Whenunlocking from the driver door, thefirst press unlocks that door; pressagain within five seconds to unlock allpassenger doors. See Remote KeylessEntry (RKE) System Operation 0 35.

Key Lock Cylinder Access

To access the key lock cylinder:

1. Pull the door handle to the openposition.

2. Insert the key into the slot onthe bottom of the cap and pryoutward.

3. Move the cap outward andremove.

To replace the cap:

1. Pull the door handle to the openposition.

2. Insert the tabs (1) on the rear ofthe cap into the space betweenthe seal (2) and the metalbase (3).



3. Move the cap inward and pressto snap the cap in place.

Power Door Locks

Q : Press to lock the doors.

K : Press to unlock the doors.

Delayed LockingThis feature delays the locking of thedoors until five seconds after all doorsare closed.

Delayed locking can only be turned onwhen the Unlocked Door Anti-Lockouthas been turned off.

When Q is pressed on the power doorlock switch while the door is open, achime will sound three timesindicating delayed locking is active.

The doors will lock automaticallyfive seconds after all doors are closed.If a door is reopened before that time,the five-second timer will reset whenall doors are closed again.

Press Q on the door lock switch again

or press Q on the RKE transmitter tolock the doors immediately.

This feature can also be programmed.See Vehicle Personalization 0 178.

Automatic Door LocksThe doors will lock automaticallywhen all doors are closed, the ignitionis on, and the vehicle is shifted out ofP (Park).

To unlock the doors:

. Press K on the power door lockswitch.

. Shift the transmission intoP (Park).

Automatic door locking cannot bedisabled. Automatic door unlockingcan be programmed. See VehiclePersonalization 0 178.

Lockout ProtectionIf the vehicle is in ACC/ACCESSORY orON/RUN and the power door lockswitch is pressed with the driver dooropen, all the doors will lock and onlythe driver door will unlock.

If the vehicle is off and locking isrequested while a door is open, whenall doors are closed the vehicle willcheck for RKE transmitters inside.If an RKE transmitter is detected andthe number of RKE transmitters inside



has not reduced, the driver door willunlock and the horn will chirp threetimes. This can be manuallyoverridden with the driver door openby pressing and holding Q on thepower door lock switch.

Unlocked Door Anti-Lockout

If Unlocked Door Anti-Lockout isturned on and the vehicle is off, thedriver door is open, and locking isrequested, all the doors will lock andonly the driver door will unlock. TheUnlocked Door Anti-Lockout featurecan be turned on or off using thevehicle personalization menus. SeeVehicle Personalization 0 178.

Safety LocksThe rear door safety locks preventpassengers from opening the reardoors from inside the vehicle.

Manual Safety Locks

If equipped, the safety lock is on theinside edge of the rear doors. To usethe safety lock:

1. Move the lever down to the lockposition.

2. Close the door.

3. Do the same for the otherrear door.

To open a rear door when the safetylock is on:

1. Unlock the door by activating theinside handle, by pressing thepower door lock switch, or byusing the Remote KeylessEntry (RKE) transmitter.

2. Open the door from the outside.

When the safety lock is enabled,adults and older children will not beable to open the rear door from theinside. Cancel the safety locks toenable the doors to open from theinside.

To cancel the safety lock:

1. Unlock the door and open itfrom the outside.

2. Move the lever up to unlock. Dothe same for the other door.



Doors

Trunk

{ Warning

Exhaust gases can enter the vehicleif it is driven with the liftgate ortrunk/hatch open, or with anyobjects that pass through the sealbetween the body and the trunk/hatch or liftgate. Engine exhaustcontains carbon monoxide (CO)which cannot be seen or smelled.It can cause unconsciousness andeven death.

If the vehicle must be driven withthe liftgate or trunk/hatch open:

. Close all of the windows.

. Fully open the air outlets onor under the instrumentpanel.

. Adjust the climate controlsystem to a setting thatbrings in only outside air and

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

set the fan speed to thehighest setting. See “ClimateControl Systems” in the Index.

. If the vehicle is equipped witha power liftgate, disable thepower liftgate function.

See Engine Exhaust 0 238.

To open the trunk, the vehicle mustbe off or the shift lever must be inP (Park).

Manual Trunk

. Press| on the driver door.

. PressX twice quickly on theRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)transmitter.

. Press the touch pad on the rear ofthe trunk above the license platewhen all doors are unlocked.

For Keyless Access, the trunk can beopened while the vehicle is locked bypressing the touch pad above thelicense plate while the RKEtransmitter is within 1 m (3 ft) of therear of the vehicle. See Remote KeylessEntry (RKE) System Operation 0 35.



Close the trunk by pulling on thehandle. Do not use the handle as atie-down. Do not press the touch padwhile closing the trunk; this will causethe trunk lid to be unlatched.

The trunk has an electric latch. If thevehicle has lost power or the batteryis disconnected, the trunk will notopen. If this happens, use theemergency trunk release handle.

Manual Trunk Access(Hybrid Only)

Hybrid vehicles have a trunk accesshandle in case of a power loss.

The handle is under the trim betweenthe rear seat and the rear driver sidedoor frame.

To access:

1. Remove the trim molding bypulling until the top threeattachments are removed.

2. While holding the trim molding,pull the trunk release handleuntil the trunk manually opens.

3. Place the handle back in itsoriginal position and reinstall thethree attachments. Make surethe trim molding is reinstalledproperly.



Power Trunk

Caution

You or others could be injured ifcaught in the path of the powertrunk. Make sure there is no one inthe way of the power trunk as it isopening and closing.

If equipped, to open the power trunk:

. Press and release| on thedriver door. The driver door mustbe unlocked or the vehicle mustbe in ON/RUN or RetainedAccessory Power (RAP).

. PressX twice quickly on the RKEtransmitter.

. Press the touch pad on the rear ofthe trunk after unlocking all doorsor with the RKE transmitter inrange for Keyless Access.

Monitor the trunk area to make surenothing will come in contact or moveinto the path of the trunk lid whenpower closing.

To close the power trunk:

. Press and hold| on the driverdoor until the trunk latches.A chime will sound and a DICmessage will display when theoperation is complete.

. Press the power trunk button onthe trunk lid.

Press any trunk button or the touchpad to stop the power operation.Pressing a trunk button again startsthe operation in the reverse direction.The touch pad will not close thetrunk lid.

Do not manually force the trunk lidopen or closed during a power cycle.The power trunk may be temporarilydisabled under extreme lowtemperatures, or after repeated powercycling over a short period of time.The trunk can be opened manually.

Obstacle Detection Features

If there is an obstruction during apower open or close cycle, a closingtrunk will reverse direction and anopening trunk will stop poweroperation. If there are multipleobstructions on the same power cycle,the power function will deactivate.After removing the obstructions,manually close the trunk lid to allownormal power operation functions toresume.

If the vehicle is locked and anobstacle prevents the trunk fromclosing and latching, the horn willsound as an alert that the trunk didnot close.



Hands-Free Power Trunk

If equipped, the power trunk may beoperated with a kicking motion underthe rear bumper. The RKE transmittermust be within 1 m (3 ft).

The hands-free feature will not workwhile the trunk lid is moving. To stopthe trunk while in motion, use one ofthe power trunk buttons.

To operate, kick your foot straight upin one swift motion under the centerof the rear bumper, then pull it back.

. Do not sweep your foot sideto side.

. Do not keep your foot under thebumper; it will not activate.

. Do not touch the trunk lid until ithas stopped moving.

. This feature may be temporarilydisabled under some conditions.If it does not respond to the kick,operate the power trunk byanother method or start thevehicle and the feature will bere-enabled.

When closing the power trunk usingthis feature, there will be a shortdelay. The taillamps will flash and achime will sound. Move away from thetrunk before it starts moving.

Rear Seat Pass-Through (Gas Only)

Use the rear seat pass-through doorwhen transporting long items. SeeRear Seat Pass-Through Door 0 76.

Emergency Trunk ReleaseHandle



Caution

Do not use the emergency trunkrelease handle as a tie-down oranchor point when securing itemsin the trunk as it could damage thehandle.

There is a glow-in-the-dark emergencytrunk release handle on the trunk lid.This handle will glow followingexposure to light. Pull the releasehandle to open the trunk from theinside.

If equipped with a power trunk, theemergency trunk release handle willpower open the trunk.

After pulling the emergency trunkrelease handle, push the handle backinto the bezel.

Vehicle SecurityThis vehicle has theft-deterrentfeatures; however, they do not makethe vehicle impossible to steal.

Vehicle Alarm SystemThis vehicle has an anti-theft alarmsystem.

The indicator light, on the instrumentpanel near the windshield, indicatesthe status of the system.

Off : Alarm system is disarmed.

On Solid : Vehicle is secured duringthe delay to arm the system.



Fast Flash : Vehicle is unsecured.A door, the hood, or the trunk is open.

Slow Flash : Alarm system is armed.

Arming the Alarm System

1. Turn off the vehicle.

2. Lock the vehicle in one ofthree ways:

. Use the RKE transmitter.

. Use the Keyless Accesssystem.

. With a door open, press Qon the interior of the door.

3. After 30 seconds the alarmsystem will arm, and theindicator light will begin toslowly flash indicating the alarmsystem is operating. Pressing Qon the RKE transmitter a secondtime will bypass the 30-seconddelay and immediately arm thealarm system.

The vehicle alarm system will not armif the doors are locked with the key.

If the driver door is opened withoutfirst unlocking with the RKEtransmitter, the horn will chirp andthe lights will flash to indicatepre-alarm. If the vehicle is not started,or the door is not unlocked bypressing K on the RKE transmitterduring the 10-second pre-alarm, thealarm will be activated.

The alarm will also be activated if apassenger door, the trunk, or the hoodis opened without first disarming thesystem. When the alarm is activated,the turn signals flash and the hornsounds for about 30 seconds. Thealarm system will then re-arm tomonitor the next unauthorized event.

Disarming the Alarm System

To disarm the alarm system or turnoff the alarm if it has been activated:

. Press K on the RKE transmitter.

. Unlock the vehicle using theKeyless Access system.

. Start the vehicle.

To avoid setting off the alarm byaccident:

. Lock the vehicle after alloccupants have left the vehicleand all doors are closed.

. Always unlock a door with theRKE transmitter or use the KeylessAccess system.

Unlocking the driver door with the keywill not disarm the system or turn offthe alarm.

How to Detect a TamperCondition

If K is pressed on the RKEtransmitter and the horn chirps andthe lights flash three times, a previousalarm occurred while the system wasarmed.

If the alarm has been activated, amessage will appear on the DIC. SeeSecurity Messages 0 176.



Power Sounder, InclinationSensor, and Intrusion Sensor

In addition to the standardtheft-deterrent system features, thissystem may also have a powersounder, inclination sensor, andintrusion sensor.

The power sounder provides anaudible alarm, which is distinct fromthe vehicle’s horn. It has its ownpower source, and can sound an alarmif the vehicle’s battery iscompromised.

The inclination sensor can set off thealarm if it senses movement of thevehicle, such as a change in vehicleorientation.

The intrusion sensor monitors thevehicle interior, and can activate thealarm if it senses unauthorized entryinto the vehicle’s interior. Do notallow passengers or pets to remain inthe vehicle when the intrusion sensoris activated.

Before arming the theft-deterrentsystem and activating the intrusionsensor:

. Make sure all doors and windowsare completely closed.

. Secure any loose items such assunshades.

. Make sure there are noobstructions blocking the sensorsin the front overhead console.

Inclination and IntrusionSensors Disable Switch

It is recommended that the intrusionand inclination sensors be deactivatedif pets are left in the vehicle or if thevehicle is being transported.

With the vehicle turned off, pressoin the front overhead console. Theindicator light will come onmomentarily, indicating that thesesensors have been disabled for thenext alarm system arming cycle.



ImmobilizerSee Radio Frequency Statement 0 422.

Immobilizer OperationThis vehicle has a passivetheft-deterrent system.

The system does not have to bemanually armed or disarmed.

The vehicle is automaticallyimmobilized when the vehicle isturned off.

The immobilization system isdisarmed when the pushbutton startis activated to enter the ACC/ACCESSORY mode or the ON/RUN/START mode and a valid transmitteris present in the vehicle.

The security light, in the instrumentcluster, comes on if there is a problemwith arming or disarming thetheft-deterrent system.

The system has one or more RKEtransmitters matched to animmobilizer control unit in thevehicle. Only a correctly matched RKEtransmitter will start the vehicle.If the transmitter is ever damaged,you may not be able to start yourvehicle.

When trying to start the vehicle, thesecurity light may come on brieflywhen the ignition is turned on.

If the engine does not start and thesecurity light stays on, there is aproblem with the system. Turn theignition off and try again.

If the vehicle will not change ignitionmodes (ACC/ACCESSORY, ON/RUN/START, OFF), and the RKE transmitterappears to be undamaged, try another

transmitter. Or, you may try placingthe transmitter in the transmitterpocket located in the center console.See Key and Lock Messages 0 171.

If the ignition modes will not changewith the other transmitter, yourvehicle needs service. If the ignitiondoes change modes, the firsttransmitter may be faulty. See thedealer.

It is possible for the immobilizersystem to learn new or replacementRKE transmitters. Up to eighttransmitters can be programmed forthe vehicle. To program additionaltransmitters, see “ProgrammingTransmitters to the Vehicle” underRemote Keyless Entry (RKE) SystemOperation 0 35.

Do not leave the key or device thatdisarms or deactivates thetheft-deterrent system in the vehicle.



Exterior Mirrors

Convex Mirrors

{ Warning

A convex mirror can make things,like other vehicles, look fartheraway than they really are. If you cuttoo sharply into the right lane, youcould hit a vehicle on the right.Check the inside mirror or glanceover your shoulder before changinglanes.

The passenger side mirror is convexshaped. A convex mirror's surface iscurved so more can be seen from thedriver seat.

Power Mirrors

1. Move the selector switch to L(Left) or R (Right) to choose thedriver or passenger mirror.

2. Press one of the four arrows tomove the mirror.

3. Move the selector switch to ) todeselect the mirror.

Memory Mirrors

The vehicle may have memorymirrors. See Memory Seats 0 70.

Lane Change Alert (LCA)

The vehicle may have LCA. See LaneChange Alert (LCA) 0 277.

Turn Signal Indicator

The vehicle has a turn signal indicatoron the mirror housings. The indicatorwill flash when a turn signal or thehazard warning flashers are used.

Folding MirrorsPower Folding Mirrors

If equipped with power foldingmirrors, press the down arrow on thecontrol pad while the selector switchis at ). Press again to unfold.

Auto Mirror Folding

If equipped, with the ignition off,press and hold Q on the RKEtransmitter for approximatelyone second to automatically fold theexterior mirrors. Press and hold K onthe RKE transmitter for approximatelyone second to unfold. See RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) SystemOperation 0 35.

This feature is turned on or offthrough vehicle personalization. SeeVehicle Personalization 0 178.



Manual Folding Mirrors

If equipped, the mirrors can be foldedinward toward the vehicle to preventdamage when going through anautomatic car wash. Push the mirroroutward to return it to the originalposition.

Heated MirrorsThe rear window defogger also heatsthe outside mirrors.

K : Press to heat the outside mirrors.

See Automatic Climate Control System(Quad Zone - Gasoline Only) 0 199 orAutomatic Climate Control System (DualZone - Gasoline and Hybrid) 0 206.

Automatic Dimming MirrorThe vehicle has an automaticdimming outside mirror on the driverside. The mirror will adjust for theglare of headlamps behind you.

Reverse Tilt MirrorsIf equipped with memory seats, thepassenger and/or driver mirror tilts toa preselected position when thevehicle is in R (Reverse). This allowsthe curb to be seen when parallelparking.

The mirror(s) return to the originalposition when:

. The vehicle is shifted out ofR (Reverse), or remains inR (Reverse) for about 30 seconds.

. The ignition is turned off.

. The vehicle is driven inR (Reverse) above a set speed.

To turn this feature on or off, seeVehicle Personalization 0 178.

Interior Mirrors

Interior Rearview MirrorsAdjust the rearview mirror for a clearview of the area behind your vehicle.

Do not spray glass cleaner directly onthe mirror. Use a soft towel dampenedwith water.

Automatic DimmingRearview MirrorThe vehicle has an automaticdimming rearview mirror. The mirrorwill automatically reduce the glarefrom the headlamps from behind. Thedimming feature comes on when thevehicle is started.



Rear Camera MirrorIf equipped, this automatic dimmingmirror provides a wide angle cameraview of the area behind the vehicle.

Pull the tab rearward to turn on thedisplay. Push the tab forward to turnit off. When off, the mirror isautomatic dimming. Adjust the mirrorfor a clear view of the area behind thevehicle while the display is off.

To adjust the brightness, press thebutton (1) on the back of the rearviewmirror without covering the lightsensor (2).

Each button press cycles thebrightness between five settings.

{ Warning

The Rear Camera Mirror (RCM) hasa limited view. Portions of the road,vehicles, and other objects may notbe seen. Do not drive or park thevehicle using only this camera.Objects may appear closer thanthey are. Check the outside mirrorsor glance over your shoulder whenmaking lane changes or merging.Failure to use proper care mayresult in injury, death, or vehicledamage.



The camera that provides the RearCamera Mirror (RCM) image is abovethe license plate, next to the RearVision Camera (RVC).

To clean the rear camera, seeWindshield Wiper/Washer 0 118.

Troubleshooting

If the tab is in the rearward positionand a blue screen and d are displayedin the mirror and the display shutsoff, see your dealer for service.

The RCM may not work properly ordisplay a clear image if:

. There is glare from the sun orheadlamps. This may obstructobjects from view.

. Dirt, snow, or other debris blocksthe camera lens. Clean the lenswith a soft damp cloth.

. The back of the vehicle has beendamaged and the position andmounting angle of the camera haschanged.

Windows

{ Warning

Never leave a child, a helpless adult,or a pet alone in a vehicle,especially with the windows closedin warm or hot weather. They canbe overcome by the extreme heatand suffer permanent injuries oreven death from heat stroke.

The vehicle aerodynamics aredesigned to improve fuel economyperformance. This may result in apulsing sound when either rear



window is down and the frontwindows are up. To reduce the sound,open either a front window or thesunroof, if equipped.

Power Windows

{ Warning

Children could be seriously injuredor killed if caught in the path of aclosing window. Never leave keys ina vehicle with children. When thereare children in the rear seat, use thewindow lockout button to preventoperation of the windows. SeeKeys 0 34.

The windows work when the vehicle isin ON/RUN, ACC/ACCESSORY,or Retained Accessory Power (RAP).See Retained Accessory Power(RAP) 0 232.

Press or pull the switch to open orclose the window.

The windows will be temporarilydisabled if the window switches areused repeatedly within a short time.

Window Lockout

This feature stops the rear doorpassenger window switches fromworking.

PressZ to engage the rear windowlockout feature. The indicator light ison when engaged.

PressZ again to disengage.

Window Express Movement

Express-down/up allows the windowsto be opened or closed withoutholding the window switch. Press thewindow switch fully down or pull it



up, and quickly release it to engage.Briefly press or pull the same switchto stop window movement.

Express Window ObstacleDetection

The express-up feature will reversewindow movement if it comes incontact with an object. Extreme coldor ice could cause the window toauto-reverse. The window will operateas normal after the object or conditionis removed.

Obstacle Detection Override

{ Warning

If obstacle detection override isactivated, the window will notreverse automatically. You or otherscould be injured and the windowcould be damaged. Before you useobstacle detection override, makesure that all people andobstructions are clear of thewindow path.

The window can be closed by holdingthe window switch in the up positionif conditions prevent it from expressclosing.

Programming the PowerWindows

Programming may be necessary if thevehicle's battery has beendisconnected or discharged. If thewindow is unable to express-up,program the window:

1. Close all doors.

2. Place the ignition in ACC/ACCESSORY or ON/RUN.

3. Partially open the window to beprogrammed, then close it andcontinue to pull the switchbriefly after the window has fullyclosed.

4. Press the power window switchuntil the window is fully openand briefly hold.

Remote Window Operation

If equipped, this feature allows all thewindows to be opened remotely.If enabled in vehicle personalization,

press and hold K on the RKEtransmitter. See VehiclePersonalization 0 178.

Sun Visors

Pull the sun visor down to block glare.Detach the sun visor from the centermount to pivot to the side window,or to extend along the rod.



Rear Window Sunshade

If equipped, press and release theswitch. The rear window sunshadewill fully extend. To close thesunshade, press and release the switchagain. The sunshade will fully close.

When shifting the vehicle intoR (Reverse), the rear windowsunshade will automatically retract ifit is extended. It may re-extend after ashort delay when shifting into D(Drive).

There is also a control for the rearwindow sunshade on the rear doorpanel.

Rear Passenger Door Sunshades

If equipped, use the handle to pull thesunshade up and attach to the holderat the top of the window.

To close the sunshade, use the handleto unhook and hold it while itretracts down.



Roof

SunroofIf equipped with a sunroof, theignition must be in ON/RUN or ACC/ACCESSORY, or in Retained AccessoryPower (RAP), to operate the sunroof.See Ignition Positions 0 225 andRetained Accessory Power (RAP) 0 232.

1. SLIDE Switch2. TILT Switch

Slide Switch

Express-Open/Express-Close : Pressthe rear or front ofD (1) to thesecond detent and release toexpress-open or express-close thesunroof.

Open/Close (Manual Mode) : Pressthe rear ofD (1) to the first detentand hold to open the sunroof. Pressthe front ofD (1) to the first detentand hold to close the sunroof.

Tilt Switch

Vent Feature : Press and hold thefront ofE (2) to vent the sunroof.

Press and hold the rear ofE (2) toclose the sunroof vent.

Power Sunshades

If equipped, pressF to open orclose the front sunroof sunshade.



If equipped, pressG to open orclose the rear sunroof sunshade.

The rear door panels have controls forthe rear sunroof sunshade. PressQto open or close.

Automatic Reversal System

The sunroof/sunshade is equippedwith an automatic reversal systemthat is only active when the sunroof/sunshade is being operated inexpress–close. If an object is in thepath of the sunroof/sunshade while itis express-closing, the reversal systemwill detect the object and stop. In theevent of closing difficulties like frostor other conditions, it is possible tooverride the reversal system. Tooverride the reversal system, close inmanual mode. To stop the movement,release the switch.

Dirt and debris may collect on thesunroof seal or in the track. Thiscould cause an issue with sunroofoperation or noise. It could also plugthe water drainage system.Periodically open the sunroof andremove any obstacles or loose debris.Wipe the sunroof seal and roof sealingarea using a clean cloth, mild soap,and water. Do not remove grease fromthe sunroof.

If water is seen dripping into thewater drainage system, this is normal.


64 SEATS AND RESTRAINTS

Seats and Restraints

Head RestraintsHead Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65

Front SeatsPower Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . 67Lumbar Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67Thigh Support Adjustment . . . . . . . . 68Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69Memory Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70Heated and Ventilated FrontSeats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71

Massage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73

Rear SeatsRear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73Lumbar Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75Heated and Ventilated RearSeats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76

Rear Seat Pass-Through Door . . . . . 76

Safety BeltsSafety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77How to Wear Safety BeltsProperly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78

Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79Safety Belt Use DuringPregnancy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81

Safety Belt Extender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82

Safety System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82Safety Belt Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82Replacing Safety Belt System Partsafter a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82

Airbag SystemAirbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . . . . . . . 85When Should an AirbagInflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86

What Makes an Airbag Inflate? . . . 87How Does an Airbag Restrain? . . . 87What Will You See after an AirbagInflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88

Passenger Sensing System . . . . . . . . 89Servicing the Airbag-EquippedVehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93

Adding Equipment to theAirbag-Equipped Vehicle . . . . . . . . 93

Airbag System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94Replacing Airbag System Partsafter a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94

Child RestraintsOlder Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95Infants and Young Children . . . . . . 96Child Restraint Systems . . . . . . . . . . . 99Where to Put the Restraint . . . . . . 100Lower Anchors and Tethers forChildren (LATCH System) . . . . . . 101

Replacing LATCH System PartsAfter a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107

Securing Child Restraints (Withthe Safety Belt in theRear Seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108

Securing Child Restraints (Withthe Safety Belt in theFront Seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110


SEATS AND RESTRAINTS 65

Head RestraintsThe vehicle’s front seats haveadjustable head restraints in theoutboard seating positions.

{ Warning

With head restraints that are notinstalled and adjusted properly,there is a greater chance thatoccupants will suffer a neck/spinalinjury in a crash. Do not drive untilthe head restraints for all occupantsare installed and adjusted properly.

If your vehicle has rear headrestraints that fold down, alwaysreturn them to the full uprightposition whenever an occupant isseated in the seat.

Adjust the head restraint so that thetop of the restraint is at the sameheight as the top of the occupant'shead. This position reduces thechance of a neck injury in a crash.

Front Seats

The vehicle's front seats haveadjustable head restraints in theoutboard seating positions.

Pull the head restraint up to raise it.Try to move the head restraint tomake sure that it is locked in place.

To lower the head restraint, press thebutton located on top of the seatback,and push the head restraint down. Tryto move the head restraint after thebutton is released to make sure that itis locked in place.



The fore and aft position of the headrestraint can be adjusted.

To adjust the head restraint forwardand rearward, press the button locatedon the side facing of the headrestraint and move it forward orrearward until the desired lockingposition is reached. Try to move thehead restraint after the button isreleased to make sure that it is lockedin place.

The front seat outboard headrestraints are not designed to beremoved.

Rear Seats

The vehicle's rear seats haveadjustable head restraints in theoutboard seating positions.

The height of the head restraint canbe adjusted. Pull the head restraint upto raise it. Try to move the headrestraint to make sure that it is lockedin place.

To lower the head restraint, press thebutton, located on the top of theseatback, and push the head restraintdown. Try to move the head restraintafter the button is released to makesure that it is locked in place.

Always adjust the head restraint sothat the top of the restraint is at thesame height as the top of theoccupant's head.

Rear outboard head restraints are notremovable.

The rear outboard head restraints arenot designed to be folded.



Front Seats

Power Seat Adjustment

{ Warning

You can lose control of the vehicleif you try to adjust a driver seatwhile the vehicle is moving. Adjustthe driver seat only when thevehicle is not moving.


To adjust:

. Move the seat forward or rearwardby sliding the control forward orrearward.

. Raise or lower the front part of theseat cushion by moving the frontof the control up or down.

. Raise or lower the seat by movingthe rear of the control up or down.

To adjust the seatback, see RecliningSeatbacks 0 69.

To adjust the lumbar support, seeLumbar Adjustment 0 67.

Some vehicles are equipped with afeature that activates a vibrating pulsealert in the driver seat to help avoidcrashes. See Driver AssistanceSystems 0 261.

Lumbar Adjustment

Base Lumbar Adjustment

Base Seat


. Press Forward (2) to move lumbarsupport forward.




Uplevel Lumbar and Upper BackSupport Adjustment

If equipped, the ignition must be onto use all uplevel seat features.

Platinum Seat

1. Feature Select2. Up3. Forward4. Down5. Rearward

1. To adjust lumbar support,if equipped: Toggle the FeatureSelect (1) to view adjustable seatoptions on the infotainmentdisplay.

2. Select lumbar support.

. Press Up (2) to move lumbarsupport upward.

. Press Forward (3) to movelumbar support forward.

. Press Down (4) to movelumbar support down.


To adjust upper back support,if equipped:

1. Toggle the Feature Select (1) toview adjustable seat options onthe infotainment display.

2. Select Upper Back Support.

3. Press Forward (3) to movesupport forward or Rearward (5)to move support rearward.

Thigh Support Adjustment

To adjust thigh support, if equipped:

1. Toggle the Feature Select (3) toview adjustable seat options onthe infotainment display.

2. Select cushion length adjuster.

3. Press and hold the controlforward (2) to increase orrearward (1) to decrease cushionlength.



Reclining Seatbacks


To adjust:

. Tilt the top of the controlrearward to recline.

. Tilt the top of the control forwardto raise the seatback.

{ Warning

Sitting in a reclined position whenthe vehicle is in motion can bedangerous. Even when buckled up,the safety belts cannot do their job.

The shoulder belt will not beagainst your body. Instead, it will bein front of you. In a crash, youcould go into it, receiving neck orother injuries.

The lap belt could go up over yourabdomen. The belt forces would bethere, not at your pelvic bones. Thiscould cause serious internalinjuries.

For proper protection when thevehicle is in motion, have theseatback upright. Then sit well backin the seat and wear the safety beltproperly.

Do not have a seatback reclined if thevehicle is moving.



Memory Seats

Platinum Driver Seat Buttons Shown,Passenger Buttons Similar

If equipped, the SET, 1, 2, andB(Exit) buttons on the driver door andfront passenger door are used tomanually store and recall memorysettings for the driver and passengerseats. The driver memory buttons alsostore outside mirror positions, powertilt and telescoping steering columnpositions, and massage settings,if equipped.

Storing Memory Positions

To store positions to the 1 and 2buttons:

1. The ignition must be in ON/RUNor ACC/ACCESSORY.

2. Adjust the driver seat, power tiltand telescoping steering column,if equipped, massage type andintensity, if equipped, and theoutside mirrors on some vehicles.

3. Press and release SET. A beepwill sound.

4. Immediately press and hold 1until two beeps sound.

5. Repeat Steps 1–4 for a seconddriver using 2.

To store exit positions for easy exitand theB (Exit) button, repeat

Steps 1–4 usingB to store yourpositions for getting out of thedriver seat.

Manually Recalling MemoryPositions

Press and hold 1, 2, orB tomanually recall the previously storedmemory positions. Releasing 1, 2,orB before the stored positions arereached stops the recall.

If the massage feature is off when thememory recall is performed, thepreviously stored type and intensitywill be recalled, but it will remain offuntil activated with the massagecontrol button or through theinfotainment display with theplatinum seat controls.

Automatically Recalling MemoryPositions (Auto Memory Recall)(Driver Only)

If programmed on in the vehiclepersonalization menu, the Auto(Automatic) Memory Recall featureautomatically recalls the currentdriver’s previously stored 1 or 2position when the ignition is changedfrom OFF to ON/RUN or ACC/ACCESSORY.



See “Auto Memory Recall’ under“Comfort and Convenience” in VehiclePersonalization 0 178.

To stop recall movement, press one ofthe memory, power mirror, or powerseat controls; or press the power tiltand telescoping steering columncontrol.

RKE transmitters are not labeled witha number. If your memory seatposition is stored to 1 or 2 but thisposition is not automatically recalling,then store your positions to the otherbutton or switch RKE transmitterswith the other driver.

If the vehicle’s driver has changed, insome vehicles the Driver ID may bedisplayed for the first few ignitioncycles.

Easy Exit Recall (Driver Only)

If programmed on in the vehiclepersonalization menu, the easy exitfeature automatically recalls thepreviously stored exit positions whenleaving the vehicle. See “StoringMemory Positions” earlier in thissection. See also VehiclePersonalization 0 178.

Easy exit recall automatically activateswhen one of the following occurs:

. The vehicle is turned off and thedriver door is opened within ashort time.

. The vehicle is turned off with thedriver door open.

To stop recall movement, press one ofthe memory, power mirror, or powerseat controls; or press the power tiltand telescoping steering columncontrol.

Obstructions

If something has blocked the driverseat while recalling a memoryposition, the recall may stop. Removethe obstruction. Then do one of thefollowing:

. If automatically or manuallyrecalling the stored memoryposition, press and hold theappropriate manual control fortwo seconds. Try recalling againby pressing the appropriatememory button. If automaticallyrecalling the position, try recalling

again by opening the driver doorand pressing K on the RKEtransmitter.

. If recalling the exit position, pressand hold the appropriate manualcontrol for the exit feature notrecalling for two seconds. Then tryrecalling the exit position again.

If the memory position is still notrecalling, see your dealer for service.

Heated and VentilatedFront Seats

{ Warning

If you cannot feel temperaturechange or pain to the skin, the seatheater may cause burns. To reducethe risk of burns, people with sucha condition should use care whenusing the seat heater, especially forlong periods of time. Do not placeanything on the seat that insulatesagainst heat, such as a blanket,cushion, cover, or similar item. Thismay cause the seat heater to

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

overheat. An overheated seat heatermay cause a burn or may damagethe seat.

If equipped, the buttons are near theclimate controls on the center stack.To operate, the ignition must be on.


PressI or+ to heat the driver orpassenger seatback only.

PressC or { to ventilate the driveror passenger seat.

Press the button once for the highestsetting. With each press of the button,the seat will change to the next lowersetting, and then to the off setting.The indicator lights next to thebuttons indicate three for the highestsetting and one for the lowest. If thefront heated seats are on high, thelevel may automatically be loweredafter approximately 30 minutes.

When this feature is off, the heatedand ventilated seat symbols on thebuttons are white. A ventilated seathas a fan that pulls or pushes airthrough the seat. The air is notcooled. When a heated seat is turnedon, the symbol turns red. When aventilated seat is turned on, thesymbol turns blue.

The passenger seat may take longer toheat up.

Auto Heated Seats

When the vehicle is on, this featurewill automatically activate the heatedseats at the level required by thevehicle’s interior temperature.

The active high, medium, low, or offheated seat level will be indicated bythe manual heated seat buttons onthe center stack. Use the manualheated seat buttons on the centerstack to turn auto heated seats off.If the passenger seat is unoccupied,the auto heated seats feature will notactivate that seat. The auto heatedseats feature can be programmed toalways be enabled when the vehicleis on.

See Vehicle Personalization 0 178.

Remote Start Heated and VentilatedSeats

During a remote start, the heated orventilated seats, if equipped, can beturned on automatically. When it iscold outside, the heated seats turn on,and when it is hot outside theventilated seats turn on. The heatedor ventilated seats are canceled whenthe ignition is turned on. Press theheated or ventilated seat button touse the heated or ventilated seatsafter the vehicle is started.

The heated or ventilated seatindicator lights do not turn on duringa remote start.



The temperature performance of anunoccupied seat may be reduced. Thisis normal.

The heated or ventilated seats may beenabled or disabled in the vehiclepersonalization menu. See RemoteVehicle Start 0 42 and VehiclePersonalization 0 178.

Massage


If equipped, the ignition must be onto use the massage feature.

To activate and adjust the massagefeature:

1. Toggle the center selectioncontrol (2) to view adjustablemassage options on theinfotainment display.

2. Select massage feature.

3. Press the control up (3) ordown (5) to select themassage type.

4. Press the control forward (4) orrearward (6) to change theintensity.

5. Press the massage controlbutton (1) to recall the lastmassage type and intensity.

Rear SeatsRear Seat Reminder

Look in Rear Seat Reminder Feature

This message displays under certainconditions indicating there may be anitem or passenger in the rear seat.Check before exiting the vehicle.

This feature will activate when asecond row door is opened while thevehicle is on or up to 10 minutesbefore the vehicle is turned on,including if the vehicle was startedremotely. There will be an alert whenthe vehicle is turned off. The alertdoes not directly detect objects in therear seat; instead, under certainconditions, it detects when a rear dooris opened and closed, indicating thatthere may be something in therear seat.

The feature is active only once eachtime the vehicle is turned on and off,and will require reactivation byopening and closing the second rowdoors. There may be an alert evenwhen there is nothing in the rear seat;for example, if a child entered the



vehicle through the rear door and leftthe vehicle without the vehicle beingshut off.

The feature can be turned on or offthrough Vehicle Personalization 0 178.

{ Warning

The power seats will work with theignition off. Children could operatethe power seats and be injured.Never leave children alone in thevehicle.

Caution

Do not adjust the power seat whena child restraint is installed.Adjusting the seat may causedamage to the installed childrestraint. Use the window lockoutbutton on the driver door toprevent adjustment of the seatwhenever a child restraint isinstalled.

If equipped, the armrest may haveseat adjustment controls. The rearseat adjustment controls are lockedwhen the window lockout switch isengaged.

Platinum Rear Seat

1. Seatback Display and LumbarAdjustment Control

2. Up3. Rearward4. Down5. Forward6. Power Seat Adjustment7. Power Seat Adjustment8. Massage

When the seatback display control (1)is toggled, a panel display will beactivated from the driver or passengerseatback. The rear seatback willautomatically recline when the rearseat is moved forward.

To adjust the seat, if equipped:

. Move the seat forward or rearwardby sliding the control (6) forwardor rearward or by tilting thecontrol (7) forward or rearward.

. Raise or lower the front part of theseat cushion by moving the frontof the control (6) up or down.

. Raise or lower the seat by movingthe rear of the control (6) upor down.

To activate the massage feature,if equipped:

1. Press the seatback displaycontrol (1).

2. Press up (2) or down (4) to selectthe massage type.

3. Press forward (5) or rearward (3)to change the intensity.



4. Press the massage control button(8) to recall the last massagetype and intensity.

Easy Exit

Platinum Seat

If equipped, press S to return the seatto the full rearward and full front ofseat tilt down position. The seat willalso move to this position when therear door is opened.

Lumbar AdjustmentIf a child restraint is installed, seeRear Seats 0 73.

Platinum Rear Seat

If equipped, the armrest may havecontrols for lumbar and upper backsupport.

When the center selection control (1)is toggled, a panel display will beactivated from the driver or passengerseatback.


1. Toggle the center selectioncontrol (1) to view adjustableseat options on the display.

2. Select lumbar support.

3. Press and hold the controlforward (5) to increase orrearward (3) to decrease support.

4. Press and hold the controlupward (2) to raise ordownward (4) to lower the heightof the support.

To adjust upper back support,if equipped:

1. Toggle the center selectioncontrol (1) to view adjustableseat options on the display.

2. Select upper back support.

3. Press and hold the controlforward (5) to increase orrearward (3) to decrease support.



Heated and VentilatedRear Seats

{ Warning

If you cannot feel temperaturechange or pain to the skin, the seatheater may cause burns. See theWarning under Heated andVentilated Front Seats 0 71.

Platinum Seat

If equipped, the buttons are on therear passenger doors.

With the ignition in ON/RUN, press M

or L to heat the left or right outboardseat cushion.

With the ignition in ON/RUN, press Cor { to ventilate the left or rightoutboard seat.

On vehicles without rear climatecontrols, an indicator light on thebutton will turn on when the heatedor ventilated seat is on. On vehicleswith rear climate controls, anindicator on the climate controldisplay appears when this featureis on.

On vehicles without rear climatecontrols, press the button again toturn this feature off. The light on thebutton will turn off. On vehicles withrear climate controls, this featureturns on the heated seat at thehighest setting. With each press of thebutton, the heated seat changes to thenext lower setting, and then the offsetting. Three lights indicate thehighest setting, and one lightindicates the lowest. If the heated

seats are on high, the level mayautomatically be lowered afterapproximately 30 minutes.

Rear SeatPass-Through Door

Some vehicles have a rear seatpass-through door in the center of therear seatback. Fold down the centerarmrest and pull the latch to openthe door.



Safety BeltsThis section describes how to usesafety belts properly, and some thingsnot to do.

{ Warning

Do not let anyone ride where asafety belt cannot be worn properly.In a crash, if you or yourpassenger(s) are not wearing safetybelts, injuries can be much worsethan if you are wearing safety belts.You can be seriously injured orkilled by hitting things inside thevehicle harder or by being ejectedfrom the vehicle. In addition,anyone who is not buckled up canstrike other passengers in thevehicle.

It is extremely dangerous to ride ina cargo area, inside or outside of avehicle. In a collision, passengersriding in these areas are more likelyto be seriously injured or killed. Donot allow passengers to ride in any

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

area of the vehicle that is notequipped with seats and safetybelts.

Always wear a safety belt, andcheck that all passenger(s) arerestrained properly too.

This vehicle has indicators as areminder to buckle the safety belts.See Safety Belt Reminders 0 138.

Why Safety Belts Work

When riding in a vehicle, you travel asfast as the vehicle does. If the vehiclestops suddenly, you keep going untilsomething stops you. It could be thewindshield, the instrument panel,or the safety belts!

When you wear a safety belt, you andthe vehicle slow down together. Thereis more time to stop because you stopover a longer distance and, when wornproperly, your strongest bones takethe forces from the safety belts. Thatis why wearing safety belts makessuch good sense.

Questions and Answers AboutSafety Belts

Q: Will I be trapped in the vehicleafter a crash if I am wearing asafety belt?

A: You could be— whether you arewearing a safety belt or not. Yourchance of being conscious duringand after a crash, so you canunbuckle and get out, is muchgreater if you are belted.



Q: If my vehicle has airbags, whyshould I have to wear safetybelts?

A: Airbags are supplemental systemsonly. They work with safetybelts— not instead of them.Whether or not an airbag isprovided, all occupants still haveto buckle up to get the mostprotection.

Also, in nearly all states and in allCanadian provinces, the lawrequires wearing safety belts.

How to Wear Safety BeltsProperlyThis section is only for people ofadult size.

There are special things to knowabout safety belts and children, andthere are different rules for smallerchildren and infants. If a child will beriding in the vehicle, see Older Children0 95 or Infants and Young Children0 96. Follow those rules for everyone'sprotection.

It is very important for all occupantsto buckle up. Statistics show thatunbelted people are hurt more oftenin crashes than those who are wearingsafety belts.

There are important things to knowabout wearing a safety belt properly.

. Sit up straight and always keepyour feet on the floor in frontof you.

. Always use the correct buckle foryour seating position.

. Wear the lap part of the belt lowand snug on the hips, justtouching the thighs. In a crash,this applies force to the strong

pelvic bones and you would beless likely to slide under the lapbelt. If you slid under it, the beltwould apply force on yourabdomen. This could cause seriousor even fatal injuries.

. Wear the shoulder belt over theshoulder and across the chest.These parts of the body are bestable to take belt restraining forces.The shoulder belt locks if there isa sudden stop or crash.

{ Warning

You can be seriously injured,or even killed, by not wearing yoursafety belt properly.

. Never allow the lap orshoulder belt to become looseor twisted.

. Never wear the shoulder beltunder both arms or behindyour back.

. Never route the lap orshoulder belt over an armrest.



Lap-Shoulder BeltAll seating positions in the vehiclehave a lap-shoulder belt.

The following instructions explainhow to wear a lap-shoulder beltproperly.

1. Adjust the seat, if the seat isadjustable, so you can sit upstraight. To see how, see “Seats”in the Index.

2. Pick up the latch plate and pullthe belt across you. Do not let itget twisted.

The lap-shoulder belt may lock ifyou pull the belt across you veryquickly. If this happens, let thebelt go back slightly to unlock it.Then pull the belt across youmore slowly.

If the shoulder portion of apassenger belt is pulled out allthe way, the child restraintlocking feature may be engaged.If this happens, let the belt goback all the way and start again.

Engaging the child restraintlocking feature in the frontoutboard seating position mayaffect the passenger sensingsystem. See Passenger SensingSystem 0 89.

3. Push the latch plate into thebuckle until it clicks.

Pull up on the latch plate tomake sure it is secure. If the beltis not long enough, see SafetyBelt Extender 0 82.

Position the release button onthe buckle so that the safety beltcould be quickly unbuckled ifnecessary.

4. If equipped with a shoulder beltheight adjuster, move it to theheight that is right for you. See“Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster”later in this section forinstructions on use andimportant safety information.



5. To make the lap part tight, pullup on the shoulder belt.

To unlatch the belt, push the buttonon the buckle. The belt should returnto its stowed position.

Always stow the safety belt slowly.If the safety belt webbing returnsquickly to the stowed position, theretractor may lock and cannot bepulled out. If this happens, pull thesafety belt straight out firmly tounlock the webbing, and then releaseit. If the webbing is still locked in theretractor, see your dealer.

Before a door is closed, be sure thesafety belt is out of the way. If a dooris slammed against a safety belt,damage can occur to both the safetybelt and the vehicle.

Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster

The vehicle has a shoulder belt heightadjuster for the driver and frontoutboard passenger seating positions.

Adjust the height so the shoulderportion of the belt is on the shoulderand not falling off of it. The beltshould be close to, but not contacting,the neck. Improper shoulder beltheight adjustment could reduce the

effectiveness of the safety belt in acrash. See How to Wear Safety BeltsProperly 0 78.

Press the release button and move theheight adjuster to the desired position.The adjuster can be moved up bypushing the slide/trim up. After theadjuster is set to the desired position,try to move it down without pushingthe release button to make sure it haslocked into position.

Automatic Safety BeltTightening System

The vehicle may have the AutomaticSafety Belt Tightening System.



The system activates duringemergency braking and/or suddendriving maneuvers and releases whendriving conditions return to normal.

The system will not activate if theTraction Control/Electronic StabilityControl system is not functioningproperly. See Traction Control/Electronic Stability Control 0 248.If there is a problem with theAutomatic Safety Belt TighteningSystem, a message displays on theDriver Information Center (DIC). SeeSafety Belt Messages 0 175. Othersafety belt functions are not affectedby the Automatic Safety BeltTightening System.

Safety Belt Pretensioners

This vehicle has safety beltpretensioners for front outboardoccupants. Although the safety beltpretensioners cannot be seen, they arepart of the safety belt assembly. Theycan help tighten the safety beltsduring the early stages of a moderateto severe frontal, near frontal, or rearcrash if the threshold conditions forpretensioner activation are met. Safety

belt pretensioners can also helptighten the safety belts in a side crashor a rollover event.

Pretensioners work only once. If thepretensioners activate in a crash, thepretensioners and probably otherparts of the vehicle's safety beltsystem will need to be replaced. SeeReplacing Safety Belt System Parts aftera Crash 0 82.

Do not sit on the outboard safety beltwhile entering or exiting the vehicle orat any time while sitting in the seat.Sitting on the safety belt can damagethe webbing and hardware.

Rear Safety Belt Comfort Guides

Rear safety belt comfort guides mayprovide added safety belt comfort forolder children who have outgrownbooster seats and for some adults.When installed on a shoulder belt, thecomfort guide positions the belt awayfrom the neck and head.

Comfort guides are available throughyour dealer for the rear outboardseating positions. Instructions areincluded with the guide.

Safety Belt Use DuringPregnancySafety belts work for everyone,including pregnant women. Like alloccupants, they are more likely to beseriously injured if they do not wearsafety belts.

A pregnant woman should wear alap-shoulder belt, and the lap portionshould be worn as low as possible,below the rounding, throughout thepregnancy.

The best way to protect the fetus is toprotect the mother. When a safety beltis worn properly, it is more likely that



the fetus will not be hurt in a crash.For pregnant women, as for anyone,the key to making safety beltseffective is wearing them properly.

Safety Belt ExtenderIf the vehicle's safety belt will fastenaround you, you should use it.

But if a safety belt is not long enough,your dealer will order you an extender.When you go in to order it, take theheaviest coat you will wear, so theextender will be long enough for you.To help avoid personal injury, do notlet someone else use it, and use itonly for the seat it is made to fit. Theextender has been designed for adults.Never use it for securing childrestraints. To wear it, attach it to theregular safety belt. For moreinformation, see the instruction sheetthat comes with the extender.

Safety System CheckCheck that the safety belt reminder,safety belts, buckles, latch plates, andretractors, are all working properly.Look for any other loose or damagedsafety belt system parts that might

keep a safety belt system fromperforming properly. See your dealerto have it repaired. Torn or frayedsafety belts may not protect you in acrash. They can rip apart underimpact forces. If a belt is torn orfrayed, have it replaced immediately.

Make sure the safety belt reminderlight is working. See Safety BeltReminders 0 138.

Keep safety belts clean and dry. SeeSafety Belt Care 0 82.

Safety Belt CareKeep belts clean and dry.

{ Warning

Do not bleach or dye safety beltwebbing. It may severely weakenthe webbing. In a crash, they mightnot be able to provide adequateprotection. Clean and rinse safetybelt webbing only with mild soapand lukewarm water. Allow thewebbing to dry.

Safety belts should be properly caredfor and maintained.

Safety belt hardware should be keptdry and free of dust or debris. Asnecessary exterior hard surfaces andsafety belt webbing may be lightlycleaned with mild soap and water.Ensure there is not excessive dust ordebris in the mechanism. If dust ordebris exists in the system please seethe dealer. Parts may need to bereplaced to ensure properfunctionality of the system.

Replacing Safety BeltSystem Parts after a Crash

{ Warning

A crash can damage the safety beltsystem in the vehicle. A damagedsafety belt system may not properlyprotect the person using it,resulting in serious injury or evendeath in a crash. To help make surethe safety belt systems are workingproperly after a crash, have them

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

inspected and any necessaryreplacements made as soon aspossible.

After a minor crash, replacement ofsafety belts may not be necessary. Butthe safety belt assemblies that wereused during any crash may have beenstressed or damaged. See your dealerto have the safety belt assembliesinspected or replaced.

New parts and repairs may benecessary even if the safety beltsystem was not being used at the timeof the crash.

Have the safety belt pretensionerschecked if the vehicle has been in acrash, or if the airbag readiness lightstays on after you start the vehicle orwhile you are driving. See AirbagReadiness Light 0 139.

Airbag SystemThe vehicle has the following airbags:

. A frontal airbag for the driver.

. A frontal airbag for the frontoutboard passenger.

. A knee airbag for the driver.

. A knee airbag for the frontoutboard passenger.

. A seat-mounted side impact airbagfor the driver.

. A seat-mounted side impact airbagfor the front outboard passenger.

. A roof-rail airbag for the driverand the passenger seated directlybehind the driver.

. A roof-rail airbag for the frontoutboard passenger and thepassenger seated directly behindthe front outboard passenger.

All vehicle airbags have the wordAIRBAG on the trim or on a label nearthe deployment opening.

For frontal airbags, the word AIRBAGis on the center of the steering wheelfor the driver and on the instrumentpanel for the front outboardpassenger.

For knee airbags, the word AIRBAG ison the lower part of the instrumentpanel.

For seat-mounted side impact airbags,the word AIRBAG is on the side of theseatback closest to the door.

For roof-rail airbags, the word AIRBAGis on the ceiling or trim.

Airbags are designed to supplementthe protection provided by safetybelts. Even though today's airbags arealso designed to help reduce the riskof injury from the force of an inflatingbag, all airbags must inflate veryquickly to do their job.

Here are the most important things toknow about the airbag system:



{ Warning

You can be severely injured orkilled in a crash if you are notwearing your safety belt, even withairbags. Airbags are designed towork with safety belts, not replacethem. Also, airbags are not designedto inflate in every crash. In somecrashes safety belts are the onlyrestraint. See When Should anAirbag Inflate? 0 86.

Wearing your safety belt during acrash helps reduce your chance ofhitting things inside the vehicle orbeing ejected from it. Airbags are“supplemental restraints” to thesafety belts. Everyone in the vehicleshould wear a safety belt properly,whether or not there is an airbagfor that person.

{ Warning

Because airbags inflate with greatforce and faster than the blink of aneye, anyone who is up against,or very close to any airbag when itinflates can be seriously injured orkilled. Do not sit unnecessarilyclose to any airbag, as you would beif sitting on the edge of the seat orleaning forward. Safety belts helpkeep you in position before andduring a crash. Always wear a safetybelt, even with airbags. The drivershould sit as far back as possiblewhile still maintaining control ofthe vehicle. The safety belts and thefront outboard passenger airbagsare most effective when you aresitting well back and upright in theseat with both feet on the floor.

Occupants should not lean on orsleep against the door or sidewindows in seating positions withseat-mounted side impact airbagsand/or roof-rail airbags.

{ Warning

Children who are up against,or very close to, any airbag when itinflates can be seriously injured orkilled. Always secure childrenproperly in the vehicle. To readhow, see Older Children 0 95 orInfants and Young Children 0 96.

There is an airbag readiness light onthe instrument cluster, which showsthe airbag symbol. The system checksthe airbag electrical system formalfunctions. The light tells you ifthere is an electrical problem. SeeAirbag Readiness Light 0 139.



Where Are the Airbags?

The driver frontal airbag is in thecenter of the steering wheel.

The front outboard passenger frontalairbag is in the passenger sideinstrument panel.

The driver knee airbag is below thesteering column. The front outboardpassenger knee airbag is below theglove box.

Driver Side Shown, Passenger SideSimilar

The roof-rail airbags for the driver,front outboard passenger, and secondrow outboard passengers are in theceiling above the side windows.



Driver Side Shown, Passenger SideSimilar

The seat-mounted side impact airbagsfor the driver and front outboardpassenger are in the side of theseatbacks closest to the door.

{ Warning

If something is between anoccupant and an airbag, the airbagmight not inflate properly or itmight force the object into thatperson causing severe injury oreven death. The path of an inflatingairbag must be kept clear. Do not

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

put anything between an occupantand an airbag, and do not attach orput anything on the steering wheelhub or on or near any other airbagcovering.

Do not use seat accessories thatblock the inflation path of aseat-mounted side impact airbag.

Never secure anything to the roof ofa vehicle with roof-rail airbags byrouting a rope or tie‐down throughany door or window opening. If youdo, the path of an inflating roof-railairbag will be blocked.

When Should an AirbagInflate?This vehicle is equipped with airbags.See Airbag System 0 83. Airbags aredesigned to inflate if the impactexceeds the specific airbag system'sdeployment threshold. Deploymentthresholds are used to predict howsevere a crash is likely to be in timefor the airbags to inflate and help

restrain the occupants. The vehiclehas electronic sensors that help theairbag system determine the severityof the impact. Deployment thresholdscan vary with specific vehicle design.

Frontal airbags are designed to inflatein moderate to severe frontal or nearfrontal crashes to help reduce thepotential for severe injuries, mainly tothe driver's or front outboardpassenger's head and chest.

Whether the frontal airbags will orshould inflate is not based primarilyon how fast the vehicle is traveling.It depends on what is hit, thedirection of the impact, and howquickly the vehicle slows down.

Frontal airbags may inflate atdifferent crash speeds depending onwhether the vehicle hits an objectstraight on or at an angle, andwhether the object is fixed or moving,rigid or deformable, narrow or wide.

Frontal airbags are not intended toinflate during vehicle rollovers, in rearimpacts, or in many side impacts.



In addition, the vehicle has advancedtechnology frontal airbags. Advancedtechnology frontal airbags adjust therestraint according to either crashseverity or occupant interaction.

Knee airbags are designed to inflate inmoderate to severe frontal or nearfrontal impacts. Knee airbags are notdesigned to inflate during vehiclerollovers, in rear impacts, or in manyside impacts.

Seat-mounted side impact airbags aredesigned to inflate in moderate tosevere side crashes depending on thelocation of the impact. Seat-mountedside impact airbags are not designedto inflate in frontal impacts, nearfrontal impacts, rollovers, or rearimpacts. A seat-mounted side impactairbag is designed to inflate on theside of the vehicle that is struck.

Roof-rail airbags are designed toinflate in moderate to severe sidecrashes depending on the location ofthe impact. In addition, these roof-railairbags are designed to inflate duringa rollover or in a severe frontalimpact. Roof-rail airbags are notdesigned to inflate in rear impacts.

Both roof-rail airbags will inflate wheneither side of the vehicle is struck,if the sensing system predicts that thevehicle is about to roll over on itsside, or in a severe frontal impact.

In any particular crash, no one cansay whether an airbag should haveinflated simply because of the vehicledamage or repair costs.

What Makes an AirbagInflate?In a deployment event, the sensingsystem sends an electrical signaltriggering a release of gas from theinflator. Gas from the inflator fills theairbag causing the bag to break out ofthe cover. The inflator, the airbag, andrelated hardware are all part of theairbag module.

For airbag locations, see Where Are theAirbags? 0 85.

How Does an AirbagRestrain?In moderate to severe frontal or nearfrontal collisions, even beltedoccupants can contact the steering

wheel or the instrument panel. Inmoderate to severe side collisions,even belted occupants can contact theinside of the vehicle.

Airbags supplement the protectionprovided by safety belts bydistributing the force of the impactmore evenly over the occupant's body.

Rollover capable roof-rail airbags aredesigned to help contain the head andchest of occupants in the outboardseating positions in the first andsecond rows. The rollover capableroof-rail airbags are designed to helpreduce the risk of full or partialejection in rollover events, althoughno system can prevent all suchejections.

But airbags would not help in manytypes of collisions, primarily becausethe occupant's motion is not towardthose airbags. See When Should anAirbag Inflate? 0 86.

Airbags should never be regarded asanything more than a supplement tosafety belts.



What Will You See after anAirbag Inflates?After the frontal airbags andseat-mounted side impact airbagsinflate, they quickly deflate, so quicklythat some people may not even realizean airbag inflated. Roof-rail airbagsmay still be at least partially inflatedfor some time after they inflate. Somecomponents of the airbag module maybe hot for several minutes. Forlocation of the airbags, see Where Arethe Airbags? 0 85.

The parts of the airbag that come intocontact with you may be warm, butnot too hot to touch. There may besome smoke and dust coming fromthe vents in the deflated airbags.Airbag inflation does not prevent thedriver from seeing out of thewindshield or being able to steer thevehicle, nor does it prevent peoplefrom leaving the vehicle.

{ Warning

When an airbag inflates, there maybe dust in the air. This dust couldcause breathing problems forpeople with a history of asthma orother breathing trouble. To avoidthis, everyone in the vehicle shouldget out as soon as it is safe to doso. If you have breathing problemsbut cannot get out of the vehicleafter an airbag inflates, then getfresh air by opening a window or adoor. If you experience breathingproblems following an airbagdeployment, you should seekmedical attention.

The vehicle has a feature that mayautomatically unlock the doors, turnon the interior lamps and hazardwarning flashers, and shut off the fuelsystem after the airbags inflate. Thefeature may also activate, withoutairbag inflation, after an event thatexceeds a predetermined threshold.You can lock the doors, and turn off

the interior lamps and hazard warningflashers by using the controls forthose features.

{ Warning

A crash severe enough to inflate theairbags may have also damagedimportant functions in the vehicle,such as the fuel system, brake andsteering systems, etc. Even if thevehicle appears to be drivable aftera moderate crash, there may beconcealed damage that could makeit difficult to safely operate thevehicle.

Use caution if you should attemptto restart the engine after a crashhas occurred.

Hybrid vehicles have a high voltagebattery and a standard 12-volt battery.If an airbag inflates or the vehicle hasbeen in a crash, the vehicle's sensingsystem may shut down the highvoltage system. When this occurs, thehigh voltage battery is disconnectedand the vehicle is not charging the12-volt battery or the electrical



system. The vehicle may start but itshuts down once the 12-volt battery isdepleted. The airbag readiness lightand/or the 12-volt battery warninglight are displayed. Before the vehiclecan be operated again, it must beserviced at your dealer.

In many crashes severe enough toinflate the airbag, windshields arebroken by vehicle deformation.Additional windshield breakage mayalso occur from the front outboardpassenger airbag.

. Airbags are designed to inflateonly once. After an airbag inflates,you will need some new parts forthe airbag system. If you do notget them, the airbag system willnot be there to help protect you inanother crash. A new system willinclude airbag modules andpossibly other parts. The servicemanual for the vehicle covers theneed to replace other parts.

. The vehicle has a crash sensingand diagnostic module whichrecords information after a crash.

See Vehicle Data Recording andPrivacy 0 424 and Event DataRecorders 0 424.

. Let only qualified technicianswork on the airbag systems.Improper service can mean thatan airbag system will not workproperly. See your dealer forservice.

Passenger Sensing SystemThe vehicle has a passenger sensingsystem for the front outboardpassenger position. The passengerairbag status indicator will light onthe overhead console when the vehicleis started.

United States

Canada

The words ON and OFF, or the symbolfor on and off, will be visible duringthe system check. When the systemcheck is complete, either the word ONor OFF, or the symbol for on or off,will be visible. See Passenger AirbagStatus Indicator 0 139.

The passenger sensing system turnsoff the front outboard passengerfrontal airbag and knee airbag undercertain conditions. No other airbag isaffected by the passenger sensingsystem.

The passenger sensing system workswith sensors that are part of the frontoutboard passenger seat and safetybelt. The sensors are designed todetect the presence of a properlyseated occupant and determine if thefront outboard passenger frontalairbag and knee airbag should beallowed to inflate or not.



According to accident statistics,children are safer when properlysecured in a rear seat in the correctchild restraint for their weightand size.

Whenever possible, children aged12 and under should be secured in arear seating position.

Never put a rear-facing child seat inthe front. This is because the risk tothe rear-facing child is so great, if theairbag inflates.

{ Warning

A child in a rear-facing childrestraint can be seriously injured orkilled if the passenger frontal airbaginflates. This is because the back ofthe rear-facing child restraint wouldbe very close to the inflating airbag.A child in a forward-facing childrestraint can be seriously injured orkilled if the passenger frontal airbaginflates and the passenger seat is ina forward position.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

Even if the passenger sensingsystem has turned off the frontoutboard passenger airbag(s), nosystem is fail-safe. No one canguarantee that an airbag will notdeploy under some unusualcircumstance, even though theairbag(s) are off.

Never put a rear-facing childrestraint in the front seat, even ifthe airbag is off. If securing aforward-facing child restraint in thefront outboard passenger seat,always move the seat as far back asit will go. It is better to secure childrestraints in the rear seat. Considerusing another vehicle to transportthe child when a rear seat is notavailable.

The passenger sensing system isdesigned to turn off the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbag andknee airbag if:

. The front outboard passenger seatis unoccupied.

. The system determines that aninfant is present in a childrestraint.

. A front outboard passenger takeshis/her weight off of the seat for aperiod of time.

. There is a critical problem withthe airbag system or the passengersensing system.

When the passenger sensing systemhas turned off the front outboardpassenger frontal airbag and kneeairbag, the off indicator will light andstay lit as a reminder that the airbagsare off. See Passenger Airbag StatusIndicator 0 139.

The passenger sensing system isdesigned to turn on the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbag andknee airbag anytime the systemsenses that a person of adult size issitting properly in the front outboardpassenger seat. When the passengersensing system has allowed theairbag(s) to be enabled, the onindicator will light and stay lit as areminder that the airbag(s) are active.



For some children, including childrenin child restraints, and for very smalladults, the passenger sensing systemmay or may not turn off the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbag andknee airbag, depending upon theperson’s seating posture and bodybuild. Everyone in the vehicle who hasoutgrown child restraints should weara safety belt properly — whether ornot there is an airbag for that person.

{ Warning

If the airbag readiness light evercomes on and stays on, it meansthat something may be wrong withthe airbag system. To help avoidinjury to yourself or others, havethe vehicle serviced right away. SeeAirbag Readiness Light 0 139 formore information, includingimportant safety information.

If the On Indicator Is Lit for aChild Restraint

The passenger sensing system isdesigned to turn off the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbag and

knee airbag if the system determinesthat an infant is present in a childrestraint. If a child restraint has beeninstalled and the on indicator is lit:

1. Turn the vehicle off.

2. Remove the child restraint fromthe vehicle.

3. Remove any additional itemsfrom the seat such as blankets,cushions, seat covers, seatheaters, or seat massagers.

4. Reinstall the child restraintfollowing the directions providedby the child restraintmanufacturer and refer toSecuring Child Restraints (With theSafety Belt in the Front Seat)0 110 or Securing Child Restraints(With the Safety Belt in the RearSeat) 0 108.

Make sure the safety beltretractor is locked by pulling theshoulder belt all the way out ofthe retractor when installing thechild restraint, even if the childrestraint is equipped with asafety belt lock-off. When the

retractor lock is set, the belt canbe tightened but not pulled outof the retractor.

5. If, after reinstalling the childrestraint and restarting thevehicle, the on indicator is stilllit, turn the vehicle off. Thenslightly recline the vehicleseatback and adjust the seatcushion, if adjustable, to makesure that the vehicle seatback isnot pushing the child restraintinto the seat cushion.

Also make sure the childrestraint is not trapped under thevehicle head restraint. If thishappens, adjust the headrestraint. See HeadRestraints 0 65.

6. Restart the vehicle.

The passenger sensing system may ormay not turn off the airbags for achild in a child restraint dependingupon the child’s size. It is better tosecure the child restraint in a rearseat. Never put a rear-facing childrestraint in the front seat, even if theon indicator is not lit.



If the Off Indicator Is Lit for anAdult-Sized Occupant

If a person of adult size is sitting inthe front outboard passenger seat, butthe off indicator is lit, it could bebecause that person is not sittingproperly in the seat or that the childrestraint locking feature is engaged.Use the following steps to allow thesystem to detect that person andenable the front outboard passengerfrontal airbag and knee airbag:

1. Turn the vehicle off.

2. Remove any additional materialfrom the seat, such as blankets,cushions, seat covers, seatheaters, or seat massagers.

3. Place the seatback in the fullyupright position.

4. Have the person sit upright inthe seat, centered on the seatcushion, with legs comfortablyextended.

5. If the shoulder portion of thebelt is pulled out all the way, thechild restraint locking featurewill be engaged. This mayunintentionally cause thepassenger sensing system to turnthe airbag off for someadult-sized occupants. If thishappens, unbuckle the belt, letthe belt go back all the way, andthen buckle the belt againwithout pulling the belt out allthe way.

6. Restart the vehicle and have theperson remain in this positionfor two to three minutes afterthe on indicator is lit.

{ Warning

If the front outboard passengerairbag is turned off for anadult-sized occupant, the airbag willnot be able to inflate and helpprotect that person in a crash,resulting in an increased risk ofserious injury or even death. Anadult-sized occupant should notride in the front outboard passengerseat, if the passenger airbag offindicator is lit.

Additional Factors AffectingSystem Operation

Safety belts help keep the passengerin position on the seat during vehiclemaneuvers and braking, which helpsthe passenger sensing systemmaintain the passenger airbag status.See “Safety Belts” and “ChildRestraints” in the Index for additionalinformation about the importance ofproper restraint use.

A thick layer of additional material,such as a blanket or cushion,or aftermarket equipment such as seat



covers, seat heaters, and seatmassagers can affect how well thepassenger sensing system operates.We recommend that you not use seatcovers or other aftermarket equipmentexcept when approved by GM for yourspecific vehicle. See Adding Equipmentto the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 93 formore information about modificationsthat can affect how the systemoperates.

The on indicator may be lit if anobject, such as a briefcase, handbag,grocery bag, laptop, or other electronicdevice is put on an unoccupied seat.If this is not desired remove the objectfrom the seat.

{ Warning

Stowing of articles under thepassenger seat or between thepassenger seat cushion andseatback may interfere with theproper operation of the passengersensing system.

Servicing theAirbag-Equipped VehicleAirbags affect how the vehicle shouldbe serviced. There are parts of theairbag system in several places aroundthe vehicle. Your dealer and theservice manual have informationabout servicing the vehicle and theairbag system. To purchase a servicemanual, see Service PublicationsOrdering Information 0 421.

{ Warning

For up to 10 seconds after thevehicle is turned off and the batteryis disconnected, an airbag can stillinflate during improper service. Youcan be injured if you are close to anairbag when it inflates. Avoidyellow connectors. They areprobably part of the airbag system.Be sure to follow proper serviceprocedures, and make sure theperson performing work for you isqualified to do so.

Adding Equipment to theAirbag-Equipped VehicleAdding accessories that change thevehicle's frame, bumper system,height, front end, or side sheet metalmay keep the airbag system fromworking properly. The operation of theairbag system can also be affected bychanging any parts of the front seats,safety belts, the airbag sensing anddiagnostic module, steering wheel,instrument panel, any of the airbagmodules, ceiling or pillar garnish trim,front sensors, side impact sensors,or airbag wiring.

Your dealer and the service manualhave information about the location ofthe airbag sensors, sensing anddiagnostic module, and airbag wiring.

In addition, the vehicle has apassenger sensing system for the frontoutboard passenger position, whichincludes sensors that are part of thepassenger seat. The passenger sensingsystem may not operate properly ifthe original seat trim is replaced withnon-GM covers, upholstery, or trim; orwith GM covers, upholstery, or trimdesigned for a different vehicle. Any



object, such as an aftermarket seatheater or a comfort-enhancing pad ordevice, installed under or on top ofthe seat fabric, could also interferewith the operation of the passengersensing system. This could eitherprevent proper deployment of thepassenger airbag(s) or prevent thepassenger sensing system fromproperly turning off the passengerairbag(s). See Passenger SensingSystem 0 89.

If the vehicle has rollover roof-railairbags, see Different Size Tires andWheels 0 362 for additional importantinformation.

If you have to modify your vehiclebecause you have a disability and havequestions about whether themodifications will affect the vehicle'sairbag system, or if you havequestions about whether the airbagsystem will be affected if the vehicle ismodified for any other reason, callCustomer Assistance. See CustomerAssistance Offices 0 415.

Airbag System CheckThe airbag system does not needregularly scheduled maintenance orreplacement. Make sure the airbagreadiness light is working. See AirbagReadiness Light 0 139.

Caution

If an airbag covering is damaged,opened, or broken, the airbag maynot work properly. Do not open orbreak the airbag coverings. If thereare any opened or broken airbagcoverings, have the airbag coveringand/or airbag module replaced. Forthe location of the airbags, seeWhere Are the Airbags? 0 85. Seeyour dealer for service.

Replacing Airbag SystemParts after a Crash

{ Warning

A crash can damage the airbagsystems in the vehicle. A damagedairbag system may not properlyprotect you and your passenger(s)in a crash, resulting in seriousinjury or even death. To help makesure the airbag systems are workingproperly after a crash, have theminspected and any necessaryreplacements made as soon aspossible.

If an airbag inflates, you will need toreplace airbag system parts. See yourdealer for service.

If the airbag readiness light stays onafter the vehicle is started or comeson when you are driving, the airbagsystem may not work properly. Havethe vehicle serviced right away. SeeAirbag Readiness Light 0 139.



Child Restraints

Older Children

Older children who have outgrownbooster seats should wear the vehicle’ssafety belts.

The manufacturer instructions thatcome with the booster seat state theweight and height limitations for thatbooster. Use a booster seat with alap-shoulder belt until the childpasses the fit test below:

. Sit all the way back on the seat.Do the knees bend at the seatedge? If yes, continue. If no, returnto the booster seat.

. Buckle the lap-shoulder belt. Doesthe shoulder belt rest on theshoulder? If yes, continue. If no,try using the rear safety beltcomfort guide, if available. See“Rear Safety Belt Comfort Guides”under Lap-Shoulder Belt 0 79. If acomfort guide is not available, or ifthe shoulder belt still does not reston the shoulder, then return to thebooster seat.

. Does the lap belt fit low and snugon the hips, touching the thighs?If yes, continue. If no, return tothe booster seat.

. Can proper safety belt fit bemaintained for the length of thetrip? If yes, continue. If no, returnto the booster seat.

Q: What is the proper way to wearsafety belts?

A: An older child should wear alap-shoulder belt and get theadditional restraint a shoulder beltcan provide. The shoulder beltshould not cross the face or neck.The lap belt should fit snuglybelow the hips, just touching thetop of the thighs. This applies beltforce to the child's pelvic bones ina crash. It should never be wornover the abdomen, which couldcause severe or even fatal internalinjuries in a crash.

Also see “Rear Safety Belt ComfortGuides” under Lap-Shoulder Belt 0 79.

According to accident statistics,children are safer when properlyrestrained in a rear seating position.

In a crash, children who are notbuckled up can strike other peoplewho are buckled up, or can be thrownout of the vehicle. Older children needto use safety belts properly.



{ Warning

Never allow more than one child towear the same safety belt. Thesafety belt cannot properly spreadthe impact forces. In a crash, theycan be crushed together andseriously injured. A safety belt mustbe used by only one person ata time.

{ Warning

Never allow a child to wear thesafety belt with the shoulder beltbehind their back. A child can beseriously injured by not wearing thelap-shoulder belt properly. In acrash, the child would not berestrained by the shoulder belt. Thechild could move too far forwardincreasing the chance of head andneck injury. The child might alsoslide under the lap belt. The beltforce would then be applied righton the abdomen. That could causeserious or fatal injuries. Theshoulder belt should go over theshoulder and across the chest.

Infants and Young ChildrenEveryone in a vehicle needsprotection! This includes infants andall other children. Neither the distancetraveled nor the age and size of thetraveler changes the need, foreveryone, to use safety restraints. Infact, the law in every state in theUnited States and in every Canadianprovince says children up to some agemust be restrained while in a vehicle.



{ Warning

Children can be seriously injured orstrangled if a shoulder belt iswrapped around their neck. Theshoulder belt can tighten butcannot be loosened if it is locked.The shoulder belt locks when it ispulled all the way out of theretractor. It unlocks when theshoulder belt is allowed to go allthe way back into the retractor, butit cannot do this if it is wrappedaround a child’s neck. If theshoulder belt is locked andtightened around a child’s neck, theonly way to loosen the belt is tocut it.

Never leave children unattended ina vehicle and never allow childrento play with the safety belts.

Every time infants and young childrenride in vehicles, they should have theprotection provided by appropriatechild restraints. Neither the vehicle'ssafety belt system nor its airbagsystem is designed for them.

Children who are not restrainedproperly can strike other people,or can be thrown out of the vehicle.

{ Warning

Never hold an infant or a childwhile riding in a vehicle. Due tocrash forces, an infant or a childwill become so heavy it is notpossible to hold it during a crash.For example, in a crash at only40 km/h (25 mph), a 5.5 kg (12 lb)infant will suddenly become a110 kg (240 lb) force on a person'sarms. An infant or child should besecured in an appropriate restraint.

{ Warning

Children who are up against,or very close to, any airbag when itinflates can be seriously injured orkilled. Never put a rear-facing childrestraint in the front outboard seat.Secure a rear-facing child restraintin a rear seat. It is also better tosecure a forward-facing childrestraint in a rear seat. If you mustsecure a forward-facing childrestraint in the front outboard seat,always move the front passengerseat as far back as it will go.



Child restraints are devices used torestrain, seat, or position children inthe vehicle and are sometimes calledchild seats or car seats.

There are three basic types of childrestraints:

. Forward-facing child restraints

. Rearward-facing child restraints

. Belt-positioning booster seats

The proper child restraint for yourchild depends on their size, weight,and age, and also on whether thechild restraint is compatible with thevehicle in which it will be used.

For each type of child restraint, thereare many different models available.When purchasing a child restraint, besure it is designed to be used in amotor vehicle. If it is, the restraint willhave a label saying that it meetsfederal motor vehicle safety standards.The restraint manufacturer'sinstructions that come with therestraint state the weight and heightlimitations for a particular childrestraint. In addition, there are manykinds of restraints available forchildren with special needs.

{ Warning

To reduce the risk of neck and headinjury in a crash, infants andtoddlers should be secured in arear-facing child restraint until agetwo, or until they reach themaximum height and weight limitsof their child restraint.

{ Warning

A young child's hip bones are stillso small that the vehicle's regularsafety belt may not remain low onthe hip bones, as it should. Instead,it may settle up around the child'sabdomen. In a crash, the belt wouldapply force on a body area that isunprotected by any bony structure.This alone could cause serious orfatal injuries. To reduce the risk ofserious or fatal injuries during acrash, young children should alwaysbe secured in appropriate childrestraints.



Child Restraint Systems

Rear-Facing Infant Seat

A rear-facing child restraint providesrestraint with the seating surfaceagainst the back of the infant.

The harness system holds the infantin place and, in a crash, acts to keepthe infant positioned in the restraint.

Forward-Facing Child Seat

A forward-facing child restraintprovides restraint for the child's bodywith the harness.

Booster Seats

A belt-positioning booster seat is usedfor children who have outgrown theirforward-facing child restraint.Boosters are designed to improve thefit of the vehicle's safety belt systemuntil the child is large enough for thevehicle safety belts to fit properlywithout a booster seat. See the safetybelt fit test in Older Children 0 95.



Securing an Add-On ChildRestraint in the Vehicle

{ Warning

A child can be seriously injured orkilled in a crash if the childrestraint is not properly secured inthe vehicle. Secure the childrestraint properly in the vehicleusing the vehicle’s safety belt orLATCH system, following theinstructions that came with thatchild restraint and the instructionsin this manual.

To help reduce the chance of injury,the child restraint must be secured inthe vehicle. Child restraint systemsmust be secured in vehicle seats bylap belts or the lap belt portion of alap-shoulder belt, or by the LATCHsystem. See Lower Anchors and Tethersfor Children (LATCH System) 0 101 formore information. Children can beendangered in a crash if the childrestraint is not properly secured in thevehicle.

When securing an add-on childrestraint, refer to the instructions thatcome with the restraint which may beon the restraint itself or in a booklet,or both, and to this manual. The childrestraint instructions are important,so if they are not available, obtain areplacement copy from themanufacturer.

Keep in mind that an unsecured childrestraint can move around in acollision or sudden stop and injurepeople in the vehicle. Be sure toproperly secure any child restraint inthe vehicle— even when no child isin it.

In some areas of the United Statesand Canada, Certified Child PassengerSafety Technicians (CPSTs) areavailable to inspect and demonstratehow to correctly use and install childrestraints. In the U.S., refer to theNational Highway Traffic SafetyAdministration (NHTSA) website tolocate the nearest child safety seatinspection station. For CPSTavailability in Canada, check withTransport Canada or the ProvincialMinistry of Transportation office.

Securing the Child Within theChild Restraint

{ Warning

A child can be seriously injured orkilled in a crash if the child is notproperly secured in the childrestraint. Secure the child properlyfollowing the instructions thatcame with that child restraint.

Where to Put the RestraintAccording to accident statistics,children and infants are safer whenproperly restrained in an appropriatechild restraint secured in a rearseating position.

Whenever possible, children aged12 and under should be secured in arear seating position.

Never put a rear-facing child restraintin the front. This is because the riskto the rear-facing child is so great ifthe airbag deploys.



{ Warning

A child in a rear-facing childrestraint can be seriously injured orkilled if the front passenger airbaginflates. This is because the back ofthe rear-facing child restraint wouldbe very close to the inflating airbag.A child in a forward-facing childrestraint can be seriously injured orkilled if the front passenger airbaginflates and the passenger seat is ina forward position.

Even if the passenger sensingsystem has turned off the frontpassenger frontal airbag, no systemis fail-safe. No one can guaranteethat an airbag will not deploy undersome unusual circumstance, eventhough it is turned off.

Secure rear-facing child restraintsin a rear seat, even if the airbag isoff. If you secure a forward-facingchild restraint in the front seat,always move the front passenger

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

seat as far back as it will go. It isbetter to secure the child restraintin a rear seat.

See Passenger Sensing System 0 89for additional information.

When securing a child restraint in arear seating position, study theinstructions that came with the childrestraint to make sure it is compatiblewith this vehicle.

Child restraints and booster seats varyconsiderably in size, and some may fitin certain seating positions betterthan others.

Depending on where you place thechild restraint and the size of thechild restraint, you may not be able toaccess adjacent safety belts or LATCHanchors for additional passengers orchild restraints. Adjacent seatingpositions should not be used if thechild restraint prevents access to orinterferes with the routing of thesafety belt.

Wherever a child restraint is installed,be sure to follow the instructions thatcame with the child restraint systemand secure the child restraint systemproperly.

Keep in mind that an unsecured childrestraint can move around in acollision or sudden stop and injurepeople in the vehicle. Be sure toproperly secure any child restraint inthe vehicle — even when no child isin it.

Lower Anchors andTethers for Children(LATCH System)The LATCH system secures a childrestraint during driving or in a crash.LATCH attachments on the childrestraint are used to attach the childrestraint to the anchors in the vehicle.The LATCH system is designed tomake installation of a child restrainteasier.

In order to use the LATCH system inyour vehicle, you need a childrestraint that has LATCHattachments. LATCH-compatible



rear-facing and forward-facing childseats can be properly installed usingeither the LATCH anchors or thevehicle’s safety belts. Do not use boththe safety belts and the LATCHanchorage system to secure arear-facing or forward-facingchild seat.

Booster seats use the vehicle’s safetybelts to secure the child in the boosterseat. If the manufacturer recommendsthat the booster seat be secured withthe LATCH system, this can be doneas long as the booster seat can bepositioned properly and there is nointerference with the properpositioning of the lap-shoulder belt onthe child.

Make sure to follow the instructionsthat came with the child restraint, andalso the instructions in this manual.

When installing a child restraint witha top tether, you must also use eitherthe lower anchors or the safety beltsto properly secure the child restraint.A child restraint must never beattached using only the top tether.

The LATCH anchorage system can beused until the combined weight of thechild plus the child restraint is29.5 kg (65 lbs). Use the safety beltalone instead of the LATCH anchoragesystem once the combined weight ismore than 29.5 kg (65 lbs).

See Securing Child Restraints (With theSafety Belt in the Front Seat) 0 110 orSecuring Child Restraints (With theSafety Belt in the Rear Seat) 0 108.

Child restraints built after March 2014will be labeled with the specific childweight up to which the LATCH systemcan be used to install the restraint.

The following explains how to attacha child restraint with theseattachments in the vehicle.

Not all vehicle seating positions orchild restraints have lower anchorsand attachments or top tether anchorsand attachments. In this case, thesafety belt must be used (with toptether where available) to secure thechild restraint. See Securing ChildRestraints (With the Safety Belt in theFront Seat) 0 110 or Securing ChildRestraints (With the Safety Belt in theRear Seat) 0 108.

Lower Anchors

Lower anchors (1) are metal bars builtinto the vehicle. There are two loweranchors for each LATCH seatingposition that will accommodate achild restraint with lowerattachments (2).



Top Tether Anchor

A top tether (3, 4) anchors the top ofthe child restraint to the vehicle.A top tether anchor is built into thevehicle. The top tether attachment (2)on the child restraint connects to thetop tether anchor in the vehicle inorder to reduce the forward movementand rotation of the child restraintduring driving or in a crash.

The child restraint may have a singletether (3) or a dual tether (4). Eitherwill have a single attachment (2) tosecure the top tether to the anchor.

Some child restraints with top tethersare designed for use with or withoutthe top tether being attached. Othersrequire the top tether always to beattached. In Canada, the law requiresthat forward-facing child restraintshave a top tether, and that the tetherbe attached. Be sure to read andfollow the instructions for your childrestraint.

Lower Anchor and Top TetherAnchor Locations

Rear Seat

I : Seating positions with top tetheranchors.

H : Seating positions with two loweranchors.

To assist in locating the loweranchors, each seating position withlower anchors has two labels, near thecrease between the seatback and theseat cushion.

To assist in locating the top tetheranchors, the top tether anchor symbolis on the cover.



The outboard lower anchors arebehind the vertical openings in theseat trim.

The top tether anchors are behind therear seat, on the filler panel. Open thecovers to access the anchors. Be sureto use an anchor on the same side ofthe vehicle as the seating positionwhere the child restraint will beplaced.

Do not secure a child restraint in aposition without a top tether anchor ifa national or local law requires thatthe top tether be attached, or if theinstructions that come with the childrestraint say that the top tether mustbe attached.

According to accident statistics,children and infants are safer whenproperly restrained in a child restraintsystem or infant restraint systemsecured in a rear seating position. SeeWhere to Put the Restraint 0 100 foradditional information.

Securing a Child RestraintDesigned for the LATCH System

{ Warning

If a LATCH-type child restraint isnot attached to anchors, the childrestraint will not be able to protectthe child correctly. In a crash, thechild could be seriously injured orkilled. Install a LATCH-type childrestraint properly using theanchors, or use the vehicle's safetybelts to secure the restraint,following the instructions thatcame with the child restraint andthe instructions in this manual.

{ Warning

To reduce the risk of serious orfatal injuries during a crash, do notattach more than one childrestraint to a single anchor.Attaching more than one childrestraint to a single anchor could

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

cause the anchor or attachment tocome loose or even break during acrash. A child or others could beinjured.

{ Warning

Children can be seriously injured orstrangled if a shoulder belt iswrapped around their neck. Theshoulder belt can tighten butcannot be loosened if it is locked.The shoulder belt locks when it ispulled all the way out of theretractor. It unlocks when theshoulder belt is allowed to go allthe way back into the retractor, butit cannot do this if it is wrappedaround a child’s neck. If theshoulder belt is locked andtightened around a child’s neck, theonly way to loosen the belt is tocut it.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

Buckle any unused safety beltsbehind the child restraint sochildren cannot reach them. Pullthe shoulder belt all the way out ofthe retractor to set the lock, andtighten the belt behind the childrestraint after the child restrainthas been installed.

{ Warning


Caution

Do not adjust the power seat whena child restraint is installed.Adjusting the seat may cause

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

damage to the installed childrestraint. Use the window lockoutbutton on the driver door toprevent adjustment of the seatwhenever a child restraint isinstalled.

Caution

Do not let the LATCH attachmentsrub against the vehicle’s safetybelts. This may damage these parts.If necessary, move buckled safetybelts to avoid rubbing the LATCHattachments.

If you need to secure more than onechild restraint in the rear seat, seeWhere to Put the Restraint 0 100.

This system is designed to make theinstallation of child restraints easier.When using lower anchors, do not usethe vehicle's safety belts. Instead, usethe vehicle's anchors and childrestraint attachments to secure the



restraints. Some restraints also useanother vehicle anchor to secure a toptether.

1. Attach and tighten the lowerattachments to the loweranchors. If the child restraintdoes not have lower attachmentsor the desired seating positiondoes not have lower anchors,secure the child restraint withthe top tether and the safetybelts. Move the head restraint upif needed to get a tightinstallation. Refer to your childrestraint manufacturerinstructions and the instructionsin this manual.

1.1. Find the lower anchors forthe desired seatingposition.

1.2. Put the child restraint onthe seat.

1.3. Attach and tighten thelower attachments on thechild restraint to the loweranchors.

2. If the child restraintmanufacturer recommends thatthe top tether be attached, attachand tighten the top tether to thetop tether anchor, if equipped.Refer to the child restraintinstructions and the followingsteps:

2.1. Find the top tether anchor.

2.2. Open the top tether anchorcover to expose the anchor.

2.3. Route, attach, and tightenthe top tether according toyour child restraintinstructions and thefollowing instructions:

If the position you areusing does not have aheadrest or head restraint

and you are using a singletether, route the tetherover the seatback.

If the position you areusing does not have aheadrest or head restraintand you are using a dualtether, route the tetherover the seatback.



If the position you areusing has an adjustablehead restraint and you areusing a single tether, routethe tether around theinboard side of the headrestraint.

If the position you areusing has an adjustableheadrest or head restraintand you are using a dualtether, fully raise the headrestraint and route thetethers around the outboard side of the HeadRestraint posts.

3. Before placing a child in thechild restraint, make sure it issecurely held in place. To check,grasp the child restraint at theLATCH path and attempt tomove it side to side and backand forth. There should be nomore than 2.5 cm (1 in) ofmovement for properinstallation.

Replacing LATCH SystemParts After a Crash

{ Warning

A crash can damage the LATCHsystem in the vehicle. A damagedLATCH system may not properly

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

secure the child restraint, resultingin serious injury or even death in acrash. To help make sure theLATCH system is working properlyafter a crash, see your dealer tohave the system inspected and anynecessary replacements made assoon as possible.

If the vehicle has the LATCH systemand it was being used during a crash,new LATCH system parts may beneeded.

New parts and repairs may benecessary even if the LATCH systemwas not being used at the time of thecrash.



Securing Child Restraints(With the Safety Belt in theRear Seat)When securing a child restraint in arear seating position, study theinstructions that came with the childrestraint to make sure it is compatiblewith this vehicle.

If the child restraint has the LATCHsystem, see Lower Anchors and Tethersfor Children (LATCH System) 0 101 forhow and where to install the childrestraint using LATCH. If a childrestraint is secured in the vehicleusing a safety belt and it uses a toptether, see Lower Anchors and Tethersfor Children (LATCH System) 0 101 fortop tether anchor locations.

Do not secure a child seat in aposition without a top tether anchor ifa national or local law requires thatthe top tether be anchored, or if theinstructions that come with the childrestraint say that the top strap mustbe anchored.

In Canada, the law requires thatforward-facing child restraints have atop tether, and that the tether beattached.

If the child restraint or vehicle seatposition does not have the LATCHsystem, you will be using the safetybelt to secure the child restraint. Besure to follow the instructions thatcame with the child restraint.

If more than one child restraint needsto be installed in the rear seat, be sureto read Where to Put theRestraint 0 100.

{ Warning


Caution

Do not adjust the power seat whena child restraint is installed.Adjusting the seat may causedamage to the installed childrestraint. Use the window lockoutbutton on the driver door toprevent adjustment of the seatwhenever a child restraint isinstalled.

If the rear seat is adjustable, makesure the rear seat is positioned fullyrearward before installing a childrestraint.

1. Put the child restraint onthe seat.

2. Pick up the latch plate, and runthe lap and shoulder portions ofthe vehicle's safety belt throughor around the restraint. The childrestraint instructions will showyou how.




Position the release button onthe buckle, away from the childrestraint system, so that thesafety belt could be quicklyunbuckled if necessary.

4. Pull the shoulder belt all the wayout of the retractor to set thelock. When the retractor lock isset, the belt can be tightened butnot pulled out of the retractor.

5. To tighten the belt, push downon the child restraint, pull theshoulder portion of the belt totighten the lap portion of thebelt, and feed the shoulder beltback into the retractor. Wheninstalling a forward-facing childrestraint, it may be helpful to useyour knee to push down on thechild restraint as you tightenthe belt.

Try to pull the belt out of theretractor to make sure theretractor is locked. If theretractor is not locked, repeatSteps 4 and 5.



6. If the child restraint has a toptether, follow the child restraintmanufacturer's instructionsregarding the use of the toptether. See Lower Anchors andTethers for Children (LATCHSystem) 0 101.

7. Before placing a child in thechild restraint, make sure it issecurely held in place. To check,grasp the child restraint at thesafety belt path and attempt tomove it side to side and backand forth. When the childrestraint is properly installed,there should be no more than2.5 cm (1 in) of movement.

To remove the child restraint,unbuckle the vehicle safety belt andlet it return to the stowed position.If the top tether is attached to a toptether anchor, disconnect it.

Securing Child Restraints(With the Safety Belt in theFront Seat)This vehicle has airbags. A rear seat isa safer place to secure aforward-facing child restraint. SeeWhere to Put the Restraint 0 100.

In addition, the vehicle has apassenger sensing system which isdesigned to turn off the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbag andknee airbag under certain conditions.See Passenger Sensing System 0 89 andPassenger Airbag Status Indicator 0 139for more information, includingimportant safety information.

Never put a rear-facing child seat inthe front. This is because the risk tothe rear-facing child is so great if theairbag deploys.

{ Warning

A child in a rear-facing childrestraint can be seriously injured orkilled if the front outboard

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

passenger frontal airbag inflates.This is because the back of therear-facing child restraint would bevery close to the inflating airbag.A child in a forward-facing childrestraint can be seriously injured orkilled if the front outboardpassenger frontal airbag inflatesand the passenger seat is in aforward position.

Even if the passenger sensingsystem has turned off the frontoutboard passenger airbag(s), nosystem is fail-safe. No one canguarantee that an airbag will notdeploy under some unusualcircumstance, even though theairbag(s) are off.

Secure rear-facing child restraintsin a rear seat, even if the airbag(s)are off. If you secure aforward-facing child restraint in thefront outboard passenger seat,

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

always move the seat as far back asit will go. It is better to secure thechild restraint in a rear seat.

See Passenger Sensing System 0 89for additional information.

If the child restraint uses a top tether,see Lower Anchors and Tethers forChildren (LATCH System) 0 101 for toptether anchor locations.

Do not secure a child seat in aposition without a top tether anchor ifa national or local law requires thatthe top tether be anchored, or if theinstructions that come with the childrestraint say that the top strap mustbe anchored.

In Canada, the law requires thatforward-facing child restraints have atop tether, and that the tether beattached.

When using the lap-shoulder belt tosecure the child restraint in thisposition, follow the instructions thatcame with the child restraint and thefollowing instructions:

1. Move the seat as far back as itwill go before securing theforward-facing child restraint.Move the seat upward or theseatback to an upright position,if needed, to get a tightinstallation of the child restraint.

When the passenger sensingsystem has turned off the frontoutboard passenger frontalairbag and knee airbag, the offindicator on the passenger airbagstatus indicator should light andstay lit when the vehicle isstarted. See Passenger AirbagStatus Indicator 0 139.

2. Put the child restraint onthe seat.

3. Pick up the latch plate, and runthe lap and shoulder portions ofthe vehicle's safety belt throughor around the restraint. The childrestraint instructions will showyou how.


Position the release button onthe buckle, away from the childrestraint system, so that thesafety belt could be quicklyunbuckled if necessary.



5. Pull the shoulder belt all the wayout of the retractor to set thelock. When the retractor lock isset, the belt can be tightened butnot pulled out of the retractor.

6. To tighten the belt, push downon the child restraint, pull theshoulder portion of the belt totighten the lap portion of thebelt, and feed the shoulder beltback into the retractor. Wheninstalling a forward-facing childrestraint, it may be helpful to useyour knee to push down on thechild restraint as you tightenthe belt.

Try to pull the belt out of theretractor to make sure theretractor is locked. If theretractor is not locked, repeatSteps 5 and 6.

7. Before placing a child in thechild restraint, make sure it issecurely held in place. To check,grasp the child restraint at thesafety belt path and attempt tomove it side to side and backand forth. When the childrestraint is properly installed,there should be no more than2.5 cm (1 in) of movement.

If the airbags are off, the off indicatorin the passenger airbag statusindicator will come on and stay onwhen the vehicle is started.

If a child restraint has been installedand the on indicator is lit, see “If theOn Indicator Is Lit for a ChildRestraint” under Passenger SensingSystem 0 89.

To remove the child restraint,unbuckle the vehicle safety belt andlet it return to the stowed position.


STORAGE 113

Storage

Storage CompartmentsStorage Compartments . . . . . . . . . . 113Instrument Panel Storage . . . . . . . . 113Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113Armrest Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114Rear Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114Center Console Storage . . . . . . . . . . 114

Additional Storage FeaturesCargo Tie-Downs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115Convenience Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115

Storage Compartments

{ Warning

Do not store heavy or sharp objectsin storage compartments. In acrash, these objects may cause thecover to open and could result ininjury.

Instrument Panel Storage

Press to release the cover.

Glove Box

To open, touch the GLOVE BOXbutton. Close the glove box manually.


114 STORAGE

Armrest Storage

Press the latch to access the storagearea in the rear armrest. Press thebutton to extend the cupholders.

Push the cupholders in to close.

If equipped, there are seat controls onthe armrest. See Rear Seats 0 73.

Rear Storage

If equipped, press the lid to access thestorage compartment in the reardoors.

Center Console Storage

Press the button and lift to access thestorage area. There is an auxiliary jackand USB port(s) inside. See theinfotainment manual.


STORAGE 115

There are cupholders in the centerconsole. Push and release on thepassenger side of the cover to accessthe cupholders.

Additional StorageFeatures

Cargo Tie-Downs

The cargo tie-downs can be used tosecure small loads and theconvenience net. See Convenience Net0 115, if equipped.

Convenience NetThe vehicle may have a conveniencenet in the trunk. The net is attachedto the cargo tie-downs. Put smallloads behind the net. It can also bepositioned into an envelope to holdsmaller items inside. Do not use thenet for heavy loads.


116 INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS

Instruments andControls

ControlsSteering Wheel Adjustment . . . . . 117Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . . . . 118Heated Steering Wheel . . . . . . . . . . 118Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . . . . 118Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121Wireless Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122Cigarette Lighter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124Ashtrays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124

Warning Lights, Gauges, andIndicatorsWarning Lights, Gauges, andIndicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124

Instrument Cluster (BaseLevel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125

Instrument Cluster (Uplevel) . . . . 128Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132Battery Gauge (High Voltage) . . . 132Fuel Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133

Power Indicator Gauge(Hybrid Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134

Boost Gauge (PerformanceConfiguration Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . 134

Engine Oil Pressure Gauge (BaseLevel Cluster Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135

Engine Oil Temperature Gauge(PerformanceConfiguration Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . 136

Engine Coolant TemperatureGauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136

Voltmeter Gauge (Base LevelCluster Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137

Safety Belt Reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . 138Airbag Readiness Light . . . . . . . . . . 139Passenger Airbag StatusIndicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139

Charging System Light . . . . . . . . . . . 140Malfunction Indicator Lamp(Check Engine Light) . . . . . . . . . . . 141

Service Vehicle Soon Light(Hybrid Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143

Brake System Warning Light . . . . 143Electric Parking Brake Light . . . . . 143Service Electric Parking BrakeLight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144

Antilock Brake System (ABS)Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144

Lane Keep Assist (LKA) Light . . . 144Vehicle Ahead Indicator . . . . . . . . . 145Pedestrian Ahead Indicator . . . . . . 145

Traction Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145StabiliTrak® OFF Light . . . . . . . . . . . 146Traction Control System (TCS)/StabiliTrak® Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146

Engine Coolant TemperatureWarning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146

Electric Engine Overheated Light(Hybrid Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147

Tire Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147Engine Oil Pressure Light . . . . . . . . 147Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . . . . 148Auto Stop Mode (UplevelCluster) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148

Security Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148Vehicle Ready Light(Hybrid Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149

High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149Lamps On Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149Cruise Control Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149Door Ajar Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150

Information DisplaysPower Flows (Hybrid Only) . . . . . . 150Programmable Charging(Hybrid Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150

Energy Information(Hybrid Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159

Driver InformationCenter (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160

Head-Up Display (HUD) . . . . . . . . . 163


INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS 117

Vehicle MessagesVehicle Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166Battery Voltage and ChargingMessages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166

Brake System Messages . . . . . . . . . . 167Compass Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168Cruise Control Messages . . . . . . . . . 168Door Ajar Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169Engine Cooling SystemMessages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169

Engine Oil Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170Engine Power Messages . . . . . . . . . . 170Fuel System Messages . . . . . . . . . . . 170Key and Lock Messages . . . . . . . . . . 171Lamp Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171Object Detection SystemMessages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172

Propulsion Power Messages . . . . . 174Ride Control SystemMessages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175

Airbag System Messages . . . . . . . . . 175Safety Belt Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175Security Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176Service Vehicle Messages . . . . . . . . 176Steering System Messages . . . . . . . 176Starting the Vehicle Messages . . . 177Tire Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177Transmission Messages . . . . . . . . . . 177Vehicle Reminder Messages . . . . . 178Vehicle Speed Messages . . . . . . . . . 178Washer Fluid Messages . . . . . . . . . . 178

Window Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178

Vehicle PersonalizationVehicle Personalization . . . . . . . . . . 178

Universal Remote SystemUniversal Remote System . . . . . . . . 187Universal Remote SystemProgramming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187

Universal Remote SystemOperation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189

Controls

Steering Wheel AdjustmentPower Tilt and Telescoping SteeringWheel

Press the control to move the tilt andtelescoping steering wheel up anddown or forward and rearward.

Do not adjust the steering wheel whiledriving.



Steering Wheel ControlsThe infotainment system can beoperated by using the steering wheelcontrols. See "Steering WheelControls" in the infotainment manual.

Heated Steering Wheel

( : If equipped with a heated steeringwheel, press to turn on or off. Anindicator next to the button is litwhen the feature is turned on.

The steering wheel takes aboutthree minutes to start heating.

Horn

Pressa on the steering wheel pad tosound the horn.

Windshield Wiper/Washer

With the ignition in ACC/ACCESSORYor ON/RUN, move the windshieldwiper lever up or down to select thewiper speed.

HI : Use for fast wipes.

LO : Use for slow wipes.

AUTO : Use this setting forintermittent wipes when Rainsense™is disabled, or for Rainsense wipeswhen it is enabled. For intermittentwipes, move the lever up to AUTO,then turn the band on the wiper leverup for more frequent wipes or downfor less frequent wipes. If Rainsense isenabled, see “Rainsense™” later in thissection.

If the windshield wipers are in usewhile driving, the exterior lamps comeon automatically if the exterior lampcontrol is in AUTO. The transitiontime for the lamps coming on variesbased on wiper speed. See “Lights Onwith Wipers” under AutomaticHeadlamp System 0 193.

OFF : Use to turn the wipers off.



1X : For a single wipe, briefly movethe wiper lever down. For severalwipes, hold the wiper lever down.

f : Pull the windshield wiper levertoward you to spray windshieldwasher fluid and activate the wipers.The wipers will continue until thelever is released or the maximumwash time is reached. When thewindshield wiper lever is released,additional wipes may occur dependingon how long the windshield washerhad been activated. See Washer Fluid0 329 for information on filling thewindshield washer fluid reservoir.

{ Warning

In freezing weather, do not use thewasher until the windshield iswarmed. Otherwise the washer fluidcan form ice on the windshield,blocking your vision.

Clear snow and ice from the wiperblades and windshield before usingthem. If frozen to the windshield,

carefully loosen or thaw them.Damaged blades should be replaced.See Wiper Blade Replacement 0 334.

Heavy snow or ice can overload thewiper motor.

Wiper Parking

If the ignition is put in OFF while thewipers are on LO, HI, or AUTO withRainsense disabled, they willimmediately stop.

If the windshield wiper lever is thenmoved to OFF before the driver door isopened or within 10 minutes after theignition is off, the wipers will restartand move to the base of thewindshield.

If the ignition is put in OFF while thewipers are performing wipes due towindshield washing or Rainsense, thewipers continue to run until theyreach the base of the windshield.

Rainsense™

With Rainsense, a sensor near the topcenter of the windshield detects theamount of water on the windshieldand controls the sensitivity of thewindshield wiper.

Keep this area of the windshield clearof debris to allow for best systemperformance.

AUTO : If Rainsense is enabled, movethe windshield wiper lever to AUTO.Turn the band on the wiper lever toadjust the sensitivity.

. Turn the band up for moresensitivity to moisture.

. Turn the band down for lesssensitivity to moisture.

. Move the windshield wiper leverout of the AUTO position todeactivate Rainsense.

To enable or disable this feature, see“Rainsense Wipers” under VehiclePersonalization 0 178.



Wiper Arm Assembly Protection

When using an automatic car wash,move the windshield wiper lever toOFF. This disables the automaticRainsense windshield wipers.

With Rainsense, if the transmission isin N (Neutral) and the vehicle speed isvery slow, the wipers willautomatically stop at the base of thewindshield.

The wiper operations return to normalwhen the transmission is no longer inN (Neutral) or the vehicle speed hasincreased.

Rear Camera Mirror Washer

If equipped, push the windshieldwiper lever forward to spray washerfluid on the rear camera mirror. The

lever returns to its starting positionwhen released. See Rear CameraMirror 0 57.

CompassThe vehicle may have a compassdisplay on the Driver InformationCenter (DIC). The compass receives itsheading and other information fromthe Global Positioning System (GPS)antenna, StabiliTrak®, and vehiclespeed information.

The compass system is designed tooperate for a certain number of milesor degrees of turn before needing asignal from the GPS satellites. Whenthe compass display shows CAL, drivethe vehicle for a short distance in anopen area where it can receive a GPSsignal. The compass system willautomatically determine when a GPSsignal is restored and provide aheading again. See Compass Messages0 168 for the messages that may bedisplayed for the compass.

ClockThe infotainment system controls areused to access the time and datesettings through the menu system.See “Home Page” in the infotainmentmanual for information about how touse the menu system.

Setting the Clock

Time

To set the time:

1. From the Home Page, touch theSETTINGS screen button, thentouch Time and Date.

2. Touch Set Time, then touch + or− to increase or decrease hoursor minutes, and change AMor PM.

3. Touch 12-24 Hr for a 12 or24 hour clock.

4. Touch0 to go back to theprevious menu.



Date

To set the date:

1. Touch the SETTINGS screenbutton, then touch Timeand Date.

2. Touch Set Date, then touch + or− to increase or decrease month,day, or year.


Auto Set

When on, the time and date willautomatically update.

To set auto set:


2. Touch Set Time or Set Date.

3. Touch Auto Set, then selectOn-Cell Network or Off-Manualto manually set the timeand date.


If auto set is on, the time displayed onthe clock may not update immediatelywhen driving into a new time zone.

Clock Display

When on, the digital clock will displayon the infotainment screen.

To set the clock display:


2. Touch Clock Display, then selectOff or On.


Power Outlets

Power Outlet 12-Volt DirectCurrent

The 12-volt accessory power outletcan be used to plug in electricalequipment, such as a cell phone orMP3 player. The vehicle may have anaccessory power outlet on the rearseat trim panel (gasoline and hybrid)and inside the trunk (hybrid only).

1. Power Outlet 110V/120VAlternating Current

2. Power Outlet 12-Volt DirectCurrent

Lift the cover to access the accessorypower outlet.

Certain accessory power plugs maynot be compatible with the accessorypower outlet and could overloadvehicle or adapter fuses. If a problemis experienced, see your dealer.

When adding electrical equipment, besure to follow the proper installationinstructions included with theequipment. See Add-On ElectricalEquipment 0 304.



Caution

Hanging heavy equipment from thepower outlet can cause damage notcovered by the vehicle warranty.The power outlets are designed foraccessory power plugs only, such ascell phone charge cords.

Always unplug electrical equipmentwhen not in use and do not plug inequipment that exceeds the maximum20 amp rating.

Power Outlet 110V/120V AlternatingCurrent

If equipped with this power outlet onthe rear seat trim panel, it can beused to plug in electrical equipmentthat uses a maximum limit of 400watts.

An indicator light on the outlet turnson to show it is in use. The lightcomes on when the ignition is in ON/RUN, equipment requiring less than400 watts is plugged into the outlet,and no system fault is detected.

The indicator light does not come onwhen the ignition is in LOCK/OFF or ifthe equipment is not fully seated intothe outlet.

If equipment is connected using morethan 400 watts or a system fault isdetected, a protection circuit shuts offthe power supply and the indicatorlight turns off. To reset the circuit,unplug the item and plug it back in orturn the Retained Accessory Power(RAP) off and then back on. SeeRetained Accessory Power (RAP) 0 232.The power restarts when equipmentusing 400 watts or less is plugged intothe outlet and a system fault is notdetected.

The power outlet is not designed forthe following and may not workproperly if this equipment isplugged in:

. Equipment with high initial peakwattage, such ascompressor-driven refrigerators orelectric power tools.

. Other equipment requiring anextremely stable power supply,such as microcomputer-controlledelectric blankets or touch sensorlamps.

. Medical equipment.

Wireless ChargingThe vehicle may have wirelesscharging in the storage under thearmrest. The system wirelesslycharges one PMA or Qi compatiblemobile device.

To check for phone or other devicecompatibility:

. In the U.S., see my.cadillac.com/learn.

. In Canada, see gmtotalconnect.ca.

. Or, see your dealer for details.

{ Warning

Wireless charging can affect theoperation of an implantedpacemaker or other medical devices.

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

If you have one, it is recommendedto consult with your doctor beforeusing the wireless charging system.

The vehicle must be in ON/RUN, ACC/ACCESSORY, or Retained AccessoryPower (RAP). The wireless chargingfeature may not correctly indicatecharging when the vehicle is in RAP.See Retained Accessory Power(RAP) 0 232.

The operating temperature is −20 °C(−4 °F) to 60 °C (140 °F) for thecharging system and 0 °C (32 °F) to35 °C (95 °F) for the phone.

{ Warning

Remove all metal objects from thecharging pad before charging yourmobile device. Metal objects, suchas coins, keys, rings, or paper clips,between the phone and chargingpad will become very hot. On therare occasion that the charging

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

system does not detect a metalobject, and the object gets wedgedbetween the phone and charger,remove the phone and allow themetallic object to cool beforeremoving it from the charging pad,to prevent burns.

To charge a mobile device:

1. Remove all objects from thecharging pad. The system maynot charge if there are anyobjects on the charging pad.

2. Place the mobile device face upon the@ symbol on thecharging pad and align it to theleft wall of the charging bin.

3. The~ will display on the Von the infotainment screen. Thisindicates that the mobile deviceis properly positioned andcharging. If a phone is placed onthe charging pad and~ doesnot display, remove the phonefrom the pad, turn 180 degrees,and wait three seconds beforeplacing/aligning the phone onthe pad again.



Cigarette LighterIf equipped, there is a cigarette lighterinside the center console storage area.

To use the cigarette lighter, push it inall the way, and let go. When it isready, it will pop back out by itself.

Caution

Holding a cigarette lighter in whileit is heating does not let the lighterback away from the heatingelement when it is hot. Damagefrom overheating can occur to thelighter or heating element, or a fusecould be blown. Do not hold acigarette lighter in while it isheating.

AshtraysIf equipped, there are front and rearashtrays.

Caution

If papers, pins, or other flammableitems are put in the ashtray, hotcigarettes or other smokingmaterials could ignite them andpossibly damage the vehicle. Neverput flammable items in the ashtray.

Warning Lights, Gauges,and IndicatorsWarning lights and gauges can signalthat something is wrong before itbecomes serious enough to cause anexpensive repair or replacement.Paying attention to the warning lightsand gauges could prevent injury.

Some warning lights come on brieflywhen the engine is started to indicatethey are working. When one of thewarning lights comes on and stays onwhile driving, or when one of thegauges shows there may be a problem,check the section that explains whatto do. Waiting to do repairs can becostly and even dangerous.



Instrument Cluster (Base Level)

English Standard Theme Shown, Metric Similar



Cluster Menu

There is an interactive display area inthe center of the instrument cluster.

Use the right steering wheel control toopen and scroll through the differentitems and displays.

Press S to access the cluster

applications. Usey orz to scrollthrough the list of availableapplications. Not all applications willbe available on all vehicles.

. Info App. This is where theselected Driver Information Center(DIC) displays can be viewed. SeeDriver Information Center(DIC) 0 160.

. Audio

. Phone

. Navigation

. Settings

Audio

Press SEL to select the Audio app,then press T to enter the Audiomenu. In the Audio menu browse formusic, select from the favorites,or change the audio source. Usey orz to change the station or go to thenext or previous track.

Phone

Press SEL to select the Phone app,then press T to enter the Phonemenu. In the Phone menu, if there isno active phone call, view recent calls,or scroll through contacts. If there isan active call, mute the phone orswitch to handset operation.

Navigation

Press SEL to select the Navigationapp, then press T to enter theNavigation menu. If there is no activeroute, you can resume the last routeand turn the voice prompts on/off.If there is an active route, press SELto cancel or resume route guidance orturn the voice prompts on or off.

Settings

Press SEL to select the Settings app,then press T to enter the Settings

menu. Usey orz to scroll throughitems in the Settings menu.

Units : Press T while Units isdisplayed to enter the Units menu.Choose English, Imperial, or metricunits by pressing SEL while thedesired item is highlighted.A checkmark will be displayed next tothe selected item.



Display Themes : There are threeinstrument cluster displayconfigurations to choose from:Standard, Technology, and Media.

Info Pages : Press T while Info Pagesis displayed to enter the Info Pagesmenu and select the items to bedisplayed in the Info app. See DriverInformation Center (DIC) 0 160.

Speed Warning : The Speed Warningdisplay allows the driver to set aspeed that they do not want toexceed. To set the Speed Warning,press T when Speed Warning is

displayed. Pressy orz to adjust thevalue. Press SEL to set the speed.Once the speed is set, this feature canbe turned off by pressing SEL whileviewing this page. If the selectedspeed limit is exceeded, a pop-upwarning is displayed with a chime.

Software Information : Displays opensource software information.



Instrument Cluster (Uplevel)

English Gasoline Only Balanced Cluster Shown, Metric Similar



English Hybrid Balanced Cluster Shown, Metric Similar



The Hybrid instrument clusterdisplays a preview of information thatincludes electric range, charging,odometer, and battery status. Thishappens upon entry when the driverdoor is opened before starting thevehicle. This preview will dismiss afterstarting the vehicle or soon afterclosing the driver door.

There are several screens that maydisplay depending on the currentcharging status.

The CHARGING OVERRIDE/INTERRUPTION OCCURRED messagemay display to indicate that acharging override or interruption hasoccurred due to one or more of thefollowing events:

. Override of the charge settings bythe owner.

. Unintended interruption of ACpower at the vehicle's charge port.

Reconfigurable InstrumentCluster

The cluster display layout can bechanged.

Balanced Configuration

The Balanced configuration has threeinteractive display zones: one in thecenter of each of the gauges.

Enhanced Configuration

The Enhanced configuration has threeinteractive display zones.

Performance Configuration (IfEquipped)

The Performance configuration hastwo interactive display zones.

Use the five-way control on the rightside of the steering wheel to movebetween the different display zonesand scroll through the differentdisplays.

To change the cluster configuration:

1. Find the Options page in one ofthe interactive display zones onthe cluster.

2. Press SEL to enter theOptions menu.

3. Scroll down to highlight DisplayLayout. Then press SEL toselect it.



4. Each layout in the menu isrepresented by a small previewimage of the display layout.Scroll up or down and highlightthe selection. Press SEL to selectthe desired cluster configuration.

5. Exit the Display Layout menu bypressing S.

Cluster Application Displays

The cluster can display informationregarding Navigation, Audio, andPhone.

Navigation

If there is no active route, a compasswill be displayed. If there is an activeroute, press SEL to end route guidanceor turn the voice prompts on or off.

Audio

While the Audio application page isdisplayed, press SEL to enter theAudio menu. In the Audio menu,search for music, select from favorites,or change the audio source

Phone

While the Phone application page isdisplayed, press SEL to enter thePhone menu. In the Phone menu,if there is no active phone call, viewrecent calls, select from favorites,or scroll through contacts. If there isan active call, mute the phone orswitch to handset operation.

Cluster Options Menu

To enter the cluster Options menu:

1. Use the five-way control on theright side of the steering wheelto find the Options page in oneof the interactive display zoneson the cluster.

2. Press SEL on the center of thefive-way control to enter theOptions menu.

Units : Press SEL while Units ishighlighted to enter the Units menu.Choose U.S. or metric units bypressing SEL while the desired item ishighlighted. A checkmark will bedisplayed next to the selected item.

Info Pages : Press SEL while InfoPages is highlighted to select theitems to be displayed in the DIC infodisplays. See Driver Information Center(DIC) 0 160.

Fav Button Options : Press SEL whileFav Button Options is highlighted toselect between FAV Primary and SEEKPrimary. This selection allows forconfiguration of the C andBsteering wheel controls. When FAVPrimary is selected, pressing C andB will go to the next or previousfavorite and pressing and holding CandB will seek. When SEEK Primary

is selected, pressing C andB will

seek and pressing and holding C andB will go to the next or previousfavorite.

Display Layout : Press SEL whileDisplay Layout is highlighted tochange the configuration of thecluster. See “ReconfigurableInstrument Cluster” earlier in thissection.



Open Source Software : Press SELwhile Open Source Software ishighlighted to display open sourcesoftware information.

SpeedometerThe speedometer shows the vehicle'sspeed in either kilometers per hour(km/h) or miles per hour (mph).

OdometerThe odometer shows how far thevehicle has been driven, in eitherkilometers or miles.

Trip OdometerThe trip odometer shows how far thevehicle has been driven since the tripodometer was last reset.

The trip odometer is accessed andreset through the Driver InformationCenter (DIC). See Driver InformationCenter (DIC) 0 160.

TachometerThe tachometer displays the enginespeed in revolutions per minute (rpm).

On the base cluster, if the vehicle hasthe Stop/Start system, when theignition is in ON/RUN, the tachometerindicates the vehicle status. Whenpointing to AUTO STOP, the engine isoff but the vehicle is on and canmove. The engine could auto start atany time. When the indicator pointsto OFF, the vehicle is off.

When the engine is on, thetachometer will indicate the engine’srevolutions per minute (rpm). Thetachometer may vary by severalhundred rpm’s, during Auto Stopmode, when the engine is shutting offand restarting.

A slight bump may be felt when thetransmission is determining the mostfuel efficient operating range.

Caution

If the engine is operated with therpm’s in the warning area at thehigh end of the tachometer, thevehicle could be damaged, and thedamage would not be covered by

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

the vehicle warranty. Do not operatethe engine with the rpm’s in thewarning area.

Battery Gauge (HighVoltage)

This gauge shows the high voltagebattery charge level.

The arrow next to the battery symbolpoints to the side of the vehicle thecharge port is on.



See Plug-In Charging (HybridOnly) 0 282.

Fuel Gauge

Base Level Standard Theme

Uplevel Balanced Configuration

When the ignition is on, the fuelgauge indicates about how much fuelis left in the tank.

There is an arrow near the fuel gaugepointing to the side of the vehicle thefuel door is on.

When the indicator nears empty, thelow fuel light comes on. There still isa little fuel left, but the vehicle shouldbe refueled soon.

Here are four things that some ownersask about. None of these show aproblem with the fuel gauge:

. At the service station, the fuelpump shuts off before the gaugereads full.

. It takes a little more or less fuel tofill up than the gauge indicated.For example, the gauge may haveindicated the tank was half full,but it actually took a little more orless than half the tank's capacityto fill the tank.

. The gauge moves a little whileturning a corner or speeding up.

. The gauge takes a few seconds tostabilize after the ignition isturned on, and goes back to emptywhen the ignition is turned off.



Power Indicator Gauge(Hybrid Only)

The power gauge shows the vehicle’stotal power consumption coming fromthe engine and/or battery.

When the power indicator is green,battery power is being regenerated.The blue area indicates powerprovided by the engine and/or battery.The yellow area shows high powerusage. Operating the vehicle closer tothe zero power position both duringacceleration and braking will result inhigher efficiency.

Boost Gauge (PerformanceConfiguration Only)

Metric

English

This gauge indicates boost underheavier throttle.

It displays the air pressure level in theintake manifold before it enters theengine's combustion chamber.

The gauge is automatically centered atzero every time the engine is started.Actual boost is displayed from thiszero point. Changes in ambientpressure, such as driving in mountainsand changing weather, will slightlychange the zero reading.



Engine Oil Pressure Gauge(Base Level Cluster Only)

Metric, Standard Theme

English, Standard Theme

The engine oil pressure gauge showsthe engine oil pressurein kPa (kilopascals) or psi (pounds persquare inch) when the engine isrunning.

Oil pressure can vary with enginespeed, outside temperature, and oilviscosity.

A reading outside the normaloperating range can be caused by adangerously low oil level or someother problem causing low oilpressure. Check the vehicle's oil assoon as possible. An oil pressuremessage may display. See Engine OilMessages 0 170 and Engine Oil 0 316.

Caution

Lack of proper engine oilmaintenance can damage theengine. Driving with the engine oillow can also damage the engine.The repairs would not be coveredby the vehicle warranty. Check theoil level as soon as possible. Add oilif required, but if the oil level iswithin the operating range and theoil pressure is still low, have thevehicle serviced. Always follow themaintenance schedule for changingengine oil.



Engine Oil TemperatureGauge (PerformanceConfiguration Only)

Metric

English

This gauge shows the engine oiltemperature.

If the gauge pointer moves into thehigh end, it means that the engine oilhas overheated. If the vehicle has beenoperated under normal drivingconditions, pull off the road, stop thevehicle, and turn off the engine assoon as possible.

See Engine Oil 0 316.

Engine CoolantTemperature Gauge

Base Level Metric Standard Theme



Base Level English Standard Theme

Uplevel Metric BalancedConfiguration

Uplevel English BalancedConfiguration

This gauge measures the temperatureof the vehicle's engine coolant.

While driving under normal operatingconditions, if the needle moves intothe red area, the engine is too hot.Pull off the road, stop the vehicle, andturn off the engine as soon aspossible.

Voltmeter Gauge (BaseLevel Cluster Only)

Standard Theme

When the ignition is on, this gaugeindicates the battery voltage.

When the engine is running, thisgauge shows the condition of thecharging system. The gauge cantransition from a higher to lower or alower to higher reading. This isnormal. If the vehicle is operatingoutside the normal operating range,the charging system light comes on.See Charging System Light 0 140.



Readings outside the normal operatingrange can also occur when a largenumber of electrical accessories areoperating in the vehicle and theengine is left idling for an extendedperiod. This condition is normal sincethe charging system is not able toprovide full power at engine idle. Asengine speeds are increased, thiscondition should correct itself ashigher engine speeds allow thecharging system to create maximumpower.

The vehicle can only be driven for ashort time with the readings outsidethe normal operating range. If thevehicle must be driven, turn off allaccessories, such as the radio and airconditioner, and unplug all chargersand accessories.

Readings outside the normal operatingrange indicate a possible problem inthe electrical system. Have the vehicleserviced as soon as possible.

Safety Belt Reminders

Driver Safety Belt ReminderLight

There is a driver safety belt reminderlight on the instrument cluster.

When the vehicle is started, this lightflashes and a chime may come on toremind the driver to fasten theirsafety belt. Then the light stays onsolid until the belt is buckled. Thiscycle may continue several times ifthe driver remains or becomesunbuckled while the vehicle is moving.

If the driver safety belt is buckled,neither the light nor the chimecomes on.

Passenger Safety Belt ReminderLight

There is a passenger safety beltreminder light near the passengerairbag status indicator. See PassengerSensing System 0 89.

When the vehicle is started, this lightflashes and a chime may come on toremind passengers to fasten theirsafety belt. Then the light stays onsolid until the belt is buckled. Thiscycle continues several times if thepassenger remains or becomesunbuckled while the vehicle is moving.

If the passenger safety belt is buckled,neither the chime nor the lightcomes on.

The front passenger safety beltreminder light and chime may turn onif an object is put on the seat such asa briefcase, handbag, grocery bag,laptop, or other electronic device. To



turn off the reminder light and/orchime, remove the object from theseat or buckle the safety belt.

Airbag Readiness LightThis light shows if there is anelectrical problem with the airbagsystem. The system check includesthe airbag sensor(s), the passengersensing system, the pretensioners, theairbag modules, the wiring, and thecrash sensing and diagnostic module.For more information on the airbagsystem, see Airbag System 0 83.

The airbag readiness light comes onfor several seconds when the vehicle isstarted. If the light does not come onthen, have it fixed immediately.

{ Warning

If the airbag readiness light stayson after the vehicle is started orcomes on while driving, it meansthe airbag system might not beworking properly. The airbags in thevehicle might not inflate in a crash,or they could even inflate without acrash. To help avoid injury, havethe vehicle serviced right away.

If there is a problem with the airbagsystem, a Driver Information Center(DIC) message may also come on. SeeAirbag System Messages 0 175.

Passenger Airbag StatusIndicatorThe vehicle has a passenger sensingsystem. See Passenger Sensing System0 89. The overhead console has apassenger airbag status indicator.

United States

Canada

When the vehicle is started, thepassenger airbag status indicator willlight ON and OFF, or the symbol foron and off, for several seconds as asystem check. Then, after several moreseconds, the status indicator will lighteither ON or OFF, or either the on oroff symbol, to let you know the statusof the front outboard passengerfrontal airbag and knee airbag.

If the word ON or the on symbol is liton the passenger airbag statusindicator, it means that the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbag andknee airbag are allowed to inflate.



If the word OFF or the off symbol is liton the airbag status indicator, itmeans that the passenger sensingsystem has turned off the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbag andknee airbag.

If, after several seconds, both statusindicator lights remain on, or if thereare no lights at all, there may be aproblem with the lights or thepassenger sensing system. See yourdealer for service.

{ Warning

If the airbag readiness light evercomes on and stays on, it meansthat something may be wrong withthe airbag system. To help avoidinjury to yourself or others, havethe vehicle serviced right away. SeeAirbag Readiness Light 0 139 formore information, includingimportant safety information.

Charging System Light

On some vehicles the charging systemlight comes on briefly when theignition is turned on, but the engine isnot running, as a check to show thelight is working. It should go out whenthe engine is started. For vehicles witha reconfigurable cluster, this light maynot come on when the ignition isturned on.

If the light stays on, or comes onwhile driving, there may be a problemwith the electrical charging system.Have it checked by your dealer.Driving while this light is on coulddrain the battery.

When this light comes on, or isflashing, the Driver InformationCenter (DIC) also displays a message.

See Battery Voltage and ChargingMessages 0 166.

If a short distance must be drivenwith the light on, be sure to turn offall accessories, such as the radio andair conditioner.

Battery Cut-Off Light(Hybrid Only)

If this light comes on, the vehiclecannot actively charge and will not bepropulsion capable. See your dealerfor service.

Battery Failed Light(Hybrid Only)



This light indicates a failure with thehigh voltage battery. A DIC messagemay display. See your dealer forservice.

Charge Cord Connected(Hybrid Only)

This light comes on when a chargecord is connected to the vehicle.

Battery Charging Light(Hybrid Only)

This light comes on when the highvoltage battery is charging.

Malfunction Indicator Lamp(Check Engine Light)This light is part of the vehicle’semission control on-board diagnosticsystem. If this light is on while theengine is running, a malfunction hasbeen detected and the vehicle mayrequire service. The light should comeon to show that it is working whenthe ignition is in Service Only Mode.See Ignition Positions 0 225.

Malfunctions are often indicated bythe system before any problem isnoticeable. Being aware of the lightand seeking service promptly when itcomes on may prevent damage.

Caution

If the vehicle is driven continuallywith this light on, the emissioncontrol system may not work aswell, the fuel economy may belower, and the vehicle may not runsmoothly. This could lead to costlyrepairs that might not be coveredby the vehicle warranty.

Caution

Modifications to the engine,transmission, exhaust, intake,or fuel system, or the use ofreplacement tires that do not meetthe original tire specifications, cancause this light to come on. Thiscould lead to costly repairs notcovered by the vehicle warranty.This could also affect the vehicle’sability to pass an EmissionsInspection/Maintenance test. SeeAccessories and Modifications 0 306.



If the light is flashing : Amalfunction has been detected thatcould damage the emission controlsystem and increase vehicleemissions. Diagnosis and service maybe required.

To help prevent damage, reducevehicle speed and avoid hardaccelerations and uphill grades.If towing a trailer, reduce the amountof cargo being hauled as soon aspossible.

If the light continues to flash, find asafe place to park. Turn the vehicle offand wait at least 10 seconds beforerestarting the engine. If the light isstill flashing, follow the previousguidelines and see your dealer forservice as soon as possible.

If the light is on steady : Amalfunction has been detected.Diagnosis and service may berequired.

Check the following:

. If fuel has been added to thevehicle using the capless funneladapter, make sure that it hasbeen removed. See “Filling the

Tank with a Portable Gas Can”under Filling the Tank 0 297. Thediagnostic system can detect if theadapter has been left installed inthe vehicle, allowing fuel toevaporate into the atmosphere.A few driving trips with theadapter removed may turn off thelight.

. Poor fuel quality can causeinefficient engine operation andpoor driveability, which may goaway once the engine is warmedup. If this occurs, change the fuelbrand. It may require at least onefull tank of the proper fuel to turnthe light off. See Fuel 0 295.

If the light remains on, see yourdealer.

Emissions Inspection andMaintenance Programs

If the vehicle requires an EmissionsInspection/Maintenance test, the testequipment will likely connect to thevehicle's Data Link Connector (DLC).

The DLC is under the instrumentpanel to the left of the steering wheel.Connecting devices that are not usedto perform an Emissions Inspection/Maintenance test or to service thevehicle may affect vehicle operation.See Add-On Electrical Equipment 0 304.See your dealer if assistance is needed.

The vehicle may not passinspection if:

. The light is on when the engine isrunning.

. The light does not come on whenthe ignition is in ServiceOnly Mode.



. Critical emission control systemshave not been completelydiagnosed. If this happens, thevehicle would not be ready forinspection and might requireseveral days of routine drivingbefore the system is ready forinspection. This can happen if the12-volt battery has recently beenreplaced or run down, or if thevehicle has been recently serviced.

See your dealer if the vehicle will notpass or cannot be made ready forthe test.

Service Vehicle Soon Light(Hybrid Only)

This light comes on if a conditionexists with the propulsion system.

If the light comes on, take the vehicleto your dealer for service as soon aspossible.

Brake System WarningLightThe vehicle brake system consists oftwo hydraulic circuits. If one circuit isnot working, the remaining circuit canstill work to stop the vehicle. Fornormal braking performance, bothcircuits need to be working.

If the warning light comes on, there isa brake problem. Have the brakesystem inspected right away.

Metric English

This light should come on brieflywhen the engine is started. If it doesnot come on then, have it fixed so itwill be ready to warn you if there is aproblem.

If the light comes on and stays on,there is a brake problem.

{ Warning

The brake system might not beworking properly if the brakesystem warning light is on. Drivingwith the brake system warning lighton can lead to a crash. If the light isstill on after the vehicle has beenpulled off the road and carefullystopped, have the vehicle towed forservice.

Electric Parking BrakeLight

Metric English

This light comes on when the parkingbrake is applied. If the light continuesflashing after the parking brake isreleased, or while driving, there is aproblem with the Electric ParkingBrake system or another system.



A message may also display in theDriver Information Center (DIC). SeeBrake System Messages 0 167.

If the light does not come on,or remains flashing, see your dealer.

Service Electric ParkingBrake Light

On some vehicles the service electricparking brake light should come onbriefly when the vehicle is in ON/RUN. If it does not come on, have itfixed so it will be ready to warn ifthere is a problem. For vehicles withthe reconfigurable cluster, this lightmay not come on when the vehicle isin ON/RUN.

If this light stays on, the vehicleshould be taken to a dealer as soon aspossible. See Electric Parking Brake0 243. If a message displays in theDriver Information Center (DIC), seeBrake System Messages 0 167.

Antilock Brake System(ABS) Warning Light

This light comes on briefly when theengine is started.

If the light does not come on, have itfixed so it will be ready to warn ifthere is a problem.

If the light comes on while driving,stop as soon as it is safely possibleand turn off the vehicle. Then startthe engine again to reset the system.If the ABS light stays on, or comes onagain while driving, the vehicle needsservice. A chime may also sound whenthe light comes on steady.

If the ABS light is the only light on,the vehicle has regular brakes, but theantilock brakes are not functioning.

If both the ABS and the brake systemwarning light are on, the vehicle'santilock brakes are not functioningand there is a problem with theregular brakes. See your dealer forservice.

See Brake System Warning Light 0 143and Brake System Messages 0 167.

Lane Keep Assist (LKA)Light

For some vehicles, this light comes onbriefly while starting the vehicle. If itdoes not come on, have the vehicleserviced.

For vehicles with the uplevel cluster,this light may not come on whenstarting the vehicle.



This light is green if LKA is availableto assist.

LKA may assist by gently turning thesteering wheel if the vehicleapproaches a detected lane markingwithout using the turn signal in thatdirection. The LKA light will turnamber.

This light is amber and flashes as aLane Departure Warning (LDW) alert,to indicate that the lane marking hasbeen crossed.

See Lane Keep Assist (LKA) 0 279.

Vehicle Ahead Indicator

If equipped, this indicator will displaygreen when a vehicle is detectedahead and amber when you arefollowing a vehicle ahead much tooclosely.

See Forward Collision Alert (FCA)System 0 268.

Pedestrian Ahead Indicator

If equipped, this indicator will displayamber when a nearby pedestrian isdetected directly in front of thevehicle.

See Front Pedestrian Braking (FPB)System 0 272.

Traction Off Light

This light comes on briefly whilestarting the engine. If it does not,have the vehicle serviced by your

dealer. If the system is workingnormally, the indicator light thenturns off. For vehicles with areconfigurable cluster, this light is inthe display area and it may not comeon when the ignition is turned on.

The traction off light comes on whenthe Traction Control System (TCS) hasbeen turned off by pressing andreleasing the TCS/StabiliTrak button.

This light and the StabiliTrak OFFlight come on when StabiliTrak isturned off.

If the TCS is off, wheel spin is notlimited. Adjust driving accordingly.




StabiliTrak® OFF Light

This light comes on briefly whilestarting the engine. If it does not,have the vehicle serviced by yourdealer.

This light comes on when theStabiliTrak system is turned off.If StabiliTrak is off, the TractionControl System (TCS) is also off.

If StabiliTrak and TCS are off, thesystem does not assist in controllingthe vehicle. Turn on the TCS and theStabiliTrak systems, and the warninglight turns off.


Traction Control System(TCS)/StabiliTrak® Light

This light comes on briefly when theengine is started.

If the light does not come on, havethe vehicle serviced by your dealer.If the system is working normally, theindicator light turns off.

If the light is on and not flashing, theTCS and potentially the StabiliTraksystem have been disabled. A DriverInformation Center (DIC) messagemay display. Check the DIC messagesto determine which feature(s) is nolonger functioning and whether thevehicle requires service. See RideControl System Messages 0 175.

If the light is on and flashing, the TCSand/or the StabiliTrak system isactively working.


Engine CoolantTemperature Warning Light

On some vehicles this light comes onbriefly while starting the vehicle. If itdoes not, have the vehicle serviced bythe dealer. If the system is workingnormally the indicator light goes off.For vehicles with the reconfigurablecluster, this light may not come onwhen starting the vehicle.

Caution

The engine coolant temperaturewarning light indicates that thevehicle has overheated. Driving withthis light on can damage the engine

(Continued)



Caution (Continued)

and it may not be covered by thevehicle warranty. See EngineOverheating 0 327.

The engine coolant temperaturewarning light comes on when theengine has overheated.

If this happens pull over and turn offthe engine as soon as possible. SeeEngine Overheating 0 327.

Electric Engine OverheatedLight (Hybrid Only)

This light indicates the electric motoris overheated. Propulsion power willbe reduced. The DIC messagePROPULSION POWER IS REDUCEDmay display. See your dealer forservice.

Tire Pressure Light

For vehicles with the Tire PressureMonitor System (TPMS), this lightcomes on briefly when the engine isstarted. It provides information abouttire pressures and the TPMS.

When the Light Is On Steady

This indicates that one or more of thetires are significantly underinflated.

A Driver Information Center (DIC) tirepressure message may also display.See Tire Messages 0 177. Stop as soonas possible, and inflate the tires to thepressure value shown on the Tire andLoading Information label. See TirePressure 0 353.

When the Light Flashes First andThen Is On Steady

If the light flashes for about a minuteand then stays on, there may be aproblem with the TPMS. If theproblem is not corrected, the light willcome on at every ignition cycle. SeeTire Pressure Monitor Operation 0 356.

Engine Oil Pressure Light

Caution

Lack of proper engine oilmaintenance can damage theengine. Driving with the engine oillow can also damage the engine.The repairs would not be coveredby the vehicle warranty. Check theoil level as soon as possible. Add oilif required, but if the oil level iswithin the operating range and theoil pressure is still low, have thevehicle serviced. Always follow themaintenance schedule for changingengine oil.



This light should come on briefly asthe engine is started. If it does notcome on, have the vehicle serviced byyour dealer.

If the light comes on and stays on, itmeans that oil is not flowing throughthe engine properly. The vehicle couldbe low on oil and might have someother system problem. See your dealer.

Low Fuel Warning Light

This light is near the fuel gauge andcomes on briefly when the ignition isturned on as a check to show it isworking. For vehicles with a

reconfigurable cluster, this light is inthe display area and may not come onwhen the ignition is turned on.

It also comes on when the fuel tank islow on fuel. The light turns off whenfuel is added. If it does not, have thevehicle serviced.

Auto Stop Mode (UplevelCluster)

This light comes on when the engineis in an Auto Stop.

See Starting the Engine (Gasoline Only)0 227 or Starting the Engine (HybridOnly) 0 229.

Security Light

On some vehicles the immobilizerlight should come on briefly as theengine is started. If it does not comeon, have the vehicle serviced by yourdealer. If the system is workingnormally, the indicator light turns off.For vehicles with the reconfigurablecluster, this light may not come onwhen the engine is started.

If the light stays on and the enginedoes not start, there could be aproblem with the theft-deterrentsystem. See ImmobilizerOperation 0 54.



Vehicle Ready Light(Hybrid Only)

The vehicle ready light comes onwhenever the vehicle is ready to bedriven.

High-Beam On Light

This light comes on when thehigh-beam headlamps are in use.

See Headlamp High/Low-BeamChanger 0 193.

IntelliBeam® Light

This light comes on when theIntelliBeam system, if equipped, isenabled.

See Exterior Lamp Controls 0 191.

Lamps On Reminder

This light comes on when the exteriorlamps are in use. See Exterior LampControls 0 191.

Cruise Control Light

The cruise control light is white whenthe cruise control is on and ready, andturns green when the cruise control isset and active.

See Cruise Control 0 251.

Adaptive Cruise Control Light

This light is white when the AdaptiveCruise Control (ACC, if equipped) is onand ready, and turns green when theACC is set and active. See AdaptiveCruise Control 0 253.



Door Ajar Light

For vehicles equipped with this light,it comes on when a door is open ornot securely latched. Before driving,check that all doors are properlyclosed. See Door Ajar Messages 0 169for more information.

Information Displays

Power Flows (Hybrid Only)To view the Power Flow screens in theinfotainment display, touch[ onthe Home screen or on theApplication Tray on the top of theinfotainment system touch screen.Then touch FLOW at the bottom ofthe touch screen.

The Power Flow screens indicate thecurrent system operating condition.The screens show the energy flowbetween the engine, generator, andhigh voltage battery. Thesecomponents will be highlighted whenthey are active.

Programmable Charging(Hybrid Only)Important Information AboutPortable Electric Vehicle Charging


. Before you plug in to any electricaloutlet, have a qualified electricianinspect and verify the electricalsystem (electrical outlet, wiring,junctions, and protection devices)for heavy-duty service at a 12 ampcontinuous load.

. Electrical outlets may wear outwith normal usage or be damagedover time, making them unsuitablefor electric vehicle charging.


. When outdoors, plug into anelectrical outlet that isweather-proof while in use.




{ Danger






See the charge cord user guide.

Programmable Charge Modes

This vehicle has three programmablecharge modes. To view the currentcharge mode status in theinfotainment display, touch[ inthe infotainment display and thentouch CHARGING at the bottom ofthe touch screen.

The Charge Start and ChargeComplete time estimates are alsodisplayed on the screen. Theseestimates are most accurate when thevehicle is plugged in and in moderatetemperature conditions. Also, to getan accurate time estimate, the vehicleuses an internal clock forprogrammable charging, not the clockin the infotainment display.

Charge Mode Status

Immediately : The vehicle startscharging as soon as it is connected toan electrical outlet. See Plug-InCharging (Hybrid Only) 0 282.

Delay Charge Based on DepartureTime : The vehicle estimates thecharging start time considering theprogrammed departure time for thecurrent day of the week. Chargingbegins at the start time and iscomplete by the departure time only ifsufficient time is allowed after thecharge cord is plugged in.



Delay (Electric Rate and DepartureTime) : The vehicle estimates thecharging start time based on theutility rate schedule, utility ratepreference, and the programmeddeparture time for the current day ofthe week. The vehicle will chargeduring the least expensive rate periodsto achieve a full battery charge by thedeparture time. Electrical rateinformation from the utility companyfor the charging location is requiredfor this mode.

Also, if the selected electric ratesettings result in a very long chargecompletion time, the vehicle will startcharging immediately upon plug-in.For example, if the electric rate tableis set up with all “Peak” rates and therate preference is to charge during

“Off-Peak” rates only, then the vehiclewill start charging immediately uponplug-in.

Charge Limit Selection

The Charge Limit Preference settingallows the customer to select theirvehicle’s charge level so it matches thecapability of their charging location.If the vehicle consistently stopscharging after plugging in, or if acircuit breaker continues to trip,reducing to a lower Charge LimitPreference may resolve the issue.

The Charge Limit Preference should beconfigured to match the electricalcurrent rating for the electrical outletthat the charge cord is connected to.The Charge Limit Preferencesettings are:

. Maximum: Limits AC current to12 amps

. Reduced: Limits AC current to8 amps

Exact current levels may vary fromthe values shown in this manual.Check the vehicle for the currentavailable levels.

The Charge Limit Preference settingcan be changed at any time while theinfotainment display is operable.

For some vehicles, the Charge LimitPreference must be updated prior tothe vehicle being charged and theCharge Limit Preference will reset to adefault value when the vehicle isshifted from P (Park).

{ Warning

Using a charge level that exceedsthe electrical circuit or electricaloutlet capacity may start a fire ordamage the electrical circuit. Usethe lowest charge level until aqualified electrician inspects theelectrical circuit capacity. Use the

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

lowest charge level if the electricalcircuit or electrical outlet capacityis not known.

Charge Mode Selection

From the Charge Mode Status screen,touch Charge Mode.

Select one option:

. Immediate Charge upon Plug In.

. Delay Charge Based onDeparture Time.

. Delay Charge Based on ElectricRates and Departure Time.

Departure Time Entry

From the Delay Charge Mode Statusscreen, touch Next Planned Departureto change the departure time for eachday of the week to match yourpersonal schedule.

It is recommended to have the vehicleunplugged while editingdeparture time.

1. Touch the day to change.

2. Touch + or − to change the hoursand minutes.

3. Touch + or − to change AMor PM.

4. Touch0 to store changes andreturn to the previous screen.

Charge Rate Information

From the Delayed (Electric Rate andDeparture Time) Charge Mode Statusscreen, touch Charge RateInformation.

Select one of the following:

. Charge Completion:EarliestPossible/Latest Possible.

. Electric Rate Schedule.

. Charge Rate Preference.

Earliest or Latest Completion Time

If the vehicle calculates that the costwould be the same for various chargemodes based on the charge ratesselected, select to finish the charge atthe earliest possible time or the latestpossible time. Use the Earliest settingto charge as soon as possible if there



is a planned departure prior to thescheduled departure time. Use theLatest setting to optimize energyusage.

Charge Rate Preference Selection

From the Charge Rate Informationscreen, touch Charge Rate Preference.

Touch one of the following options toselect the Charge Rate Preference:

. Charge during Peak, Mid-Peak, andOff-Peak Rates: The vehicle cancharge during any rate period tosatisfy the next planned departuretime. However, it will select whento charge to minimize the totalcost of the charge.

. Charge during Mid-Peak andOff-Peak Rates: The vehicle willcharge during Off-Peak and/or

Mid-Peak rate periods only andwill select when to charge tominimize the total cost of thecharge.

. Charge during Off-Peak Rates: Thevehicle will only charge duringOff-Peak rate periods.

Charging begins at the start time andis complete by the departure timeonly if sufficient time is allowed afterthe charge cord is plugged in. Forexample, if the vehicle is plugged infor only one hour prior to thedeparture time, and the battery iscompletely discharged, the vehicle willnot be fully charged by the departuretime regardless of the rate selection.

Also, if the selected electric ratesettings result in a very long chargecompletion time, the vehicle will startcharging immediately upon plug-in.For example, if the electric rate tableis set up with all Peak rates and therate preference is to charge duringOff-Peak rates only, then the vehiclewill start charging immediately uponplug-in.

Electric Rate Plan Selection

Electric rates, or cost per unit, mayvary based on time, weekday/weekend,and season. During the day when thedemand for electricity is high, therates are usually higher and calledPeak rates. At night when the demandfor electricity is low, the rates areusually lower and called Off-Peakrates. In some areas, a Mid-Peak rateis offered.

Contact the utility company to obtainthe rate schedule for your area. Thesummer and winter start dates mustbe established to use a summer/winterschedule.

From the Charge Rate Informationscreen, touch Electric Rate Schedule.



To edit the Summer/Winter Schedule:

1. Select Summer/Winter for theRate Schedule Type.

2. Touch Edit Electric RateSchedule.

To edit the Yearly Schedule:

1. Select Yearly for the RateSchedule Type.

2. Touch Edit Electric RateSchedule.

Summer/Winter Schedule Start DateEntering

From the Edit Electric Rate Schedulescreen, touch Edit Summer/WinterStart Dates.

1. Touch Summer.

2. Touch + or − to set the monthand day for the start of summer.

3. Touch Winter.

4. Touch + or − to set the monthand day for the start of winter.

5. Touch Edit Summer Schedule orEdit Winter Schedule to edit thedaily electric rate schedule.

Electric Rate Schedule Editing

From the Edit Electric Rate Schedulescreen, select Weekday Schedule orWeekend Schedule.

1. Touch Weekday or Weekend.

2. Select the row to be changed.

. Weekdays are Mondaythrough Friday and use thesame rate schedule.

. Weekends are Saturday andSunday and use the samerate schedule.

Both weekday and weekend schedulesmust be set. The rate schedule onlyapplies for a 24-hour period, startingat 12:00 AM and ending at 12:00 AM.There can be five rate changes foreach day; not all must be used.

The finish times must be consecutive.If a finish time does not follow a starttime, the error message displays “Aninvalid entry was found in the dataentered. Please re-enter data.”



Electric Rate Finish Time Editing

It is recommended to have the vehicleunplugged while editing electric ratefinish time. From the Edit (Summer,Winter, or Yearly) Electric RateSchedule screen, touch Edit next tothe row to change.

1. Touch + or − to adjust the time.

2. Touch Off-Peak, Mid-Peak,or Peak to select the electric rate.

3. Touch0 j to store changes.

Only the finish time can be edited.The start time is automaticallypopulated in the rate table.

Electric Rate Schedule Viewing

From the Select Electric Rate Planscreen, touch View (Summer, Winter,or Yearly) Schedule.

Temporary Charge ModeOverride and Cancel

Programmed Delayed Charge Modescan be temporarily overridden to anImmediate Charge Mode for onecharge cycle. Also, the next planneddeparture time can be temporarilyoverridden for one charge cycle. Inaddition to the in-vehicle overrides viathe infotainment display, there areother ways to temporarily override aDelayed Charge Mode. See Plug-InCharging (Hybrid Only) 0 282.

Temporary Override of a DelayedCharge Mode

To temporarily override a DelayedCharge Mode to Immediate ChargeMode from inside the vehicle:

1. Touch Temporary OverrideOptions on the main chargingscreen.

2. Touch Charge Immediately UponPlug In to temporarily overrideto an Immediate Charge Mode.

The Temporary Charge Mode Statusscreen will automatically display therevised charge complete time.

To cancel the temporary override,touch Cancel Temporary OverrideSetting on the Temporary OverrideOptions screen. Or, from the main



charging screen, touch the X on thefar right side of the Charge Modebutton.

Temporary Override of the NextPlanned Departure Time

It is recommended to have the vehicleunplugged while editingdeparture time.

To temporarily override the NextPlanned Departure Time from insidethe vehicle:

1. Touch Temporary OverrideOptions on the main chargingscreen.

2. Touch Next Departure Time.

3. Touch + or – to change the NextDeparture Time.

4. Touch0 j to confirm atemporary override of the NextPlanned Departure Time.

The Temporary Charge Mode Statusscreen will automatically display therevised charge complete time.

The Temporary Departure Time canonly be updated for the same day asthe original Next Planned DepartureTime. Also, the vehicle will not accepta Temporary Departure Time that isbefore the present time of day.

To cancel the temporary override ofthe Next Planned Departure Time:

. From the Temporary OverrideOptions screen, touch CancelTemporary Override Setting.

. From the main charging screen,touch the X on the right side ofthe respective override text. Whenyou override to an immediatecharge mode, the X will be on thefar right side of the Charge Modebutton. When you override thedeparture time of either delayedcharge mode, the X will be on thefar right side of the Next PlannedDeparture button.

Location Based Charging

This feature allows charging settingsto be customized when the vehicle isat home or away from home. Thecharge mode and charge levelpreference will update based onvehicle location. The chargingcustomization settings will be thesaved home profile settings at home



and Charge Immediate when awayfrom home. Dashes will display on thescreen when GPS is unavailable.

Using Location Based Charging

To use location based charging, ahome location must first be stored. Tostore a home location:

1. From the Home screen, touchSettings.

2. Touch Vehicle.

3. Touch Energy Settings.

4. Touch Location Based Charging.

5. Touch Set Home Location.

6. A pop-up will confirm the settingand the compass will be lit. Inaddition, the Set Home Locationwill change to Update HomeLocation.

To turn location based charging onor off:

1. Follow Steps 1–4 under “UsingLocation Based Charging” to getto the Location Based Chargingscreen.

2. Touch ON or OFF to turn thesystem on or off.

Updating Home Location

To update the home location:

1. Follow Steps 1–4 under “UsingLocation Based Charging” to getto the Location Based Chargingscreen.

2. Choose Update Home Location.

3. Choose:

Update : Use when the vehicle isparked in a new location.

Cancel : Use to cancel this operationand make no changes.

Remove : Use to remove the storedhome location from the vehicle. Thiswill turn the feature off because therewill be no home location stored.

Expiration : Use to store the chargelevel preference at the home locationfor up to 90 days. After 90 days, anotification will display on the screenand the charge level preference willneed to be reset for the next 90 days.

Charging Interrupted orOverridden Pop-Up

The Charging Interrupted orOverridden pop-up will appear if anyof the following conditions occur:

. The charging settings have beenmodified via OnStar through thewebsite or the Mobile App. Forexample, the Departure TimeTables, the Rate Tables, or theCharge Mode were updated usingthe customer website (available inselect regions).

. There was an unintended loss ofAC power during the plug-incharge event. For example, therewas a power outage or the chargecord was unplugged from the wall.



. The charge process wasinterrupted by the utility companyvia OnStar as authorized by thevehicle owner (available in selectregions).

See Utility Interruption of Charging(Hybrid Only) 0 293.

Programmable ChargingDisabled

When the Programmable Chargingsystem is disabled, the Default ChargeMode Status screen and the pop-upwill display “- -:- -” for the ChargeComplete Time. The ProgrammableCharging system will be disabled if theCharge Complete Time cannot beconfidently estimated. If theProgrammable Charging system isconsistently disabled, see your dealer.

A message displays if the vehicle isnot able to charge.

Energy Information(Hybrid Only)To view the Energy Usage and EnergyDetails, touch[ on theinfotainment display and then touchINFO at the bottom of the touchscreen. Touch S or T to switchbetween the screens.

Energy Usage

The Energy Usage screen displaysinformation for the total of all drivecycles since the last time the highvoltage battery was fully charged. Thisincludes:

. Distance traveled in Electric Mode

. Distance traveled in EnginePower Mode

. Total distance traveled

. Electric energy used from thebattery

. Total fuel used

. Average fuel economy

The electric equivalent to fueleconomy is MPGe. Touch MPGe onthe screen to view. When dashes aredisplayed, the maximum limits tosome values have been reached.

The circle graph displaysthe percentage of distance traveledusing Electric Mode versus EnginePower Mode. The Energy Usageinformation will also appearautomatically on power off whenRetained Accessory Power is active.This pop-up can be disabled. See“Energy Summary Pop-up” underVehicle Personalization 0 178.



Energy Details

The Energy Details screen displayshow energy was used since the lasttime the high voltage battery was fullycharged. It includes Driving andAccessories, Climate Settings, andBattery Conditioning. The circle graphdisplays these percentages. The totalenergy used displays at the bottom ofthe screen.

Consumption History

The energy history graph shows theaverage fuel economy over the last 50km or 50 mi.

Touch RESET to clear thehistory data.

The Present bar provides the averagefuel economy for the present 5 kmor mi.

Driver InformationCenter (DIC)The DIC is displayed in theinstrument cluster. It shows the statusof many vehicle systems.

y orz : Move SEL up or down togo to the previous or next selection.

S or T : Press to move between theinteractive display zones in thecluster. Press S to go back to theprevious menu.

SEL : Press to open a menu or select amenu item. Press and hold to resetvalues on certain screens.



DIC Information Display Options

The info displays on the DIC can beturned on or off through theSettings menu.

1. Press SEL while viewing theSettings page in one of theinteractive display zones on thecluster.

2. Scroll to Info Pages andpress SEL.

3. Pressy orz to move throughthe list of possible info displays.

4. Press SEL while an item ishighlighted to select or deselectthat item. When an item isselected, a checkmark will appearnext to it.

DIC Information Displays

The following is the list of all possibleDIC information displays. Some of theinformation displays may not beavailable for your particular vehicle.

Speed (Base Cluster) : Shows thevehicle speed in either kilometers perhour (km/h) or miles per hour (mph).

Trip 1 or Trip 2 (Base Cluster) / Trip1 or Trip 2 and Average FuelEconomy (Uplevel Cluster) : The Tripdisplay shows the current distancetraveled, in either kilometers (km) ormiles (mi), since the trip odometerwas last reset. The trip odometer canbe reset by pressing and holding SELwhile this display is active.

The Average Fuel Economy displayshows the approximate average litersper 100 kilometers (L/100 km) ormiles per gallon (mpg). This numberis calculated based on the number ofL/100 km (mpg) recorded since thelast time this menu item was reset.This number reflects only theapproximate average fuel economythat the vehicle has right now, andwill change as driving conditionschange. The Average Fuel Economycan be reset along with the tripodometer by pressing and holding SELwhile this display is active.

Fuel Range : Shows the approximatedistance the vehicle can be drivenwithout refueling. LOW will bedisplayed when the vehicle is low onfuel. The fuel range estimate is basedon an average of the vehicle's fuel

economy over recent driving historyand the amount of fuel remaining inthe fuel tank.

Electric Range (Hybrid) : Shows theapproximate distance the vehicle canbe driven on battery power. Theelectric range estimate is based on theaverage of the vehicle's electricalenergy economy over recent drivinghistory and the amount of charge leftin the battery.

Total Range (Hybrid) : Shows theremaining distance the vehicle can bedriven combining the electric rangeand fuel range.

Average Fuel Economy (BaseCluster) : Shows the approximateaverage liters per 100 kilometers (L/100 km) or miles per gallon (mpg).This number is calculated based onthe number of L/100 km (mpg)recorded since the last time this menuitem was reset. This number reflectsonly the approximate average fueleconomy that the vehicle has rightnow, and will change as drivingconditions change. The Average Fuel



Economy can be reset by pressing andholding SEL while this display isactive.

Instantaneous Fuel Economy : Showsthe current fuel economy in eitherliters per 100 kilometers (L/100 km) ormiles per gallon (mpg). This numberreflects only the approximate fueleconomy that the vehicle has rightnow and changes frequently as drivingconditions change.

EV Operation Gauge (Hybrid) : Thisdisplay shows the driver how close thevehicle is to exiting electric mode.

Total Power Gauge (Hybrid) : Thisdisplay shows the vehicle’s powerconsumption from both the batteryand the engine. When the vehicle isconsuming power from the batteryand/or engine the bars are filledyellow. When regenerating, greenfilling is displayed. For invalid data, nofilled bars are shown.

Average Speed : Shows the averagespeed of the vehicle in kilometers perhour (km/h) or miles per hour (mph).This average is calculated based onthe various vehicle speeds recordedsince the last reset of this value. The

average speed can be reset by pressingand holding SEL while this display isactive.

Timer : This display can be used as atimer. To start the timer, press SELwhile this display is active. Thedisplay will show the amount of timethat has passed since the timer waslast reset. To stop the timer, press SELbriefly while this display is active andthe timer is running. To reset thetimer to zero, press and hold SELwhile this display is active.

Compass (Uplevel Cluster) : Showsthe direction the vehicle is driving.

Speed Limit : Shows the currentspeed limit. The information for thispage comes from a roadway database.

Speed Warning : Allows the driver toset a speed that they do not want toexceed. To set the Speed Warning,press SEL when Speed Warning isdisplayed. Pressy orz to adjust thevalue. This feature can be turned offby pressing and holding SEL whileviewing this page. If the selectedspeed limit is exceeded, a pop-upwarning is displayed and a chime maysound.

Cruise Set Speed : Shows the speedthe cruise control or Adaptive CruiseControl is set to.

Driver Assistance (UplevelCluster) : May show information forLane Keep Assist (LKA), LaneDeparture Warning (LDW), AdaptiveCruise Control (ACC), and ForwardCollision Alert (FCA). The displayshows if there is a vehicle detectedahead, and the current FCA timingsetting. In addition, when ACC is notengaged, the current follow time tothe vehicle ahead is displayed as atime value on this page.

Battery Voltage : Shows the currentbattery voltage.

Oil Life : Shows an estimate of theoil's remaining useful life.If REMAINING OIL LIFE 99% isdisplayed, that means 99% of thecurrent oil life remains.

When the remaining oil life is low, theCHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON messagewill appear on the display. See EngineOil Messages 0 170. The oil should bechanged as soon as possible. SeeEngine Oil 0 316. In addition to theengine oil life system monitoring the



oil life, additional maintenance isrecommended. See MaintenanceSchedule 0 395.

The Oil Life display must be resetafter each oil change. It will not resetitself. Do not reset the Oil Life displayaccidentally at any time other thanwhen the oil has just been changed.It cannot be reset accurately until thenext oil change. To reset the engineoil life system, press and hold SEL forseveral seconds while the Oil Lifedisplay is active. See Engine Oil LifeSystem 0 318.

Tire Pressure : Shows theapproximate pressures of all four tires.Tire pressure is displayed in eitherkilopascal (kPa) or in pounds persquare inch (psi). If the pressure islow, the value for that tire is shown inamber. See Tire Pressure MonitorSystem 0 355 and Tire PressureMonitor Operation 0 356.

Vehicle Odometer (Base Cluster) :Shows the odometer.

Blank Page : Allows for noinformation to be displayed in thecluster info display areas.

Head-Up Display (HUD)

{ Warning

If the HUD image is too bright ortoo high in your field of view, itmay take you more time to seethings you need to see when it isdark outside. Be sure to keep theHUD image dim and placed low inyour field of view.

If equipped with HUD, someinformation concerning the operationof the vehicle is projected onto thewindshield. The image is projectedthrough the HUD lens on top of theinstrument panel. The informationappears as an image focused outtoward the front of the vehicle.

Caution

If you try to use the HUD image asa parking aid, you may misjudgethe distance and damage yourvehicle. Do not use the HUD imageas a parking aid.

The HUD information can bedisplayed in various languages insome vehicles. The speedometerreading and other numerical valuescan be displayed in either English ormetric units.

The language selection is changedthrough the radio and the units ofmeasurement is changed through theinstrument cluster. See VehiclePersonalization 0 178 and “ClusterOptions Menu” under InstrumentCluster (Base Level) 0 125 orInstrument Cluster (Uplevel) 0 128.



HUD Display on the VehicleWindshield

The HUD may display some of thefollowing vehicle information andvehicle messages or alerts:

. Speed

. Tachometer

. Audio

. Phone

. Navigation

. Collision Alert

. Cruise Control

. Lane Keep Assist

. Low Fuel

Some vehicle messages or alertsdisplayed in the HUD may be clearedby using the steering wheel controls.See Vehicle Messages 0 166.

The HUD control is to the left of thesteering wheel.

To adjust the HUD image:

1. Adjust the driver seat.

2. Start the engine.

3. Use the following settings toadjust the HUD.

$ : Press down or lift up to centerthe HUD image. The HUD image canonly be adjusted up and down, notside to side.

! : Press to select the displayview. Each press will change thedisplay view.

D : Lift up and hold to brighten thedisplay. Press down and hold to dimthe display. Hold down to turn thedisplay off.

The HUD image will automaticallydim and brighten to compensate foroutside lighting. The HUD brightnesscontrol can also be adjusted asneeded.

The HUD image can temporarily lightup depending on the angle andposition of the sunlight on the HUDdisplay. This is normal.

Polarized sunglasses could make theHUD image harder to see.

HUD Views

There are four views in the HUD.Some vehicle information and vehiclemessages or alerts may be displayedin any view.



Metric

English

Speed View : This display gives thespeedometer reading (in English ormetric units), speed limit, AdaptiveCruise Control speed, Lane DepartureWarning, and Vehicle Ahead indicator.Some information only appears onvehicles that have these features, andwhen they are active.

Metric

English

Audio/Phone View : This displays thespeed view along with audio/phoneinformation. The current radio station,media type, and incoming calls will bedisplayed.

All HUD views may briefly displayaudio information when the driveruses the steering wheel controls toadjust the audio settings appearing inthe instrument cluster.

Incoming phone calls appearing in theinstrument cluster may also display inany HUD view.

Metric

English

Navigation View : This displayincludes the information in the speedview along with Turn-by-TurnNavigation information in somevehicles. The compass heading isdisplayed when navigation routing isnot active.

Navigation Turn-by-Turn Alertsshown in the instrument cluster mayalso be displayed in any HUD view.



Metric

English

Performance View : This displays thespeedometer reading, rpm reading,transmission positions, and gear shiftindicator.

Care of the HUD

Clean the inside of the windshield toremove any dirt or film that couldreduce the sharpness or clarity of theHUD image.

Clean the HUD lens with a soft clothsprayed with glass cleaner. Wipe thelens gently, then dry it.

HUD Troubleshooting

Check that:

. Nothing is covering the HUD lens.

. HUD brightness setting is not toodim or too bright.

. HUD is adjusted to the properheight.

. Polarized sunglasses are not worn.

. Windshield and HUD lens areclean.

If the HUD image is not correct,contact your dealer.

The windshield is part of the HUDsystem. If the windshield needsreplacing, see WindshieldReplacement 0 335.

Vehicle MessagesMessages displayed on the DICindicate the status of the vehicle orsome action that may be needed tocorrect a condition. Multiple messagesmay display one after the other.

The messages that do not requireimmediate action can beacknowledged and cleared by pressingSEL. The messages that requireimmediate action cannot be cleareduntil that action is performed. Allmessages should be taken seriouslyand clearing the messages does notcorrect the problem.

The following are some of the vehiclemessages that may be displayeddepending on the vehicle content.

Battery Voltage andCharging Messages

BATTERY SAVER ACTIVE

This message displays when thevehicle has detected that the batteryvoltage is dropping beyond areasonable point. The battery saversystem starts reducing features of the



vehicle that may be noticed. At thepoint that features are disabled, thismessage displays. Turn offunnecessary accessories to allow thebattery to recharge.

CHARGE CORD CONNECTED

This message displays when thecharge cord is connected to thevehicle. The vehicle cannot be shiftedout of P (Park) with the charge cordconnected.

CHARGE DOOR OPEN

This message displays when thecharge door is open and the vehicle isshifted out of P (Park). The chargedoor should be kept fully closed whenthe vehicle is not charging.

LOW BATTERY

This message is displayed when thebattery voltage is low. See Battery -North America 0 331.

SERVICE BATTERY CHARGINGSYSTEM

This message is displayed when thereis a fault in the battery chargingsystem. Take the vehicle to yourdealer for service.

SERVICE HIGH VOLTAGECHARGING SYSTEM

This message displays when there is aproblem with the high voltagecharging system. See your dealer forservice.

TRANSPORT MODE ON

This message is displayed when thevehicle is in transport mode. Somefeatures can be disabled while in thismode, including Remote KeylessEntry (RKE), remote start, and thevehicle alarm system. Take the vehicleto your dealer for service to turntransport mode off.

Brake System Messages

BRAKE FLUID LOW

This message is displayed when thebrake fluid level is low. See BrakeFluid 0 330.

BRAKES OVERHEATED

This message is displayed when thebrakes are becoming overheated. Thismay be seen when driving on hills.Shift to a lower gear.

STEP ON BRAKE TO RELEASEPARK BRAKE

This message is displayed if youattempt to release the Electric ParkingBrake without the brake pedal applied.See Electric Parking Brake 0 243.

RELEASE PARKING BRAKE

This message is displayed if theElectric Parking Brake is on while thevehicle is in motion. See ElectricParking Brake 0 243.



SERVICE BRAKE ASSIST

This message may be displayed whenthere is a problem with the brakeboost assist system. The brake boostassist motor may be heard and brakepedal pulsation may be felt. This isnormal under these conditions. Takethe vehicle to your dealer for service.

SERVICE PARKING BRAKE

This message is displayed when thereis a problem with the parking brake.Take the vehicle to your dealer forservice.

Compass MessagesThe compass display will be blank ifthe vehicle temporarily losescommunication with the GlobalPositioning System (GPS).

Cruise Control Messages

ADAPTIVE CRUISE SET TO XXX

This message displays when theAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) speed isset. See Adaptive Cruise Control 0 253.

ADAPTIVE CRUISE TEMPORARILYUNAVAILABLE

This message displays whenattempting to activate Adaptive CruiseControl (ACC) when it is temporarilyunavailable. The ACC system does notneed service.

This can occur under the followingconditions:

. The radar is not clean. Keep theradar sensors free of mud, dirt,snow, ice, and slush. Clean theentire front and/or rear of thevehicle. For cleaning instructions,see Exterior Care 0 384.

. Heavy rain or snow is interferingwith the radar object detection orcamera performance.

CRUISE SET TO XXX

This message displays when the cruisecontrol speed is set. See CruiseControl 0 251.

NO CRUISE BRAKING GAS PEDALAPPLIED

This message displays when AdaptiveCruise Control (ACC) is active and thedriver is pressing the gas pedal. Whenthis occurs, ACC will not brake. SeeAdaptive Cruise Control 0 253.

SERVICE ADAPTIVE CRUISECONTROL

This message displays when theAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) needsservice. Take the vehicle to yourdealer.

SHIFT TO PARK BEFORE EXITING

This message may display if AdaptiveCruise Control (ACC) is engagedholding the vehicle at a stop, and thedriver attempts to exit the vehicle. Putthe vehicle in P (Park) before exiting.



Door Ajar Messages

DOOR OPEN

A door open symbol will be displayedon the DIC showing which door isopen. If the vehicle has been shiftedout of P (Park), a DOOR OPENmessage will also be displayed. TheDOOR OPEN message may also bedisplayed if the vehicle starts to move.Close the door completely.

HOOD OPEN

This message will display along with ahood open symbol when the hood isopen. A chime may also sound. Closethe hood completely.

TRUNK OPEN

This message will display along with asymbol when the trunk is open. Closethe trunk completely.

Engine Cooling SystemMessages

A/C OFF DUE TO HIGHENGINE TEMP

This message displays when theengine coolant becomes hotter thanthe normal operating temperature. Toavoid added strain on a hot engine,the air conditioning compressorautomatically turns off. When thecoolant temperature returns tonormal, the air conditioningcompressor turns back on. The vehiclecan continue to be driven.

If this message continues to appear,have the system repaired by yourdealer as soon as possible to avoiddamage to the engine.

COOLANT LEVEL LOW ADDCOOLANT

This message will display if thecoolant is low. See EngineCoolant 0 324.

ENGINE OVERHEATED — IDLEENGINE

This message displays when theengine coolant temperature is too hot.Stop and allow the vehicle to idle untilit cools down.

ENGINE OVERHEATED — STOPENGINE

This message displays and acontinuous chime sounds if theengine cooling system reaches unsafetemperatures for operation. Stop andturn off the vehicle as soon as it issafe to do so to avoid severe damage.This message clears when the enginehas cooled to a safe operatingtemperature.

ENGINE RUNNING DUE TOTEMPERATURE

This message displays when the highvoltage battery is charged but theengine has to come on because of theoutside temperature or high voltagebattery temperature.



ELECTRIC MOTOR OVERSPEED —SERVICE SOON

This message displays when theelectric motor is over speed. See yourdealer for service.

HIGH COOLANT TEMPERATURE

This message may display if thecoolant temperature is hot. See EngineOverheating 0 327.

Engine Oil Messages

CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON

This message displays when theengine oil needs to be changed. Whenyou change the engine oil, be sure toreset the oil life system. See Engine OilLife System 0 318, Driver InformationCenter (DIC) 0 160, Engine Oil 0 316,and Maintenance Schedule 0 395.

ENGINE OIL HOT, IDLE ENGINE

This message displays when theengine oil temperature is too hot. Stopand allow the vehicle to idle until itcools down.

ENGINE OIL LOW — ADD OIL

On some vehicles, this messagedisplays when the engine oil level maybe too low. Check the oil level beforefilling to the recommended level.If the oil is not low and this messageremains on, take the vehicle to yourdealer for service. See EngineOil 0 316.

OIL PRESSURE LOW — TURNVEHICLE OFF

This message displays if low oilpressure levels occur. Stop the vehicleas soon as safely possible and do notoperate it until the cause of the lowoil pressure has been corrected. Checkthe oil as soon as possible and havethe vehicle serviced by your dealer.

Engine Power Messages

ENGINE POWER IS REDUCED

This message displays when thevehicle's engine power is reduced.Reduced engine power can affect thevehicle's ability to accelerate. If thismessage is on, but there is noreduction in performance, proceed toyour destination. The performance

may be reduced the next time thevehicle is driven. The vehicle may bedriven at a reduced speed while thismessage is on, but maximumacceleration and speed may bereduced. Anytime this message stayson, or displays repeatedly, the vehicleshould be taken to your dealer forservice as soon as possible.

Fuel System Messages

CLOSE FUEL DOOR

This message displays when the fueldoor is open and the vehicle is not inP (Park).

ENGINE NOT AVAILABLEADD FUEL

This message displays when theengine is not available due to runningout of fuel. The vehicle can continueto be driven in Electric Mode until thebattery is depleted, but will havereduced acceleration. When thismessage is displayed, refuel thevehicle. See Out of Fuel/EngineUnavailable 0 236.



FUEL LEVEL LOW

This message displays when thevehicle is low on fuel. Refuel as soonas possible.

READY TO REFUEL

This message displays when the fuelsystem is depressurized and thevehicle can be refueled.

WAIT TO REFUEL

This message displays when the fuelsystem is pressurized. You must waitto refuel the vehicle until this messagegoes off.

Key and Lock Messages

NO REMOTE KEY WAS DETECTEDPLACE KEY IN TRANSMITTERPOCKET THEN START YOURVEHICLE

This message displays when trying tostart the vehicle if an RKE transmitteris not detected. The transmitterbattery may be weak. See “Starting theVehicle with a Low TransmitterBattery” under Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) System Operation 0 35.

NO REMOTE DETECTED

This message displays when thetransmitter battery may be weak. See“Starting the Vehicle with a LowTransmitter Battery” under RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) SystemOperation 0 35.

NO REMOTE DETECTED PRESSBRAKE TO RESTART

This message displays whenattempting to turn off the vehicle andthe RKE transmitter is no longerdetected. Restarting is allowedwithout the RKE transmitter forfive minutes. Press the brake pedaland ENGINE START/STOP to restartthe vehicle.

NUMBER OF KEYS PROGRAMMED

This message displays whenprogramming new keys to the vehicle.

REMOTE LEFT IN VEHICLE

This message displays when leavingthe vehicle with the RKE transmitterstill inside.

REPLACE BATTERY INREMOTE KEY

This message displays when thebattery in the RKE transmitter needsto be replaced.

Lamp Messages

AUTOMATIC LIGHT CONTROLON/OFF

This message is displayed when theautomatic light control has beenturned on or off. See AutomaticHeadlamp System 0 193.

XX TURN INDICATOR FAILURE

When one of the turn signals is out,this message displays to show whichbulb needs to be replaced. See BulbReplacement 0 336 and ReplacementBulbs 0 336.

TURN SIGNAL ON

This message is displayed if the turnsignal has been left on. Turn off theturn signal.



Object Detection SystemMessages

24 GHz RADARS OFF

This message displays when driving incertain areas where there may beradar interference. Adaptive CruiseControl (ACC), Forward Collision Alert(FCA), and the Forward AutomaticBraking (FAB) may not work or maynot work as well. The vehicle does notneed service.

AUTOMATIC COLLISION PREP OFFOR FORWARD COLLISIONSYSTEM OFF

This message displays when theForward Automatic Braking (FAB) hasbeen turned off. See ForwardAutomatic Braking (FAB) 0 270.

AUTOMATIC COLLISION PREPREDUCED OR FORWARDCOLLISION SYSTEM REDUCED

If the vehicle has Adaptive CruiseControl (ACC), this message displayswhen the Forward Automatic Braking(FAB) has been set to the Alert

setting. This setting disables FABfunctions. See Forward AutomaticBraking (FAB) 0 270.

AUTOMATIC COLLISION PREPUNAVAILABLE OR FORWARDCOLLISION SYSTEMUNAVAILABLE

This message displays when theForward Automatic Braking (FAB) hasbeen unavailable for some time. TheFAB System does not need service.This message can display under thefollowing conditions:

. The front of the vehicle orwindshield is not clean. Keepthese areas clean and free of mud,dirt, snow, ice, and slush. Forcleaning instructions, see ExteriorCare 0 384.

. Heavy rain or snow is interferingwith the object detectionperformance.

This message may also be displayed ifthere is a problem with the StabiliTraksystem. See Traction Control/ElectronicStability Control 0 248.

FORWARD COLLISION ALERT OFF

This message displays when theForward Collision Alert has beenturned off.

FRONT CAMERA BLOCKED CLEANWINDSHIELD

This message displays when thecamera is blocked. The FrontPedestrian Braking (FPB), ForwardCollision Alert (FCA), ForwardAutomatic Braking (FAB), Lane KeepAssist (LKA), and Lane DepartureWarning (LDW) features will notoperate. Cleaning the outside of thewindshield behind the rearview mirrormay correct the issue.

LANE CHANGE ALERT OFF

This message indicates that the driverhas turned the Side Blind Zone Alert(SBZA) and Lane Change Alert (LCA)systems off.



LANE KEEPING ASSISTUNAVAILABLE

This message displays when the LaneKeep Assist (LKA) and Lane DepartureWarning (LDW) system is temporarilyunavailable. The LKA system does notneed service.

This message could be due to thecamera being blocked. Clean theoutside of the windshield behind therearview mirror.

REAR AUTO BRAKE/PARKASSIST OFF

This message displays when theParking Assist system has been turnedoff or when there is a temporarycondition causing the system to bedisabled.

REAR AUTO BRAKE AND PARKASSIST UNAVAILABLE

This message displays whenattempting to activate the parking andbacking features of the DriverAssistance System when they aretemporarily unavailable. The systemdoes not need service.

This can occur under the followingconditions:

. The radar is not clean. Keep theradar sensors free of mud, dirt,snow, ice, and slush. Clean theentire front and/or rear of thevehicle. For cleaning instructions,see Exterior Care 0 384.

. Heavy rain or snow is interferingwith the radar object detection orcamera performance.

See Driver Assistance Systems 0 261.

SERVICE AUTOMATIC COLLISIONPREP OR SERVICE FORWARDCOLLISION SYSTEM

If this message displays, take thevehicle to your dealer to repair thesystem. Adaptive Cruise Control(ACC), Forward Collision Alert (FCA),and/or the Forward Automatic Braking(FAB) may not work. Do not use thesesystems until the vehicle has beenrepaired.

SERVICE DRIVER ASSIST SYSTEM

If this message displays, take thevehicle to your dealer to repair thesystem.

Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC),Forward Collision Alert (FCA),Forward Automatic Braking (FAB),Assistance Systems for Parking orBacking, Lane Keep Assist (LKA), and/or Lane Departure Warning (LDW)may not work. Do not use thesesystems until the vehicle has beenrepaired.

SERVICE FRONT CAMERA

If this message remains on aftercontinued driving, the vehicle needsservice. Take the vehicle to yourdealer. Do not use the FrontPedestrian Braking (FPB), ForwardCollision Alert (FCA), ForwardAutomatic Braking (FAB), Lane KeepAssist (LKA), and Lane DepartureWarning (LDW) features.

SERVICE NIGHT VISION SYSTEM

The Night Vision system needsservice. See your dealer.



SERVICE PARK ASSIST

This message displays if there is aproblem with the Parking Assistsystem. Do not use this system tohelp you park. See your dealer forservice.

SERVICE REAR AUTO BRAKE ANDPARK ASSIST

This message displays if there is aproblem with the parking and backingfeatures of the Driver AssistanceSystem. Do not use this system tohelp park or back the vehicle. See yourdealer for service.

SERVICE SIDE DETECTIONSYSTEM

If this message remains on aftercontinued driving, the vehicle needsservice. Take the vehicle to yourdealer. Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA),Lane Change Alert (LCA), and RearCross Traffic Alert (RCTA) featureswill not work.

SIDE DETECTION SYSTEMUNAVAILABLE

This message indicates that Side BlindZone Alert (SBZA), Lane Change Alert(LCA), and Rear Cross Traffic Alert(RCTA) are disabled either because thesensor is blocked and cannot detectvehicles in the blind zone, or thevehicle is passing through an openarea, such as the desert, where thereis insufficient data for operation. Thismessage may also activate duringheavy rain or due to road spray. Thevehicle does not need service. Forcleaning, see "Washing the Vehicle"under Exterior Care 0 384.

TAKE STEERING

If LKA does not detect active driversteering, an alert and chime may beprovided. Move the steering wheel todismiss. See Lane Keep Assist(LKA) 0 279.

Propulsion PowerMessages

PROPULSION POWER ISREDUCED

This message displays when thepropulsion power is reduced and canaffect the ability to accelerate. If thismessage is on, but there is noreduction in performance, proceed toyour destination. The performancemay be reduced the next time thevehicle is driven. The vehicle may bedriven at a reduced speed while thismessage is on, but maximumacceleration and speed may bereduced. If this message stays onwhen the malfunction indicator lampis on, the vehicle should be taken toyour dealer for service as soon aspossible.



Ride Control SystemMessages

SERVICE ALL WHEEL DRIVE

This message displays when there is aproblem with the AWD system. Thismessage could be set by a number ofissues, such as:

. A vehicle or an AWD systemelectronics problem.

. Various vehicle electrical issues.

. Worn out or overheated AWDclutch plates.

. Loss of fluids.

Some of these issues may requireservice of the AWD system.

If this message appears, stop when itis safe to do so and turn off theignition for 30 seconds. Restart thevehicle and check for the message onthe DIC display. If the message doesnot appear, it is not necessary to takethe vehicle to your dealer.

SERVICE STABILITRAK

This message displays if there is aproblem with the StabiliTrak system.See Traction Control/Electronic StabilityControl 0 248.

SERVICE TRACTION CONTROL

This message displays when there is aproblem with the Traction ControlSystem (TCS). See Traction Control/Electronic Stability Control 0 248.

TRACTION CONTROL OFF

This message displays when theTraction Control System (TCS) hasbeen turned off. See Traction Control/Electronic Stability Control 0 248.

TRACTION CONTROL ON

This message displays when theTraction Control System (TCS) hasbeen turned on. See Traction Control/Electronic Stability Control 0 248.

Airbag System Messages

SERVICE AIRBAG

This message displays if there is aproblem with the airbag system. Seeyour dealer for service.

Safety Belt Messages

AUTOMATIC SEATBELTTIGHTENING UNAVAILABLE

This message displays when theAutomatic Safety Belt TighteningSystem, if equipped, becomesunavailable. This could be caused by atemporary condition. If the messagecontinues to display, see your dealer.

SERVICE AUTOMATIC SEATBELTTIGHTENING SYSTEM

If this message displays, take thevehicle to your dealer to repair theAutomatic Safety Belt TighteningSystem, if equipped.



Security Messages

THEFT ATTEMPTED

This message displays if the vehicledetects a tamper condition.

Service Vehicle Messages

ENGINE NOT AVAILABLESERVICE SOON

This message displays when theengine is not available due to amalfunction that will not allow theengine to start. The vehicle cancontinue to be driven in Electric Modeuntil the battery is depleted, but willhave reduced acceleration. When thismessage is displayed, the vehicleshould be taken to your dealer forservice as soon as possible. See Out ofFuel/Engine Unavailable 0 236.

SERVICE POWER STEERING

This message displays and a chimemay sound when there may be aproblem with the power steeringsystem. If this message displays and areduction in steering performance orloss of power steering assistance isnoticed, see your dealer.

SERVICE VEHICLE SOON

This message is displayed if there is aproblem with the vehicle. Take thevehicle to your dealer for service.

Steering System Messages

ACTION REQUIRED TURNSTEERING WHEEL STARTVEHICLE AGAIN

This message displays to indicate thatthe steering column lock device wasunable to unlock the column, and theengine did not start. If this happens,immediately turn the steering wheelfrom side to side. If that does notunlock the steering column, turn theignition off, and then open the driverdoor. Then turn the vehicle back onand turn the steering wheel from sideto side for about 15 seconds. Thesteering column must be turned toeach side immediately after pressingENGINE START/STOP to help thesteering column lock device unlockthe column. In some situations it maytake significant force. This situationmay be avoided by straightening thefront wheels before turning off theengine.

SERVICE ACTIVE STEERINGSYSTEM

This message displays when theActive Rear Steer system does notrespond correctly to steering inputs.The rear wheels may remain at anoff-center position and the driver mayneed to apply a small steering wheelcorrection for the vehicle goingforward. If the problem persists forthe next ignition cycle, see your dealerfor service.

SERVICE STEERINGCOLUMN LOCK

This message displays when aproblem with the steering column lockdevice has been detected. See yourdealer for service.

STEERING COLUMN LOCKED

This message displays when thesteering column is locked with theengine running. It is normal for thesteering column to be locked during aremote start. The steering columnshould unlock after the brake pedaland ENGINE START/STOP arepressed.



Starting the VehicleMessages

PRESS BRAKE TO START

This message is displayed whenattempting to start the vehiclewithout first pressing the brake pedal.

SERVICE KEYLESS STARTSYSTEM

This message is displayed if there is aproblem with the pushbutton startsystem. Take the vehicle to yourdealer for service.

Tire Messages

SERVICE TIRE MONITOR SYSTEM

This message displays if there is aproblem with the Tire PressureMonitor System (TPMS). See TirePressure Monitor Operation 0 356.

TIRE LEARNING ACTIVE

This message displays when thesystem is learning new tires. See TirePressure Monitor Operation 0 356.

TIRE PRESSURE LOW ADD AIRTO TIRE

This message displays when thepressure in one or more of the tiresis low.

This message also displays LEFTFRONT, RIGHT FRONT, LEFT REAR,or RIGHT REAR to indicate thelocation of the low tire.

The low tire pressure warning lightwill also come on. See Tire PressureLight 0 147.

If a tire pressure message appears onthe DIC, stop as soon as possible.Inflate the tires by adding air until thetire pressure is equal to the valuesshown on the Tire and LoadingInformation label. See Tires 0 345,Vehicle Load Limits 0 221, and TirePressure 0 353.

More than one tire pressure messagecan appear at a time. The DIC alsoshows the tire pressure values. SeeDriver Information Center (DIC) 0 160.

Transmission Messages

SERVICE TRANSMISSION

This message displays if there is aproblem with the transmission. Seeyour dealer.

SHIFT DENIED

This message displays when usingManual Mode and attempting to shiftto a gear not appropriate for thevehicle speed and engine revolutionsper minute (rpm). See Manual Mode(Gasoline Only) 0 241.

SHIFT TO PARK

This message displays when thetransmission needs to be shifted toP (Park). This may appear whenturning the ignition off if the vehicleis not in P (Park).

TRANSMISSION HOT — IDLEENGINE

This message displays and a chimesounds if the transmission fluid in thevehicle gets hot. Driving with thetransmission fluid temperature highcan cause damage to the vehicle. Stopthe vehicle and let it idle to allow the



transmission to cool. This messageclears when the fluid temperaturereaches a safe level.

Vehicle ReminderMessages

ICE POSSIBLE DRIVE WITH CARE

This message displays when iceconditions are possible.

Vehicle Speed Messages

SPEED LIMIT EXCEEDED

This message is displayed when thevehicle speed is greater than the setspeed. See "Speed Warning" underDriver Information Center (DIC) 0 160.

Washer Fluid Messages

WASHER FLUID LOW ADD FLUID

This message may display when thewasher fluid level is low. Fill thewindshield washer reservoir as soonas possible. See Engine CompartmentOverview 0 309 for the location of thewindshield washer reservoir. Also, seeWasher Fluid 0 329.

Window Messages

OPEN, THEN CLOSE DRIVER/PASSENGER WINDOW

This message is displayed when thewindow needs to be reprogrammed.If the vehicle's battery has beendischarged or disconnected, you mayneed to program each front windowfor the express-up feature to work. SeePower Windows 0 59.

Vehicle PersonalizationUse the audio system controls toaccess the personalization menus forcustomizing vehicle features.

The following are all possiblepersonalization features. Dependingon the vehicle, some may not beavailable.

Infotainment System Audio SystemControls

To access the personalization menu:

1. Touch SETTINGS on the HomePage of the infotainment systemdisplay.

2. Touch the desired feature todisplay a list of available options.

3. Touch to select the desiredfeature setting.

4. Touch0 Back to exit or movebackward in a menu.

Personalization Menus

The following list of menu items maybe available:

. Time and Date



. Language (Language)

. Rear Seat Reminder

. Teen Driver

. Valet Mode

. Radio

. Vehicle

. Bluetooth

. Apple CarPlay

. Android Auto

. Voice

. TouchPad

. Display

. Rear Camera

. Return to Factory Settings

. Software Information

. Wi-Fi

Each menu is detailed in the followinginformation.

Time and Date

Manually set the time and date. SeeClock 0 120.

Language (Language)

Select Language, then select from theavailable language(s).

The selected language will display onthe system, and voice recognition willreflect the selected language.

Rear Seat Reminder

This allows for a chime and a message‘Look in Rear Seat’ when the rear doorhas been opened before or duringoperation of the vehicle.

Select Off or On.

Teen Driver

See “Teen Driver” under “Settings” inthe infotainment manual.

Valet Mode (If Equipped)

This will lock the infotainment systemand steering wheel controls. It mayalso limit access to vehicle storagelocations (if equipped).

To enable valet mode:

1. Enter a four-digit code on thekeypad.

2. Select Enter to go to theconfirmation screen.

3. Re-enter the four-digit code.

Touch LOCK or UNLOCK to lock orunlock the system. Touch Back to goback to the previous menu.

The four-digit code can be texted to apaired phone if forgotten by pressingthe option button on the Valet Modelock screen.

Radio

Select and the following may display:

. Manage Favorites

. Number of Favorites Shown

. Bose Audio Pilot

. Maximum Start Up Volume

Manage Favorites

This allows favorites to be edited. See“Manage Favorites” in “Settings” under“Radio” in the infotainment manual.

Number of Favorites Shown

Touch to set the number of favoritesto display.



Select the desired number or selectAuto and the infotainment system willautomatically adjust the number offavorites shown.

Bose Audio Pilot

This feature adjusts the volume basedon the noise in the vehicle. See “BoseAudioPilot Noise CompensationTechnology” under “InfotainmentSystem Settings” in the infotainmentmanual.

Select Off or On.

Maximum Start Up Volume

This feature sets the maximumstartup volume. If the vehicle isstarted and the volume is greater thanthis level, the volume is adjusted tothis level.

To set the maximum startup volume,touch + or − to increase or decrease.

Vehicle


. Climate and Air Quality

. Collision/Detection Systems

. Comfort and Convenience

. Energy

. Lighting

. Power Door Locks

. Remote Lock, Unlock, Start

Climate and Air Quality


. Auto Fan Max Speed

. Air Quality Sensor

. Auto Heated Seats

. Auto Defog

. Auto Rear Defog

. Ionizer

. Engine Assist Heat

. Engine Assist Heat Plugged In

Auto Fan Max Speed

This feature will set the maximumauto fan speed.

Select Low, Medium, or High.

Air Quality Sensor

This allows for selection of air qualitysensor operation at high or lowsensitivity.

Select Off, Low Sensitivity, or HighSensitivity.

Auto Heated Seats

When enabled, this feature willautomatically activate heated seats atthe level required by the interiortemperature. See Heated and VentilatedFront Seats 0 71.

Select Off or On.

Auto Defog

When set to On, the front defog willautomatically react to temperatureand humidity conditions that maycause fogging.

Select Off or On.

Auto Rear Defog

If equipped, this allows the Auto RearDefog to be turned on or off. Thisfeature will automatically turn on therear window defogger when it is coldoutside.

Select Off or On.



Ionizer

If equipped and on, this featurepurifies the air in the interior of thevehicle. See Automatic Climate ControlSystem (Quad Zone - Gasoline Only)0 199 or Automatic Climate ControlSystem (Dual Zone - Gasoline andHybrid) 0 206.

Select Off or On.

Engine Assist Heat

If equipped, this feature selects theoutside temperature level at which theengine may run to assist heating inElectric Mode. A change in selectionwill not take effect until after thevehicle is first powered down.

Select On for temperatures belowapproximately 2 °C (35 °F), or selectDeferred for temperatures belowapproximately −10 °C (15 °F).

Engine Assist Heat Plugged In

During remote start, this feature turnson or off the ability for the engine torun to help heat the vehicle when it isplugged in. A change in setting willnot take effect until after the vehicleis first powered down.

Select Off or On.

Collision/Detection Systems

Select the Collision/Detection Systemsmenu and the following may bedisplayed if equipped:

. Alert Type

. Auto Collision Preparation

. Front Pedestrian Detection

. Rear Cross Traffic Alert

. Go Notifier

. Lane Change Alert

Alert Type

This feature will set crash alerts tobeeps or seat vibrations. This settingaffects all crash alerts includingForward Collision, Lane DepartureWarning, Adaptive Cruise Control,Parking Assist, and Backing Warningalerts.

Select Beeps or Safety Alert Seat.

Auto Collision Preparation

This feature will turn on or off theForward Collision Alert (FCA) andForward Automatic Braking (FAB).

The Off setting disables all FCA andFAB functions. With the Alert andBrake setting, both FCA and FAB areavailable. The Alert setting disablesFAB, but if the vehicle has AdaptiveCruise Control (ACC), somelast-second automatic brakingcapability is still provided, though lesslikely to occur. See Forward AutomaticBraking (FAB) 0 270.

Select Off, Alert and Brake, or Alert.

Front Pedestrian Detection

This feature will turn on or off theFront Pedestrian Braking (FPB) systemalerts and automatic braking. The Offsetting disables all FPB functions.With the Alert & Brake setting, systemalerts and automatic braking are bothavailable. The Alert setting disablesautomatic braking. See FrontPedestrian Braking (FPB) System 0 272.

Select Off, Alert, or Alert & Brake.

Rear Cross Traffic Alert

This allows the Rear Cross TrafficAlert feature to be turned on or off.

Select Off or On.



Go Notifier

This feature will give a reminder thatAdaptive Cruise Control provideswhen it has brought the vehicle to acomplete stop behind anotherstopping vehicle, and then that vehicledrives on.

Select Off or On.

Lane Change Alert

This allows the Lane Change Alertfeature to be turned on or off.

Select Off or On.

Comfort and Convenience


. Auto Memory Recall

. Easy Exit Options

. Chime Volume

. Reverse Tilt Mirror

. Auto Mirror Folding

. Rainsense Wipers

Auto Memory Recall

This feature automatically recalls thecurrent driver’s previously stored 1 or2 button positions when entering thevehicle. See Memory Seats 0 70.

Select Off or On.

Easy Exit Options

This feature automatically recalls thecurrent driver’s previously stored exitbutton position when exiting thevehicle. See Memory Seats 0 70.

Select Off or On.

Chime Volume

This allows the selection of the chimevolume level.

Touch + or − to adjust the volume.

Reverse Tilt Mirror

When on, both the driver andpassenger outside mirrors will tiltdownward when the vehicle is shiftedto R (Reverse) to improve visibility ofthe ground near the rear wheels. Theywill return to their previous drivingposition when the vehicle is shiftedout of R (Reverse) or the engine isturned off.

Select Off, On - Driver and Passenger,On - Driver, or On - Passenger.

Auto Mirror Folding

When on, the outside rearview mirrorswill automatically fold or unfold whenthe Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)transmitter Q or K button is pressedand held.

Select Off or On.

Rainsense Wipers

This allows the Rainsense Wipersfeature to be disabled or enabled. See“Rainsense™” in Windshield Wiper/Washer 0 118.

Select Disabled or Enabled.

Energy


. Location Based Charging

. Energy Summary Pop-up

. Charge Status Feedback

. Charge Cord Theft Alert

. Charge Power Loss Alert



Location Based Charging

This allows the feature to be turnedon or off.

Select Update Home Location, On,or Off.

Energy Summary Pop-up

This allows the feature to be turnedon or off.

Select Off or On.

Charge Status Feedback

If the feature is on, horn chirpsare on.

Select Off or On.

Charge Cord Theft Alert

This feature allows the theft alert tosound when the charge cord isattempted to be removed and thevehicle theft system is armed.

Select Off or On.

Charge Power Loss Alert

This feature allows an alert to soundwhen the vehicle is charging and losespower at the electrical outlet.

Select Off or On.

Lighting


. Vehicle Locator Lights

. Exit Lighting

Vehicle Locator Lights

This feature will flash the exteriorlamps and allows some of the exteriorlamps and most of the interior lampsto turn on briefly when K on theRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)transmitter is pressed to locate thevehicle.

Select Off or On.

Exit Lighting

This allows the selection of how longthe exterior lamps stay on whenleaving the vehicle when it is darkoutside.

Select Off, 30 Seconds, 60 Seconds,or 120 Seconds.

Power Door Locks


. Unlocked Door Anti-Lockout

. Auto Door Unlock

. Delayed Door Lock

Unlocked Door Anti-Lockout

When on, this feature will keep thedriver door from locking when thedoor is open. If Off is selected, theDelayed Door Lock menu will beavailable.

Select Off or On.

Auto Door Unlock

This allows selection of which of thedoors will automatically unlock whenthe vehicle is shifted into P (Park).

Select Off, All Doors, or Driver Door.

Delayed Door Lock

When on, this feature will delay thelocking of the doors. To override thedelay, press the power door lockswitch on the door.

Select Off or On.

Remote Lock, Unlock, Start


. Remote Unlock Light Feedback

. Remote Lock Feedback

. Remote Door Unlock



. Remote Start Auto Cool Seats

. Remote Start Auto Heat Seats

. Remote Window Operation

. Passive Door Unlock

. Passive Door Lock

. Remote Left in Vehicle Alert

Remote Unlock Light Feedback

When on, the exterior lamps will flashwhen unlocking the vehicle with theRKE transmitter.

Select Off or Flash Lights.

Remote Lock Feedback

This allows selection of what type offeedback is given when locking thevehicle with the RKE transmitter.

Select Off, Lights and Horn, LightsOnly, or Horn Only.

Remote Door Unlock

This allows selection of which doorswill unlock when pressing K on theRKE transmitter.

Select All Doors or Driver Door.

Remote Start Auto Cool Seats

If equipped and turned on, thisfeature will turn the ventilated seatson when using remote start onwarm days.

Select Off or On.

Remote Start Auto Heat Seats

If equipped and turned on, thisfeature will turn the heated seats onwhen using remote start on cold days.

Select Off or On.

Remote Window Operation

This allows the window to be openedwhen pressing K on the RKEtransmitter. See Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) System Operation 0 35.

Select Off or On.

Passive Door Unlock

This allows the selection of whatdoors will unlock when using thebutton on the driver door to unlockthe vehicle.

Select All Doors or Driver Door.

Passive Door Lock

This allows passive locking to beturned on or off and selects feedback.See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) SystemOperation 0 35.

Select On, On with Horn Chirp, or Off.

Remote Left in Vehicle Alert

This feature sounds an alert when theRKE transmitter is left in the vehicle.

Select Off or On.

Bluetooth


. Pair New Device

. Device Management

. Ringtones

. Voice Mail Numbers

. Text Message Alerts

Pair New Device

Select to pair a new device. See“Pairing” in “Infotainment Controls”under “Bluetooth” in the infotainmentmanual.



Device Management

Select to connect to a different phonesource, disconnect a phone, or deletea phone.

Ringtones

Touch to change the ring tone for thespecific phone. The phone does notneed to be connected to change thering tone.

Voice Mail Numbers

This feature displays the voice mailnumber for all connected phones. Tochange the voice mail number, selectEDIT or touch the EDIT button. Typea new number, then select SAVE ortouch the SAVE button.

Text Message Alerts

This feature allows text messages tobe received. See “Text Messaging”under “Phone” in the infotainmentmanual.

Select Off or On.

Apple CarPlay™


. Apple CarPlay

. Manage Apple CarPlay Devices

Apple CarPlay

This feature allows Apple devices tobe connected to the infotainmentsystem through a USB port.

Select Off or On.

Manage Apple CarPlay Devices

Select to manage Apple devices. AppleCarPlay must be on for this feature tobe accessed.

Android Auto


. Android Auto

. Manage Android Auto Devices

Android Auto

This feature allows Android devices tobe connected to the infotainmentsystem through a USB port.

Select Off or On.

Manage Android Auto Devices

Select to manage Android devices.Android Auto must be on for thisfeature to be accessed.

Voice


. Confidence Threshold

. Prompt Length

. Audio Feedback Speed

. Display “What Can I Say?” Tips

Confidence Threshold

This feature allows the adjustment ofthe sensitivity of the speechrecognition system.

Select Confirm More or Confirm Less.

Prompt Length

This feature adjusts the voice promptlength.

Select Short or Long.

Audio Feedback Speed

This feature adjusts the audiofeedback speed.

Select Slow, Medium, or Fast.

Display “What Can I Say?” Tips

This feature gives voicecommand tips.

Select Off or On.



TouchPad


. Tap to Enter

. Haptic Feedback

. TouchPad Surface

. Inversion

. Cursor Tracking Speed

Tap to Enter

When on, this allows tapping of thetouchpad instead of pressing.

Touch to turn On or Off

Haptic Feedback

When on, feedback will be felt whentouching selections on the screen.

Touch to turn On or Off

TouchPad Surface


. Feature

. Information

Feature

This feature allows the touchpad to beturned on or off.

Touch to select Enabled or Disabled.

Information

Touch to read more about thetouchpad feature.

Inversion


. Up/Down

. Left/Right

. Information

Up/Down

This feature allows the finger gestureto be changed.

Touch to select Default or Inverted.

Left/Right

This feature allows the finger gestureto be changed.

Touch to select Default or Inverted.

Information

Touch to read more about theinversion feature.

Cursor Tracking Speed

This feature changes the speed of thecursor tracking.

Select Faster, Normal, or Slower.

Display


. Mode

. Proximity Sensing

. Calibrate Touchscreen

. Turn Display Off

Mode

Select to change the display screen forday or night driving.

Select Auto, Day, or Night.

Proximity Sensing

When on, certain screen buttons andfeatures will become visible when ahand approaches the screen.

Select Off, On, or On-Map Only.

Calibrate Touchscreen

Select to calibrate the touchscreen,then follow the prompts.



Turn Display Off

Select to turn the display off. Touchanywhere on the display area or anyfaceplate button to turn thedisplay on.

Rear Camera

This allows for Rear Park AssistSymbols and Guidance Lines to beturned off or on.

Select Off or On for the desiredfeature.


Return to Factory Settings


. Restore Vehicle Settings

. Clear All Private Data

. Restore Radio Settings

Restore Vehicle Settings

This allows selection of restoringvehicle settings.

Select Restore or Cancel.

Clear All Private Data

This allows selection to clear allprivate information from the vehicle.

Select Delete or Cancel.

Restore Radio Settings

This allows selection to restore radiosettings.

Select Restore or Cancel.

Software Information

Touch to view the version of theinfotainment system software.

Wi-Fi


. Wi-Fi

. Manage Wi-Fi Networks

Wi-Fi

This feature allows Wi-Fi networks tobe turned off or on.

Select Off or On.

Manage Wi-Fi Networks

Select to manage Wi-Fi networks.Wi-Fi must be on for this feature to beaccessed.

Universal RemoteSystemSee Radio Frequency Statement 0 422.

Universal Remote SystemProgramming

If equipped, these buttons are in theoverhead console.

This system can replace up to threeremote control transmitters used toactivate devices such as garage dooropeners, security systems, and homeautomation devices. These



instructions refer to a garage dooropener, but can be used for otherdevices.

Do not use the Universal Remotesystem with any garage door openerthat does not have the stop andreverse feature. This includes anygarage door opener modelmanufactured before April 1, 1982.

Read these instructions completelybefore programming the UniversalRemote system. It may help to haveanother person assist with theprogramming process.

Keep the original hand-heldtransmitter for use in other vehiclesas well as for future programming.Erase the programming when vehicleownership is terminated. See “ErasingUniversal Remote System Buttons”later in this section.

To program a garage door opener,park outside directly in line with andfacing the garage door opener receiver.Clear all people and objects near thegarage door.

Make sure the hand-held transmitterhas a new battery for quick andaccurate transmission of theradio-frequency signal.

Programming the UniversalRemote System

For questions or help programmingthe Universal Remote system, call1-800-355-3515 or seewww.homelink.com.

Programming involves time-sensitiveactions, and may time out causing theprocedure to be repeated.

To program up to three devices:

1. Hold the end of the hand-heldtransmitter about 3 to 8 cm (1 to3 in) away from the UniversalRemote system buttons with theindicator light in view. Thehand-held transmitter wassupplied by the manufacturer ofthe garage door opener receiver.

2. At the same time, press and holdboth the hand-held transmitterbutton and one of the threeUniversal Remote systembuttons to be used to operate thegarage door. Do not release either

button until the indicator lightchanges from a slow to a rapidflash. Then release both buttons.

Some garage door openers mayrequire substitution of Step 2with the procedure under “RadioSignals for Canada and SomeGate Operators” later in thissection.

3. Press and hold the newlyprogrammed Universal Remotesystem button for five secondswhile watching the indicatorlight and garage door activation.

. If the indicator light stays oncontinuously or the garagedoor moves when the buttonis pressed, then programmingis complete. There is no needto complete Steps 4–6.

. If the indicator light does notcome on or the garage doordoes not move, a secondbutton press may berequired. For a second time,press and hold the newlyprogrammed button for



five seconds. If the light stayson or the garage door moves,programming is complete.

. If the indicator light blinksrapidly for two seconds, thenchanges to a solid light andthe garage door does notmove, continue withprogramming Steps 4–6.

Learn or Smart Button

4. After completing Steps 1–3,locate the Learn or Smart buttoninside the garage on the garagedoor opener receiver. The nameand color of the button may varyby manufacturer.

5. Press and release the Learn orSmart button. Step 6 must becompleted within 30 seconds ofpressing this button.

6. Inside the vehicle, press and holdthe newly programmed UniversalRemote system button fortwo seconds and then release it.If the garage door does not moveor the lamp on the garage dooropener receiver does not flash,press and hold the same buttona second time for two seconds,then release it. Again, if the doordoes not move or the garagedoor lamp does not flash, pressand hold the same button a thirdtime for two seconds, thenrelease it.

The Universal Remote system shouldnow activate the garage door.

Repeat the process for programmingthe two remaining buttons.

Radio Signals for Canada andSome Gate Operators

For questions or programming helpcall 1-800-355-3515 or seewww.homelink.com.

Canadian radio-frequency laws andsome U.S. gate operators requiretransmitter signals to time out or quitafter several seconds of transmission.

This may not be long enough for theUniversal Remote system to pick upthe signal during programming.

If the programming did not work,replace Step 2 under “Programmingthe Universal Remote System” withthe following:

Press and hold the Universal Remotesystem button while pressing andreleasing the hand-held transmitterbutton every two seconds until thesignal has been successfully acceptedby the Universal Remote system. TheUniversal Remote system indicatorlight will flash slowly at first and thenrapidly. Proceed with Step 3 under“Programming the Universal RemoteSystem” to complete.

Universal Remote SystemOperation

Using the Universal RemoteSystem

Press and hold the appropriateUniversal Remote system button for atleast one-half second. The indicatorlight will come on while the signal isbeing transmitted.



Erasing Universal RemoteSystem Buttons

Erase all programmed buttons whenvehicle ownership is terminated.

To erase:

1. Press and hold the two outsidebuttons until the indicator lightbegins to flash. This should takeabout 10 seconds.

2. Release both buttons.

Reprogramming a SingleUniversal Remote SystemButton

To reprogram any of the systembuttons:

1. Press and hold any one of thebuttons. Do not release thebutton.

2. The indicator light will begin toflash after 20 seconds. Withoutreleasing the button, proceedwith Step 1 under “Programmingthe Universal Remote System.”


LIGHTING 191

Lighting

Exterior LightingExterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . . . . 191Exterior Lamps Off Reminder . . . 193Headlamp High/Low-BeamChanger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193

Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193Daytime RunningLamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193

Automatic Headlamp System . . . 193Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . . . . 194Turn and Lane-ChangeSignals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194

Interior LightingInstrument Panel IlluminationControl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195

Courtesy Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196

Lighting FeaturesEntry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197Battery Power Protection . . . . . . . . 197Exterior Lighting BatterySaver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197

Exterior Lighting

Exterior Lamp Controls

The exterior lamp control is on theturn signal lever.

Turn the control to the followingpositions:

O : Turns off the exterior lamps. Theknob returns to the AUTO positionafter it is released. Turn to O again toreactivate the AUTO mode.

In Canada, the headlamps willautomatically reactivate when thevehicle is shifted out of P (Park).

AUTO : Automatically turns theexterior lamps on and off, dependingon outside lighting.

; : Turns on the parking lampsincluding all lamps, except theheadlamps.

2 : Turns on the headlamps togetherwith the parking lamps andinstrument panel lights.

IntelliBeam® System

If equipped, this system turns thevehicle's high-beam headlamps on andoff according to surrounding trafficconditions.

The system turns the high-beamheadlamps on when it is dark enoughand there is no other traffic present.

This lightb comes on in theinstrument cluster when theIntelliBeam system is enabled.


192 LIGHTING

Turning On and Enabling IntelliBeam

To enable the IntelliBeam system,press the button on the end of theturn signal lever when the exteriorlamp control is in the AUTO or2position. The blue high-beam on lightappears on the instrument clusterwhen the high beams are on.

Driving with IntelliBeam

The system only activates the highbeams when driving over 40 km/h(25 mph).

There is a sensor near the top centerof the windshield that automaticallycontrols the system. Keep this area ofthe windshield clear of debris to allowfor best system performance.

The high-beam headlamps remain on,under the automatic control, until oneof the following situations occurs:

. The system detects anapproaching vehicle's headlamps.

. The system detects a precedingvehicle's taillamps.

. The outside light is bright enoughthat high-beam headlamps are notrequired.

. The vehicle's speed drops below20 km/h (12 mph).

. The IntelliBeam system is disabledby the high/low-beam changer orthe flash-to-pass feature. If thishappens, press the button on theend of the turn signal lever whenthe exterior lamp control is in theAUTO or2 position. Theinstrument cluster light will comeon to indicate the IntelliBeam isreactivated. See Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer 0 193 andFlash-to-Pass 0 193.

The high beams may not turn offautomatically if the system cannotdetect another vehicle's lamps becauseof any of the following:

. The other vehicle's lamps aremissing, damaged, obstructed fromview, or otherwise undetected.

. The other vehicle's lamps arecovered with dirt, snow, and/orroad spray.

. The other vehicle's lamps cannotbe detected due to dense exhaust,smoke, fog, snow, road spray, mist,or other airborne obstructions.

. The vehicle's windshield is dirty,cracked, or obstructed bysomething that blocks the view ofthe light sensor.

. The vehicle is loaded such that thefront end points upward, causingthe light sensor to aim high andnot detect headlamps andtaillamps.

. Driving on winding or hilly roads.

The automatic high-beam headlampsmay need to be disabled if any of theabove conditions exist.


LIGHTING 193

Exterior Lamps OffReminderA warning chime sounds if the driverdoor is opened while the ignition is offand the exterior lamps are on.

Headlamp High/Low-BeamChanger3 : Push the turn signal lever awayfrom you and release, to turn the highbeams on. To return to low beams,push the lever again or pull it towardyou and release.

This indicator light turns on in theinstrument cluster when thehigh-beam headlamps are on.

Flash-to-PassTo flash the high beams, pull the turnsignal lever toward you, and release.

Daytime RunningLamps (DRL)DRL can make it easier for others tosee the front of your vehicle duringthe day. Fully functional DRL arerequired on all vehicles first sold inCanada.

If equipped with Light-Emitting Diode(LED) headlamps, the dedicated DRLwill come on when all of the followingconditions are met:

. The ignition is on.

. The exterior lamp control isin AUTO.

. The light sensor determines it isdaytime.

. The parking brake is released orthe vehicle is not in P (Park).

When the DRL are on, the taillamps,sidemarker lamps, and other lampswill not be on.

The DRL turn off when the headlampsare turned to O or the ignition is off.

For vehicles first sold in Canada, theDRL cannot be turned off.

Automatic HeadlampSystemWhen the exterior lamp control is setto AUTO and it is dark enoughoutside, the headlamps come onautomatically.

There is a light sensor on top of theinstrument panel. Do not cover thesensor.

The system may also turn on theheadlamps when driving through aparking garage or tunnel.

If the vehicle is started in a darkgarage, the automatic headlampsystem comes on immediately. If it is


194 LIGHTING

light outside when the vehicle leavesthe garage, there is a slight delaybefore the automatic headlampsystem changes to the DRL. Duringthat delay, the instrument cluster maynot be as bright as usual. Make surethe instrument panel brightnesscontrol is in the full bright position.See Instrument Panel IlluminationControl 0 195.

When it is bright enough outside, theheadlamps will turn off or may changeto Daytime Running Lamps (DRL).

The automatic headlamp system turnsoff when the exterior lamp control isturned to O or the ignition is off.

For vehicles sold in Canada, thiscontrol only works when thetransmission is in P (Park).

Lights On with Wipers

If the windshield wipers are activatedin daylight with the engine on, andthe exterior lamp control is in AUTO,the headlamps, parking lamps, andother exterior lamps come on. Thetransition time for the lamps comingon varies based on wiper speed. Whenthe wipers are not operating, these

lamps turn off. Move the exteriorlamp control to O or; to disablethis feature.

Hazard Warning Flashers

| : Touch this button to make thefront and rear turn signal lamps flashon and off. Touch again to turn theflashers off.

The hazard warning flashers turn onautomatically if the airbags deploy.

Turn and Lane-ChangeSignals

Move the lever all the way up or downto signal a turn.

An arrow on the instrument clusterflashes in the direction of the turn orlane change.

Raise or lower the lever until thearrow starts to flash to signal a lanechange. Hold it there until the lanechange is completed. If the lever isbriefly pressed and released, the turnsignal flashes three times.

The turn and lane-change signal canbe turned off manually by moving thelever back to its original position.


LIGHTING 195

If after signaling a turn or lanechange, the arrow flashes rapidly ordoes not come on, a signal bulb maybe burned out.

Replace any burned out bulbs. If abulb is not burned out, check the fuse.See Fuses and Circuit Breakers 0 337.

Interior Lighting

Instrument PanelIllumination Control

The brightness of the instrumentpanel lighting and steering wheelcontrols can be adjusted.

D : Move the thumbwheel up ordown to brighten or dim the lights.

The brightness of the displaysautomatically adjusts based onoutdoor lighting. The instrumentpanel illumination control will set thelowest level to which the displays willbe automatically adjusted.

Courtesy LampsThe courtesy lamps come on whenany door is opened unless the domelamp override is activated. Todeactivate the dome lamp override,press( OFF and the indicator lighton the button will turn off.

Dome LampsThe dome lamp is in the overheadconsole.

To change the dome lamp settings,press:

( OFF : Turns the lamp off, evenwhen a door is open.


196 LIGHTING

+ ON/OFF : Turns the lamp onor off.

Reading LampsThere are front and rear readinglamps on the overhead console andover the rear passenger doors. Theselamps come on automatically whenany door is opened.

To manually turn the reading lampson or off:

Pressm orn next to each overheadconsole reading lamp.

Press the lamp lenses over the rearpassenger doors.

Lighting Features

Entry LightingSome exterior lamps and most of theinterior lights turn on briefly at night,or in areas of limited lighting when Kis pressed on the Remote KeylessEntry (RKE) transmitter. See RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) System Operation0 35. When the driver door is opened,all control lights, Driver InformationCenter (DIC) lights, and door pocketlights turn on. After about 30 secondsthe exterior lamps turn off, then theremaining interior lights dim to off.Entry lighting can be disabledmanually by changing the ignition outof the OFF position, or by pressing Qon the RKE transmitter.

This feature can be changed. See“Vehicle Locator Lights” under VehiclePersonalization 0 178.


LIGHTING 197

Entry Lighting with ApproachDetection

If equipped with approach detection,the entry lighting feature willautomatically turn on when the RKEtransmitter is detected withinapproximately 2 m (6 ft) of the vehicle.

If the vehicle has remained parked foran extended period of time with noRKE transmitter use or Keyless Accessoperation, approach detection will bedisabled. To reactivate, press anybutton on the RKE transmitter oropen and close all vehicle doors tore-enable the entry lighting feature onapproach.

Approach detection will not work if:

. The vehicle battery is low.

. The ignition is in ACC/ACCESSORYor ON/RUN.

. Entry lighting is set to OFF in“Vehicle Locator Lights”. SeeVehicle Personalization 0 178.

Approach detection will not work witha single RKE transmitter if:

. The RKE transmitter is left withina 5 m (16 ft) range of the vehiclefor several minutes.

. The RKE transmitter is left insidethe vehicle and all the doors areclosed.

Exit LightingSome exterior lamps and interiorlights come on at night, or in areaswith limited lighting, when the driverdoor is opened after the ignition isturned off. The dome lamp comes onafter the ignition is changed to theOFF position. The exterior lamps anddome lamp remain on for a setamount of time, then automaticallyturn off.

The exterior lamps turn offimmediately by turning the exteriorlamp control off.

This feature can be changed. SeeVehicle Personalization 0 178.

Battery Power ProtectionThe battery saver feature is designedto protect the vehicle's battery.

If some interior lamps are left on andthe ignition is turned off, the batteryrundown protection systemautomatically turns the lamp off aftersome time.

Exterior Lighting BatterySaverThe exterior lamps turn off about10 minutes after the ignition is turnedoff, if the parking lamps or headlampshave been manually left on. Thisprotects against draining the battery.To restart the 10-minute timer, turnthe exterior lamp control to the offposition and then back to the parkinglamp or headlamp position.

To keep the lamps on for more than10 minutes, the ignition must be inthe ACC/ACCESSORY or ON/RUNposition.


198 INFOTAINMENT SYSTEM

Infotainment System

IntroductionInfotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198

Introduction

InfotainmentSee the infotainment manual forinformation on the radio, audioplayers, rear seat infotainment, phone,navigation system, and voice orspeech recognition. It also includesinformation on settings.


CLIMATE CONTROLS 199

Climate Controls

Climate Control SystemsAutomatic Climate ControlSystem (Quad Zone -Gasoline Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199

Automatic Climate ControlSystem (Dual Zone - Gasolineand Hybrid) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206

Air VentsAir Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211

MaintenancePassenger Compartment AirFilter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212

Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212

Climate Control Systems

Automatic Climate Control System (Quad Zone -Gasoline Only)The climate control buttons and the touch screen are used to adjust the heating,cooling, and ventilation.

Climate Control Buttons


2. Fan Control



5. Defrost

6. OFF (Fan)

7. Recirculation



200 CLIMATE CONTROLS

Climate Touch Screen Controls



3. Fan Control





8. Defog


Climate Control Touch Screen

The fan, air delivery mode, airconditioning, driver and passengertemperatures, and SYNC settings canbe controlled by touching CLIMATEon the infotainment home screen orthe climate button in the touch screenapplication tray. A selection can thenbe made on the front climate controlpage displayed. See the infotainmentmanual.

Climate Control Status Screen

The climate control status screenappears briefly when the climatecontrol buttons on the faceplate areadjusted.

Automatic Operation

The system automatically controls thefan speed, air delivery, airconditioning, and recirculation inorder to heat or cool the vehicle to thedesired temperature.

When the indicator light is on orAUTO is displayed on the touchscreen, the system is in full automaticoperation. If the air delivery mode orfan setting is manually adjusted, theauto indicator turns off and thedisplay will show the selected settings.Auto operation can be turned offindividually for climate settings.

For automatic operation:

1. Press AUTO.

2. Set the temperature. Allow thesystem time to stabilize. Thenadjust the temperature as neededfor best comfort.



To improve fuel efficiency and to coolthe vehicle faster, recirculation may beautomatically selected in warmweather. The recirculation light willnot come on in AUTO mode. Press@ to select recirculation; press itagain to select outside air.

English units can be changed tometric units through the instrumentcluster. See “Cluster Options Menu” or“Cluster Menu” under InstrumentCluster (Base Level) 0 125 orInstrument Cluster (Uplevel) 0 128.

OFF : Press to turn the fan on or off.The temperature control and airdelivery mode can still be adjusted.

Q / R : The temperature can beadjusted separately for the driver andthe passenger. Press to increase ordecrease the temperature. Press andhold to rapidly increase or decreasethe temperature.

The driver and passengertemperatures can also be adjusted bytouching the buttons on the touchscreen.

SYNC : Touch SYNC on the touchscreen to link all climate zone settingsto the driver settings. When allclimate zone settings are linked theSYNC indicator will be lit. Adjust thedriver side temperature control tochange the linked temperature. Whenthe front or rear passenger settingsare adjusted, the SYNC indicator willturn off.

Manual Operation

Q9 R : Press the fan controlbuttons or the touch screen fancontrol, to increase or decrease thefan speed. Press and hold the buttonsor the touch screen control to adjustspeed more quickly. The fan speedsetting displays. Pressing either buttoncancels automatic fan control and thefan can be controlled manually. PressAUTO to return to automaticoperation.

Driver and Passenger Air DeliveryMode Controls : When the climateinformation is displayed, touch thedesired air delivery mode on the touchscreen to change the direction of theairflow. The selected air delivery modebutton is lit. Touching any of the air

delivery buttons cancels automatic airdelivery control and the direction ofthe airflow can be controlledmanually. Press AUTO to return toautomatic operation.

To change the current mode, selectone of the following:

Y : Air is directed to the instrumentpanel outlets.

\ : Air is divided between theinstrument panel outlets and the flooroutlets.

[ : Air is directed to the flooroutlets.

- : Clears the windows of fog ormoisture. Air is directed to thewindshield and floor outlets.

0 : Clears the windshield of fog orfrost more quickly. Air is directed tothe windshield. Press0 to turn on oroff. Changing the air delivery modealso turns the defrost off.

A/C : Touch A/C on the touch screento turn the automatic air conditioningon or off. If the fan is turned off or the



outside temperature falls belowfreezing, the air conditioner willnot run.

Press AUTO to return to automaticoperation and the air conditioner runsas needed.

Automatic Air Recirculation : Whenthe AUTO indicator light is on, the airis automatically recirculated asneeded to help quickly cool the insideof the vehicle.

The climate control system may havea sensor to detect air pollution. Whenusing automatic air recirculation, theair quality control system mayoperate. To adjust the sensitivity ofthe air quality sensor, see “Climateand Air Quality” under VehiclePersonalization 0 178.

@ : Press to alternate betweenrecirculating air inside the vehicle orpulling in outside air. The indicatorlight on the button is lit whenrecirculation mode is active. Thishelps to quickly cool the air inside thevehicle or reduce the outside air andodors that might enter.

Pressing this button cancels automaticrecirculation. Press AUTO to return toautomatic operation; recirculationruns automatically as needed.

Manual recirculation mode is notavailable when in Defrost or Defogmodes.

Auto Defog : The climate controlsystem may have a sensor toautomatically detect high humidityinside the vehicle. When highhumidity is detected, the climatecontrol system may adjust to outsideair supply and turn on the airconditioner. If the climate controlsystem does not detect possiblewindow fogging, it returns to normaloperation. To turn Auto Defog off oron, see “Climate and Air Quality”under Vehicle Personalization 0 178.

Ionizer : If equipped with an ionizer,this feature helps to clean the airinside the vehicle and removecontaminants such as pollen, odors,and dust. If the climate controlsystem is on and the ionizer isenabled, the ionizer status indicatorwill be lit on the climate control touch

screen. To turn the ionizer on or off,see “Climate and Air Quality” underVehicle Personalization 0 178.

Rear Window Defogger

K : Press to turn the rear windowdefogger on or off.

The rear window defogger can be setto automatic operation. See “Climateand Air Quality” under VehiclePersonalization 0 178. When Auto RearDefog is selected, the rear windowdefogger turns on automatically whenthe interior temperature is cold andthe outside temperature is about 4 °C(40 °F) and below.

The upper grid lines on the rearwindow are antenna lines and are notintended to heat when the defogger isactivated.

The heated outside rearview mirrorsturn on when the rear windowdefogger button is on and help toclear fog or frost from the surface ofthe mirrors.



Caution

Do not try to clear frost or othermaterial from the inside of thefront windshield and rear windowwith a razor blade or anything elsethat is sharp. This may damage therear window defogger grid andaffect the radio's ability to pick upstations clearly. The repairs wouldnot be covered by the vehiclewarranty.

Driver and Passenger Heated andVentilated Seats (If Equipped) :PressI or+ to heat the driver orpassenger seatback only.


PressC or { to ventilate the driveror passenger seat. See Heated andVentilated Front Seats 0 71.

Remote Start Climate ControlOperation : If equipped with theremote start feature, the climatecontrol system may run when thevehicle is started remotely. The system

uses the driver’s previous settings toheat or cool the inside of the vehicle.The rear defog may come on duringremote start based on cold ambientconditions. The rear defog indicatorlight does not come on during aremote start. If equipped with heatedor ventilated seats, they may come onduring a remote start. See RemoteVehicle Start 0 42 and Heated andVentilated Front Seats 0 71.

Sensor

The solar sensor, on top of theinstrument panel near the windshield,monitors the solar heat.

The climate control system uses thesensor information to adjust thetemperature, fan speed, recirculation,and air delivery mode for bestcomfort.

If the sensor is covered, the automaticclimate control system may not workproperly.



Rear Climate Control SystemThe rear climate control system is on the rear of the center console. The settingscan be adjusted with the rear climate control buttons and the touch screen.

Rear Climate Control Buttons

1. Rear Driver Side and PassengerSide Seat Temperature Controls

2. O (On/Off)

3. Air Delivery Mode Control


5. Fan Control

Rear Climate Touch Screen Controls


2. Rear Control Lockout

3. ON/OFF


5. SYNC (SynchronizedTemperatures)

6. Rear AUTO (AutomaticOperation)

7. Rear Driver Side and PassengerSide Climate TemperatureControls

8. Rear Fan Control



9. Air Delivery Mode Control

Rear : Touch Rear on the Home Pageon the infotainment system display toopen the rear climate control screen.The rear climate control settings cannow be adjusted from the frontpassenger area.

O : Press O or touch ON/OFF on thetouch screen to turn the rear climatecontrol on or off.

SYNC : Touch SYNC on the touchscreen to match the rear climatecontrol temperature to the frontclimate control driver temperature.The SYNC button will be lit.

Rear Control Lockout : Touch to lockor unlock control of the rear climatecontrol system from the rear seatpassengers. When locked, the rearclimate control can only be adjustedfrom the front seat.

Automatic Operation

AUTO : Press to turn on or off. Theair delivery is controlledautomatically. The AUTO indicatorappears on the display. If the airdelivery mode is manually adjusted,this cancels full automatic operation.

Manual Operation

9 : Press or press and hold the rearfan button up or down to increase ordecrease the rear climate airflow. Therear climate airflow can also beadjusted by touching the fan controlson the front climate touch screen.

Temperature Controls : Press orpress and hold the rear temperaturecontrol buttons up or down to adjustthe rear passenger temperatures. Therear passenger temperatures can alsobe adjusted by touching + for warmerair or − for cooler air on the frontclimate touch screen.

Air Delivery Mode Control : Press orpress and hold the button up or downto select the desired air delivery mode.Touch the right and left arrows at thebottom of the touchscreen to changethe direction of the airflow in the rearseating area.



Automatic Climate Control System (Dual Zone - Gasolineand Hybrid)The climate control buttons and the touch screen are used to adjust the heating,cooling, and ventilation.

Climate Control Buttons


2. Fan Control



5. Defrost

6. OFF (Fan)

7. Recirculation


Climate Touch Screen Controls(Gasoline Only)



3. Fan Control





8. Defog



9. Ionizer Status Indicator(If Equipped)

Climate Touch Screen Controls(Hybrid Only)



3. Fan Control

4. Heater and A/C (AirConditioning)




8. Defog

9. Ionizer Status Indicator(If Equipped)

Climate Control Touch Screen

The fan, air delivery mode, airconditioning, driver and passengertemperatures, and SYNC settings canbe controlled by touching CLIMATEon the infotainment home screen orthe climate button in the touch screenapplication tray. A selection can thenbe made on the front climate controlpage displayed. See the infotainmentmanual.

Climate Control Status Screen

The climate control status screenappears briefly when the climatecontrol buttons on the faceplate areadjusted.

Automatic Operation

The system automatically controls thefan speed, air delivery, airconditioning, and recirculation inorder to heat or cool the vehicle to thedesired temperature.

When the indicator light is on orAUTO is displayed on the touchscreen, the system is in full automaticoperation. If the air delivery mode orfan setting is manually adjusted, the



auto indicator turns off and thedisplay will show the selected settings.Auto operation can be turned offindividually for climate settings.

For automatic operation:

1. Press AUTO.

2. Set the temperature. Allow thesystem time to stabilize. Thenadjust the temperature as neededfor best comfort.

To improve fuel efficiency and to coolthe vehicle faster, recirculation may beautomatically selected in warmweather. The recirculation light willnot come on in AUTO mode. Press@ to select recirculation; press itagain to select outside air.

English units can be changed tometric units through the instrumentcluster. See “Cluster Options Menu”under Instrument Cluster (Base Level)0 125 or Instrument Cluster(Uplevel) 0 128.

OFF : Press to turn the fan on or off.The temperature control and airdelivery mode can still be adjusted.

Q / R : The temperature can beadjusted separately for the driver andthe passenger. Press up or down toincrease or decrease the temperature.Press and hold up or down to rapidlyincrease or decrease the temperature.

The driver and passengertemperatures can also be adjusted bytouching the buttons on the touchscreen.

SYNC : Touch SYNC on the touchscreen to link all climate zone settingsto the driver settings. When allclimate zone settings are linked, theSYNC indicator will be lit. Adjust thedriver side temperature control tochange the linked temperature. Whenthe front or rear passenger settingsare adjusted, the SYNC indicator willturn off.

Manual Operation

Q9 R : Press the fan controlbuttons up or down or touch thetouch screen fan control, to increaseor decrease the fan speed. Press andhold the buttons up or down or touchthe touch screen control to adjustspeed more quickly. The fan speed

setting displays. Pressing either buttoncancels automatic fan control and thefan can be controlled manually. PressAUTO to return to automaticoperation.

Driver and Passenger Air DeliveryMode Controls : When the climateinformation is displayed, touch thedesired air delivery mode on the touchscreen to change the direction of theairflow. The selected air delivery modebutton is lit. Touching any of the airdelivery buttons cancels automatic airdelivery control and the direction ofthe airflow can be controlledmanually. Press AUTO to return toautomatic operation.

To change the current mode, selectone of the following:

Y : Air is directed to the instrumentpanel outlets.

\ : Air is divided between theinstrument panel outlets and the flooroutlets.

[ : Air is directed to the flooroutlets.



- : Clears the windows of fog ormoisture. Air is directed to thewindshield and floor outlets.

0 : Clears the windshield of fog orfrost more quickly. Air is directed tothe windshield. Press0 to turn on oroff. Changing the air delivery modealso turns the defrost off.

A/C : Touch A/C on the touch screento turn the automatic air conditioningon or off. If the fan is turned off or theoutside temperature falls belowfreezing, the air conditioner willnot run.

Press AUTO to return to automaticoperation and the air conditioner runsas needed.

Heater & A/C (Hybrid Vehicle) :Touch Heater & A/C on the touchscreen to turn electric heater and airconditioning on or off.

Press AUTO to return to automaticoperation and the electric heater andair conditioner run as needed.

Automatic Air Recirculation : Whenthe AUTO indicator light is on, the airis automatically recirculated asneeded to help quickly cool the insideof the vehicle.

The climate control system may havea sensor to detect air pollution. Whenusing automatic air recirculation, theair quality control system mayoperate. To adjust the sensitivity ofthe air quality sensor, see “Climateand Air Quality” under VehiclePersonalization 0 178.

@ : Press to alternate betweenrecirculating air inside the vehicle orpulling in outside air. The indicatorlight on the button is lit whenrecirculation mode is active. Thishelps to quickly cool the air inside thevehicle or reduce the outside air andodors that might enter.

Pressing this button cancels automaticrecirculation. Press AUTO to return toautomatic operation; recirculationruns automatically as needed.

Manual recirculation mode is notavailable when in Defrost or Defogmodes.

Auto Defog : The climate controlsystem may have a sensor toautomatically detect high humidityinside the vehicle. When highhumidity is detected, the climatecontrol system may adjust to outsideair supply and turn on the airconditioner. If the climate controlsystem does not detect possiblewindow fogging, it returns to normaloperation. To turn Auto Defog off oron, see “Climate and Air Quality”under Vehicle Personalization 0 178.

Ionizer : If equipped with an ionizer,this feature helps to clean the airinside the vehicle and removecontaminants; such as pollen, odors,and dust. If the climate controlsystem is on and the ionizer isenabled, the ionizer status indicatorwill be lit on the climate control touchscreen. To turn the ionizer on or off,see “Climate and Air Quality” underVehicle Personalization 0 178.



Rear Window Defogger

K : Press to turn the rear windowdefogger on or off.

The rear window defogger can be setto automatic operation. See “Climateand Air Quality” under VehiclePersonalization 0 178. When Auto RearDefog is selected, the rear windowdefogger turns on automatically whenthe interior temperature is cold andthe outside temperature is about 4 °C(40 °F) and below.

The upper grid lines on the rearwindow are antenna lines and are notintended to heat when the defogger isactivated.

The heated outside rearview mirrorsturn on when the rear windowdefogger button is on and help toclear fog or frost from the surface ofthe mirrors.

Caution

Do not try to clear frost or othermaterial from the inside of thefront windshield and rear window

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

with a razor blade or anything elsethat is sharp. This may damage therear window defogger grid andaffect the radio's ability to pick upstations clearly. The repairs wouldnot be covered by the vehiclewarranty.

Driver and Passenger Heated andVentilated Seats (If Equipped) :PressI or+ to heat the driver orpassenger seatback only.


PressC or { to ventilate the driveror passenger seat. See Heated andVentilated Front Seats 0 71.

Remote Start Climate ControlOperation : If equipped with theremote start feature, the climatecontrol system may run when thevehicle is started remotely. The systemuses the driver’s previous settings toheat or cool the inside of the vehicle.The rear defog may come on during

remote start based on cold ambientconditions. The rear defog indicatorlight does not come on during aremote start. If equipped with heatedor ventilated seats, they may come onduring a remote start. See RemoteVehicle Start 0 42 and Heated andVentilated Front Seats 0 71.

Sensor

The solar sensor, on top of theinstrument panel near the windshield,monitors the solar heat.



The climate control system uses thesensor information to adjust thetemperature, fan speed, recirculation,and air delivery mode for bestcomfort.

If the sensor is covered, the automaticclimate control system may not workproperly.

Air Vents

Adjustable air vents are in the centerand on the sides of the instrumentpanel, on the rear of the centerconsole storage, and in the headlinerover the rear seats, if equipped.

Move the slider knobs to change thedirection of or to close off the airflow.

Operation Tips

. Clear away any ice, snow, or leavesfrom air inlets at the base of thewindshield that could block theflow of air into the vehicle.

. Keep the path under the frontseats clear of objects to helpcirculate the air inside of thevehicle more effectively.

. Use of non-GM approved hooddeflectors can adversely affect theperformance of the system. Checkwith your dealer before addingequipment to the outside of thevehicle.

. Do not attach any devices to theair vent slats. This restricts airflowand may cause damage to the airvents.



Maintenance

Passenger CompartmentAir FilterThe filter reduces dust, pollen, andother airborne irritants from outsideair that is pulled into the vehicle. Thefilter should be replaced as part ofroutine scheduled maintenance. SeeMaintenance Schedule 0 395.

See your dealer regarding replacementof the filter.

ServiceAll vehicles have a label underhoodthat identifies the refrigerant used inthe vehicle. The refrigerant systemshould only be serviced by trained andcertified technicians. The airconditioning evaporator should neverbe repaired or replaced by one from asalvage vehicle. It should only bereplaced by a new evaporator toensure proper and safe operation.

During service, all refrigerants shouldbe reclaimed with proper equipment.Venting refrigerants directly to theatmosphere is harmful to theenvironment and may also createunsafe conditions based on inhalation,combustion, frostbite, or otherhealth-based concerns.


DRIVING AND OPERATING 213

Driving andOperating

Driving InformationDistracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215Drunk Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215Braking (Gasoline Only) . . . . . . . . . . 215Braking (Hybrid Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . 216Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217Driving on Wet Roads . . . . . . . . . . . 218Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . . . 219Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219If the Vehicle Is Stuck . . . . . . . . . . . 220Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221

Starting and OperatingNew Vehicle Break-In (GasolineEngine Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224

Ignition Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225Starting the Engine(Gasoline Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227

Starting the Engine(Hybrid Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229

Engine Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231

Retained AccessoryPower (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232

Shifting Into Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232Shifting out of Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233Parking over ThingsThat Burn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234

Extended Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234

Electric Vehicle OperatingModesDriver Selected Operating Modes(Hybrid Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234

Out of Fuel/EngineUnavailable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236

Maintenance Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236

Engine ExhaustEngine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238Running the Vehicle WhileParked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239

Automatic TransmissionAutomatic Transmission . . . . . . . . . 239Manual Mode (Gasoline Only) . . . 241

Drive SystemsAll-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242

BrakesAntilock Brake System (ABS) . . . . 243Electric Parking Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . 243Brake Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245

Hill Start Assist (HSA) . . . . . . . . . . . 245Automatic VehicleHold (AVH) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245

Regenerative Braking(Hybrid Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246

Ride Control SystemsTraction Control/ElectronicStability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248

Driver Mode Control(Gasoline Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249

Cruise ControlCruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251Adaptive Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . 253

Driver Assistance SystemsDriver Assistance Systems . . . . . . . 261Assistance Systems for Parkingor Backing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262

Assistance Systems forDriving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268

Forward Collision Alert (FCA)System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268

Forward AutomaticBraking (FAB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270

Front Pedestrian Braking (FPB)System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272

Night Vision System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) . . . . 276Lane Change Alert (LCA) . . . . . . . . 277


214 DRIVING AND OPERATING

Lane DepartureWarning (LDW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278

Lane Keep Assist (LKA) . . . . . . . . . . 279Surround Vision Recorder . . . . . . . 280

ChargingPlug-In Charging(Hybrid Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282

Delayed Charging Override(Hybrid Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283

Charging Status Feedback(Hybrid Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284

Charge Cord . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288Utility Interruption of Charging(Hybrid Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293

Electrical Requirements forBattery Charging(Hybrid Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294

FuelFuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295California Fuel Requirements . . . . 296Fuels in Foreign Countries . . . . . . . 296Fuel Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297Filling a Portable FuelContainer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299

Trailer TowingGeneral Towing Information . . . . 299Driving Characteristics andTowing Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299

Trailer Towing (With HybridEngine) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302

Trailer Towing (All EnginesExcept Hybrid) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302

Towing Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303

Conversions and Add-OnsAdd-On Electrical Equipment . . . 304

Driving Information

Distracted DrivingDistraction comes in many forms andcan take your focus from the task ofdriving. Exercise good judgment anddo not let other activities divert yourattention away from the road. Manylocal governments have enacted lawsregarding driver distraction. Becomefamiliar with the local laws inyour area.

To avoid distracted driving, keep youreyes on the road, keep your hands onthe steering wheel, and focus yourattention on driving.

. Do not use a phone in demandingdriving situations. Use ahands-free method to place orreceive necessary phone calls.

. Watch the road. Do not read, takenotes, or look up information onphones or other electronic devices.

. Designate a front seat passengerto handle potential distractions.



. Become familiar with vehiclefeatures before driving, such asprogramming favorite radiostations and adjusting climatecontrol and seat settings. Programall trip information into anynavigation device prior to driving.

. Wait until the vehicle is parked toretrieve items that have fallen tothe floor.

. Stop or park the vehicle to tend tochildren.

. Keep pets in an appropriate carrieror restraint.

. Avoid stressful conversationswhile driving, whether with apassenger or on a cell phone.

{ Warning

Taking your eyes off the road toolong or too often could cause acrash resulting in injury or death.Focus your attention on driving.

See the infotainment manual forinformation on that system or thenavigation system, if equipped,including pairing and using a cellphone.

Defensive DrivingDefensive driving means “alwaysexpect the unexpected.” The first stepin driving defensively is to wear thesafety belt. See Safety Belts 0 77.

. Assume that other road users(pedestrians, bicyclists, and otherdrivers) are going to be carelessand make mistakes. Anticipatewhat they might do and be ready.

. Allow enough following distancebetween you and the driver infront of you.

. Focus on the task of driving.

Drunk DrivingDeath and injury associated withdrinking and driving is a globaltragedy.

{ Warning

Drinking and then driving is verydangerous. Your reflexes,perceptions, attentiveness, andjudgment can be affected by even asmall amount of alcohol. You canhave a serious — or even fatal —collision if you drive after drinking.

Do not drink and drive or ride witha driver who has been drinking.Ride home in a cab; or if you arewith a group, designate a driverwho will not drink.

Control of a VehicleBraking, steering, and accelerating areimportant factors in helping to controla vehicle while driving.

Braking (Gasoline Only)Braking action involves perceptiontime and reaction time. Deciding topush the brake pedal is perceptiontime. Actually doing it isreaction time.



Average driver reaction time is aboutthree-quarters of a second. In thattime, a vehicle moving at 100 km/h(60 mph) travels 20 m (66 ft), whichcould be a lot of distance in anemergency.

Helpful braking tips to keep in mindinclude:

. Keep enough distance betweenyou and the vehicle in frontof you.

. Avoid needless heavy braking.

. Keep pace with traffic.

If the engine ever stops while thevehicle is being driven, brake normallybut do not pump the brakes. Doing socould make the pedal harder to pushdown. If the engine stops, there willbe some power brake assist but it willbe used when the brake is applied.Once the power assist is used up, itcan take longer to stop and the brakepedal will be harder to push.

Braking (Hybrid Only)Braking action involves perceptiontime and reaction time. Deciding topush the brake pedal is perceptiontime. Actually doing it isreaction time.

Average driver reaction time is aboutthree-quarters of a second. In thattime, a vehicle moving at 100 km/h(60 mph) travels 20 m (66 ft), whichcould be a lot of distance in anemergency.

Helpful braking tips to keep in mindinclude:

. Keep enough distance betweenyou and the vehicle in frontof you.

. Avoid needless heavy braking.

. Keep pace with traffic.

The brake system is not affected bywhether or not the engine is running.If there is a brake controller fault, thebrakes may lose power assist. Moreeffort will be required to stop thevehicle.

Steering

Variable Effort Steering

The vehicle has a steering system thatvaries the amount of effort required tosteer the vehicle in relation to thespeed of the vehicle.

The amount of steering effort requiredis less at slower speeds to make thevehicle more maneuverable and easierto park. At faster speeds, the steeringeffort increases to provide a sport-likefeel to the steering. This providesmaximum control and stability.

Electric Power Steering

The vehicle has electric powersteering. It does not have powersteering fluid. Regular maintenance isnot required.

If power steering assist is lost due to asystem malfunction, the vehicle canbe steered, but may require increasedeffort. See your dealer if there is aproblem.



If the steering wheel is turned until itreaches the end of its travel and isheld against that position for anextended period of time, powersteering assist may be reduced.

If steering assist is used for anextended period of time, power assistmay be reduced.

Normal use of the power steeringassist should return when the systemcools down.

See specific vehicle steering messagesunder Vehicle Messages 0 166.

See your dealer if there is a problem.

Curve Tips. Take curves at a reasonable speed.

. Reduce speed before entering acurve.

. Maintain a reasonable steadyspeed through the curve.

. Wait until the vehicle is out of thecurve before accelerating gentlyinto the straightaway.

Steering in Emergencies. There are some situations when

steering around a problem may bemore effective than braking.

. Holding both sides of the steeringwheel allows you to turn180 degrees without removinga hand.

. Antilock Brake System (ABS)allows steering while braking.

Off-Road Recovery

The vehicle's right wheels can drop offthe edge of a road onto the shoulderwhile driving. Follow these tips:

1. Ease off the accelerator and then,if there is nothing in the way,steer the vehicle so that itstraddles the edge of thepavement.

2. Turn the steering wheel aboutone-eighth of a turn, until theright front tire contacts thepavement edge.

3. Turn the steering wheel to gostraight down the roadway.

Loss of Control

Skidding

There are three types of skids thatcorrespond to the vehicle's threecontrol systems:

. Braking Skid — wheels are notrolling.

. Steering or Cornering Skid — toomuch speed or steering in a curvecauses tires to slip and losecornering force.

. Acceleration Skid — too muchthrottle causes the driving wheelsto spin.



Defensive drivers avoid most skids bytaking reasonable care suited toexisting conditions, and by notoverdriving those conditions. Butskids are always possible.

If the vehicle starts to slide, followthese suggestions:

. Ease your foot off the acceleratorpedal and steer the way you wantthe vehicle to go. The vehicle maystraighten out. Be ready for asecond skid if it occurs.

. Slow down and adjust your drivingaccording to weather conditions.Stopping distance can be longerand vehicle control can be affectedwhen traction is reduced by water,snow, ice, gravel, or other materialon the road. Learn to recognizewarning clues — such as enoughwater, ice, or packed snow onthe road to make a mirroredsurface — and slow down whenyou have any doubt.

. Try to avoid sudden steering,acceleration, or braking, includingreducing vehicle speed by shifting

to a lower gear. Any suddenchanges could cause the tires toslide.

Remember: Antilock brakes help avoidonly the braking skid.

Driving on Wet RoadsRain and wet roads can reduce vehicletraction and affect your ability to stopand accelerate. Always drive slower inthese types of driving conditions andavoid driving through large puddlesand deep-standing or flowing water.

{ Warning

Wet brakes can cause crashes. Theymight not work as well in a quickstop and could cause pulling to oneside. You could lose control of thevehicle.

After driving through a large puddleof water or a car/vehicle wash,lightly apply the brake pedal untilthe brakes work normally.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

Flowing or rushing water createsstrong forces. Driving throughflowing water could cause thevehicle to be carried away. If thishappens, you and other vehicleoccupants could drown. Do notignore police warnings and be verycautious about trying to drivethrough flowing water.

Hydroplaning

Hydroplaning is dangerous. Water canbuild up under the vehicle's tires sothey actually ride on the water. Thiscan happen if the road is wet enoughand you are going fast enough. Whenthe vehicle is hydroplaning, it haslittle or no contact with the road.

There is no hard and fast rule abouthydroplaning. The best advice is toslow down when the road is wet.

Other Rainy Weather Tips

Besides slowing down, other wetweather driving tips include:

. Allow extra following distance.



. Pass with caution.

. Keep windshield wiping equipmentin good shape.

. Keep the windshield washer fluidreservoir filled.

. Have good tires with proper treaddepth. See Tires 0 345.

. Turn off cruise control.

Hill and Mountain RoadsDriving on steep hills or throughmountains is different than driving onflat or rolling terrain. Tips include:

. Keep the vehicle serviced and ingood shape.

. Check all fluid levels and brakes,tires, cooling system, andtransmission.

. Shift to a lower gear when goingdown steep or long hills.

{ Warning

Using the brakes to slow the vehicleon a long downhill slope can causebrake overheating, can reduce brakeperformance, and could result in aloss of braking. Shift thetransmission to a lower gear to letthe engine assist the brakes on asteep downhill slope.

{ Warning

Coasting downhill in N (Neutral) orwith the ignition off is dangerous.This can cause overheating of thebrakes and loss of steering. Alwayshave the engine running and thevehicle in gear.

. Drive at speeds that keep thevehicle in its own lane. Do notswing wide or cross thecenter line.

. Be alert on top of hills; somethingcould be in your lane (e.g., stalledcar, accident).

. Pay attention to special road signs(e.g., falling rocks area, windingroads, long grades, passing orno-passing zones) and takeappropriate action.

Winter Driving

Driving on Snow or Ice

Snow or ice between the tires and theroad creates less traction or grip, sodrive carefully. Wet ice can occur atabout 0 °C (32 °F) when freezing rainbegins to fall. Avoid driving on wet iceor in freezing rain until roads can betreated.

For slippery road driving:

. Accelerate gently. Accelerating tooquickly causes the wheels to spinand makes the surface under thetires slick.

. Turn on Traction Control. SeeTraction Control/Electronic StabilityControl 0 248.

. Antilock Brake System (ABS)improves vehicle stability duringhard stops, but the brakes should



be applied sooner than when ondry pavement. See Antilock BrakeSystem (ABS) 0 243.

See Driver Mode Control (GasolineOnly) 0 249

. Allow greater following distanceand watch for slippery spots. Icypatches can occur on otherwiseclear roads in shaded areas. Thesurface of a curve or an overpasscan remain icy when thesurrounding roads are clear. Avoidsudden steering maneuvers andbraking while on ice.

. Turn off cruise control.

Blizzard Conditions

Stop the vehicle in a safe place andsignal for help. Stay with the vehicleunless there is help nearby. If possible,use Roadside Service. See RoadsideService 0 416. To get help and keepeveryone in the vehicle safe:


. Tie a red cloth to an outsidemirror.

{ Warning

Snow can trap engine exhaustunder the vehicle. This may causeexhaust gases to get inside. Engineexhaust contains carbon monoxide(CO), which cannot be seen orsmelled. It can causeunconsciousness and even death.

If the vehicle is stuck in snow:

. Clear snow from the base ofthe vehicle, especially anyblocking the exhaust pipe.

. Open a window about 5 cm(2 in) on the vehicle side thatis away from the wind, tobring in fresh air.


. Adjust the climate controlsystem to circulate the airinside the vehicle and set thefan speed to the highestsetting. See “Climate ControlSystems.”

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

For more information about CO, seeEngine Exhaust 0 238.

To save fuel, run the engine for shortperiods to warm the vehicle and thenshut the engine off and partially closethe window. Moving about to keepwarm also helps.

If it takes time for help to arrive,when running the engine, push theaccelerator pedal slightly so theengine runs faster than the idle speed.This keeps the battery charged torestart the vehicle and to signal forhelp with the headlamps. Do this aslittle as possible, to save fuel.

If the Vehicle Is StuckSlowly and cautiously spin the wheelsto free the vehicle when stuck in sand,mud, ice, or snow.

If stuck too severely for the tractionsystem to free the vehicle, turn thetraction system off and use therocking method. See Traction Control/Electronic Stability Control 0 248.



{ Warning

If the vehicle's tires spin at highspeed, they can explode, and you orothers could be injured. The vehiclecan overheat, causing an enginecompartment fire or other damage.Spin the wheels as little as possibleand avoid going above 56 km/h(35 mph).

Rocking the Vehicle to Get it Out

Turn the steering wheel left and rightto clear the area around the frontwheels. Turn off any traction system.Shift back and forth betweenR (Reverse) and a low forward gear,spinning the wheels as little aspossible. To prevent transmissionwear, wait until the wheels stopspinning before shifting gears. Releasethe accelerator pedal while shifting,and press lightly on the acceleratorpedal when the transmission is ingear. Slowly spinning the wheels inthe forward and reverse directionscauses a rocking motion that couldfree the vehicle. If that does not getthe vehicle out after a few tries, it

might need to be towed out. If thevehicle does need to be towed out, seeTowing the Vehicle 0 382.

Vehicle Load LimitsIt is very important to know howmuch weight the vehicle can carry.This weight is called the vehiclecapacity weight and includes theweight of all occupants, cargo, andall nonfactory-installed options.Two labels on the vehicle mayshow how much weight it mayproperly carry: the Tire andLoading Information label and theCertification label.

{ Warning

Do not load the vehicle anyheavier than the Gross VehicleWeight Rating (GVWR),or either the maximum front orrear Gross Axle Weight Rating(GAWR). This can causesystems to break and change

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

the way the vehicle handles.This could cause loss of controland a crash. Overloading canalso reduce stopping distance,damage the tires, and shortenthe life of the vehicle.

Tire and Loading InformationLabel

Label Example

A vehicle-specific Tire andLoading Information label isattached to the vehicle's center



pillar (B-pillar). The Tire andLoading Information label showsthe number of occupant seatingpositions (1), and the maximumvehicle capacity weight (2) inkilograms and pounds.

The Tire and Loading Informationlabel also shows the tire size ofthe original equipment tires (3)and the recommended cold tireinflation pressures (4). For moreinformation on tires and inflationsee Tires 0 345 and TirePressure 0 353.

There is also important loadinginformation on the Certificationlabel. It may show the GrossVehicle Weight Rating (GVWR)and the Gross Axle Weight Rating(GAWR) for the front and rearaxle. See “Certification Label” laterin this section.

“Steps for Determining CorrectLoad Limit–

1. Locate the statement "Thecombined weight ofoccupants and cargo shouldnever exceed XXX kg orXXX lbs." on your vehicle’splacard.

2. Determine the combinedweight of the driver andpassengers that will be ridingin your vehicle.

3. Subtract the combined weightof the driver and passengersfrom XXX kg or XXX lbs.

4. The resulting figure equalsthe available amount of cargoand luggage load capacity. Forexample, if the "XXX" amountequals 1400 lbs. and therewill be five 150 lb passengersin your vehicle, the amountof available cargo and luggageload capacity is 650 lbs.(1400-750 (5 x 150) =650 lbs.)

5. Determine the combinedweight of luggage and cargobeing loaded on the vehicle.That weight may not safelyexceed the available cargoand luggage load capacitycalculated in Step 4.

6. If your vehicle will be towinga trailer, load from yourtrailer will be transferred toyour vehicle. Consult thismanual to determine howthis reduces the availablecargo and luggage loadcapacity of your vehicle.”

See Trailer Towing (All EnginesExcept Hybrid) 0 302 or TrailerTowing (With Hybrid Engine) 0 302for important information ontowing a trailer, towing safetyrules, and trailering tips.



Example 1

1. Vehicle Capacity Weightfor Example 1 = 453 kg(1,000 lbs).

2. Subtract Occupant Weight@ 68 kg (150 lbs) × 2 =136 kg (300 lbs).

3. Available Occupant andCargo Weight = 317 kg(700 lbs).

Example 2


2. Subtract Occupant Weight@ 68 kg (150 lbs) × 5 =340 kg (750 lbs).

3. Available Cargo Weight =113 kg (250 lbs).

Example 3


2. Subtract Occupant Weight@ 91 kg (200 lbs) × 5 =453 kg (1,000 lbs).

3. Available Cargo Weight =0 kg (0 lbs).

Refer to the vehicle's Tire andLoading Information label forspecific information about thevehicle's capacity weight andseating positions. The combined



weight of the driver, passengers,and cargo should never exceed thevehicle's capacity weight.

Certification Label

Label Example

A vehicle-specific Certificationlabel is attached to the vehicle'scenter pillar (B-pillar). The labelmay show the gross weightcapacity of the vehicle, called theGross Vehicle Weight Rating(GVWR). The GVWR includes theweight of the vehicle, alloccupants, fuel, and cargo.

{ Warning

Things inside the vehicle canstrike and injure people in asudden stop or turn, or in acrash.

. Put things in the cargoarea of the vehicle. In thecargo area, put them as farforward as possible. Try tospread the weight evenly.

. Never stack heavier things,like suitcases, inside thevehicle so that some ofthem are above the tops ofthe seats.

. Do not leave an unsecuredchild restraint in thevehicle.

. Secure loose items in thevehicle.

. Do not leave a seat foldeddown unless needed.

Starting and Operating

New Vehicle Break-In(Gasoline Engine Only)Follow these recommended guidelinesduring the first 2 400 km (1,500 mi) ofdriving this vehicle. Parts have abreak-in period and performance willbe better in the long run.

For the first 2 400 km (1,500 mi):

. Avoid full throttle starts andabrupt stops.

. Do not exceed 4000 engine rpm.

. Avoid driving at any one constantspeed, fast or slow.

. Avoid downshifting to brake orslow the vehicle when the enginespeed will exceed 4000 rpm.

. Do not let the engine labor. Neverlug the engine in high gear at lowspeeds.

. Do not participate in track events,sport driving schools, or similaractivities during this break-inperiod.



. Check engine oil with everyrefueling and add if necessary. Oiland fuel consumption may behigher than normal during thefirst 2 400 km (1,500 mi).

. To break in new tires, drive atmoderate speeds and avoid hardcornering for the first300 km (200 mi). New tires do nothave maximum traction and maytend to slip.

. New brake linings also need abreak–in period. Avoid makinghard stops during the first300 km (200 mi). This isrecommended every time brakelinings are replaced.

Ignition Positions

The vehicle has an electronic keylessignition with pushbutton start.

Pressing the button cycles it throughthree modes: ACC/ACCESSORY, ON/RUN/START, and Stopping theEngine/OFF.

The Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)transmitter must be in the vehicle forthe system to operate. If thepushbutton start is not working, thevehicle may be near a strong radioantenna signal causing interference tothe Keyless Access system. See RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) SystemOperation 0 35.

To shift out of P (Park), the vehiclemust be in ACC/ACCESSORY or ON/RUN, and the brake pedal must beapplied.

Stopping the Engine/OFF (NoIndicator Lights) : When the vehicleis stopped, press ENGINE START/STOP once to turn the engine off.

If the vehicle is in P (Park), theignition will turn off, and RetainedAccessory Power (RAP) will remainactive. See Retained Accessory Power(RAP) 0 232.

If the vehicle is not in P (Park), theignition will return to ACC/ACCESSORY and display a message inthe Driver Information Center (DIC).See Transmission Messages 0 177.When the vehicle is shifted intoP (Park), the ignition system willswitch to OFF.

Do not turn the engine off when thevehicle is moving. This will cause aloss of power assist in the brake andsteering systems and disable theairbags.



If the vehicle must be shut off in anemergency:

1. Brake using a firm and steadypressure. Do not pump thebrakes repeatedly. This maydeplete power assist, requiringincreased brake pedal force.

2. Shift the vehicle to N (Neutral).This can be done while thevehicle is moving. After shiftingto N (Neutral), firmly apply thebrakes and steer the vehicle to asafe location.

3. Come to a complete stop, shift toP (Park), and turn off theignition.

4. Set the parking brake. SeeElectric Parking Brake 0 243.

{ Warning

Turning off the vehicle whilemoving may cause loss of powerassist in the brake and steeringsystems and disable the airbags.While driving, only shut the vehicleoff in an emergency.

If the vehicle cannot be pulled over,and must be shut off while driving,press and hold ENGINE START/STOPfor longer than two seconds, or presstwice in five seconds.

ACC/ACCESSORY (Amber IndicatorLight) : This mode allows you to usesome electrical accessories when theengine is off.

With the ignition off, pressing thebutton one time without the brakepedal applied will place the ignitionsystem in ACC/ACCESSORY.

The ignition will switch from ACC/ACCESSORY to OFF after five minutesto prevent battery rundown.

ON/RUN/START (Green IndicatorLight) : This mode is for driving andstarting. With the ignition off, and thebrake pedal applied, pressing thebutton once will place the ignitionsystem in ON/RUN/START. Onceengine cranking begins, release thebutton. Engine cranking will continueuntil the engine starts. See Starting theEngine (Gasoline Only) 0 227 orStarting the Engine (Hybrid Only) 0 229.The ignition will then remain inON/RUN.

Service Only Mode

This power mode is available forservice and diagnostics, and to verifythe proper operation of themalfunction indicator lamp as may berequired for emission inspectionpurposes. With the vehicle off, and thebrake pedal not applied, pressing andholding the button for more thanfive seconds will place the vehicle inService Only Mode. The instrumentsand audio systems will operate as theydo in ON/RUN, but the vehicle willnot be able to be driven. The enginewill not start in Service Only Mode.Press the button again to turn thevehicle off.



Starting the Engine(Gasoline Only)Move the shift lever to P (Park) orN (Neutral). To restart the enginewhen the vehicle is already moving,use N (Neutral) only.

Caution

Do not try to shift to P (Park) if thevehicle is moving. If you do, youcould damage the transmission.Shift to P (Park) only when thevehicle is stopped.

Caution

If you add electrical parts oraccessories, you could change theway the engine operates. Anyresulting damage would not becovered by the vehicle warranty. SeeAdd-On Electrical Equipment 0 304.

Starting Procedure

1. With the Keyless Access system,the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)transmitter must be in thevehicle. Press ENGINE START/STOP with the brake pedalapplied. When the engine beginscranking, let go of the button.

The idle speed will go down asthe engine gets warm. Do notrace the engine immediatelyafter starting it.

If the RKE transmitter is not inthe vehicle, if there isinterference, or if the RKEbattery is low, a DriverInformation Center (DIC) willdisplay a message. See Key andLock Messages 0 171 and RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) SystemOperation 0 35.

Caution

Cranking the engine for longperiods of time, by returning theignition to the START position

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

immediately after cranking hasended, can overheat and damagethe cranking motor, and drain thebattery. Wait at least 15 secondsbetween each try, to let thecranking motor cool down.

2. If the engine does not start afterfive to 10 seconds, especially invery cold weather (below −18 °Cor 0 °F), it could be flooded withtoo much gasoline. Try pushingthe accelerator pedal all the wayto the floor and holding it thereas you press ENGINE START/STOP. Wait at least 15 secondsbetween each try, to allow thecranking motor to cool down.When the engine starts, releasethe accelerator. If the vehiclestarts briefly but then stopsagain, do the same thing. Thisclears the extra gasoline from theengine. Do not race the engineimmediately after starting it.Operate the engine and



transmission gently until the oilwarms up and lubricates allmoving parts.

Stop/Start System

{ Warning

Exiting the vehicle without firstshifting into P (Park) may cause thevehicle to move. You or others maybe injured. Because the vehicle hasthe auto engine stop/start feature,the vehicle's engine might seem tobe shut off; however, once the brakepedal is released, the engine willstart up again.

Shift to P (Park) and turn theignition to LOCK/OFF, before exitingthe vehicle.

The vehicle has a fuel saving stop/start system to shut off the engineand help conserve fuel.

Auto Engine Stop/Start

When the brakes are applied and thevehicle is at a complete stop, theengine may turn off. When stopped,the tachometer may display AutoStop, or the Auto Stop light may comeon in the instrument cluster. SeeTachometer 0 132 and Auto Stop Mode(Uplevel Cluster) 0 148. When thebrake pedal is released or theaccelerator pedal is pressed, theengine may restart.

Auto Stop may be deactivated if:

. A minimum vehicle speed is notreached.

. The engine or transmission is notat the required operatingtemperature.

. The outside temperature is not inthe required operating range,typically between -10 °C (14 °F)and 50 °C (122 °F).

. The shift lever is in any gear otherthan D (Drive).

. The battery has been recentlydisconnected.

. The battery charge is low.

. The interior comfort level has notreached the required level for theclimate control system or defogsettings. See Automatic ClimateControl System (Quad Zone -Gasoline Only) 0 199 or AutomaticClimate Control System (Dual Zone -Gasoline and Hybrid) 0 206.

. The Auto Stop time is greater thantwo minutes.

The automatic engine stop/startfunction can be disabled bytouchingh on the touchscreen.



Whenh comes on green in theinstrument cluster, the system isactive. The system is not active whenit comes on white with a slashthrough it.

Starting the Engine(Hybrid Only)

{ Warning

Shifting out of P (Park) with thehood open, into any gear, maycause the vehicle to move. To helpavoid serious injury to yourself orothers, be sure the vehicleremains in P (Park) while thehood remains open.

Move the shift lever to P (Park) orN (Neutral). To restart the enginewhen the vehicle is already moving,use N (Neutral) only.

Caution

Do not try to shift to P (Park) if thevehicle is moving. If you do, youcould damage the transmission.Shift to P (Park) only when thevehicle is stopped.

Caution

If you add electrical parts oraccessories, you could change theway the engine operates. Anyresulting damage would not becovered by the vehicle warranty. SeeAdd-On Electrical Equipment 0 304.

Hybrid Starting Procedure

1. With the Keyless Access system,the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)transmitter must be in thevehicle. Press ENGINE START/STOP with the brake pedalapplied. When the engine beginscranking, let go of the button.

The idle speed will go down asthe engine gets warm. Do notrace the engine immediatelyafter starting it.

If the RKE transmitter is not inthe vehicle, if there isinterference, or if the RKEbattery is low, a DriverInformation Center (DIC) willdisplay a message. See Key andLock Messages 0 171 and RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) SystemOperation 0 35.

Caution

Cranking the engine for longperiods of time, by returning theignition to the START positionimmediately after cranking hasended, can overheat and damagethe cranking motor, and drain thebattery. Wait at least 15 secondsbetween each try, to let thecranking motor cool down.



2. If the engine does not start afterfive to 10 seconds, especially invery cold weather (below −18 °Cor 0 °F), it could be flooded withtoo much gasoline. Try pushingthe accelerator pedal all the wayto the floor and holding it thereas you press ENGINE START/STOP. Wait at least 15 secondsbetween each try, to allow thecranking motor to cool down.When the engine starts, releasethe accelerator. If the vehiclestarts briefly but then stopsagain, do the same thing. Thisclears the extra gasoline from theengine. Do not race the engineimmediately after starting it.Operate the engine andtransmission gently until the oilwarms up and lubricates allmoving parts.

When the state of charge is low andthe hood is open, the vehicle may notstart. Close the hood and follow thestarting procedure again.

The vehicle will emit an audiblestartup beep when the vehicle is readyto be driven. When the vehicle readylight is on in the instrument cluster,

the vehicle is ready to be driven. Thiscould take up to 15 seconds atextremely cold temperatures. SeeVehicle Ready Light (HybridOnly) 0 149.

Hybrid Operation

This vehicle combines gasoline andelectric propulsion. The gasolineengine will automatically start toprovide power and then shut off tosave fuel.

The engine may remainrunning when:

. Accelerating aggressively orclimbing hills.

. Vehicle speed is greater than125 km/h (75 mph).

. Charging the high voltage battery.

. The heater is being used.

The engine and transmission worktogether to provide propulsion powerat the highest efficiency. This mayresult in higher engine speeds.

Stop/Start System

{ Warning

Exiting the vehicle without firstshifting into P (Park) may cause thevehicle to move. You or others maybe injured. Because the vehicle hasthe auto engine stop/start feature,the vehicle's engine might seem tobe shut off; however, once the brakepedal is released, the engine willstart up again.

Shift to P (Park) and turn theignition to LOCK/OFF, before exitingthe vehicle.

The vehicle has a fuel saving stop/start system to shut off the engineand help conserve fuel.



Auto Engine Stop/Start

When the brakes are applied and thevehicle is at a complete stop, theengine may turn off. When stopped,the tachometer may display AutoStop, or the Auto Stop light may comeon in the instrument cluster. SeeTachometer 0 132 and Auto Stop Mode(Uplevel Cluster) 0 148. When thebrake pedal is released or theaccelerator pedal is pressed, theengine may restart.

Auto Stop may be deactivated if:

. A minimum vehicle speed is notreached.

. The engine or transmission is notat the required operatingtemperature.

. The outside temperature is not inthe required operating range,typically between -10 °C (14 °F)and 50 °C (122 °F).

. The shift lever is in any gear otherthan D (Drive).

. The battery has been recentlydisconnected.

. The battery charge is low.

. The interior comfort level has notreached the required level for theclimate control system or defogsettings. See Automatic ClimateControl System (Quad Zone -Gasoline Only) 0 199 or AutomaticClimate Control System (Dual Zone -Gasoline and Hybrid) 0 206.

. The Auto Stop time is greater thantwo minutes.

. With the hood open, the enginewill be in an Auto Stop. The drivermay force the engine on when thehood is open, by completelypressing the accelerator pedal forat least two seconds.

Whenh comes on green in theinstrument cluster, the system isactive. The system is not active whenit comes on white with a slashthrough it.

Engine HeaterVehicles with the engine coolantheater can use this option in coldweather conditions at or below −18 °C (0 °F) for easier starting and betterfuel economy during engine warm-up.

Plug in the coolant heater at least fourhours before starting your vehicle. Aninternal thermostat in the plug-end ofthe cord may exist which will preventengine coolant heater operation attemperatures above −18 °C (0 °F).

To Use the Engine CoolantHeater

1. Turn off the engine.

2. Open the hood and unwrap theelectrical cord. The cord isclipped to the diagonal brace onthe passenger side of the enginecompartment.

Check the heater cord fordamage. If it is damaged, do notuse it. See your dealer for areplacement. Inspect the cord fordamage yearly.

3. Plug it into a normal, grounded110-volt AC outlet.



{ Warning

Improper use of the heater cord oran extension cord can damage thecord and may result in overheatingand fire.

. Plug the cord into athree-prong electrical utilityreceptacle that is protected bya ground fault detectionfunction. An ungroundedoutlet could cause an electricshock.

. Use a weatherproof,heavy-duty, 15 amp-ratedextension cord if needed.Failure to use therecommended extension cordin good operating condition,or using a damaged heater orextension cord, could make itoverheat and cause a fire,property damage, electricshock, and injury.

. Do not operate the vehiclewith the heater cordpermanently attached to the

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

vehicle. Possible heater cordand thermostat damage couldoccur.

. While in use, do not let theheater cord touch vehicleparts or sharp edges. Neverclose the hood on theheater cord.

. Before starting the vehicle,unplug the cord, reattach thecover to the plug, andsecurely fasten the cord. Keepthe cord away from anymoving parts.

4. Before starting the engine, besure to unplug and store the cordas it was before to keep it awayfrom moving engine parts. If youdo not, it could be damaged.

Contact your dealer for informationon how long to use the heater in yourparticular area.

Retained AccessoryPower (RAP)These vehicle accessories can be usedfor up to 10 minutes after the engineis turned off:

. Audio System

. Power Windows

. Sunroof (if equipped)

Power to the audio system will workup to 10 minutes or until the driverdoor is opened. Power to the windowsor sunroof will work up to 10 minutesor until any door is opened.

Shifting Into ParkTo shift into P (Park):

1. Hold the brake pedal down andset the parking brake.

See Electric Parking Brake 0 243.

2. Move the shift lever into P (Park)by holding in the button on theshift lever and pushing the leverall the way toward the front ofthe vehicle.

3. Turn the ignition off.



4. Take the Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) transmitter with you.

Leaving the Vehicle with theEngine Running

{ Warning

It can be dangerous to leave thevehicle with the engine running.It could overheat and catch fire.

It is dangerous to get out of thevehicle if the shift lever is not fullyin P (Park) with the parking brakefirmly set. The vehicle can roll.

Do not leave the vehicle when theengine is running. If you have leftthe engine running, the vehicle canmove suddenly. You or others couldbe injured. To be sure the vehiclewill not move, even when you areon fairly level ground, always setthe parking brake and move theshift lever to P (Park). See ShiftingInto Park 0 232. If you are towing atrailer, see Driving Characteristicsand Towing Tips 0 299.

If you have to leave the vehicle withthe engine running, the vehicle mustbe in P (Park) and the parking brakeset. After shifting into P (Park), try tomove the shift lever out without firstpushing the button on the shift lever.

If you can, the shift lever was notfully locked into P (Park).

Torque Lock

Torque lock is when the weight of thevehicle puts too much force on theparking pawl in the transmission. Thishappens when parking on a hill andshifting the transmission into P (Park)is not done properly and then it isdifficult to shift out of P (Park). Toprevent torque lock, set the parkingbrake and then shift into P (Park). Tofind out how, see "Shifting Into Park"listed previously.

If torque lock does occur, the vehiclemay need to be pushed uphill byanother vehicle to relieve the parkingpawl pressure, so you can shift out ofP (Park).

Shifting out of ParkThis vehicle is equipped with anelectronic shift lock release system.The shift lock release is designed toprevent movement of the shift leverout of P (Park), unless the ignition isin ON/RUN and the brake pedal isapplied.

The shift lock release is alwaysfunctional except in the case of anuncharged or low voltage (less than9 volt) battery.

If the vehicle has an unchargedbattery or a battery with low voltage,try charging or jump starting thebattery. See Jump Starting - NorthAmerica 0 379 for more information.

To shift out of P (Park):

1. Apply the brake pedal.

2. Release the parking brake. SeeElectric Parking Brake 0 243.

3. Press the shift lever button.

4. Move the shift lever.

If unable to shift out of P (Park):

1. Fully release the shift leverbutton.



2. While holding down the brakepedal, press the shift leverbutton again.

3. Move the shift lever.

If the shift lever will not move fromP (Park), consult your dealer or aprofessional towing service.

Parking over ThingsThat Burn

{ Warning

Things that can burn could touchhot exhaust parts under the vehicleand ignite. Do not park over papers,leaves, dry grass, or other thingsthat can burn.

Extended ParkingIt is better not to park with thevehicle running. If the vehicle is leftwhile running, follow the proper stepsto be sure the vehicle will not moveand there is adequate ventilation. SeeShifting Into Park 0 232 and EngineExhaust 0 238.

If the vehicle is left in P (Park) whilerunning and the Remote KeylessEntry (RKE) transmitter is outside thevehicle, the vehicle will turn off afterone hour.

If the vehicle is left in P (Park) whilerunning and the RKE transmitter isinside, the vehicle will run for twohours. At the end of the second hour,the vehicle will turn off.

The timer will reset if the vehicle istaken out of P (Park) while it isrunning.

Electric VehicleOperating Modes

Driver Selected OperatingModes (Hybrid Only)For gasoline only engines see DriverMode Control (Gasoline Only) 0 249.

While driving with hybrid or gasolinepropulsion, additional operatingmodes can be selected.

Press MODE to display selectable drivemodes in the Driver InformationCenter (DIC). Continue pressing toscroll through the modes.



During some conditions, certain drivemodes may be unavailable. Theunavailable mode is grayed out in theDIC menu and cannot be selected.

Tour Mode

The vehicle is in Tour Mode when themenu item Tour is selected. Use TourMode whenever possible. Each timethe vehicle is started it will start inTour Mode.

Sport Mode

Sport Mode provides more responsiveacceleration than Tour Mode, but canreduce efficiency. Use Tour Modewhenever possible.

During some conditions, certain drivemodes may be unavailable. Theunavailable mode is grayed out in theDIC menu and cannot be selected.

If in Sport or Hold Mode, the modemay become unavailable and thevehicle will return to Tour Mode. Theindicator light goes off and a DICmessage displays. See Propulsion PowerMessages 0 174.

Press MODE to select Sport Mode.

Press MODE again to return to TourMode and it becomes active afterthree seconds.

Hold Mode

Use Hold Mode on a trip where it isexpected that all of the electric chargewill be depleted. Use Hold Modemainly during highway or high speeddriving to maximize both hybridpropulsion miles and fuel efficiency.

This mode places the remainingbattery charge into a reserve for thedriver to use as desired. Selecting thismode transitions the vehicle togasoline propulsion to maintain the



battery charge reserve. The reservebattery charge will appear grayed outwhile in this mode.

Upon exiting Hold Mode, the reservedbattery charge becomes availableagain and the vehicle returns tohybrid propulsion.

Hold Mode will not change normalvehicle acceleration or brakingperformance.

Press MODE to select Hold Mode.

Press MODE again to return to TourMode and it becomes active afterthree seconds.

Out of Fuel/EngineUnavailableIf the vehicle runs out of fuel, or theengine will not start due to amalfunction, the vehicle can continueto be driven in Electric Mode until thecurrent charge is depleted. The vehiclewill have less responsive acceleration.DIC messages indicate reducedpropulsion power, that the engine isnot available, and the need for fuel orservice.

Once the vehicle is refueled, or themalfunction is corrected, the enginewill start the next time the vehicle isturned on to perform a self test, andDIC messages will not be displayed.Once the engine starts successfully,normal operation will continue ineither Electric or Engine On Mode.The engine will stop running after theself test is completed, and based onthe current mode of operation. SeeFuel System Messages 0 170 andService Vehicle Messages 0 176.

Maintenance ModesEngine Maintenance Mode (EMM)

EMM runs the engine to keep it ingood working condition afterapproximately six weeks of no or verylimited engine operation. EMM willforce the engine to run, even if thereis a charge to power the vehicle.

When EMM is needed, the EMMRequest screen appears on theinfotainment display at vehicle start.

If Yes is selected, EMM will begin. Theengine will not start until after a shortdelay once shifted into D (Drive). Theengine will run for a set amount oftime without turning off. DuringEMM, a DIC message displays to showthe EMM percentage complete.

If No is selected, the EMM Requestscreen will appear when the vehicle isnext started. The EMM request can bedelayed for up to one day.

If the EMM request was delayed forone day, EMM will automatically startthe engine at the next vehicle start.The engine will not start until after ashort delay once shifted into D (Drive).



An EMM Notification screen willappear in the infotainment display.

If the vehicle is shut off during EMM,it will restart the next time the vehicleis driven.

A message displays to indicate thatEMM is active.

If EMM is required and the fuel levelis low, EMM may eventually emptythe fuel tank if fuel is not added. This

will result in reduced, or no power. Anadequate fuel level must bemaintained in the vehicle to keep itoperational. See Propulsion PowerMessages 0 174.

Fuel Maintenance Mode (FMM)

FMM tracks average fuel age. Old fuelcan cause engine problems. If lowengine usage causes average fuel ageto exceed approximately one year,FMM will run the engine to use upthe old fuel. The engine will run untilenough fresh fuel is added to bringthe average fuel age into anacceptable range. Allowing more oldfuel to be used up by FMM andadding a larger amount of fresh fuelwill maximize the length of timebefore another fuel maintenancemode is needed. During FMM theengine may turn on and off.

When FMM is needed, the FMMRequest screen appears on theinfotainment display at vehicle start.

If Yes is selected, FMM will begin. Theengine will not start until after a shortdelay once shifted into D (Drive). FMMwill automatically continue at eachvehicle start until fresh fuel is added.

If No is selected, the FMM Requestscreen will appear when the vehicle isnext started. The FMM request can bedelayed for only one day.



If the FMM request was delayed forone day, FMM will start at the nextvehicle start and display the FMMNotification screen on theinfotainment display. The engine willnot start until after a short delay onceshifted into D (Drive).

If FMM is required and the fuel levelis low, FMM may eventually emptythe fuel tank if fuel is not added. Thiswill result in reduced, or no power. Anadequate fuel level must bemaintained in the vehicle to keep itoperational. See Propulsion PowerMessages 0 174. After FMM has run itis recommended to fill the fuel tank.

Engine Exhaust

{ Warning

Engine exhaust contains carbonmonoxide (CO), which cannot beseen or smelled. Exposure to COcan cause unconsciousness andeven death.

Exhaust may enter the vehicle if:

. The vehicle idles in areas withpoor ventilation (parkinggarages, tunnels, deep snowthat may block underbodyairflow or tail pipes).

. The exhaust smells or soundsstrange or different.

. The exhaust system leaks dueto corrosion or damage.

. The vehicle exhaust systemhas been modified, damaged,or improperly repaired.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. There are holes or openingsin the vehicle body fromdamage or aftermarketmodifications that are notcompletely sealed.

If unusual fumes are detected or ifit is suspected that exhaust iscoming into the vehicle:

. Drive it only with thewindows completely down.

. Have the vehicle repairedimmediately.

Never park the vehicle with theengine running in an enclosed areasuch as a garage or a building thathas no fresh air ventilation.



Running the Vehicle WhileParkedIt is better not to park with the enginerunning.

If the vehicle is left with the enginerunning, follow the proper steps to besure the vehicle will not move. SeeShifting Into Park 0 232 and EngineExhaust 0 238.

If parking on a hill and pulling atrailer, see Driving Characteristics andTowing Tips 0 299.

Automatic Transmission

There are several different positionsfor the shift lever.

P : This position locks the rear wheels.Use this position when starting theengine because the vehicle cannotmove easily.

{ Warning

It is dangerous to get out of thevehicle if the shift lever is not fullyin P (Park) with the parking brakefirmly set. The vehicle can roll.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

Do not leave the vehicle when theengine is running unless you haveto. If you have left the enginerunning, the vehicle can movesuddenly. You or others could beinjured. To be sure the vehicle willnot move, even when you are onfairly level ground, always set theparking brake and move the shiftlever to P (Park). See Shifting IntoPark 0 232. If you are pulling atrailer, see Driving Characteristicsand Towing Tips 0 299.

Make sure the shift lever is fully inP (Park) before starting the engine.The vehicle has an electronic shiftlock release system. Fully apply theregular brakes first and then press theshift lever button before shifting fromP (Park) when the ignition is in ON/RUN. If you cannot shift out ofP (Park), ease pressure on the shiftlever and push the shift lever all theway into P (Park) as you maintainbrake application. Then press the shift



lever button and move the shift leverinto another gear. See Shifting out ofPark 0 233.

Caution

Shifting to R (Reverse) while thevehicle is moving forward coulddamage the transmission. Therepairs would not be covered by thevehicle warranty. Shift toR (Reverse) only after the vehicle isstopped.

R : Use this gear to back up.

At low vehicle speeds, R (Reverse) canbe used to rock the vehicle back andforth to get out of snow, ice, or sandwithout damaging the transmission.See If the Vehicle Is Stuck 0 220.

N : In this position, the engine doesnot connect with the wheels. Torestart when the vehicle is alreadymoving, use N (Neutral) only. You canalso use N (Neutral) when the vehicleis being towed.

{ Warning

Shifting into a drive gear while theengine is running at high speed isdangerous. Unless your foot isfirmly on the brake pedal, thevehicle could move very rapidly.You could lose control and hitpeople or objects. Do not shift intoa drive gear while the engine isrunning at high speed.

Caution

Shifting out of P (Park) orN (Neutral) with the engine runningat high speed may damage thetransmission. The repairs would notbe covered by the vehicle warranty.Be sure the engine is not running athigh speed when shifting thevehicle.

D : This position is for normal driving.It provides the best fuel economy.If you need more power for passing,and you are:

. Going less than 55 km/h (35 mph),push the accelerator pedal abouthalfway down.

. Going about 55 km/h (35 mph) ormore, push the accelerator all theway down.

The transmission will shift downto a lower gear and have morepower.

Downshifting the transmission inslippery road conditions could resultin skidding. See “Skidding” under Lossof Control 0 217.

M : This mode can be entered bymoving the shift lever from D (Drive)to M (Manual Mode). M (ManualMode) allows the driver to select gearsappropriate for current drivingconditions. M (Manual Mode) can beexited by returning the shift lever toD (Drive). See Manual Mode (GasolineOnly) 0 241.



Caution

Spinning the tires or holding thevehicle in one place on a hill usingonly the accelerator pedal maydamage the transmission. Therepair will not be covered by thevehicle warranty. If you are stuck,do not spin the tires. Whenstopping on a hill, use the brakes tohold the vehicle in place.

While in Sport Mode, the vehiclemonitors driving behavior andautomatically enables performanceshift features when spirited driving isdetected. These features maintainlower transmission gears to increaseavailable engine braking and improveacceleration response. The vehicle willexit these features and return tonormal operation after a short periodwhen no spirited driving is detected.See Driver Mode Control (GasolineOnly) 0 249.

Manual Mode(Gasoline Only)

Tap Shift

Caution

Driving with the engine at a highrpm without upshifting while usingTap Shift, could damage the vehicle.Always upshift when necessarywhile using Tap Shift.

For hybrid vehicles, see RegenerativeBraking (Hybrid Only) 0 246.

If equipped, vehicles with Tap Shifthave controls on the back of thesteering wheel to manually shift theautomatic transmission.

To enter Permanent Tap Shift Mode:

1. Move the shift lever fromD (Drive) to M (Manual Mode).While in Tap Shift Mode, the Mon the PRNDM section of theinstrument cluster will becomehighlighted, and the current gearis indicated.

2. Tap the left control toward thedriver to downshift, and the rightcontrol toward the driver toupshift. To shift to the lowestavailable gear, press and hold theleft control.

3. To exit, move the shift lever backto D (Drive).

With the shift lever in D (Drive) andnot in Permanent Tap Shift Mode, theTap Shift controls will activate atemporary tap manual shift mode,allowing the transmission to bemanually shifted. The vehicle exitsTemporary Tap Shift Mode after theaccelerator pedal is steady for



six seconds. Temporary Tap ShiftMode holds a gear longer withoutexiting when coasting, to providepowertrain braking. The TemporaryTap Shift Mode can also bedeactivated by holding the rightupshift control briefly.

While using Tap Shift, the vehicle willhave firmer, quicker shifting. You canuse this for sport driving or whenclimbing or descending hills, to stay ingear longer, or to downshift for morepower or engine braking.

The transmission will only allow youto shift into gears appropriate for thevehicle speed and engine revolutionsper minute (rpm). The transmissionwill not downshift if the engine rpm istoo high in the next lower gear,or upshift to the next higher gearwhen the maximum engine rpm isreached.

If shifting is prevented for any reason,a SHIFT DENIED message will bedisplayed in the instrument cluster.See Transmission Messages 0 177.

When accelerating the vehicle from astop in snowy and icy conditions, it issuggested to shift into second gear.A higher gear allows the vehicle togain more traction on slipperysurfaces.

Drive Systems

All-Wheel DriveVehicles with this feature always sendengine power to all four wheels. It isfully automatic, and adjusts itself asneeded for road conditions.



Brakes

Antilock BrakeSystem (ABS)This vehicle has an Antilock BrakeSystem (ABS), an advanced electronicbraking system that helps prevent abraking skid.

When the vehicle begins to driveaway, ABS checks itself. A momentarymotor or clicking noise may be heardwhile this test is going on, and it mayeven be noticed that the brake pedalmoves a little. This is normal.

If there is a problem with ABS, thiswarning light stays on. See AntilockBrake System (ABS) WarningLight 0 144.

If driving safely on a wet road and itbecomes necessary to slam on thebrakes and continue braking to avoid

a sudden obstacle, a computer sensesthe wheels are slowing down. If one ofthe wheels is about to stop rolling, thecomputer will separately work thebrakes at each wheel.

ABS can change the brake pressure toeach wheel, as required, faster thanany driver could. This can help yousteer around the obstacle whilebraking hard.

As the brakes are applied, thecomputer keeps receiving updates onwheel speed and controls brakingpressure accordingly.

Remember: ABS does not change thetime needed to get a foot up to thebrake pedal or always decreasestopping distance. If you get too closeto the vehicle in front of you, therewill not be enough time to apply thebrakes if that vehicle suddenly slowsor stops. Always leave enough roomup ahead to stop, even with ABS.

Using ABS

Do not pump the brakes. Just hold thebrake pedal down firmly and let ABSwork. You may hear the ABS pump ormotor operating and feel the brakepedal pulsate. This is normal.

Braking in Emergencies

ABS allows you to steer and brake atthe same time. In many emergencies,steering can help more than even thevery best braking.

Electric Parking Brake



The vehicle has an Electric ParkingBrake (EPB). The EPB can always beactivated, even if the ignition is off. Toprevent draining the battery, avoidrepeated cycles of the EPB systemwhen the engine is not running.

The system has a red parking brakestatus light and an amber parkingbrake warning light. See ElectricParking Brake Light 0 143 and ServiceElectric Parking Brake Light 0 144.There are also parking brake-relatedDriver Information Center (DIC)messages. See Brake System Messages0 167. In case of insufficient electricalpower, the EPB cannot be applied orreleased.

Before leaving the vehicle, check thered parking brake status light toensure that the parking brake isapplied.

EPB Apply

To apply the EPB:

1. Be sure the vehicle is at acomplete stop.

2. Press the EPB switchmomentarily.

The red parking brake status light willflash and then stay on once the EPB isfully applied. If the red parking brakestatus light flashes continuously, thenthe EPB is only partially applied orthere is a problem with the EPB.A DIC message will display. Releasethe EPB and try to apply it again.If the light does not come on, or keepsflashing, have the vehicle serviced. Donot drive the vehicle if the red parkingbrake status light is flashing. See yourdealer. See Electric Parking BrakeLight 0 143.

If the amber parking brake warninglight is on, press the EPB switch andhold it. Continue to hold the switchuntil the red parking brake status lightremains on. If the amber parkingbrake warning light remains on, seeyour dealer.

If the EPB is applied while the vehicleis moving, the vehicle will decelerateas long as the switch is pressed. If theswitch is pressed until the vehiclecomes to a stop, the EPB will remainapplied.

The vehicle may automatically applythe EPB in some situations when thevehicle is not moving. This is normal,and is done to periodically check thecorrect operation of the EPB system.

If the EPB fails to apply, block the rearwheels to prevent vehicle movement.

EPB Release

To release the EPB:

1. Place the ignition in the ACC/ACCESSORY or ON/RUN mode.

2. Apply and hold the brake pedal.

3. Press down momentarily on theEPB switch.

The EPB is released when the redparking brake status light is off.

If the amber parking brake warninglight is on, release the EPB by pressingdown on the EPB switch and holdingit down. Continue to hold the switchuntil the red parking brake status lightis off. If either light stays on afterrelease is attempted, see your dealer.



Caution

Driving with the parking brake oncan overheat the brake system andcause premature wear or damage tobrake system parts. Make sure thatthe parking brake is fully releasedand the brake warning light is offbefore driving.

Automatic EPB Release

The EPB will automatically release ifthe vehicle is running, placed intogear, and an attempt is made to driveaway. Avoid rapid acceleration whenthe EPB is applied, to preserve parkingbrake lining life.

Brake AssistThis vehicle has a brake assist featuredesigned to assist the driver instopping or decreasing vehicle speedin emergency driving conditions. Thisfeature uses the stability systemhydraulic brake control module tosupplement the power brake systemunder conditions where the driver hasquickly and forcefully applied the

brake pedal in an attempt to quicklystop or slow down the vehicle. Thestability system hydraulic brakecontrol module increases brakepressure at each corner of the vehicleuntil the ABS activates. Minor brakepedal pulsation or pedal movementduring this time is normal and thedriver should continue to apply thebrake pedal as the driving situationdictates. The brake assist feature willautomatically disengage when thebrake pedal is released or brake pedalpressure is quickly decreased.

Hill Start Assist (HSA)Hill Start Assist (HSA) mayautomatically activate when thevehicle is stopped on a hill andAutomatic Vehicle Hold (AVH) is notenabled. This feature is designed toprevent the vehicle from rolling, eitherforward or rearward, during vehicledrive off. During the transition fromreleasing the brake pedal toaccelerating to drive off on a hill, HSAholds the braking pressure to preventrolling. HSA will not activate if the

vehicle is in a drive gear and facingdownhill or if the vehicle is facinguphill and in R (Reverse).

Automatic VehicleHold (AVH)

Automatic Vehicle Hold (AVH) can beturned on by pressing AUTO HOLDwith the driver safety belt fastened,the driver door closed, and the enginerunning. The AVH indicator willcome on.

This feature will activate when thevehicle is stopped to prevent it frommoving. After the brake pedal hasbeen released and before the



accelerator pedal has been pressed,AVH uses braking pressure to hold thevehicle stationary. In addition, theABS pump motor may activate tobuild brake pressure to maintain thevehicle at a standstill if necessary.

If AVH is holding the vehicle, the AVHindicator will change to green. OnceAVH is active it will hold the vehiclefor a defined time period then engagethe parking brake. While AVH isholding the vehicle, the parking brakewill engage if the driver door isopened or the driver safety belt isunfastened.

Regenerative Braking(Hybrid Only)Regenerative braking takes some ofthe energy from the moving vehicleand turns it back into electricalenergy. This energy is then storedback into the high voltage batterysystem, contributing to increasedenergy efficiency.

The hydraulic disc brakes work withthe regenerative braking to ensureeffective braking, such as when a highbraking demand is requested.

The braking system is computercontrolled and blends the regenerativebraking with the conventionalhydraulic disc brakes to meet anyrequirements for deceleration. Thecontroller interprets the brakingrequest and uses regenerative braking,conventional hydraulic braking, or acombination of both as necessary.Because the hydraulic braking systemuses an electronic booster for boostassist on demand, under certainconditions a motor noise may beheard. This is normal operation.

See Warning Lights, Gauges, andIndicators 0 124 and Driver InformationCenter (DIC) 0 160. In the event of acontroller problem, the brake pedalmay be harder to push and thestopping distance may be longer.

Regen on Demand®

Regen on Demand allows the user toselect increased coast deceleration bypressing the steering wheel tapcontrols. It is activated temporarilywhile in D (Drive) and permanentlywhile in M (Manual Mode). Increasedcoast deceleration will be felt while

the accelerator pedal is fully releasedand lessened when the acceleratorpedal is pressed.

The brake pedal must be applied atlow speed, because Regen on Demandwill not stop the car.

The brake lights may come on, whenthis feature is activated.

To enter Permanent Regen onDemand Mode:

1. Move the shift lever fromD (Drive) to M (Manual Mode).While in Permanent Regen onDemand, the M of the PRNDMsection of the instrument clusterwill become highlighted, and thecurrent coast deceleration level isindicated. Level 1 (M1) providesthe most coast deceleration.Level 4 (M4) provides the leastcoast deceleration and isequivalent to the level found inD (Drive).



2. Tap the left control on the backof the steering wheel toward thedriver to select more coastdeceleration. Tap the rightcontrol toward the driver toselect less coast deceleration. Toselect the most coastdeceleration, press and hold theleft control.

3. To exit, move the shift lever backto D (Drive).

With the shift lever in D (Drive) andnot in Permanent Regen on DemandMode, the Tap Shift controls willactivate Temporary Regen onDemand. The vehicle exits TemporaryRegen on Demand after theaccelerator pedal is applied for15 seconds. Temporary Regen onDemand can also be deactivated byholding the right control briefly.

While using Regen on Demand, thevehicle will have increased coastdeceleration. Use this to maximizeregenerative braking, for sport driving,or when descending hills.

Propulsion Creep Speed Feature

The hybrid vehicle allows the coastingspeed to be selected when theaccelerator or brake pedal is not held.When in either Temporary Regen onDemand, or when the shift lever isplaced into M in Permanent Regen onDemand, the creep speed can bedecreased from M4 (fastest) toM1 (slowest).



Ride Control Systems

Traction Control/ElectronicStability Control

System Operation

The vehicle has a Traction ControlSystem (TCS) and StabiliTrak®, anelectronic stability control system.These systems help limit wheel spinand assist the driver in maintainingcontrol, especially on slippery roadconditions.

TCS activates if it senses that any ofthe drive wheels are spinning orbeginning to lose traction. When thishappens, TCS applies the brakes to thespinning wheels and reduces enginepower to limit wheel spin.

StabiliTrak activates when the vehiclesenses a difference between theintended path and the direction thevehicle is actually traveling.StabiliTrak selectively applies brakingpressure to any one of the vehiclewheel brakes to assist the driver inkeeping the vehicle on theintended path.

If cruise control is being used andtraction control or StabiliTrak beginsto limit wheel spin, cruise control willdisengage. Cruise control may beturned back on when road conditionsallow.

Both systems come on automaticallywhen the vehicle is started and beginsto move. The systems may be heard orfelt while they are operating or whileperforming diagnostic checks. This isnormal and does not mean there is aproblem with the vehicle.

It is recommended to leave bothsystems on for normal drivingconditions, but it may be necessary toturn TCS off if the vehicle gets stuckin sand, mud, ice, or snow. See If theVehicle Is Stuck 0 220 and “Turningthe Systems Off and On” later in thissection.

The indicator light for both systems isin the instrument cluster. Thislight will:

. Flash when TCS is limitingwheel spin.

. Flash when StabiliTrak isactivated.

. Turn on and stay on when eithersystem is not working.

If either system fails to turn on or toactivate, a message displays in theDriver Information Center (DIC),and d comes on and stays on toindicate that the system is inactiveand is not assisting the driver inmaintaining control. The vehicle issafe to drive, but driving should beadjusted accordingly.

If d comes on and stays on:

1. Stop the vehicle.

2. Turn the engine off and wait15 seconds.


4. Drive the vehicle.



If d comes on and stays on, thevehicle may need more time todiagnose the problem. If the conditionpersists, see your dealer.

Turning the Systems Off and On

Caution

Do not repeatedly brake oraccelerate heavily when TCS is off.The vehicle driveline could bedamaged.

To turn off only TCS, press andreleaseY. The Traction Off light idisplays in the instrument cluster andthe appropriate DIC message displays.See Ride Control SystemMessages 0 175.

To turn TCS on again, press andreleaseY. The Traction Off light idisplayed in the instrument clusterwill turn off.

To turn off both TCS and StabiliTrak,press and holdY until the Traction

Off light i and StabiliTrak OFF

light g come on and stay on in theinstrument cluster. The appropriateDIC message displays. See Ride ControlSystem Messages 0 175.

To turn TCS and StabiliTrak on again,press and releaseY. The Traction Off

light i and StabiliTrak OFF light gin the instrument cluster turn off.

Adding accessories can affect vehicleperformance. See Accessories andModifications 0 306.

Driver Mode Control(Gasoline Only)For hybrid vehicles, see Driver SelectedOperating Modes (Hybrid Only) 0 234.

Driver Mode Control attempts to adda sportier feel, provide a morecomfortable ride, or assist in differentweather conditions or terrain. Thissystem simultaneously changes thesoftware calibration of varioussub-systems. Depending on the optionpackage, available features, and modeselected, the suspension, steering, andpowertrain will change calibrations toachieve the desired modecharacteristics.



Press and release MODE on the centerconsole to activate the mode menu inthe instrument cluster. The first pressof the button will show the currentmode. Subsequent presses will scrollthrough the available modes. Select anew setting whenever drivingconditions change. The followingmodes are available:

Tour Mode

Use for normal city and highwaydriving to provide a smooth, soft ride.

If the vehicle is equipped with AWD,the Tour Mode is in between the Sportand the Snow/Ice Modes for a morebalanced feel.

Sport Mode

Use where road conditions or personalpreference demand a more controlledresponse.

When selected, the Sport Modeindicator will display in the DriverInformation Center (DIC).

When in Sport Mode, the vehicle willshift automatically but may hold alower gear longer than it would in thenormal driving mode based onbraking, throttle input, and vehiclelateral acceleration. See AutomaticTransmission 0 239. The steering,including Active Rear Steer (ifequipped), will change to providemore precise control.

If the vehicle is equipped with AWD,the Sport Mode sends more torque tothe rear wheels.

Snow/Ice Mode

Use when more traction is neededduring slippery conditions. Snow/IceMode will use a different acceleratorpedal map in order to optimizetraction on slippery surfaces.

When selected, the Snow/Ice Modeindicator will display in the DIC.

This feature is not intended for usewhen the vehicle is stuck in sand,mud, ice, snow, or gravel. If thevehicle becomes stuck, see If theVehicle Is Stuck 0 220.

If the vehicle is equipped with AWD,the Snow/Ice Mode will provide moretorque to the front wheels.



Cruise Control

{ Warning

Cruise control can be dangerouswhere you cannot drive safely at asteady speed. Do not use cruisecontrol on winding roads or inheavy traffic.

Cruise control can be dangerous onslippery roads. On such roads, fastchanges in tire traction can causeexcessive wheel slip, and you couldlose control. Do not use cruisecontrol on slippery roads.

With cruise control, a speed of about40 km/h (25 mph) or more can bemaintained without keeping your footon the accelerator. Cruise control doesnot work at speeds below about40 km/h (25 mph).

If the Traction Control/electronicstability control system begins to limitwheel spin while using cruise control,the cruise control automaticallydisengages. See Traction Control/Electronic Stability Control 0 248. If a

collision alert occurs when cruisecontrol is activated, cruise control isdisengaged. See Forward Collision Alert(FCA) System 0 268. When roadconditions allow cruise control to besafely used, it can be turned back on.

Cruise control will disengage if eitherTCS or StabiliTrak is turned off.

If the brakes are applied, cruisecontrol disengages.

J : Press to turn the system on andoff. A white indicator appears in theinstrument cluster when cruise isturned on.

RES+ : If there is a set speed inmemory, press briefly to resume tothat speed or press and hold toaccelerate. If the cruise control isalready active, use to increase vehiclespeed. To increase speed by 1 km/h(1 mph), press RES+ to the first detent.To increase speed to the next 5 km/h(5 mph) mark on the speedometer,press RES+ to the second detent.

SET− : Press briefly to set the speedand activate cruise control. If thecruise control is already active, use todecrease vehicle speed. To decreasespeed by 1 km/h (1 mph), press SET−to the first detent. To decrease speedto the next 5 km/h (5 mph) mark onthe speedometer, press SET− to thesecond detent.

* : Press to disengage cruise controlwithout erasing the set speed frommemory.



Setting Cruise Control

IfJ is on when not in use, SET− orRES+ could get pressed and go intocruise when not desired. KeepJ offwhen cruise is not being used.

1. PressJ.

2. Get up to the desired speed.

3. Press and release SET−. Thedesired set speed briefly appearsin the instrument cluster.

4. Remove your foot from theaccelerator.

When the cruise control has been setto the desired speed, a green cruisecontrol indicator appears on theinstrument cluster and a cruise setspeed message appears on theHead-Up Display (HUD), if equipped.

Resuming a Set Speed

If the cruise control is set at a desiredspeed and then the brakes are appliedor* is pressed, the cruise control isdisengaged without erasing the setspeed from memory.

Once the vehicle speed reaches about40 km/h (25 mph) or more, press RES+briefly. The vehicle returns to theprevious set speed.

Increasing Speed While UsingCruise Control

If the cruise control system is alreadyactivated:

. Press and hold RES+ until thedesired speed is reached, thenrelease it.

. To increase vehicle speed in smallincrements, briefly press RES+ tothe first detent. For each press, thevehicle goes about 1 km/h (1 mph)faster.

. To increase vehicle speed in largerincrements, briefly press RES+ tothe second detent. For each press,the vehicle speed increases to thenext 5 km/h (5 mph) mark on thespeedometer.

The speedometer reading can bedisplayed in either English or metricunits. See Instrument Cluster (BaseLevel) 0 125 or Instrument Cluster(Uplevel) 0 128. The increment valueused depends on the units displayed.

Reducing Speed While Using CruiseControl

If the cruise control system is alreadyactivated:

. Press and hold SET− until thedesired lower speed is reached,then release it.

. To decrease the vehicle speed insmall increments, briefly pressSET− to the first detent. For eachpress, the vehicle goes about1 km/h (1 mph) slower.

. To decrease the vehicle speed inlarger increments, briefly pressSET− to the second detent. Foreach press, the vehicle speeddecreases to the next 5 km/h(5 mph) mark on the speedometer.

The cruise control system mayautomatically brake to slow thevehicle down.




Passing Another Vehicle WhileUsing Cruise Control

Use the accelerator pedal to increasethe vehicle speed. When you take yourfoot off the pedal, the vehicle will slowdown to the previous set cruise speed.

While pressing the accelerator pedalor shortly following the release tooverride cruise, briefly applying SET−will result in cruise set to the currentvehicle speed.

Using Cruise Control on Hills

How well the cruise control will workon hills depends upon the vehiclespeed, load, and the steepness of thehills. When going up steep hills, youmight have to step on the acceleratorpedal to maintain your speed. Whengoing downhill, the cruise controlsystem may automatically brake toslow the vehicle down. Also, you mayhave to brake or shift to a lower gearto keep your speed down. If the brakepedal is applied, cruise controldisengages.

Ending Cruise Control

There are four ways to end cruisecontrol:

. Step lightly on the brake pedal.

. Press*.

. Shift the transmission toN (Neutral).

. PressJ.

Erasing Speed Memory

The cruise control set speed is erasedfrom memory ifJ is pressed or ifthe ignition is turned off.

Adaptive Cruise ControlIf equipped with Adaptive CruiseControl (ACC), it allows for selectingthe cruise control set speed andfollowing gap. Read this entire sectionbefore using this system. ACC uses acamera and radar sensors to detectother vehicles. See Radio FrequencyStatement 0 422. The following gap isthe following time (or distance)between your vehicle and a vehicledetected directly ahead in your path,

moving in the same direction. If novehicle is detected in your path, ACCworks like regular cruise control.

If a vehicle is detected in your path,ACC can speed up the vehicle or applylimited, moderate braking to maintainthe selected following gap. Todisengage ACC, apply the brake. If theTraction Control System (TCS) orStabiliTrak® electronic stabilitycontrol system activates while ACC isengaged, ACC may automaticallydisengage. See Traction Control/Electronic Stability Control 0 248. Whenroad conditions allow ACC to be safelyused, ACC can be turned back on. ACCwill not engage if the TCS orStabiliTrak electronic stability controlsystem is disabled.

{ Warning

ACC has limited braking ability andmay not have time to slow thevehicle down enough to avoid acollision with another vehicle youare following. This can occur whenvehicles suddenly slow or stop

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

ahead, or enter your lane. Also see“Alerting the Driver” in this section.Complete attention is alwaysrequired while driving and youshould be ready to take action andapply the brakes. See DefensiveDriving 0 215.

{ Warning

ACC will not detect or brake forchildren, pedestrians, animals,or other objects.

Do not use ACC when:

. On winding and hilly roads orwhen the sensors are blockedby snow, ice, or dirt. Thesystem may not detect avehicle ahead. Keep the entirefront of the vehicle clean.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. Visibility is low, such as infog, rain, or snow conditions.ACC performance is limitedunder these conditions.

. On slippery roads where fastchanges in tire traction cancause excessive wheel slip.

J : Press to turn the system on oroff. The indicator turns white on theinstrument cluster when ACC isturned on.

RES+ : Press briefly to resume theprevious set speed or to increasevehicle speed if ACC is alreadyengaged. To increase speed by 1 km/h(1 mph), press RES+ to the first detent.To increase speed to the next 5 km/h(5 mph) mark on the speedometer,press RES+ to the second detent.

SET– : Press briefly to set the speedand activate ACC or to decreasevehicle speed if ACC is alreadyengaged. To decrease speed by 1 km/h(1 mph), press SET− to the first detent.To decrease speed to the next 5 km/h(5 mph) mark on the speedometer,press SET− to the second detent.

* : Press to disengage ACC withouterasing the selected set speed.

[ : Press to select a following gaptime (or distance) setting for ACC ofFar, Medium, or Near.




Switching Between ACC andRegular Cruise Control

To switch between ACC and regularcruise control, press and hold*.A Driver Information Display (DIC)message displays. See VehicleMessages 0 166.

When ACC is engaged, a greenoindicator will be lit on the instrumentcluster and the following gap will bedisplayed. When the regular cruisecontrol is engaged, a greenJindicator will be lit on the instrumentcluster; the following gap will notdisplay.

ACC Indicator Regular CruiseControl Indicator

When the vehicle is turned on, thecruise control mode will be set to thelast mode used before the vehicle wasturned off.

{ Warning

Always check the cruise controlindicator on the instrument clusterto determine which mode cruisecontrol is in before using thefeature. If ACC is not active, thevehicle will not automatically brakefor other vehicles, which couldcause an accident if the brakes arenot applied manually. You andothers could be seriously injured orkilled.

Setting Adaptive Cruise Control

IfJ is on when not in use, it couldget pressed and go into ACC when notdesired. KeepJ off when cruise isnot being used.

Select the set speed desired for ACC.This is the vehicle speed when novehicle is detected in its path.

While the vehicle is moving, ACC willnot set at a speed less than 25 km/h(16 mph), although it can be resumedwhen driving at lower speeds.

To set ACC while moving:

1. PressJ.

2. Get up to the desired speed.

3. Press and release SET–.

4. Remove your foot from theaccelerator.

After ACC is set, it may immediatelyapply the brakes if a vehicle ahead isdetected closer than the selectedfollowing gap.

ACC can also be set while the vehicleis stopped if ACC is on and the brakepedal is applied.

The ACC indicator displays on theinstrument cluster, infotainmentdisplay, and Head-Up Display (HUD).When ACC is turned on, the indicatorwill be lit white. When ACC isengaged, the indicator will turn green.



Be mindful of speed limits,surrounding traffic speeds, andweather conditions when selecting theset speed.

Resuming a Set Speed

If ACC is set at a desired speed andthen the brakes are applied, ACC isdisengaged without erasing the setspeed from memory.

To begin using ACC again, press RES+up briefly.

. If the vehicle is moving, it returnsto the previous set speed.

. If the vehicle is stopped with thebrake pedal applied, press RES+and release the brake pedal. ACCwill hold the vehicle until RES+ orthe accelerator pedal is pressed.

A green ACC indicator and the setspeed display on the infotainmentdisplay. The vehicle ahead indicatormay be flashing if a vehicle ahead waspresent and moved. See “Approachingand Following a Vehicle” later in thissection.

Once ACC has resumed, if there is novehicle ahead, if the vehicle ahead isbeyond the selected following gap,or if the vehicle has exited a sharpcurve, then the vehicle speed willincrease to the set speed.

Increasing Speed While ACC Is at aSet Speed

Do one of the following:

. Use the accelerator to get to thehigher speed. Press SET– andrelease the accelerator pedal. Thevehicle will now cruise at thehigher speed.

When the accelerator pedal ispressed, ACC will not brakebecause it is overridden.A warning message will appear onthe Driver Information Center(DIC) and HUD. See Cruise ControlMessages 0 168.

. Press and hold RES+ until thedesired set speed is displayed,then release it.

. To increase speed in smallerincrements, press RES+ to the firstdetent. For each press, the vehiclegoes 1 km/h (1 mph) faster.

. To increase speed in largerincrements, press RES+ to thesecond detent. For each press, thevehicle speed increases to the next5 km/h (5 mph) mark on thespeedometer.

The set speed can also be increasedwhile the vehicle is stopped.

. If stopped with the brake applied,press RES+ until the desired setspeed is displayed.

. If ACC is holding the vehicle at astop and there is another vehicledirectly ahead, pressing RES+ willincrease the set speed. PressingRES+ when there is no longer avehicle ahead will cause ACC toresume.

Reducing Speed While ACC Is at aSet Speed

Do one of the following:

. Use the brake to get to the desiredlower speed. Press SET– andrelease the accelerator pedal. Thevehicle will now cruise at thelower speed.



. Press and hold SET– until thedesired lower speed is reached,then release it.

. To decrease speed in smallerincrements, press SET− to the firstdetent. For each press, the vehiclegoes about 1 km/h (1 mph) slower.

. To decrease speed in largerincrements, press SET− to thesecond detent. For each press, thevehicle speed decreases to thenext 5 km/h (5 mph) mark on thespeedometer.

. To decrease speed while thevehicle is stopped, press SET−until the desired set speed isdisplayed.

Selecting the Follow Distance Gap

When a slower moving vehicle isdetected ahead within the selectedfollowing gap, ACC will adjust thevehicle's speed and attempt tomaintain the follow distance gapselected.

Press[ on the steering wheel toadjust the following gap. Each presscycles the gap button through threesettings: Far, Medium, or Near.

When pressed, the current gap settingdisplays briefly on the instrumentcluster and HUD. The gap setting willbe maintained until it is changed.

Since each gap setting corresponds toa following time (Far, Medium,or Near), the following distance willvary based on vehicle speed. Thefaster the vehicle speed, the furtherback your vehicle will follow a vehicledetected ahead. Consider traffic andweather conditions when selecting thefollowing gap. The range of selectablegaps may not be appropriate for alldrivers and driving conditions.

Changing the gap settingautomatically changes the alert timingsensitivity (Far, Medium, or Near) forthe Forward Collision Alert (FCA)feature. See Forward Collision Alert(FCA) System 0 268.

Alerting the Driver

If ACC is engaged, driver action maybe required when ACC cannot applysufficient braking because ofapproaching a vehicle too rapidly.

When this condition occurs, thecollision alert symbol on the HUD willflash on the windshield. Either eightbeeps will sound from the front,or both sides of the Safety Alert Seatwill pulse five times. See “Collision/Detection Systems” under VehiclePersonalization 0 178.

See Defensive Driving 0 215.

Approaching and Following aVehicle

The vehicle ahead indicator is on theinstrument cluster, infotainmentdisplay, and HUD display. Thisindicator only displays when a vehicleis detected in your vehicle’s pathmoving in the same direction.



If this indicator is not displaying, ACCwill not respond to or brake forvehicles ahead.

ACC automatically slows the vehicledown and adjusts vehicle speed tofollow the vehicle in front at theselected follow gap. The vehicle speedincreases or decreases to follow thevehicle in front of you, but will notexceed the set speed. It may applylimited braking, if necessary. Whenbraking is active, the brake lights willcome on. The automatic braking mayfeel or sound different than if thebrakes were applied manually. This isnormal.

Stationary or Very Slow-MovingObjects

{ Warning

ACC may not detect and react tostopped or slow-moving vehiclesahead of you. For example, thesystem may not brake for a vehicleit has never detected moving. Thiscan occur in stop-and-go traffic or

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

when a vehicle suddenly appearsdue to a vehicle ahead changinglanes. Your vehicle may not stopand could cause a crash. Usecaution when using ACC. Yourcomplete attention is alwaysrequired while driving and youshould be ready to take action andapply the brakes.

ACC Automatically Disengages

ACC may automatically disengage andyou will need to manually apply thebrakes to slow the vehicle when:

. The sensors are blocked.

. The Traction Control System (TCS)or electronic stability controlsystem has activated or beendisabled.

. No traffic or other objects arebeing detected.

. There is a fault in the system.

The ACC indicator will not bedisplayed when ACC is no longeractive.

Notification to Resume ACC

ACC will maintain a follow gap behinda detected vehicle and slow yourvehicle to a stop behind that vehicle.

If the stopped vehicle ahead hasdriven away and ACC has notresumed, the vehicle ahead indicatorwill flash as a reminder to checktraffic ahead before proceeding. Inaddition, the left and right sides of theSafety Alert Seat will pulse threetimes, or three beeps will sound. See”Alert Type” and “Go Notifier” in“Collision/Detection Systems” underVehicle Personalization 0 178.

When the vehicle ahead drives away,ACC resumes automatically if the stopwas brief. If necessary, press RES+ orthe accelerator pedal to resume ACC.If stopped for more than two minutesor if the driver door is opened and thedriver safety belt is unbuckled, theACC automatically applies the ElectricParking Brake (EPB) to hold thevehicle. The Electric Parking Brake



status light will turn on. See ElectricParking Brake 0 243. To resume ACCand release the EPB, press theaccelerator pedal.

A DIC warning message may displayindicating to shift to P (Park) beforeexiting the vehicle. See VehicleMessages 0 166.

{ Warning

If ACC has stopped the vehicle, andif ACC is disengaged, turned off,or canceled, the vehicle will nolonger be held at a stop. The vehiclecan move. When ACC is holding thevehicle at a stop, always beprepared to manually apply thebrakes.

{ Warning

Leaving the vehicle without placingit in P (Park) can be dangerous. Donot leave the vehicle while it isbeing held at a stop by ACC. Always

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

place the vehicle in P (Park) andturn off the ignition before leavingthe vehicle.

ACC Override

If using the accelerator pedal whileACC is active, a DIC warning messagewill indicate that automatic brakingwill not occur. See Vehicle Messages0 166. ACC will resume operationwhen the accelerator pedal is notbeing pressed.

{ Warning

The ACC will not automaticallyapply the brakes if your foot isresting on the accelerator pedal.You could crash into a vehicleahead of you.

Curves in the Road

{ Warning

On curves, ACC may not detect avehicle ahead in your lane. Youcould be startled if the vehicleaccelerates up to the set speed,especially when following a vehicleexiting or entering exit ramps. Youcould lose control of the vehicle orcrash. Do not use ACC while drivingon an entrance or exit ramp. Alwaysbe ready to use the brakes ifnecessary.

{ Warning

On curves, ACC may respond to avehicle in another lane, or may nothave time to react to a vehicle inyour lane. You could crash into avehicle ahead of you, or lose controlof your vehicle. Give extra attentionin curves and be ready to use the

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

brakes if necessary. Select anappropriate speed while driving incurves.

ACC may reduce the vehicle speed forcertain curves. The ACC routeadaptation indicator may display inthe instrument cluster and the vehiclespeed may be slower than the ACC setspeed.

ACC may operate differently in asharp curve. It may reduce the vehiclespeed if the curve is too sharp.

When following a vehicle and enteringa curve, ACC may not detect thevehicle ahead and accelerate to the setspeed. When this happens, the vehicleahead indicator will not appear.

ACC may detect a vehicle that is notin your lane and apply the brakes.

ACC may occasionally provide an alertand/or braking that is consideredunnecessary. It could respond tovehicles in different lanes, signs,

guardrails, and other stationaryobjects when entering or exiting acurve. This is normal operation. Thevehicle does not need service.

Other Vehicle Lane Changes

ACC will not detect a vehicle aheaduntil it is completely in the lane. Thebrakes may need to be manuallyapplied.



Do Not Use ACC on Hills and WhenTowing a Trailer

Do not use ACC when driving on steephills or when towing a trailer. Fortowing capability, see Trailer Towing(All Engines Except Hybrid) 0 302 orTrailer Towing (With Hybrid Engine)0 302. ACC will not detect a vehicle inthe lane while driving on steep hills.The driver will often need to take overacceleration and braking on steephills, especially when towing a trailer.If the brakes are applied, the ACCdisengages.

Disengaging ACC

There are three ways todisengage ACC:

. Step lightly on the brake pedal.

. Press*.

. PressJ.

Erasing Speed Memory

The ACC set speed is erased frommemory ifJ is pressed or if theignition is turned off.

Cleaning the Sensing System

The camera sensor on the windshieldbehind the rearview mirror and theradar sensors on the front of thevehicle can become blocked by snow,ice, dirt, or mud. These areas need tobe cleaned for ACC to operateproperly.

For cleaning instructions, see“Washing the Vehicle” under ExteriorCare 0 384.

System operation may also be limitedunder snow, heavy rain, or road sprayconditions.

Driver AssistanceSystemsThis vehicle may have features thatwork together to help avoid crashes orreduce crash damage while driving,backing, and parking. Read this entiresection before using these systems.

{ Warning

Do not rely on the DriverAssistance Systems. These systemsdo not replace the need for payingattention and driving safely. Youmay not hear or feel alerts orwarnings provided by thesesystems. Failure to use proper carewhen driving may result in injury,death, or vehicle damage. SeeDefensive Driving 0 215.

Under many conditions, thesesystems will not:

. Detect children, pedestrians,bicyclists, or animals.

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

. Detect vehicles or objectsoutside the area monitored bythe system.

. Work at all driving speeds.

. Warn you or provide you withenough time to avoid a crash.

. Work under poor visibility orbad weather conditions.

. Work if the detection sensoris not cleaned or is coveredby ice, snow, mud, or dirt.

. Work if the detection sensoris covered up, such as with asticker, magnet, or metalplate.

. Work if the area surroundingthe detection sensor isdamaged or not properlyrepaired.

Complete attention is alwaysrequired while driving, and youshould be ready to take action andapply the brakes and/or steer thevehicle to avoid crashes.

Audible or Safety Alert Seat

Some driver assistance features alertthe driver of obstacles by beeping. Tochange the volume of the warningchime, see “Comfort and Convenience”under Vehicle Personalization 0 178.

If equipped with the Safety Alert Seat,the driver seat cushion may provide avibrating pulse alert instead ofbeeping. To change this, see“Collision/Detection Systems” underVehicle Personalization 0 178.

Assistance Systems forParking or BackingIf equipped, the Rear Vision Camera(RVC), Rear Parking Assist (RPA),Front Parking Assist (FPA), SurroundVision, Front Vision Camera, ReverseAutomatic Braking (RAB) and BackingWarning System, Rear Cross TrafficAlert (RCTA), and Automatic ParkingAssist (APA) may help the driver parkor avoid objects. Always check aroundthe vehicle when parking or backing.

Rear Vision Camera (RVC)

When the vehicle is shifted intoR (Reverse), the RVC displays animage of the area behind the vehiclein the infotainment display. Theprevious screen displays when thevehicle is shifted out of R (Reverse)after a short delay. To return to theprevious screen sooner, press a buttonon the infotainment system, shift intoP (Park), or reach a vehicle speed of 8km/h (5 mph).

1. View Displayed by theCamera



1. View Displayed by theCamera

2. Corners of the Rear Bumper

Displayed images may be farther orcloser than they appear. The areadisplayed is limited and objects thatare close to either corner of thebumper or under the bumper do notdisplay.

A warning triangle may display toshow that RPA has detected an object.This triangle changes from amber tored and increases in size the closerthe object.

Surround Vision

If equipped, Surround Vision displaysan image of the area surrounding thevehicle, along with the front or rearcamera views in the infotainment

display. The front camera is in thegrille or near the front emblem, theside cameras are on the bottom of theoutside rearview mirrors, and the rearcamera is above the license plate.

{ Warning

The Surround Vision cameras haveblind spots and will not display allobjects near the corners of thevehicle. Folding side mirrors thatare out of position will not displaysurround view correctly. Alwayscheck around the vehicle whenparking or backing.

1. Views Displayed by theSurround Vision Cameras

2. Area Not Shown

1. Views Displayed by theSurround Vision Cameras

2. Area Not Shown

Front Vision Camera

If equipped, a view of the area in frontof the vehicle displays in theinfotainment display. The view



displays after shifting from R (Reverse)to a forward gear, or by pressingCAMERA in the center stack, andwhen the vehicle is moving forwardslower than 8 km/h (5 mph).If equipped, the front view cameraalso displays when the Front ParkingAssist system detects an object within30 cm (12 in).

{ Warning

The camera(s) do not displaychildren, pedestrians, bicyclists,crossing traffic, animals, or anyother object outside of the cameras’field of view, below the bumper,or under the vehicle. Showndistances may be different fromactual distances. Do not drive orpark the vehicle using only thesecamera(s). Always check behind andaround the vehicle before driving.Failure to use proper care mayresult in injury, death, or vehicledamage.

Parking Assist

With RPA, and if equipped with FPA,as the vehicle moves at speeds of lessthan 8 km/h (5 mph) the sensors onthe bumpers may detect objects up to2.5 m (8 ft) behind and 1.2 m (4 ft) infront of the vehicle within a zone25 cm (10 in) high off the ground andbelow bumper level. These detectiondistances may be shorter duringwarmer or humid weather. Blockedsensors will not detect objects andcan also cause false detections. Keepthe sensors clean of mud, dirt, snow,ice, and slush; and clean sensors aftera car wash in freezing temperatures.

{ Warning

The Parking Assist system does notdetect children, pedestrians,bicyclists, animals, or objectslocated below the bumper or thatare too close or too far from thevehicle. It is not available at speedsgreater than 8 km/h (5 mph). Toprevent injury, death, or vehicledamage, even with Parking Assist,

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

always check the area around thevehicle and check all mirrors beforemoving forward or backing.

The instrument cluster may have aparking assist display with bars thatshow “distance to object” and objectlocation information for the ParkingAssist system. As the object getscloser, more bars light up and the barschange color from yellow to amberto red.

When an object is first detected in therear, one beep will be heard from therear, or both sides of the Safety AlertSeat will pulse two times. When anobject is very close (<0.6 m (2 ft) in the



vehicle rear, or <0.3 m (1 ft) in thevehicle front), five beeps will soundfrom the front or rear depending onobject location, or both sides of theSafety Alert Seat will pulse five times.Beeps for FPA are higher pitched thanfor RPA.

Backing Warning and ReverseAutomatic Braking

Vehicles with Adaptive Cruise Control(ACC) have the Backing WarningSystem and Reverse AutomaticBraking (RAB) system. The BackingWarning part of this system can warnof rear objects when backing up atspeeds greater than 8 km/h (5 mph).

The Backing Warning System willbeep once from the rear when anobject is first detected, or pulse twiceon both sides of the Safety Alert Seat.When the system detects a potentialcrash, beeps will be heard from therear, or five pulses will be felt on bothsides of the Safety Alert Seat. Theremay also be a brief, sharp applicationof the brakes.

{ Warning

The Backing Warning System onlyoperates at speeds greater than8 km/h (5 mph). It does not detectchildren, pedestrians, bicyclists,animals, or objects below thebumper or that are too close or toofar from the vehicle. In somesituations, such as at higherbacking speeds, there may not beenough time for the short, sharpapplication of the vehicle brakesystem to occur. To prevent injury,death, or vehicle damage, even withthe Backing Warning System,always check the area around thevehicle and check all mirrors beforebacking.

When the vehicle is in R (Reverse),if the system detects the vehicle isbacking too fast to avoid a crash witha detected object behind your vehiclein your path, it may automaticallybrake hard to a stop to help avoid orreduce the harm caused by a backingcrash.

{ Warning

RAB may not avoid many types ofbacking crashes. Do not wait for theautomatic braking to apply. Thissystem is not designed to replacedriver braking and only works inR (Reverse) when an object isdetected directly behind the vehicle.It may not brake or stop in time toavoid a crash. It will not brake forobjects when the vehicle is movingat very low speeds. It does notdetect children, pedestrians,bicyclists, animals, or objects belowthe bumper or that are too close ortoo far from the vehicle. To preventinjury, death, or vehicle damage,even with RAB, always check thearea around the vehicle before andwhile backing.

Pressing the brake pedal after thevehicle comes to a stop will releaseRAB. If the brake pedal is not pressedsoon after the stop, the ElectricParking Brake (EPB) may be set. Whenit is safe, press the accelerator pedalfirmly at any time to override RAB.



{ Warning

There may be instances whereunexpected or undesired automaticbraking occurs. If this happens,either press the brake pedal orfirmly press the accelerator pedal torelease the brakes from the RABsystem. Before releasing the brakes,check the RVC screen and check thearea around the vehicle to makesure it is safe to proceed.

Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)

If equipped, RCTA displays a redwarning triangle with a left or rightpointing arrow on the RVC screen towarn of traffic coming from the left orright. This system detects objectscoming from up to 20 m (65 ft) fromthe left or right side of the vehicle.When an object is detected, eitherthree beeps sound from the left orright or three Safety Alert Seat pulsesoccur on the left or right side,depending on the direction of thedetected vehicle.

Use caution while backing up whentowing a trailer, as the RCTAdetection zones that extend out fromthe back of the vehicle do not movefurther back when a trailer is towed.

See Radio Frequency Statement 0 422.

Turning the Features On or Off

TouchX on the faceplate to turn onor off the Front and Rear ParkingAssist, Reverse Automatic Braking(RAB), Rear Cross Traffic Alert(RCTA), and the Backing WarningSystem at the same time. Theindicator light next to the buttoncomes on when the features are onand turns off when the features havebeen disabled.

Turn off parking assist, RCTA, andRAB when towing a trailer.

To turn the RPA symbols or guidancelines (on some models) on or off, see“Rear Camera” under VehiclePersonalization 0 178.

RCTA can also be turned on or offthrough vehicle personalization. See“Collision/Detection Systems” underVehicle Personalization 0 178.

Automatic Parking Assist (APA)

If equipped, APA searches for andsteers the vehicle into parallel andperpendicular parking spots. Whenusing APA, you must still shift gears,and control the brakes andaccelerator. A display and audiblebeeps help to guide parkingmaneuvers.

Do not use APA when towing a trailer.

{ Warning

APA does not apply the brakes. APAmay not detect objects in theparking space, objects that are softor narrow, objects high off theground such as flatbed trucks,or objects below ground level suchas large potholes. Always verify thatthe parking space is appropriate forparking a vehicle. APA does notrespond to changes in the parkingspace, such as movement of anadjacent vehicle, or a person orobject entering the parking space.APA does not detect or avoid traffic

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

that is behind or alongside of thevehicle. Always be prepared to stopthe vehicle during the parkingmaneuver.

TouchO on the center stack toenable the system to search for aparking space that is large enough andwithin 1.5 m (5 ft) of the vehicle. Thevehicle speed must be below30 km/h (18 mph). The system cannot:

. Detect whether it is a legal parkingspace.

. Park exactly lined up with thevehicle next to it if the spot isapproached at an angle or if theparking space is angled.

. Park exactly centered in a spotthat is marked too large.

. Always detect short curbs.

If the vehicle is equipped withperpendicular parking mode, touchand holdO during the search

process to switch the APA parkingmode between perpendicular andparallel parking.

APA searches for parking spaces tothe right of the vehicle. To search fora parking space to the left, turn on theleft turn signal.

After completely passing a largeenough space, an audible beep occursand a red symbol is displayed.

If the vehicle is in R (Reverse), butdoes not steer into the expectedspace, this may be because the systemis maneuvering the vehicle into apreviously detected space. The APAsystem does not need service.

APA will instruct the vehicle to stoponce a large enough space is found.Follow the displayed instructions.When instructed to drive in reverse,shift to R (Reverse) to engageautomatic steering. The steering wheelwill vibrate briefly as a reminder toremove hands from the steeringwheel. Check surroundings andcontinue braking or accelerating asneeded, and be prepared to stop toavoid vehicles, pedestrians, or objects.

If the vehicle exceeds 10 km/h(6 mph), APA is automaticallydisengaged. A progress arrow displaysthe status of the parking maneuver.Depending on the space size,additional maneuvers may berequired, and there will be additionalinstructions. When changing gears,allow the automatic steering to



complete before continuing theparking maneuver. APA will beep anddisplay a PARKING COMPLETEmessage. Place the vehicle in P (Park).

APA may automatically disengage if:

. The steering wheel is used by thedriver.

. The maximum allowed speed isexceeded.

. There is a failure with the APAsystem.

. Electronic stability control orantilock brakes are activated.

. A high priority vehicle message isdisplayed in the DIC.

To cancel APA, touchO again.

When the System Does Not Seem toWork Properly

The APA system may require a shortperiod of driving along curves tocalibrate.

Assistance Systems forDrivingIf equipped, when driving the vehiclein a forward gear, Forward CollisionAlert (FCA), Lane Departure Warning(LDW), Lane Keep Assist (LKA), SideBlind Zone Alert (SBZA), Lane ChangeAlert (LCA), the Forward AutomaticBraking (FAB) system, the FrontPedestrian Braking (FPB) system and/or the Night Vision system can help toavoid a crash or reduce crash damage.

Forward Collision Alert(FCA) SystemIf equipped, the FCA system may helpto avoid or reduce the harm caused byfront-end crashes. When approachinga vehicle ahead too quickly, FCAprovides a red flashing alert on thewindshield and rapidly beeps or pulsesthe driver seat. FCA also lights anamber visual alert if following anothervehicle much too closely.

FCA detects vehicles within a distanceof approximately 60 m (197 ft) andoperates at speeds above 8 km/h(5 mph). If the vehicle has Adaptive

Cruise Control (ACC), it can detectvehicles to distances of approximately110 m (360 ft) and operates at allspeeds. See Adaptive CruiseControl 0 253.

{ Warning

FCA is a warning system and doesnot apply the brakes. Whenapproaching a slower-moving orstopped vehicle ahead too rapidly,or when following a vehicle tooclosely, FCA may not provide awarning with enough time to helpavoid a crash. It also may notprovide any warning at all. FCAdoes not warn of pedestrians,animals, signs, guardrails, bridges,construction barrels, or otherobjects. Be ready to take action andapply the brakes. See DefensiveDriving 0 215.

FCA can be disabled with the FCAsteering wheel control, or if yourvehicle is equipped with AdaptiveCruise Control (ACC), through vehicle



personalization. See “Collision/Detection Systems” under VehiclePersonalization 0 178.

Detecting the Vehicle Ahead

FCA warnings will not occur unlessthe FCA system detects a vehicleahead. When a vehicle is detected, thevehicle ahead indicator will displaygreen. Vehicles may not be detectedon curves, highway exit ramps,or hills, due to poor visibility; or if avehicle ahead is partially blocked bypedestrians or other objects. FCA willnot detect another vehicle ahead untilit is completely in the driving lane.

{ Warning

FCA does not provide a warning tohelp avoid a crash, unless it detectsa vehicle. FCA may not detect a

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

vehicle ahead if the FCA sensor isblocked by dirt, snow, or ice, or ifthe windshield is damaged. It mayalso not detect a vehicle on windingor hilly roads, or in conditions thatcan limit visibility such as fog, rain,or snow, or if the headlamps orwindshield are not cleaned or inproper condition. Keep thewindshield, headlamps, and FCAsensors clean and in good repair.

Collision Alert

With Head-Up Display

Without Head-Up Display

When your vehicle approachesanother detected vehicle too rapidly,the red FCA display will flash on thewindshield. Also, eight rapidhigh-pitched beeps will sound fromthe front, or both sides of the SafetyAlert Seat will pulse five times. Whenthis Collision Alert occurs, the brakesystem may prepare for driver brakingto occur more rapidly which can causea brief, mild deceleration. Continue toapply the brake pedal as needed.Cruise control may be disengagedwhen the Collision Alert occurs.



Tailgating Alert

The vehicle ahead indicator willdisplay amber when you are followinga vehicle ahead much too closely.

Selecting the Alert Timing

The Collision Alert control is on thesteering wheel. Press[ to set theFCA timing to Far, Medium, or Near,or on some vehicles, Off. The first

button press shows the current settingon the DIC. Additional button presseswill change this setting. The chosensetting will remain until it is changedand will affect the timing of both theCollision Alert and the TailgatingAlert features. The timing of bothalerts will vary based on vehicle speed.The faster the vehicle speed, thefarther away the alert will occur.Consider traffic and weatherconditions when selecting the alerttiming. The range of selectable alerttimings may not be appropriate for alldrivers and driving conditions.

If your vehicle is equipped withAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC),changing the FCA timing settingautomatically changes the followinggap setting (Far, Medium, or Near).

Unnecessary Alerts

FCA may provide unnecessary alertsfor turning vehicles, vehicles in otherlanes, objects that are not vehicles,or shadows. These alerts are normaloperation and the vehicle does notneed service.

Cleaning the System

If the FCA system does not seem tooperate properly, cleaning the outsideof the windshield in front of therearview mirror, and cleaning thefront of the vehicle where radarsensors are located, may correct theissue.

Forward AutomaticBraking (FAB)If the vehicle has Forward CollisionAlert (FCA), it also has FAB, whichincludes Intelligent Brake Assist (IBA).When the system detects a vehicleahead in your path that is traveling inthe same direction that you may beabout to crash into, it can provide aboost to braking or automaticallybrake the vehicle. This can help avoidor lessen the severity of crashes whendriving in a forward gear. Dependingon the situation, the vehicle mayautomatically brake moderately orhard. This forward automatic brakingcan only occur if a vehicle is detected.This is shown by the FCA vehicleahead indicator being lit. See ForwardCollision Alert (FCA) System 0 268.



The system works when driving in aforward gear between 8 km/h (5 mph)and 80 km/h (50 mph), or on vehicleswith Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC),above 4 km/h (2 mph). It can detectvehicles up to approximately 60 m(197 ft).

{ Warning

FAB is an emergency crashpreparation feature and is notdesigned to avoid crashes. Do notrely on FAB to brake the vehicle.FAB will not brake outside of itsoperating speed range and onlyresponds to detected vehicles.

FAB may not:

. Detect a vehicle ahead onwinding or hilly roads.

. Detect all vehicles, especiallyvehicles with a trailer,tractors, muddy vehicles, etc.

. Detect a vehicle whenweather limits visibility, suchas in fog, rain, or snow.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. Detect a vehicle ahead if it ispartially blocked bypedestrians or other objects.

Complete attention is alwaysrequired while driving, and youshould be ready to take action andapply the brakes and/or steer thevehicle to avoid crashes.

FAB may slow the vehicle to acomplete stop to try to avoid apotential crash. If this happens, FABmay engage the Electric Parking Brake(EPB) to hold the vehicle at a stop.Release the EPB or firmly press theaccelerator pedal.

{ Warning

FAB may automatically brake thevehicle suddenly in situationswhere it is unexpected andundesired. It could respond to aturning vehicle ahead, guardrails,signs, and other non-moving

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

objects. To override FAB, firmlypress the accelerator pedal, if it issafe to do so.

Intelligent Brake Assist (IBA)

IBA may activate when the brakepedal is applied quickly by providing aboost to braking based on the speedof approach and distance to a vehicleahead.

Minor brake pedal pulsations or pedalmovement during this time is normaland the brake pedal should continueto be applied as needed. IBA willautomatically disengage only whenthe brake pedal is released.

{ Warning

IBA may increase vehicle braking insituations when it may not benecessary. You could block the flowof traffic. If this occurs, take yourfoot off the brake pedal and thenapply the brakes as needed.



FAB and IBA can be disabled throughvehicle personalization. See “Collision/Detection Systems” under VehiclePersonalization 0 178.

{ Warning

Using FAB or IBA while towing atrailer could cause you to losecontrol of the vehicle and crash.Turn the system to Alert, or if thevehicle has ACC to Off, whentowing a trailer.

Front Pedestrian Braking(FPB) SystemIf equipped, the FPB system may helpavoid or reduce the harm caused byfront-end crashes with nearbypedestrians when driving in a forwardgear. FPB displays an amberindicator, ~, when a nearbypedestrian is detected directly ahead.When approaching a detectedpedestrian too quickly, FPB provides ared flashing alert on the windshieldand rapidly beeps or pulses the driverseat. FPB can provide a boost to

braking or automatically brake thevehicle. This system includesIntelligent Brake Assist (IBA), and theForward Automatic Braking (FAB)System may also respond topedestrians. See Forward AutomaticBraking (FAB) 0 270.

The FPB system can detect and alertto pedestrians in a forward gear atspeeds between 8 km/h (5 mph) and80 km/h (50 mph). During daytimedriving, the system detectspedestrians up to a distance ofapproximately 40 m (131 ft). Duringnighttime driving, system performanceis very limited. If the vehicle isequipped with the Night Visionsystem, during nighttime driving, thevehicle can detect and alert topedestrians whenever in aforward gear.

{ Warning

FPB does not provide an alert orautomatically brake the vehicle,unless it detects a pedestrian. FPBmay not detect pedestrians,including children:

. When the pedestrian is notdirectly ahead, fully visible,or standing upright, or whenpart of a group.

. Due to poor visibility,including nighttimeconditions, fog, rain, or snow.

. If the FPB sensor is blockedby dirt, snow, or ice.

. If the headlamps orwindshield are not cleaned orin proper condition.

Be ready to take action and applythe brakes. For more information,see Defensive Driving 0 215. Keepthe windshield, headlamps, and FPBsensor clean and in good repair.



FPB can be set to Off, Alert, or Alert &Brake through vehicle personalization.See “Front Pedestrian Detection” in“Collision/Detection Systems” underVehicle Personalization 0 178.

Detecting the Pedestrian Ahead

FPB alerts and automatic braking willnot occur unless the FPB systemdetects a pedestrian. When a nearbypedestrian is detected directly in frontof the vehicle, the pedestrian aheadindicator will display amber.

Front Pedestrian Alert

With Head-Up Display

Without Head-Up Display

When the vehicle approaches apedestrian ahead too rapidly, the redFPB alert display will flash on thewindshield. Eight rapid high-pitchedbeeps will sound from the front,or both sides of the Safety Alert Seatwill pulse five times. When thisPedestrian Alert occurs, the brakesystem may prepare for driver brakingto occur more rapidly which can causea brief, mild deceleration. Continue toapply the brake pedal as needed.Cruise control may be disengagedwhen the Front Pedestrian Alertoccurs.

Automatic Braking

If FPB detects it is about to crash intoa pedestrian directly ahead, and thebrakes have not been applied, FPBmay automatically brake moderatelyor brake hard. This can help to avoidsome very low speed pedestrian

crashes or reduce pedestrian injury.FPB can automatically brake todetected pedestrians between 8 km/h(5 mph) and 80 km/h (50 mph).Automatic braking levels may bereduced under certain conditions,such as higher speeds. If alsoequipped with the Night Visionsystem, pedestrians detected by theNight Vision system will not causeautomatic braking to occur.

If this happens, Automatic Brakingmay engage the Electric Parking Brake(EPB) to hold the vehicle at a stop.Release the EPB. A firm press of theaccelerator pedal will also releaseAutomatic Braking and the EPB.

{ Warning

FPB may alert or automaticallybrake the vehicle suddenly insituations where it is unexpectedand undesired. It could falsely alertor brake for objects similar in shapeor size to pedestrians, includingshadows. This is normal operationand the vehicle does not need

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

service. To override AutomaticBraking, firmly press the acceleratorpedal, if it is safe to do so.

Automatic Braking can be disabledthrough vehicle personalization. See“Front Pedestrian Detection” in“Collision/Detection Systems” underVehicle Personalization 0 178.

{ Warning

Using the Front Pedestrian Brakingsystem while towing a trailer couldcause you to lose control of thevehicle and crash. Turn the systemto Alert or Off when towing atrailer.

Cleaning the System

If FPB does not seem to operateproperly, cleaning the outside of thewindshield in front of the rearviewmirror may correct the issue.

Night Vision SystemIf equipped, this system can help thedriver see and alert the driver topedestrians or large animals ahead ofthe vehicle beyond the area lit by theheadlamps. A thermal heat image ofthe view ahead is displayed when it isdark enough outside. If a pedestrianor large animal is detected more than25 m (82 ft) away, an amberpedestrian or animal icon displays anda box appears around the pedestrianor animal. When the system detectsthat the vehicle is approaching apedestrian ahead much too quickly,the box changes to red.

With the Front Pedestrian Brakingsystem turned on, Night Visionprovides a red Head-Up Display (HUD)alert when the system detects that thevehicle is approaching a pedestrianahead much too quickly. In addition,an alert beeps or the Safety Alert Seatpulses, if equipped. See FrontPedestrian Braking (FPB) System 0 272.

{ Warning

The system does not detect allobjects or the vehicle distance fromobjects. The system may notprovide a warning with enough timeto help avoid a crash.



1. Low-Beam Headlamps2. High-Beam Headlamps3. Night Vision System

By selecting a view on the instrumentcluster, the Night Vision image can bedisplayed. See Instrument Cluster (BaseLevel) 0 125 or Instrument Cluster(Uplevel) 0 128. The Night Visionsystem can operate only if:

. The ignition is on.

. The vehicle is in P (Park) or aforward gear.

. It is dark enough outside.

. The headlamps are on.

Adjust the instrument panelbrightness to make the image nobrighter than necessary. Turn theimage off by selecting another viewon the instrument cluster.

Warm objects, such as pedestrians,animals, and other moving vehicles,should appear whiter on the NightVision display. Cold objects, such asthe sky, signs, and parked vehicles,should appear darker. Night Visiononly shows objects that are warmer orcolder than the surroundings. It doesnot detect brake lamps, turn signals,emergency flashers, traffic lights,or sign information.

Use this system as an aid byoccasionally glancing at the image. Donot stare at the image or use theimage under well-lit conditions.

{ Warning

Do not stare at the image whiledriving as this might causeimportant objects ahead not to beseen. You could crash, and you orothers could be injured.

When a pedestrian or large animal isdetected, an amber box displaysaround the pedestrian or animal onthe Night Vision display and an amberpedestrian icon, ~, or animal

icon,!, displays on the instrumentcluster. This pedestrian icon is alsoshown on the Head-Up Display (HUD).When the system detects the vehicleis approaching a pedestrian much tooquickly, the amber box turns red, anda red flashing icon, ~, displays on theHUD with rapid beeping or pulsing ofthe Safety Alert Seat, if equipped.

System pedestrian icons, beeps, and(if equipped) Safety Alert Seat pulsescan be set to Off through vehiclepersonalization by turning off theFront Pedestrian Braking system. See“Front Pedestrian Detection” in“Collision/Detection Systems” underVehicle Personalization 0 178.



{ Warning

The Night Vision system does notautomatically brake the vehicle.It does not provide alerts unless itdetects a pedestrian or largeanimal. The system may not detectpedestrians, including children,or animals:

. If they are less than 25 m(82 ft) away.

. If they are not directly aheadin the sensor coverage area,fully visible, standing upright,or part of a group.

. If the pedestrian or animal ismoving too quickly throughthe field of view, such as abicyclist.

. If the pedestrian is wearingcertain types of clothing.

. If headlamps are off, exceptwhen parked.

. If the outside temperature ishigher than 30 °C (86 °F).

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. Due to poor visibility,including in heavy fog, rain,or snow.

. If the sensor is blocked bydirt, snow, rain, or ice.

Be ready to take action and applythe brakes. For more information,see Defensive Driving 0 215. Keepthe Night Vision sensor clean andin good repair.

Pedestrian detection may not beavailable in high outside temperatures.An amber icon,*, displays. Thesystem does not need service.

In rain, snow, or fog the image maynot be clear and the direction of theroad ahead may not be seen. In moresevere weather conditions, the imagemay be unclear and unusable. Thesystem does not need service.

Keep the system sensor clean byactivating the windshield washer up tofive times when it is dark enough forthe system to operate. If the Night

Vision image still looks blurry, use asoft wet cloth to gently clean thesensor camera lens and drythoroughly. The sensor is behind thefront grille to the inside of the driverside headlamp.

The camera must also be aligned towork correctly. If the camera needsadjustment, see your dealer. Do notattempt to adjust the camera yourself.

Side Blind ZoneAlert (SBZA)If equipped, the SBZA system is alane-changing aid that assists driverswith avoiding crashes that occur withmoving vehicles in the side blind zone(or spot) areas. When the vehicle is ina forward gear, the left or right sidemirror display will light up if a movingvehicle is detected in that blind zone.If the turn signal is activated and avehicle is also detected on the sameside, the display will flash as an extrawarning not to change lanes. Sincethis system is part of the Lane ChangeAlert (LCA) system, read the entireLCA section before using this feature.



Lane Change Alert (LCA)If equipped, the LCA system is alane-changing aid that assists driverswith avoiding lane change crashesthat occur with moving vehicles in theside blind zone (or spot) areas or withvehicles rapidly approaching theseareas from behind. The LCA warningdisplay will light up in thecorresponding outside side mirror andwill flash if the turn signal is on.

{ Warning

LCA does not alert the driver tovehicles outside of the systemdetection zones, pedestrians,bicyclists, or animals. It may notprovide alerts when changing lanesunder all driving conditions. Failureto use proper care when changinglanes may result in injury, death,or vehicle damage. Before making alane change, always check mirrors,glance over your shoulder, and usethe turn signals.

LCA Detection Zones

1. SBZA Detection Zone2. LCA Detection Zone

The LCA sensor covers a zone ofapproximately one lane over fromboth sides of the vehicle, or 3.5 m(11 ft). The height of the zone isapproximately between 0.5 m (1.5 ft)and 2 m (6 ft) off the ground. The SideBlind Zone Alert (SBZA) warning areastarts at approximately the middle ofthe vehicle and goes back 5 m (16 ft).Drivers are also warned of vehiclesrapidly approaching from up to 70 m(230 ft) behind the vehicle.

How the System Works

The LCA symbol lights up in the sidemirrors when the system detects amoving vehicle in the next lane over

that is in the side blind zone orrapidly approaching that zone frombehind. A lit LCA symbol indicates itmay be unsafe to change lanes. Beforemaking a lane change, check the LCAdisplay, check mirrors, glance overyour shoulder, and use the turnsignals.

Left Side MirrorDisplay

Right Side MirrorDisplay

When the vehicle is started, bothoutside mirror LCA displays willbriefly come on to indicate the systemis operating. When the vehicle is in aforward gear, the left or right sidemirror display will light up if a movingvehicle is detected in the next laneover in that blind zone or rapidlyapproaching that zone. If the turnsignal is activated in the samedirection as a detected vehicle, thisdisplay will flash as an extra warningnot to change lanes.



LCA can be disabled through vehiclepersonalization using the Side BlindZone Alert option. See “Collision/Detection Systems” under VehiclePersonalization 0 178. If LCA isdisabled by the driver, the LCA mirrordisplays will not light up.

When the System Does NotSeem to Work Properly

The LCA system requires some drivingfor the system to calibrate tomaximum performance. Thiscalibration may occur more quickly ifthe vehicle is driving on a straighthighway road with traffic and roadsideobjects (e.g., guardrails, barriers).

LCA displays may not come on whenpassing a vehicle quickly, for astopped vehicle, or when towing atrailer. The LCA detection zones thatextend back from the side of thevehicle do not move further backwhen a trailer is towed. Use cautionwhile changing lanes when towing atrailer. LCA may alert to objectsattached to the vehicle, such as atrailer, bicycle, or object extending outto either side of the vehicle. Attachedobjects may also interfere with the

detection of vehicles. This is normalsystem operation; the vehicle does notneed service.

LCA may not always alert the driver tovehicles in the next lane over,especially in wet conditions or whendriving on sharp curves. The systemdoes not need to be serviced. Thesystem may light up due to guardrails,signs, trees, shrubs, and othernon-moving objects. This is normalsystem operation; the vehicle does notneed service.

LCA may not operate when the LCAsensors in the left or right corners ofthe rear bumper are covered withmud, dirt, snow, ice, or slush, or inheavy rainstorms. For cleaninginstructions, see "Washing theVehicle" under Exterior Care 0 384.If the DIC still displays the systemunavailable message after cleaningboth sides of the vehicle toward therear corners of the vehicle, see yourdealer.

If the LCA displays do not light upwhen moving vehicles are in the sideblind zone or are rapidly approaching

this zone and the system is clean, thesystem may need service. Take thevehicle to your dealer.

When LCA is disabled for any reasonother than the driver turning it off,the Side Blind Zone Alert On optionwill not be available on thepersonalization menu.

Radio Frequency Information


Lane DepartureWarning (LDW)If equipped, LDW may help avoidcrashes due to unintentional lanedepartures. It may provide a warningif the vehicle is crossing a detectedlane marking without using a turnsignal in the lane departure direction.Since this system is part of the LaneKeep Assist (LKA) system, read theentire LKA section before using thisfeature.



Lane Keep Assist (LKA)If equipped, LKA may help avoidcrashes due to unintentional lanedepartures. It may assist by gentlyturning the steering wheel if thevehicle approaches a detected lanemarking without using a turn signal inthat direction. It may also provide aLane Departure Warning (LDW)system alert as the lane marking iscrossed. The LKA system will notassist or provide an LDW alert if itdetects that you are actively steering.Override LKA by turning the steeringwheel. LKA uses a camera to detectlane markings between 60 km/h (37mph) and 180 km/h (112 mph).

{ Warning

The LKA system does notcontinuously steer the vehicle.It may not keep the vehicle in thelane or give a Lane DepartureWarning (LDW) alert, even if a lanemarking is detected.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

The LKA and LDW systemsmay not:

. Provide an alert or enoughsteering assist to avoid a lanedeparture or crash.

. Detect lane markings underpoor weather or visibilityconditions. This can occur ifthe windshield or headlampsare blocked by dirt, snow,or ice, if they are not inproper condition, or if the sunshines directly into thecamera.

. Detect road edges.

. Detect lanes on winding orhilly roads.

If LKA only detects lane markingson one side of the road, it will onlyassist or provide an LDW alertwhen approaching the lane on theside where it has detected a lanemarking. Even with LKA and LDW,you must steer the vehicle. Always

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

keep your attention on the road andmaintain proper vehicle positionwithin the lane, or vehicle damage,injury, or death could occur. Alwayskeep the windshield, headlamps,and camera sensors clean and ingood repair. Do not use LKA in badweather conditions.

{ Warning

Using LKA while towing a trailer oron slippery roads could cause lossof control of the vehicle and acrash. Turn the system off.

How the System Works

The LKA camera sensor is on thewindshield ahead of the rearviewmirror.

To turn LKA on and off, pressAon the steering wheel.



When on,A is green if LKA isavailable to assist and provide LDWalerts. It may assist by gently turningthe steering wheel and displayAas amber if the vehicle approaches adetected lane marking without using aturn signal in that direction. It mayalso provide an LDW alert byflashingA amber as the lanemarking is crossed. Additionally, therewill be three beeps, or the driver seatwill pulse three times, on the right orleft, depending on the lane departuredirection.

The LKA system does notcontinuously steer the vehicle. If LKAdoes not detect active driver steering,an alert and chime may be provided.Move the steering wheel to dismiss.

When the System Does NotSeem to Work Properly

The system performance may beaffected by:

. Close vehicles ahead.

. Sudden lighting changes, such aswhen driving through tunnels.

. Banked roads.

. Roads with poor lane markings,such as two-lane roads.

If the LKA system is not functioningproperly when lane markings areclearly visible, cleaning the windshieldmay help.

LKA assistance and/or LDW alertsmay occur due to tar marks, shadows,cracks in the road, temporary orconstruction lane markings, or otherroad imperfections. This is normalsystem operation; the vehicle does notneed service. Turn LKA off if theseconditions continue.

Surround Vision RecorderIf equipped, this system records the360° camera views to an SD card. Onlyimages are recorded, no sound. An SDcard will be needed for this system.The recommended SD card is an8-32GB SDHC card with FAT32 filesystem, Class 4 and over.

Insert an SD card into the card readerin the trunk. Disable recording fromthe playback screen before removingthe SD card from the reader. Do notremove the card while recording isenabled. This could corrupt the videofile and/or the SD card.

Other files should not be stored onthe same SD card as the surroundvision recorder files. Storing other fileson the same card may increaserecording start up and playback timeor result in a loss of data.



To Activate : Touch Video Recorderon the Home screen. Touch#.#will have a red dot when the videorecorder is on. It will remain on untilit has been turned off. Recording willstart after exiting the playback screen.Advise other drivers and occupants ofthe vehicle that video images arebeing recorded.

To Deactivate : Touch Video Recorderon the Home screen. Touch#.

Select from the following when thevehicle is in P (Park).

Exit : Touch to exit this applicationand return to the previous app.

Video List : Touch to display a list ofthe most recent and saved videos.Touch the delete button next to thename to delete a saved video.

Rewind : Touch to rewind the video.Touch again to stop rewinding.

Play/Pause : Touch to play or pause arecorded video.

Fast Forward : Touch to fast forwardthe video. Touch again to stop fastforward.

Save : Touch to save a video. Thisprotects the video from being erased.Once the SD card is full, files will beoverwritten unless they have beensaved.

Front/Rear Camera View : Select toswitch between the front and rearcamera views in playback.

Touching S Back returns to theplayer view with video that waspreviously loaded still showing.

The latest recorded video file can beplayed. In addition:

. There are approximately 12 hoursof video storage based on an 8GBSD card. This could vary based onexterior lighting conditions.

. The recorded video is stored infive-minute-long files.

. All files can be viewed on theplayback app or when the SD cardis read by a personalcomputer (PC).

. Once the SD card is full, the oldestfiles will be overwritten.

To Delete Data : Remove the SD cardfrom the vehicle and insert into a PCto manually delete the file.

Error messages can occur if:

. No SD card is present.

. An empty SD card is present.

. The video files are the wrongformat.

. The video files are corrupt.

. The SD card is full.

. There is a system error.



Charging

Plug-In Charging(Hybrid Only)This section explains the charging ofthe vehicle's high voltage battery. Donot allow the vehicle to remain inextreme temperatures for long periodswithout being driven or plugged in.Plug the vehicle in when temperaturesare below 0 °C (32 °F) and above 32 °C(90 °F) to maximize the life of the highvoltage battery.

When using the portable charge cordincluded with the vehicle, it will takeapproximately 12.5 hours to chargethe vehicle with the 12 amp ACcurrent setting or 20 hours using thedefault 8 amp AC current setting.When using a charging stationcapable of 16 amps or more, it willtake approximately 4.5 hours tocharge the vehicle. Charge times willvary with outside temperature. Thereare three ways to program how thevehicle is charged. See ProgrammableCharging (Hybrid Only) 0 150.

The charging system may run fansand pumps that result in sounds fromthe vehicle while it is turned off.Additional unexpected clicking soundsmay be caused by the electricaldevices used while charging.

While the charge cord is plugged intothe vehicle, the vehicle cannot bedriven.

Charging

Start Charge

1. Make sure the vehicle is parkedand turned off.

2. Push the rearward edge of thecharge port door in and releaseto open the door.

In cold weather conditions, icemay form around the charge portdoor. Remove ice from the areabefore attempting to open orclose the charge port door.

3. Open the trunk. Lift the loadfloor cover and remove thecharge cord.

4. Plug the charge cord into theelectrical outlet. See ElectricalRequirements for Battery Charging(Hybrid Only) 0 294. Verify thecharge cord status. See ChargeCord 0 288.

Select the appropriate chargelevel using the Charge LimitPreference screen on theinfotainment display. See “ChargeLimit Selection” underProgrammable Charging (HybridOnly) 0 150.



5. Plug in the vehicle plug of thecharge cord into the charge porton the vehicle. Verify that thecharging status indicatorilluminates on top of theinstrument panel and an audiblebeep occurs. See Charging StatusFeedback (Hybrid Only) 0 284.

6. If equipped, to arm the chargecord theft alert, lock the vehiclewith the RKE transmitter. Todisable this feature, see “ChargeCord Theft Alert” in VehiclePersonalization 0 178.

End Charge

1. Unlock the vehicle with the RKEtransmitter to disarm the chargecord theft alert.

2. Unplug the vehicle plug of thecharge cord from the vehicle.

3. Close the charge port door bypushing firmly on the rearwardedge of the door surface.

4. Unplug the charge cord from theelectrical outlet.

5. Place the charge cord into thestorage compartment.

Delayed Charging Override(Hybrid Only)To temporarily override a delayedcharge event, unplug the charge cordfrom the charge port and then plug itback in within five seconds. A singleaudible beep will sound and chargingwill begin immediately.

To cancel a temporary override,unplug the charge cord, wait for10 seconds, and then plug the chargecord back in. A double audible beepwill sound and charging will bedelayed.

See Programmable Charging (HybridOnly) 0 150 for advanced chargescheduling options.



Charging Status Feedback(Hybrid Only)

The vehicle has a Charging StatusIndicator (CSI) at the center of theinstrument panel near the windshield.When the vehicle is plugged in andthe vehicle power is off, the CSIindicates the following:

. Short Flashing Green – Vehicle isplugged in. Battery is not fullycharged. Flash rate increases fromone to four flashes as batterycharges.

. Long Flashing Green – Vehicle isplugged in. Battery is not fullycharged. Battery charging isdelayed.

. Solid Green – Vehicle is pluggedin. Battery is fully charged.

. Solid Yellow – Vehicle is pluggedin. It is normal for the CSI to turnyellow for a few seconds afterplugging in a compatible chargecord. The solid yellow may beextended depending on the vehicleand if there is a total utilityinterruption via OnStar. See UtilityInterruption of Charging (HybridOnly) 0 293. This may also indicatethat the charging system hasdetected a fault and will notcharge the battery. See “ChargeCord Status Indicators” in ChargeCord 0 288.

If the vehicle is plugged in and vehiclepower is on, the CSI will flash or willbe solid green, depending on thecharge level. This also happens duringa remote start if the vehicle isplugged in.

If the vehicle is plugged in and theCSI is off, a total utility interruptionusing OnStar or a charging fault hasbeen detected. See Utility Interruptionof Charging (Hybrid Only) 0 293 or“Charge Cord Status Indicators” inCharge Cord 0 288.

A message displays if the vehicle isnot able to charge.

Following is the vehicle feedbackwhen the charge cord is plugged in.



Charging StatusIndicator Sound Action/Reason

Short Flashing Green(From one to fourflashes depending oncharge level)

One audible beep Charging has begun.

Long Flashing Green Two audible beeps Charging is delayed by ProgrammableCharging or, if the vehicle is equippedaccordingly, by a total utility interruption viaOnStar. Charging will begin later. See UtilityInterruption of Charging (Hybrid Only) 0 293.

Solid Green None Charging is complete.

Yellow (Upon Plug-in) None Charge cord is OK and the vehicle is not yetcharging.

Yellow (For ExtendedTime Period afterPlug-in)

None Charge cord is OK, but the vehicle is notcharging. This may be due to a total utilityinterruption via Onstar and charging willbegin later. The condition may also occur ifthe vehicle has detected a fault with the highvoltage charging system. See UtilityInterruption of Charging (Hybrid Only) 0 293 orMalfunction Indicator Lamp (Check EngineLight) 0 141.




Short Flashing Green(From one to fourflashes depending oncharge level)

Two audible beeps Vehicle is charging but will delay at least oncebefore the charge is complete.

Short Flashing Green(From one to fourflashes depending oncharge level) or LongFlashing Green

Four audible beeps Insufficient time to fully charge by departuretime due to rate preference.

None (Upon Plug-in) None Charge cord connection should be checked.

None (After Green orYellow CSI IndicationObserved)

None Charge cord connection should be checked.If connection is good, this may be due to atotal utility interruption via OnStar andcharging will begin later. The condition mayalso occur if the vehicle has detected a faultwith the high voltage charging system. SeeUtility Interruption of Charging (Hybrid Only)0 293 or Malfunction Indicator Lamp (CheckEngine Light) 0 141.




None Repeated audible beepsTo disable this feature, see “Charge Power LossAlert” in Vehicle Personalization 0 178.To stop this alert, do one of the following:

. Unplug the charge cord.

. Press K on the RKE transmitter.

. Press and hold 7 on the RKE transmitter,then press again to stop the panic alarm.

. Press the horn pad.

Electricity has been interrupted beforecharging was complete. Repeated beeps willstop if power is restored within 90 seconds.

None Three audible beeps Charge port door is open.



Charge CordIMPORTANT SAFETYINSTRUCTIONS

This symbol means Warning: Risk ofelectrical shock.


A portable charge cord used to chargethe vehicle high voltage battery isstored in the left storage compartmentin the rear cargo area.

1. Wall Plug2. Status Indicators3. Vehicle Plug4. Release Button

Important Information aboutPortable Electric Vehicle Charging


. Before plugging into any electricaloutlet, have a qualified electricianinspect and verify the electricalsystem for heavy-duty service at a12 amp continuous load.

. Electrical outlets may wear outwith normal usage or may bedamaged over time, making themunsuitable for electric vehiclecharging.


. When outdoors, plug into anelectrical outlet that isweatherproof.


{ Danger


(Continued)



Danger (Continued)





{ Warning

When using electric products, basicprecautions should always befollowed, including the following:

. Read all the safety warningsand instructions before usingthis product. Failure to follow

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

the warnings and theinstructions may result inelectric shock, fire, and/orserious injury.

. Never leave childrenunattended near the vehiclewhile the vehicle is chargingand never allow children toplay with the charge cord.

. If the plug provided does notfit the electrical outlet, do notmodify the plug. Arrange for aqualified electrician to inspectthe electrical outlet.

. Do not put fingers into theelectric vehicle connector.

Caution

. To reduce the risk of fire,installations shall complywith the requirements ofNational Electric Code, ANSI/

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

NFPA 70 (USA), CanadianElectrical Code CSA 22.1 andIEC 60364 – Electricalinstallations in buildings,depending on the region inwhich the unit is beinginstalled. The installer shallcomply with any additionallocal requirements mandatedby the country and/ormunicipality.

. Do not use this product if theflexible power cord or theelectric vehicle cable isfrayed, has broken insulation,or shows any other signs ofdamage.

. For Canada only: Not for usein commercial garages.

. Do not use this product if theenclosure or the vehicle plugis broken, cracked, open,or shows any other indicationof damage.

(Continued)



Caution (Continued)

. The plug must be pluggedinto an appropriate electricaloutlet that is properlyinstalled in accordance withall local codes andordinances. Do not modifythe plug provided with theproduct. If the plug does notfit the electrical outlet, have aproper electrical outletinstalled by a qualifiedelectrician. If ground ismissing, the charge cordindicators will indicate anelectrical system fault and thevehicle may not charge.

Charge Cord Status Indicators

After plugging in the charge cord, itwill perform a quick self test.

Verify the charge cord status. WhentheO indicator is lit solid green, thecharge cord is ready to charge thevehicle.

The charge cord utilizes acombination of theO andPindicators to display the status of thecharge cord per the following table.



O P Symbol Fault/Condition/Event

OSolid Green

(Off (No Light)

@ No faults: The charge cord is receiving power from the electricaloutlet and is ready to supply it to the vehicle.

nFlashing Green

OSolid Red

Rp b

Electrical Outlet/Plug Fault: The charge cord has detected thatthe electrical outlet/plug overheated. Electrical outlets may wearout with normal usage or be damaged over time, making themunsuitable for electric vehicle charging. Do not use an electricaloutlet that is worn, damaged, or one that will not hold the plugfirmly in place. Use another electrical outlet or have theelectrical outlet serviced by a qualified electrician. Reset thecharge cord by unplugging the charge cord from the electricaloutlet and re-plugging it.

(Off (No Light)

OSolid Red

Ro

Electrical System Fault: The charge cord has detected a missingor improper ground within the building's electrical system. Donot use an electrical outlet that is not properly grounded. Useanother electrical outlet or have a qualified electrician inspectand verify the building's electrical system.

(Off (No Light)

nFlashing Red

Rb

Vehicle Fault: The charge cord ground-fault circuit interrupter(GFCI) has tripped. Ensure that there is no physical damage tothe charge cord, and that the vehicle plug is seated completelyand making a good connection. Reset the charge cord byunplugging from the electrical outlet and re-plugging it. If thefault remains, see an authorized dealer for service.



O P Symbol Fault/Condition/Event

OSolid Green

nFlashing Red

R mCharge Cord Fault: The charge cord has detected a potentialproblem with the charge cord. Reset the charge cord byunplugging from the electrical outlet and re-plugging it. If thefault remains, see an authorized dealer for service.

If no status indicators are lit, ensurethe electrical outlet is powered.

Charge Limit Selection

Charge level selection can be madeusing the Charge Limit Preferencescreen on the infotainment display.See “Charge Limit Preference” underProgrammable Charging (HybridOnly) 0 150.

{ Warning

Using a charge level that exceedsthe electrical circuit or electricaloutlet capacity may start a fire ordamage the electrical circuit. Usethe lowest charge level until a

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

qualified electrician inspects theelectrical circuit capacity. Use thelowest charge level if the electricalcircuit or electrical outlet capacityis not known.

Grounding Instructions

This product must be grounded. If thisproduct should malfunction or breakdown, grounding provides a path ofleast resistance for electric current toreduce the risk of electric shock. Thisproduct is equipped with a cord thathas an equipment groundingconductor and a grounding plug. Theplug must be plugged into an

appropriate outlet that is properlyinstalled and grounded in accordancewith all local codes and ordinances.

{ Warning

Improper connection of the chargecord ground may cause electricalshock. Check with a qualifiedelectrician if there is doubt as towhether the product is properlygrounded. Do not modify the plugprovided with the product. If it willnot fit the electrical outlet, have aproper electrical outlet installed bya qualified electrician.



Mounting Instructions

1. Identify an appropriate locationfor the charge cord.

2. Locate a mounting support, suchas a wall stud.

The appropriate height formounting the charge cord is91 cm (36 in) from the floor.

3. Mark and drill the mountingholes in a wall stud or suitablestructure. Stay away from anypower source.

Space the holes 18.7 cm (7 3/8 in) apart.

4. Install the mounting screws inthe wall surface leaving the headof the screws 5 mm (3/16 in)from the surface.

5. Securely mount the charge cordon to the screws.

6. Connect the wall plug to theelectrical outlet.

7. Connect the vehicle plug to thecharge port.

Utility Interruption ofCharging (Hybrid Only)If using AC charging, this vehicle willrespond to remote requests throughOnStar to limit or completely blockelectrical power grid usage for brieftime periods. A utility interruption ofcharging may increase AC vehiclecharge times.



When electrical grid power iscompletely blocked, the vehicle willdelay charging until the utilityinterruption has expired. The vehicleshould be left plugged in so that thevehicle can automatically begincharging.

Changing the charge mode toImmediate or performing a delayedcharging override will not disable autility interruption.

A pop-up will appear in theinfotainment display during the keycycle following any utilityinterruption. See “ChargingInterrupted or Overridden Pop-Up”under Programmable Charging (HybridOnly) 0 150.

A message will display on theinstrument cluster indicating that autility interruption has occurred. SeeInstrument Cluster (Base Level) 0 125or Instrument Cluster (Uplevel) 0 128.

Charging StationTroubleshooting

If the vehicle does not charge afterbeing plugged in to a residential240-volt charging station:

1. Verify that the charge mode isset to Immediate.

2. Verify that the charging station’scircuit breaker has not beentripped.

3. Plug the portable charge cordinto the wall outlet, verify thatthe indicator light on the chargecord is solid green, and connectit to the vehicle. See “ChargeCord Status Indicators” in ChargeCord 0 288.

4. If the vehicle charges with theportable charge cord, there maybe a problem with the chargingstation. Try to charge the vehiclewith a different 240-volt chargingstation, such as a public station.If both attempts charge thevehicle, contact the chargingstation manufacturer.

Electrical Requirements forBattery Charging(Hybrid Only)This vehicle is capable of beingcharged with most standard vehiclecharging equipment complying withone or more of the following:

. SAE J1772

. SAE J2847-2

. IEC 61851-1

. IEC 61851-22

. IEC 61851-23

. IEC 61851-24

. IEC 62196-1

. IEC 62196-2

. IEC 62196-3

. ISO 15118

. GB/T 18487.1

. GB/T 20234.1

. GB/T 20234.2



The following are the minimumrequirements for circuits used tocharge this vehicle:

. 120 volts/15 amps

. 240 volts/20 amps

Charging equipment with a rating ofat least 240 volts/20 amps will providethe fastest charging time and bestcharging efficiency to recharge thehigh voltage battery. 240 volt/40 ampcircuits provide flexibility for futurevehicle charging needs. Always followthe charging equipment installationinstructions. Contact your dealer formore information.

Caution

Do not use portable or stationarybackup generating equipment tocharge the vehicle. This may causedamage to the vehicle's chargingsystem. Only charge the vehiclefrom utility supplied power.

FuelGM recommends the use of TOP TIERDetergent Gasoline to keep the enginecleaner and reduce engine deposits.See www.toptiergas.com for a list ofTOP TIER Detergent Gasolinemarketers and applicable countries.

Do not use any fuel labeled E85 orFlexFuel. Do not use gasoline withethanol levels greater than 15% byvolume.

For the 2.0L L4 turbo engine,premium unleaded gasoline meetingASTM specification D4814 with aposted octane rating of 93 is highlyrecommended for best performance

and fuel economy. Unleaded gasolinewith an octane rated as low as 87 canbe used. Using unleaded gasolinerated below 93 octane, however, willlead to reduced acceleration and fueleconomy. If knocking occurs, use agasoline rated at 93 octane as soon aspossible, otherwise, the engine couldbe damaged. If heavy knocking isheard when using gasoline with a93 octane rating, the engine needsservice.

For the 3.6L V6 engine, use regularunleaded gasoline meeting ASTMspecification D4814 with a postedoctane rating of 87 or higher. Do notuse gasoline with a posted octanerating of less than 87, as this maycause engine knock and will lower fueleconomy.

For the 3.0L twin turbo V6 engine, usepremium unleaded gasoline meetingASTM specification D4814 with aposted octane rating of 93.If unavailable, unleaded gasoline witha posted octane rating of 91 may beused, but with reduced performanceand fuel economy. If the octane is lessthan 91, the engine could be damagedand the repairs would not be covered



by the vehicle warranty. If heavyknocking is heard when using gasolinerated at 93 octane, the engine needsservice.

Prohibited Fuels

Caution

Do not use fuels with any of thefollowing conditions; doing so maydamage the vehicle and void itswarranty:

. For vehicles which are notFlexFuel, fuel labeled greaterthan 15% ethanol by volume,such as mid-level ethanolblends (16 – 50% ethanol),E85, or FlexFuel.

. Fuel with any amount ofmethanol, methylal, andaniline. These fuels cancorrode metal fuel systemparts or damage plastic andrubber parts.

. Fuel containing metals suchas methylcyclopentadienylmanganese tricarbonyl

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

(MMT), which can damagethe emissions control systemand spark plugs.

. Fuel with a posted octanerating of less than therecommended fuel. Using thisfuel will lower fuel economyand performance, and maydecrease the life of theemissions catalyst.

California FuelRequirementsIf the vehicle is certified to meetCalifornia Emissions Standards, it isdesigned to operate on fuels that meetCalifornia specifications. See theunderhood emission control label.If this fuel is not available in statesadopting California EmissionsStandards, the vehicle will operatesatisfactorily on fuels meeting federalspecifications, but emission controlsystem performance may be affected.The malfunction indicator lamp couldturn on and the vehicle may not pass

a smog-check test. See MalfunctionIndicator Lamp (Check Engine Light)0 141. If this occurs, return to yourauthorized dealer for diagnosis. If it isdetermined that the condition iscaused by the type of fuel used,repairs may not be covered by thevehicle warranty.

Fuels in Foreign CountriesThe U.S., Canada, and Mexico postfuel octane ratings in anti-knock index(AKI). For fuel not to use in a foreigncountry, see “Prohibited Fuels” inFuel 0 295.

Fuel AdditivesTo keep fuel systems clean, TOP TIERDetergent Gasoline is recommended.See Fuel 0 295.

If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is notavailable, one bottle of GM FuelSystem Treatment Cleaner added tothe fuel tank at every engine oilchange, can help. GM Fuel SystemTreatment Cleaner is the only gasolineadditive recommended by GeneralMotors. It is available at your dealer.



Filling the Tank

{ Warning

Fuel vapors and fuel fires burnviolently and can cause injury ordeath.

. To help avoid injuries to youand others, read and followall the instructions on thefuel pump island.

. Turn off the engine whenrefueling.

. Keep sparks, flames, andsmoking materials awayfrom fuel.

. Do not leave the fuel pumpunattended.

. Do not use a cell phone whilerefueling.

. Do not reenter the vehiclewhile pumping fuel.

. Keep children away from thefuel pump and never letchildren pump fuel.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. Fuel can spray out if therefueling nozzle is insertedtoo quickly. This spray canhappen if the tank is nearlyfull, and is more likely in hotweather. Insert the refuelingnozzle slowly and wait for anyhiss noise to stop prior tobeginning to flow fuel.

Opening the Fuel Door(Gasoline Only)

To open the fuel door, push andrelease the rearward center edge ofthe door. The fuel door is locked whenthe vehicle doors are locked. Press Kon the RKE transmitter to unlock.

Opening the Fuel Door (Hybrid Only)

To refuel the hybrid vehicle:

1. Press the fuel door button on thedriver door for one second.A WAIT TO REFUEL messagedisplays on the DriverInformation Center.



2. When the READY TO REFUELmessage displays, the fuel doorwill unlock. To open the fueldoor, push and release therearward center edge of the door.

3. Complete refueling within30 minutes of pressing the fueldoor button on the driver door.If refueling after more than30 minutes, press the fuel doorbutton again.

4. After refueling, close thefuel door.

Refueling the Vehicle

The vehicle has a capless fuel systemand does not have a fuel cap. Thefilling nozzle must be fully insertedand latched prior to starting fuel flow.

{ Warning

Overfilling the fuel tank by morethan three clicks of a standard fillnozzle may cause:

. Vehicle performance issues,including engine stalling anddamage to the fuel system.

. Fuel spills.

. Potential fuel fires.

Be careful not to spill fuel. Wait a fewseconds after you have finishedpumping before removing the nozzle.Clean fuel from painted surfaces assoon as possible. See ExteriorCare 0 384.

{ Warning

If a fire starts while you arerefueling, do not remove the nozzle.Shut off the flow of fuel by shuttingoff the pump or by notifying thestation attendant. Leave the areaimmediately.

Filling the Tank with a PortableGas Can

If the vehicle runs out of fuel andmust be filled from a portable gas can:

1. Locate the capless funneladapter from within the vehicle.

2. Insert and latch the funnel intothe capless fuel system.

{ Warning

Attempting to refuel without usingthe funnel adapter may cause fuelspillage and damage the caplessfuel system. This could cause a fireand you or others could be badlyburned and the vehicle could bedamaged.



3. Remove and clean the funneladapter and return it to thestorage location.

Filling a Portable FuelContainer

{ Warning

Filling a portable fuel containerwhile it is in the vehicle can causefuel vapors that can ignite either bystatic electricity or other means.You or others could be badlyburned and the vehicle could bedamaged. Always:

. Use approved fuel containers.

. Remove the container fromthe vehicle, trunk, or pickupbed before filling.

. Place the container on theground.

. Place the nozzle inside the fillopening of the containerbefore dispensing fuel, and

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

keep it in contact with the fillopening until filling iscomplete.

. Fill the container no morethan 95% full to allow forexpansion.

. Do not smoke, light matches,or use lighters whilepumping fuel.

. Avoid using cell phones orother electronic devices.

Trailer Towing

General TowingInformationOnly use towing equipment that hasbeen designed for the vehicle. Contactyour dealer or trailering dealer forassistance with preparing the vehiclefor towing a trailer. Read the entiresection before towing a trailer.

For towing a disabled vehicle, seeTowing the Vehicle 0 382. For towingthe vehicle behind another vehiclesuch as a motor home, seeRecreational Vehicle Towing 0 382.

Driving Characteristics andTowing Tips

Driving with a Trailer

When towing a trailer:

. Become familiar with the locallaws that apply to trailer towing.

. Do not tow a trailer during thefirst 2 414 km (1,500 mi) toprevent damage to the engine,axle, or other parts.



. Then during the first 800 km(500 mi) of trailer towing, do notdrive over 80 km/h (50 mph) anddo not make starts at full throttle.

. Vehicles can tow in D (Drive). Shiftthe transmission to a lower gear ifthe transmission shifts too oftenunder heavy loads and/or hillyconditions.

. Do not use Adaptive CruiseControl when towing.

. The Forward Automatic Brakingsystem should be set to Off whentowing. See Forward AutomaticBraking (FAB) 0 270.

. The Front Pedestrian Brakingsystem should be set to Alert orOff when towing. See FrontPedestrian Braking (FPB)System 0 272.

. Turn off Parking Assist whentowing.

{ Warning

When towing a trailer, exhaustgases may collect at the rear of thevehicle and enter if the liftgate,trunk/hatch, or rear-most windowis open.

When towing a trailer:

. Do not drive with the liftgate,trunk/hatch, or rear-mostwindow open.


. Also adjust the climatecontrol system to a settingthat brings in only outside air.See “Climate Control Systems”in the Index.

For more information about carbonmonoxide, see EngineExhaust 0 238.

Towing a trailer requires a certainamount of experience. Thecombination you are driving is longerand not as responsive as the vehicle

itself. Get acquainted with thehandling and braking of the rig beforesetting out for the open road.

Before starting, check all trailer hitchparts and attachments, safety chains,electrical connectors, lamps, tires, andmirrors. If the trailer has electricbrakes, start the combination movingand then apply the trailer brakecontroller by hand to be sure thebrakes work.

During the trip, check occasionally tobe sure that the load is secure and thelamps and any trailer brakesstill work.

Following Distance

Stay at least twice as far behind thevehicle ahead as you would whendriving the vehicle without a trailer.This can help to avoid heavy brakingand sudden turns.

Passing

More passing distance is needed whentowing a trailer. The combination willnot accelerate as quickly and is longerso it is necessary to go much fartherbeyond the passed vehicle beforereturning to the lane.



Backing Up

Hold the bottom of the steering wheelwith one hand. To move the trailer tothe left, move that hand to the left. Tomove the trailer to the right, moveyour hand to the right. Always backup slowly and, if possible, havesomeone guide you.

Making Turns

Caution

Making very sharp turns whiletrailering could cause the trailer tocome in contact with the vehicle.The vehicle could be damaged.Avoid making very sharp turnswhile trailering.

When turning with a trailer, makewider turns than normal. Do this sothe trailer will not strike softshoulders, curbs, road signs, trees,or other objects. Avoid jerky or suddenmaneuvers. Signal well in advance.

If the trailer turn signal bulbs burnout, the arrows on the instrumentcluster will still flash for turns. It isimportant to check occasionally to besure the trailer bulbs are still working.

Driving on Grades

Reduce speed and shift to a lower gearbefore starting down a long or steepdowngrade. If the transmission is notshifted down, the brakes might get hotand no longer work well.

Vehicles can tow in D (Drive). Shiftthe transmission to a lower gear if thetransmission shifts too often underheavy loads and/or hilly conditions.

When towing at high altitude on steepuphill grades, consider the following:Engine coolant will boil at a lowertemperature than at normal altitudes.If the engine is turned off immediatelyafter towing at high altitude on steepuphill grades, the vehicle may showsigns similar to engine overheating. Toavoid this, let the engine run whileparked, preferably on level ground,with the automatic transmission inP (Park) for a few minutes before

turning the engine off. If the overheatwarning comes on, see EngineOverheating 0 327.

Parking on Hills

{ Warning

Parking the vehicle on a hill withthe trailer attached can bedangerous. If something goeswrong, the rig could start to move.People can be injured, and both thevehicle and the trailer can bedamaged. When possible, alwayspark the rig on a flat surface.

If parking the rig on a hill:

1. Press the brake pedal, but do notshift into P (Park) yet. Turn thewheels into the curb if facingdownhill or into traffic if facinguphill.

2. Have someone place chocksunder the trailer wheels.

3. When the wheel chocks are inplace, release the regular brakesuntil the chocks absorb the load.



4. Reapply the brake pedal. Thenapply the parking brake and shiftinto P (Park).

5. Release the brake pedal.

Leaving After Parking on a Hill

1. Apply and hold the brake pedal.


3. Shift into a gear.

4. Release the parking brake.

5. Let up on the brake pedal.

6. Drive slowly until the trailer isclear of the chocks.

7. Stop and have someone pick upand store the chocks.

Maintenance when TrailerTowing

The vehicle needs service more oftenwhen pulling a trailer. . Things thatare especially important in traileroperation are automatic transmissionfluid, engine oil, axle lubricant, belts,cooling system, and brake system. It isa good idea to inspect these beforeand during the trip.

Check periodically to see that all hitchnuts and bolts are tight.

Trailer Towing (WithHybrid Engine)The vehicle is neither designed norintended to tow a trailer.

Trailer Towing (All EnginesExcept Hybrid)Before pulling a trailer, threeimportant considerations have to dowith weight:

. Weight of the trailer.

. Weight of the trailer tongue.

. Total weight on your vehicle'stires.

Weight of the Trailer

How heavy can a trailer safely be?

It should never weigh more than454 kg (1,000 lb). But even that can betoo heavy.

It depends on how the rig is used. Forexample, speed, altitude, road grades,outside temperature, and how much

the vehicle is used to pull a trailer areall important. It can depend on anyspecial equipment on the vehicle, andthe amount of tongue weight thevehicle can carry. See “Weight of theTrailer Tongue” following.

Maximum trailer weight is calculatedassuming only the driver is in the towvehicle and it has all the requiredtrailering equipment. The weight ofadditional optional equipment,passengers, and cargo in the towvehicle must be subtracted from themaximum trailer weight.

Ask your dealer for traileringinformation or advice, or write us atour Customer Assistance Offices. SeeCustomer Assistance Offices 0 415.

Weight of the Trailer Tongue

The tongue load (1) of any trailer is animportant weight to measure becauseit affects the total gross weight of thevehicle. The Gross Vehicle Weight(GVW) includes the curb weight of thevehicle, any cargo carried in it, andthe people who will be riding in thevehicle. If there are a lot of options,equipment, passengers, or cargo in thevehicle, it will reduce the tongue



weight the vehicle can carry, whichwill also reduce the trailer weight thevehicle can tow. If towing a trailer, thetongue load must be added to theGVW because the vehicle will becarrying that weight, too. See VehicleLoad Limits 0 221.

The trailer tongue (1) should weigh10% of the total loaded trailerweight (2).

After loading the trailer, weigh thetrailer and then the tongue,separately, to see if the weights areproper. If they are not, adjustmentsmight be made by moving some itemsaround in the trailer.

Total Weight on Your Vehicle'sTires

Be sure the vehicle's tires are inflatedto the upper limit for cold tires. Thesenumbers can be found on the Tire andLoading Information label. See VehicleLoad Limits 0 221. Make sure not to goover the GVW limit for the vehicle,including the weight of the trailertongue.

Towing Equipment

Hitches

Use the correct hitch equipment. Seeyour dealer or a hitch dealer forassistance.

. The rear bumper on the vehicle isnot intended for hitches. Do notattach rental hitches or otherbumper-type hitches to it. Useonly a frame-mounted hitch thatdoes not attach to the bumper.

. The frame mounted hitch must becompatible with aluminum.

. Will any holes be made in thebody of the vehicle when thetrailer hitch is installed? If so, seal

the holes when the hitch isremoved. If the holes are notsealed, dirt, water, and deadlycarbon monoxide (CO) from theexhaust can get into the vehicle.See Engine Exhaust 0 238.

Safety Chains

Always attach chains between thevehicle and the trailer. Cross the safetychains under the tongue of the trailerto help prevent the tongue fromcontacting the road if it becomesseparated from the hitch. Leaveenough slack so the rig can turn.Never allow safety chains to drag onthe ground.

Trailer Brakes

Does the trailer have its own brakes?Be sure to read and follow theinstructions for the trailer brakes sothey are installed, adjusted, andmaintained properly.

Because the vehicle has antilockbrakes, do not tap into the vehicle'sbrake system. If this is done, bothbrake systems will not work well orat all.



Conversions andAdd-Ons

Add-On ElectricalEquipment

{ Warning

The Data Link Connector (DLC) isused for vehicle service andEmission Inspection/Maintenancetesting. See Malfunction IndicatorLamp (Check Engine Light) 0 141.A device connected to the DLC —such as an aftermarket fleet ordriver-behavior tracking device —may interfere with vehicle systems.This could affect vehicle operationand cause a crash. Such devicesmay also access information storedin the vehicle’s systems.

Caution

Some electrical equipment candamage the vehicle or causecomponents to not work and wouldnot be covered by the vehiclewarranty. Always check with yourdealer before adding electricalequipment.

Add-on equipment can drain thevehicle's 12-volt battery, even if thevehicle is not operating.

The vehicle has an airbag system.Before attempting to add anythingelectrical to the vehicle, see Servicingthe Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 93 andAdding Equipment to theAirbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 93.


VEHICLE CARE 305

Vehicle Care

General InformationGeneral Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306California Proposition65 Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306

California Perchlorate MaterialsRequirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306

Accessories andModifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306

Vehicle ChecksDoing Your OwnService Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307

Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307Engine CompartmentOverview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309

Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . . . . . 318Automatic TransmissionFluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319

Engine Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . . . . . . 320Cooling System (Engine) . . . . . . . . . 322Cooling System (PowerElectronics and ChargerModules - Hybrid Only) . . . . . . . . 323

Engine Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324Engine Overheating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329

Brake Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330Battery - North America . . . . . . . . . 331All-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332Starter Switch Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333Automatic Transmission ShiftLock Control FunctionCheck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333

Park Brake and P (Park)Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334

Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . . . . 334Windshield Replacement . . . . . . . . 335

Headlamp AimingHeadlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335

Bulb ReplacementBulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336LED Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336License Plate Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336Replacement Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336

Electrical SystemElectrical System Overload . . . . . . 337Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . . . . 337Engine Compartment FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338

Instrument Panel Fuse Block . . . . 341Rear Compartment FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343

Wheels and TiresTires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345

All-Season Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346Low-Profile Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347Summer Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347Tire Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . . . . . . 348Tire Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350Tire Terminology andDefinitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350

Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353Tire Pressure for High-SpeedOperation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354

Tire Pressure Monitor System . . . 355Tire Pressure MonitorOperation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356

Tire Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358Tire Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359When It Is Time for NewTires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360

Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361Different Size Tires andWheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362

Uniform Tire Quality Grading . . . 362Wheel Alignment and TireBalance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364

Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364Tire Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365Tire Sealant andCompressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367

Storing the Tire Sealant andCompressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373


306 VEHICLE CARE

Tire Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373Compact Spare Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 378

Jump StartingJump Starting - NorthAmerica . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 379

Towing the VehicleTowing the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 382Recreational Vehicle Towing . . . . 382

Appearance CareExterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 384Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 388Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 391

General InformationFor service and parts needs, visit yourdealer. You will receive genuine GMparts and GM-trained and supportedservice people.

Genuine GM parts have one of thesemarks:

California Proposition65 WarningWARNING: Most motor vehicles,including this one, as well as many ofits service parts and fluids, containand/or emit chemicals known to theState of California to cause cancer and

birth defects or other reproductiveharm. Engine exhaust, many parts andsystems, many fluids, and somecomponent wear by-products containand/or emit these chemicals.

See Battery - North America 0 331 andJump Starting - North America 0 379.

California PerchlorateMaterials RequirementsCertain types of automotiveapplications, such as airbag initiators,safety belt pretensioners, and lithiumbatteries contained in Remote KeylessEntry transmitters, may containperchlorate materials. Specialhandling may be necessary. Foradditional information, seewww.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate.

Accessories andModificationsAdding non-dealer accessories ormaking modifications to the vehiclecan affect vehicle performance andsafety, including such things asairbags, braking, stability, ride and


VEHICLE CARE 307

handling, emissions systems,aerodynamics, durability, andelectronic systems like antilockbrakes, traction control, and stabilitycontrol. These accessories ormodifications could even causemalfunction or damage not covered bythe vehicle warranty.

Damage to suspension componentscaused by modifying vehicle heightoutside of factory settings will not becovered by the vehicle warranty.

Damage to vehicle componentsresulting from modifications or theinstallation or use of non-GM certifiedparts, including control module orsoftware modifications, is not coveredunder the terms of the vehiclewarranty and may affect remainingwarranty coverage for affected parts.

GM Accessories are designed tocomplement and function with othersystems on the vehicle. See yourdealer to accessorize the vehicle usinggenuine GM Accessories installed by adealer technician.

Also, see Adding Equipment to theAirbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 93.

Vehicle Checks

Doing Your OwnService Work

{ Warning

It can be dangerous to work onyour vehicle if you do not have theproper knowledge, service manual,tools, or parts. Always follow ownermanual procedures and consult theservice manual for your vehiclebefore doing any service work.

If doing some of your own servicework, use the proper service manual.It tells you much more about how toservice the vehicle than this manualcan. To order the proper servicemanual, see Service PublicationsOrdering Information 0 421.

This vehicle has an airbag system.Before attempting to do your ownservice work, see Servicing theAirbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 93.

Keep a record with all parts receiptsand list the mileage and the date ofany service work performed. SeeMaintenance Records 0 407.

Caution

Even small amounts ofcontamination can cause damage tovehicle systems. Do not allowcontaminants to contact the fluids,reservoir caps, or dipsticks.

Hood

{ Warning

Gas struts and other metalcomponents under the hood can gethot after running the engine. Donot touch these components asthey can burn unprotected skin andcould cause serious injury.

Clear any snow from the hood beforeopening.


308 VEHICLE CARE

To open the hood:

1. Pull the hood release handle. It ison the lower left side of theinstrument panel between thedoor and the steering wheel.

2. Release the handle, then pull thehandle again to fully openthe hood.

3. Go to the front of the vehicle andlift the hood open.

Caution

Be sure the hood is completelyclosed before driving. Damage mayoccur if it is not.

To close the hood:

1. Before closing the hood, be sureall filler caps are properlyinstalled.

2. Lower the hood approximately46 cm (18 in) from the closedposition.

3. Then push the front center of thehood with a swift, firm motion.

4. Check to make sure the hood isclosed. If not, release the hoodfrom inside and repeat Steps 1–3.


VEHICLE CARE 309

Engine Compartment Overview

2.0L L4 Gasoline Only Engine


310 VEHICLE CARE

1. Engine Coolant Surge Tank andPressure Cap. See Cooling System(Engine) 0 322 or Cooling System(Power Electronics and ChargerModules - Hybrid Only) 0 323.

2. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 320.

3. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See EngineOil 0 316.

4. Engine Cooling Fan (Out ofView). See Cooling System(Engine) 0 322 or Cooling System(Power Electronics and ChargerModules - Hybrid Only) 0 323.

5. Engine Oil Dipstick. See EngineOil 0 316.

6. Remote Positive (+) BatteryTerminal. See Jump Starting -North America 0 379.

7. Engine Compartment FuseBlock 0 338.

8. Brake Fluid Reservoir (UnderCover). See Brake Fluid 0 330.

9. Windshield Washer FluidReservoir. See WasherFluid 0 329.

10. Remote Negative (-) BatteryTerminal. See Jump Starting -North America 0 379.


VEHICLE CARE 311

2.0L L4 Hybrid Engine


312 VEHICLE CARE


2. Traction Power InverterModule (TPIM).

3. High Voltage DC Cables.

4. TPIM Coolant Reservoir andPressure Cap. See Cooling System(Engine) 0 322 or Cooling System(Power Electronics and ChargerModules - Hybrid Only) 0 323.

5. High Voltage AC Cables.







12. Brake Fluid Reservoir (UnderCover). See Brake Fluid 0 330.




VEHICLE CARE 313

3.0L V6 Twin Turbo Engine


314 VEHICLE CARE








8. Brake Fluid Reservoir. See BrakeFluid 0 330.




VEHICLE CARE 315

3.6L V6 Engine


316 VEHICLE CARE








8. Brake Fluid Reservoir. See BrakeFluid 0 330.



Engine OilTo ensure proper engine performanceand long life, careful attention mustbe paid to engine oil. Following thesesimple, but important steps will helpprotect your investment:

. Use engine oil approved to theproper specification and of theproper viscosity grade. See“Selecting the Right Engine Oil” inthis section.

. Check the engine oil level regularlyand maintain the proper oil level.See “Checking Engine Oil” and“When to Add Engine Oil” later inthis section.

. Change the engine oil at theappropriate time. See Engine OilLife System 0 318.

. Always dispose of engine oilproperly. See “What to Do withUsed Oil” in this section.

Checking Engine Oil

Check the engine oil level regularly(every 650 km (400 mi), especiallyprior to a long trip. The engine oildipstick handle is a loop. See EngineCompartment Overview 0 309 for thelocation.

{ Warning

The engine oil dipstick handle maybe hot; it could burn you. Use atowel or glove to touch the dipstickhandle.

If a low oil Driver Information Center(DIC) message displays, check the oillevel.

Follow these guidelines:

. To get an accurate reading, parkthe vehicle on level ground. Checkthe engine oil level after theengine has been off for at leasttwo hours. Checking the engine oillevel on steep grades or too soonafter engine shutoff can result inincorrect readings. Accuracy


VEHICLE CARE 317

improves when checking a coldengine prior to starting. Removethe dipstick and check the level.

. If unable to wait two hours, theengine must be off for at least15 minutes if the engine is warm,or at least 30 minutes if theengine is not warm. Pull out thedipstick, wipe it with a clean papertowel or cloth, then push it backin all the way. Remove it again,keeping the tip down, and checkthe level.

When to Add Engine Oil

2.0L L4 Engine

3.0L V6 Twin Turbo Engine Shown,3.6L V6 Engine Similar

If the oil is below the cross-hatchedarea at the tip of the dipstick and theengine has been off for at least15 minutes, add 1 L (1 qt) of therecommended oil and then recheckthe level. See “Selecting the RightEngine Oil” later in this section for anexplanation of what kind of oil to use.For engine oil crankcase capacity, seeCapacities and Specifications 0 409.

Caution

Do not add too much oil. Oil levelsabove or below the acceptableoperating range shown on thedipstick are harmful to the engine.If you find that you have an oillevel above the operating range, i.e.,the engine has so much oil that the

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

oil level gets above thecross-hatched area that shows theproper operating range, the enginecould be damaged. You shoulddrain out the excess oil or limitdriving of the vehicle and seek aservice professional to remove theexcess amount of oil.

See Engine Compartment Overview0 309 for the location of the engine oilfill cap.

Add enough oil to put the levelsomewhere in the proper operatingrange. Push the dipstick all the wayback in when through.

Selecting the Right Engine Oil

Selecting the right engine oil dependson both the proper oil specificationand viscosity grade. See RecommendedFluids and Lubricants 0 404.

Specification

Ask for and use engine oils that meetthe dexos1™ specification. Engine oilsthat have been approved by GM as


318 VEHICLE CARE

meeting the dexos1 specification aremarked with the dexos1 approvedlogo. See www.gmdexos.com.

Caution

Failure to use the recommendedengine oil or equivalent can resultin engine damage not covered bythe vehicle warranty.

Viscosity Grade

Use SAE 5W-30 viscosity gradeengine oil.

Cold Temperature Operation: In anarea of extreme cold, where thetemperature falls below −29 °C (−20 °F), an SAE 0W-30 oil may be used. Anoil of this viscosity grade will provideeasier cold starting for the engine atextremely low temperatures. Whenselecting an oil of the appropriate

viscosity grade, it is recommended toselect an oil of the correctspecification. See “Specification”earlier in this section.

Engine Oil Additives/Engine OilFlushes

Do not add anything to the oil. Therecommended oils meeting the dexos1specification are all that is needed forgood performance and engineprotection.

Engine oil system flushes are notrecommended and could cause enginedamage not covered by the vehiclewarranty.

What to Do with Used Oil

Used engine oil contains certainelements that can be unhealthy foryour skin and could even causecancer. Do not let used oil stay onyour skin for very long. Clean yourskin and nails with soap and water,or a good hand cleaner. Wash orproperly dispose of clothing or ragscontaining used engine oil. See themanufacturer's warnings about theuse and disposal of oil products.

Used oil can be a threat to theenvironment. If you change your ownoil, be sure to drain all the oil fromthe filter before disposal. Neverdispose of oil by putting it in the trashor pouring it on the ground, intosewers, or into streams or bodies ofwater. Recycle it by taking it to a placethat collects used oil.

Engine Oil Life System

When to Change Engine Oil

This vehicle has a computer systemthat indicates when to change theengine oil and filter. This is based on acombination of factors which includeengine revolutions, enginetemperature, and miles driven. Basedon driving conditions, the mileage atwhich an oil change is indicated canvary considerably. For the oil lifesystem to work properly, the systemmust be reset every time the oil ischanged.


VEHICLE CARE 319

When the system has calculated thatoil life has been diminished, itindicates that an oil change isnecessary. A CHANGE ENGINE OILSOON message comes on. See EngineOil Messages 0 170. Change the oil assoon as possible within the next1 000 km (600 mi). It is possible that,if driving under the best conditions,the oil life system might indicate thatan oil change is not necessary for upto a year. The engine oil and filtermust be changed at least once a yearand at this time the system must bereset. Your dealer has trained servicepeople who will perform this work andreset the system. It is also importantto check the oil regularly over thecourse of an oil drain interval andkeep it at the proper level.

If the system is ever reset accidentally,the oil must be changed at 5 000 km(3,000 mi) since the last oil change.Remember to reset the oil life systemwhenever the oil is changed.

How to Reset the Engine Oil LifeSystem

Reset the system whenever the engineoil is changed so that the system cancalculate the next engine oil change.To reset the system:

1. Using the DIC buttons, displayREMAINING OIL LIFE on theDIC. See Driver Information Center(DIC) 0 160 and Engine OilMessages 0 170.

2. Press and hold SEL to clear theCHANGE ENGINE OIL SOONmessage and reset the oil lifeat 100%.

Be careful not to reset the oil lifedisplay accidentally at any timeother than after the oil ischanged. It cannot be resetaccurately until the next oilchange.

The oil life system can also be reset asfollows:

1. Turn the ignition on with theengine off.

2. Fully press and release theaccelerator pedal three timeswithin five seconds.

If the CHANGE ENGINE OILSOON message is not on, thesystem is reset.

The system is reset when theCHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON messageis off.

If the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOONmessage comes back on when thevehicle is started, the engine oil lifesystem has not been reset. Repeat theprocedure.

Automatic TransmissionFluid

How to Check AutomaticTransmission Fluid

It is not necessary to check thetransmission fluid level.A transmission fluid leak is the onlyreason for fluid loss. If a leak occurs,take the vehicle to your dealer andhave it repaired as soon as possible.


320 VEHICLE CARE

The vehicle is not equipped with atransmission fluid level dipstick.There is a special procedure forchecking and changing thetransmission fluid. Because thisprocedure is difficult, this should bedone at the dealer. Contact your dealerfor additional information.

Change the fluid and filter at theintervals listed in MaintenanceSchedule 0 395, and be sure to use thefluid listed in Recommended Fluids andLubricants 0 404.

Engine Air Cleaner/FilterThe engine air cleaner/filter is in theengine compartment. See EngineCompartment Overview 0 309.

When to Inspect the Engine AirCleaner/Filter

For intervals on changing andinspecting the engine air cleaner/filter,see Maintenance Schedule 0 395.

How to Inspect the Engine AirCleaner/Filter

Do not start the engine or have theengine running with the engine aircleaner/filter housing open. Beforeremoving the engine air cleaner/filter,make sure that the engine air cleaner/filter housing and nearby componentsare free of dirt and debris. Remove theengine air cleaner/filter. Lightly tapand shake the engine air cleaner/filter(away from the vehicle), to releaseloose dust and dirt. Inspect the engineair cleaner/filter for damage, andreplace if damaged. Do not clean theengine air cleaner/filter orcomponents with water orcompressed air.

To inspect or replace the engine aircleaner/filter:

2.0L L4 Gasoline Only Engine Shown,2.0L L4 Hybrid Engine Similar

1. Remove the five screws on top ofthe engine air cleaner/filter cover.

2. Lift the engine air cleaner/filtercover open on the hinge.

3. Lift and remove the engine aircleaner/filter.

4. Inspect or replace the engine aircleaner/filter.

5. Reverse Steps 1–3 to reinstall theengine air cleaner/filter cover.


VEHICLE CARE 321


1. Remove the 10 screws on top ofthe engine air cleaner/filter coverto gain access to both aircleaner/filters.


3. Lift and remove one or bothengine air cleaner/filters.

4. Inspect or replace one or bothengine air cleaner/filters.

5. Reverse Steps 1–3 to reinstall theengine air cleaner/filter cover.

3.6L V6 Engine

1. Screws (6)2. Bolts (3)3. Diagonal Brace

1. Remove the three bolts (2) andthe diagonal brace (3).

2. Remove the six screws (1) on topof the engine air cleaner/filtercover.


4. Lift and remove the engine aircleaner/filter.

5. Inspect or replace the engine aircleaner/filter.

6. Reverse Steps 1–4 to reinstall theengine air cleaner/filter coverand diagonal brace.

{ Warning

Operating the engine with the aircleaner/filter off can cause you orothers to be burned. The air cleanernot only cleans the air; it helps tostop flames if the engine backfires.Use caution when working on theengine and do not drive with the aircleaner/filter off.

Caution

If the air cleaner/filter is off, dirtcan easily get into the engine,which could damage it. Always havethe air cleaner/filter in place whenyou are driving.


322 VEHICLE CARE

Cooling System (Engine)The cooling system allows the engineto maintain the correct workingtemperature.

2.0L L4 Gasoline Only Engine

1. Engine Coolant Surge Tankand Pressure Cap

2. Engine Cooling Fan (Outof View)

2.0L L4 Hybrid Engine







VEHICLE CARE 323

3.6L V6 Engine



{ Warning

An electric engine cooling fanunder the hood can start up evenwhen the engine is not running andcan cause injury. Keep hands,clothing, and tools away from anyunderhood electric fan.

{ Warning

Heater and radiator hoses, andother engine parts, can be very hot.Do not touch them. If you do, youcan be burned.

Do not run the engine if there is aleak. If you run the engine, it couldlose all coolant. That could causean engine fire, and you could beburned. Get any leak fixed beforeyou drive the vehicle.

Caution

Using coolant other thanDEX-COOL® can cause prematureengine, heater core, or radiatorcorrosion. In addition, the enginecoolant could require changingsooner. Any repairs would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.Always use DEX-COOL (silicate-free)coolant in the vehicle.

Cooling System (PowerElectronics and ChargerModules - Hybrid Only)The power electronics and chargermodules are cooled using the samecoolant loop.

These modules are kept below amaximum temperature. If thetemperature rises above thistemperature, the electric cooling fanswill turn on to cool the coolant.

What to Use

The coolant reservoir for thesemodules is filled with a 50/50 mixtureof DEX-COOL engine coolant anddeionized water. See RecommendedFluids and Lubricants 0 404. If usingthis mixture, nothing else needs to beadded.

The coolant needs to be replaced atthe appropriate interval. SeeMaintenance Schedule 0 395.


324 VEHICLE CARE

Checking Coolant

The vehicle must be on a level surfacewhen checking the coolant level.

The reservoir is in the enginecompartment. See Engine CompartmentOverview 0 309.

Check to see if coolant is visible in thereservoir. If coolant is visible but thecoolant level is below the cold fill line,there could be a leak in the coolingsystem.

How to Add Coolant to theCoolant Reservoir

If no problem is found, add the properDEX-COOL coolant mixture at thecoolant reservoir.

The coolant reservoir pressure cap canbe removed when the cooling system,including the pressure cap, is nolonger hot.

1. Turn the pressure capcounterclockwise and remove it.

2. Fill the coolant reservoir with theproper mixture to the cold fillline on the side of the reservoir.

3. Reinstall the pressure cap tightly.

Check the level in the coolantreservoir when the cooling system hascooled down. If the coolant is not atthe proper level, repeat Steps 1 and 2,then reinstall the pressure cap. If the

coolant still is not at the proper levelwhen the system cools down again,see your dealer.

Engine CoolantThe cooling system in the vehicle isfilled with DEX-COOL® engine coolant.This coolant needs to be checked andreplaced at appropriate intervals. SeeMaintenance Schedule 0 395.

The following explains the coolingsystem and how to check and addcoolant when it is low. If there is aproblem with engine overheating, seeEngine Overheating 0 327.

What to Use

{ Warning

Adding only plain water or someother liquid to the cooling systemcan be dangerous. Plain water andother liquids, can boil before theproper coolant mixture will. Thecoolant warning system is set forthe proper coolant mixture. Withplain water or the wrong mixture,

(Continued)


VEHICLE CARE 325

Warning (Continued)

the engine could get too hot butyou would not get the overheatwarning. The engine could catchfire and you or others could beburned. Use a 50/50 mixture ofclean, drinkable water andDEX-COOL coolant.

Use a 50/50 mixture of clean,drinkable water and DEX-COOLcoolant. If using this mixture, nothingelse needs to be added. This mixture:

. Gives freezing protection down to−37 °C (−34 °F), outsidetemperature.

. Gives boiling protection up to129 °C (265 °F), enginetemperature.

. Protects against rust andcorrosion.

. Will not damage aluminum parts.

. Helps keep the proper enginetemperature.

Caution

If improper coolant mixture,inhibitors, or additives are used inthe vehicle cooling system, theengine could overheat and bedamaged. Too much water in themixture can freeze and crack enginecooling parts. The repairs would notbe covered by the vehicle warranty.Use only the proper mixture ofengine coolant for the coolingsystem. See Recommended Fluidsand Lubricants 0 404.

Never dispose of engine coolant byputting it in the trash, pouring it onthe ground, or into sewers, streams,or bodies of water. Have the coolantchanged by an authorized servicecenter, familiar with legalrequirements regarding used coolantdisposal. This will help protect theenvironment and your health.

Checking Coolant

The vehicle must be on a level surfacewhen checking the coolant level.

2.0L L4 and 3.0L V6 Engine CoolantSurge Tank


326 VEHICLE CARE

3.6L V6 Engine Coolant Surge Tank

Check to see if coolant is visible in thecoolant surge tank. If the coolantinside the coolant surge tank isboiling, do not do anything else untilit cools down. See EngineOverheating 0 327.

The coolant surge tank is in theengine compartment on the passengerside of the vehicle. See EngineCompartment Overview 0 309.

How to Add Coolant to theCoolant Surge Tank

Caution

This vehicle has a specific coolantfill procedure. Failure to follow thisprocedure could cause the engine tooverheat and be severely damaged.

If no problem is found, check to see ifcoolant is visible in the coolant surgetank. If coolant is visible but thecoolant level mark is not visible, add a50/50 mixture of clean, drinkablewater and DEX-COOL coolant at thecoolant surge tank to the top rib onthe middle of the tank, but be sure thecooling system, including the coolantsurge tank pressure cap, is cool beforethis is done. See EngineOverheating 0 327.

{ Warning

Steam and scalding liquids from ahot cooling system can blow outand burn you badly. Never turn the

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

cap when the cooling system,including the surge tank pressurecap, is hot. Wait for the coolingsystem and surge tank pressure capto cool.

{ Warning

Adding only plain water or someother liquid to the cooling systemcan be dangerous. Plain water andother liquids, can boil before theproper coolant mixture will. Thecoolant warning system is set forthe proper coolant mixture. Withplain water or the wrong mixture,the engine could get too hot butyou would not get the overheatwarning. The engine could catchfire and you or others could beburned. Use a 50/50 mixture ofclean, drinkable water andDEX-COOL coolant.


VEHICLE CARE 327

Caution

In cold weather, water can freezeand crack the engine, radiator,heater core, and other parts. Usethe recommended coolant and theproper coolant mixture.

{ Warning

You can be burned if you spillcoolant on hot engine parts.Coolant contains ethylene glycoland it will burn if the engine partsare hot enough. Do not spill coolanton a hot engine.

1. Remove the coolant surge tankpressure cap when the coolingsystem, including the coolantsurge tank pressure cap andupper radiator hose, is nolonger hot.

Turn the pressure cap slowlycounterclockwise aboutone-quarter of a turn. If you heara hiss, wait for that to stop. This

will allow any pressure still leftto be vented out thedischarge hose.

2. Keep turning the pressure capslowly and remove it.

3. Fill the coolant surge tank withthe proper mixture to theindicated level mark.

4. With the coolant surge tankpressure cap off, start the engineand let it run until you can feelthe upper radiator hose gettinghot. Watch out for the enginecooling fan.

By this time, the coolant levelinside the coolant surge tankmay be lower. If the level islower, add more of the propermixture to the coolant surgetank until the level reaches theindicated level mark.

5. Replace the pressure cap tightly.

6. Verify coolant level after theengine is shut off and thecoolant is cold. If necessary,repeat coolant fill procedureSteps 1–6.

If the coolant still is not at theproper level when the systemcools down again, see yourdealer.

Caution

If the pressure cap is not tightlyinstalled, coolant loss and possibleengine damage may occur. Be surethe cap is properly and tightlysecured.

Engine OverheatingThe vehicle has several indicators towarn of the engine overheating.

There is an engine coolanttemperature gauge and an enginecoolant temperature warning light onthe instrument cluster. See EngineCoolant Temperature Gauge 0 136 andEngine Coolant Temperature WarningLight 0 146. The vehicle may alsodisplay a message on the DriverInformation Center (DIC). See EngineCooling System Messages 0 169.


328 VEHICLE CARE

If the decision is made not to lift thehood when this warning appears, getservice help right away. See RoadsideService 0 416.

If the decision is made to lift thehood, make sure the vehicle is parkedon a level surface. Then check to see ifthe engine cooling fan is running.If the engine is overheating, the fanshould be running. If it is not, do notcontinue to run the engine. Have thevehicle serviced.

Caution

Running the engine without coolantmay cause damage or a fire. Vehicledamage would not be covered bythe vehicle warranty.

If Steam Is Coming from theEngine Compartment

{ Warning

Steam from an overheated enginecan burn you badly, even if you justopen the hood. Stay away from theengine if you see or hear steamcoming from it. Just turn it off andget everyone away from the vehicleuntil it cools down. Wait until thereis no sign of steam or coolantbefore you open the hood.

If you keep driving when the engineis overheated, the liquids in it cancatch fire. You or others could bebadly burned. Stop the engine if itoverheats, and get out of thevehicle until the engine is cool.

If No Steam Is Coming from theEngine Compartment

If an engine overheat warning isdisplayed but no steam can be seen orheard, the problem may not be tooserious. Sometimes the engine can geta little too hot when the vehicle:

. Climbs a long hill on a hot day.

. Stops after high-speed driving.

. Idles for long periods in traffic.

If the overheat warning is displayedwith no sign of steam:

1. Turn the air conditioning off.

2. Turn the heater on to the highesttemperature and to the highestfan speed. Open the windows asnecessary.

3. When it is safe to do so, pull offthe road, shift to P (Park) orN (Neutral), and let theengine idle.

If the engine coolant temperaturegauge is no longer in the overheatedarea or the engine coolanttemperature warning light no longerdisplays, the vehicle can be driven.Continue to drive the vehicle slowly


VEHICLE CARE 329

for about 10 minutes. Keep a safedistance from the vehicle in front.If the warning does not come back on,continue to drive normally and havethe cooling system checked for properfill and function.

If the warning continues, pull over,stop, and park the vehicle right away.

If there is no sign of steam, idle theengine for three minutes while parked.If the warning is still displayed, turnoff the engine until it cools down.

Washer Fluid

What to Use

When windshield washer fluid isneeded, be sure to read themanufacturer's instructions beforeuse. If operating the vehicle in an areawhere the temperature may fall belowfreezing, use a fluid that has sufficientprotection against freezing.

Adding Washer Fluid

Open the cap with the washer symbolon it. Add washer fluid until the tankis full. See Engine CompartmentOverview 0 309 for reservoir location.

Caution

. Do not use washer fluid thatcontains any type of waterrepellent coating. This cancause the wiper blades tochatter or skip.

. Do not use engine coolant(antifreeze) in the windshieldwasher. It can damage thewindshield washer systemand paint.

. Do not mix water withready-to-use washer fluid.Water can cause the solution

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

to freeze and damage thewasher fluid tank and otherparts of the washer system.

. When using concentratedwasher fluid, follow themanufacturer instructions foradding water.

. Fill the washer fluid tank onlythree-quarters full when it isvery cold. This allows forfluid expansion if freezingoccurs, which could damagethe tank if it iscompletely full.

BrakesDisc brake pads have built-in wearindicators that make a high-pitchedwarning sound when the brake padsare worn and new pads are needed.The sound can come and go or can beheard all the time when the vehicle ismoving, except when applying thebrake pedal firmly.


330 VEHICLE CARE

{ Warning

The brake wear warning soundmeans that soon the brakes will notwork well. That could lead to acrash. When the brake wearwarning sound is heard, have thevehicle serviced.

Caution

Continuing to drive with worn-outbrake pads could result in costlybrake repair.

Some driving conditions or climatescan cause a brake squeal when thebrakes are first applied or lightlyapplied. This does not meansomething is wrong with the brakes.

Properly torqued wheel nuts arenecessary to help prevent brakepulsation. When tires are rotated,inspect brake pads for wear andevenly tighten wheel nuts in the

proper sequence to torquespecifications. See Capacities andSpecifications 0 409.

Brake pads should be replaced ascomplete sets.

Brake Pedal Travel

See your dealer if the brake pedal doesnot return to normal height, or ifthere is a rapid increase in pedaltravel. This could be a sign that brakeservice may be required.

Replacing Brake System Parts

Always replace brake system partswith new, approved replacement parts.If this is not done, the brakes may notwork properly. The brakingperformance expected can change inmany other ways if the wrongreplacement brake parts are installedor if parts are improperly installed.

Brake Fluid

The brake master cylinder reservoir isfilled with GM approved DOT 3 (forgasoline only vehicles) or DOT 4 (forhybrid vehicles) brake fluid asindicated on the reservoir cap. SeeEngine Compartment Overview 0 309for the location of the reservoir.

Checking Brake Fluid

With the vehicle in P (Park) on a levelsurface, the brake fluid level should bebetween the minimum and maximummarks on the brake fluid reservoir.

There are only two reasons why thebrake fluid level in the reservoir maygo down:

. Normal brake lining wear. Whennew linings are installed, the fluidlevel goes back up.


VEHICLE CARE 331

. A fluid leak in the brake hydraulicsystem. Have the brake hydraulicsystem fixed. With a leak, thebrakes will not work well.

Always clean the brake fluid reservoircap and the area around the capbefore removing it.

Do not top off the brake fluid. Addingfluid does not correct a leak. If fluid isadded when the linings are worn,there will be too much fluid whennew brake linings are installed. Add orremove fluid, as necessary, only whenwork is done on the brake hydraulicsystem.

{ Warning

If too much brake fluid is added, itcan spill on the engine and burn,if the engine is hot enough. You orothers could be burned, and thevehicle could be damaged. Addbrake fluid only when work is doneon the brake hydraulic system.

When the brake fluid falls to a lowlevel, the brake warning light comeson. See Brake System WarningLight 0 143.

Brake fluid absorbs water over timewhich degrades the effectiveness ofthe brake fluid. Replace brake fluid atthe specified intervals to preventincreased stopping distance. SeeMaintenance Schedule 0 395.

What to Add

Use only GM approved DOT 3 (forgasoline only vehicles) or DOT 4 (forhybrid vehicles) brake fluid from aclean, sealed container. SeeRecommended Fluids andLubricants 0 404.

{ Warning

The wrong or contaminated brakefluid could result in damage to thebrake system. This could result inthe loss of braking leading to apossible injury. Always use theproper GM approved brake fluid.

Caution

If brake fluid is spilled on thevehicle's painted surfaces, the paintfinish can be damaged. Immediatelywash off any painted surface.

Battery - North AmericaThe original equipment battery ismaintenance free. Do not remove thecap and do not add fluid.

Refer to the replacement numbershown on the original battery labelwhen a new 12-volt battery is needed.

The battery is in the trunk under thespare tire. The vehicle has anAbsorbed Glass Mat (AGM) 12-voltbattery. Installation of a standard12-volt battery will result in reduced12-volt battery life.

When using a 12-volt battery chargeron the 12-volt AGM battery, somechargers have an AGM battery settingon the charger. If available, use theAGM setting on the charger, to limitcharge voltage to 14.8 volts.


332 VEHICLE CARE

Stop/Start System

The vehicle has a Stop/Start system toshut off the engine to help conservefuel. See Starting the Engine (GasolineOnly) 0 227 or Starting the Engine(Hybrid Only) 0 229.

{ Warning

WARNING: Battery posts,terminals, and related accessoriescontain lead and lead compounds,chemicals known to the State ofCalifornia to cause cancer and birthdefects or other reproductive harm.Batteries also contain otherchemicals known to the State ofCalifornia to cause cancer. WASHHANDS AFTER HANDLING.

See California Proposition65 Warning 0 306.

Hybrid Vehicle

The hybrid vehicle 12-volt battery isin the trunk. Hybrid vehicles also havea high voltage battery. Only a trainedservice technician with the properknowledge and tools should inspect,test, or replace the high voltagebattery. See your dealer if either the12-volt or the high voltage batteryneeds service. The dealer hasinformation on how to recycle thehigh voltage battery.

Vehicle Storage

{ Warning

Batteries have acid that can burnyou and gas that can explode. Youcan be badly hurt if you are notcareful. See Jump Starting - NorthAmerica 0 379 for tips on workingaround a battery withoutgetting hurt.

Infrequent Usage: Remove the 12-voltbattery black, negative (−) cable fromthe battery to keep the battery fromrunning down.

Extended Storage: Remove the 12-voltbattery black, negative (−) cable fromthe battery or use a battery tricklecharger.

Remember to reconnect the batterywhen ready to drive the vehicle.

All-Wheel DriveIf the vehicle is equipped withAll-Wheel Drive (AWD), this is anadditional system that needslubrication.

Transfer Case

When to Check Lubricant

It is not necessary to regularly checkthe transfer case fluid unless a leak issuspected or an unusual noise isheard. A fluid loss could indicate aproblem. Have it inspected andrepaired.


VEHICLE CARE 333

How to Check Lubricant

1. Fill Plug2. Drain Plug

To get an accurate reading, the vehicleshould be on a level surface.

If the level is below the bottom of thefill plug hole on the transfer case,some lubricant will need to be added.Add enough lubricant to raise thelevel to the bottom of the fill plughole. Use care not to overtighten thefill plug.

What to Use

To determine what kind of lubricantto use, see Recommended Fluids andLubricants 0 404.

Starter Switch Check

{ Warning

When you are doing this inspection,the vehicle could move suddenly.If the vehicle moves, you or otherscould be injured.

1. Before starting this check, besure there is enough roomaround the vehicle.

2. Firmly apply both the parkingbrake and the regular brake. Donot use the accelerator pedal,and be ready to turn off theengine immediately if it starts.

3. Try to start the engine in eachgear. The vehicle should startonly in P (Park) or N (Neutral).If the vehicle starts in any otherposition, contact your dealer forservice.

Automatic TransmissionShift Lock Control FunctionCheck

{ Warning

When you are doing this inspection,the vehicle could move suddenly.If the vehicle moves, you or otherscould be injured.

1. Before starting this check, besure there is enough roomaround the vehicle. It should beparked on a level surface.

2. Firmly apply the parking brake.See Electric Parking Brake 0 243.

Be ready to apply the regularbrake immediately if the vehiclebegins to move.

3. With the engine off, turn theignition on, but do not start theengine. Without applying theregular brake, try to move theshift lever out of P (Park) withnormal effort. If the shift levermoves out of P (Park), contactyour dealer for service.


334 VEHICLE CARE

Park Brake and P (Park)Mechanism Check

{ Warning

When you are doing this check, thevehicle could begin to move. You orothers could be injured andproperty could be damaged. Makesure there is room in front of thevehicle in case it begins to roll. Beready to apply the regular brake atonce should the vehicle beginto move.

Park on a fairly steep hill, with thevehicle facing downhill. Keeping yourfoot on the regular brake, set theparking brake.

. To check the parking brake'sholding ability: With the enginerunning and the transmission inN (Neutral), slowly remove footpressure from the regular brakepedal. Do this until the vehicle isheld by the parking brake only.

. To check the P (Park) mechanism'sholding ability: With the enginerunning, shift to P (Park). Thenrelease the parking brake followedby the regular brake.

Contact your dealer if service isrequired.

Wiper Blade ReplacementWindshield wiper blades should beinspected for wear or cracking.

For the proper type and size, seeMaintenance Replacement Parts 0 405.

To replace the wiper blade assembly:

1. Pull the windshield wiperassembly away from thewindshield.

2. Lift up on the latch in the middleof the wiper blade where thewiper arm attaches.

3. With the latch open, pull thewiper blade down toward thewindshield far enough to releaseit from the J-hooked end of thewiper arm.

4. Remove the wiper blade.


VEHICLE CARE 335

Caution

Allowing the wiper arm to touchthe windshield when no wiper bladeis installed could damage thewindshield. Any damage that occurswould not be covered by the vehiclewarranty. Do not allow the wiperarm to touch the windshield.

5. Reverse Steps 1–3 for wiperblade replacement.

Windshield Replacement

HUD System

The windshield is part of the HUDsystem. If the windshield must bereplaced, get one that is designed forHUD or the HUD image may look outof focus.

Driver Assistance Systems

When a windshield replacement isneeded and the vehicle is equippedwith a front-looking camera sensor forthe Driver Assistance Systems, thewindshield must be installedaccording to GM specifications forthese systems to work properly. If it isnot, there may be unexpectedbehavior and/or messages from thesesystems. See Object Detection SystemMessages 0 172.

Headlamp AimingHeadlamp aim has been preset andshould need no further adjustment.

If the vehicle is damaged in a crash,the headlamp aim may be affected.If adjustment to the headlamps isnecessary, see your dealer.


336 VEHICLE CARE

Bulb ReplacementFor the proper type of replacementbulbs, see Replacement Bulbs 0 336.

For any bulb-changing procedure notlisted in this section, contact yourdealer.

LED LightingThis vehicle has several LED lamps.For replacement of any LED lightingassembly not listed here, contact yourdealer.

License Plate Lamp

Lamp Assembly

To replace one of these lamps:

1. Push the lamp assembly towardthe center of the vehicle.

2. Pull the lamp assembly down toexpose the LED connector.

3. Pull the retaining tab on the LEDconnector up to release the lampassembly. Remove the lampassembly.

4. Install the new lamp assemblyon the LED connector. Push inthe retaining tab to lock the newlamp assembly in place.

5. Push the lamp assembly backinto position until the release tablocks into place.

Replacement BulbsExterior Lamp Bulb Number

License Plate Lamp 13588150

For replacement bulbs not listed here,contact your dealer.


VEHICLE CARE 337

Electrical System

Electrical System OverloadThe vehicle has fuses and circuitbreakers to protect against anelectrical system overload.

When the current electrical load is tooheavy, the circuit breaker opens andcloses, protecting the circuit until thecurrent load returns to normal or theproblem is fixed. This greatly reducesthe chance of circuit overload and firecaused by electrical problems.

Fuses and circuit breakers protectpower devices in the vehicle.

Replace a bad fuse with a new one ofthe identical size and rating.

If there is a problem on the road anda fuse needs to be replaced, thesame amperage fuse can be borrowed.Choose some feature of the vehiclethat is not needed to use and replaceit as soon as possible.

Headlamp Wiring

An electrical overload may cause thelamps to go on and off, or in somecases to remain off. Have theheadlamp wiring checked right away ifthe lamps go on and off or remain off.

Windshield Wipers

If the wiper motor overheats due toheavy snow or ice, the windshieldwipers will stop. Wiper function isavailable immediately after the wiperswitch is set to off, and back to on.

To protect the wiper motor fromoverheating, the wipers may slowdown when the windshield is dry for along period of time. If a period of dryoperation, or little moisture, exceeds10 minutes, the wipers may switch tointermittent operation, and remainthere. When moisture is againdetected on the windshield, wiperoperation will return to the operatorselected speed.

Although the circuit is protected fromelectrical overload, overload due toheavy snow or ice may cause wiper

linkage damage. Always clear ice andheavy snow from the windshieldbefore using the windshield wipers.

If the overload is caused by anelectrical problem and not snow orice, be sure to get it fixed.

Fuses and Circuit BreakersThe wiring circuits in the vehicle areprotected from short circuits by acombination of fuses and circuitbreakers. This greatly reduces thechance of damage caused by electricalproblems.

To check a fuse, look at thesilver-colored band inside the fuse.If the band is broken or melted,replace the fuse. Be sure to replace abad fuse with a new one of theidentical size and rating.


338 VEHICLE CARE

Fuses of the same amperage can betemporarily borrowed from anotherfuse location, if a fuse goes out.Replace the fuse as soon as possible.

To identify and check fuses, circuitbreakers, and relays, see EngineCompartment Fuse Block 0 338,Instrument Panel Fuse Block 0 341, andRear Compartment Fuse Block 0 343.

Engine Compartment FuseBlockThe underhood fuse block is on thedriver side of the enginecompartment.

Lift the fuse block cover to access thefuses.

The vehicle may not be equipped withall of the fuses and relays shown.

Caution

Spilling liquid on any electricalcomponent on the vehicle maydamage it. Always keep the coverson any electrical component.


VEHICLE CARE 339

Fuses Usage

1 Traction powerinverter 2

Fuses Usage

2 Power coolant pump

3 –

Fuses Usage

4 Traction powerinverter 1

5 Transmission/Ignition

6 –

7 Starter 2

8 Starter 1

9 Horn

10 –

11 Right LED

12 Left LED

13 Left and righthigh-beamheadlamps

14 A/C control relay

15 Starter 2 relay

16 Starter 1 relay

17 Run/Crank relay

18 Right cornering LED

19 Low-beam headlamprelay


340 VEHICLE CARE

Fuses Usage

20 High-beam headlamprelay

21 A/C clutch

22 –

23 Coolant heatercontrol module

24 Coolant pump

25 Coolant pump relay

26 Hi fuel

27 Steering column lock

28 Rear heated seats

29 Front heated seats

30 –

31 LED LGT battery

32 A/C control module

33 AIR solenoid

34 –

35 Engine controlmodule

36 Engine controlmodule 2

Fuses Usage

37 Coolant pump/Ignition coils – odd

38 Ignition coils – even/Non walk 2

39 Non walk

40 Instrument cluster

41 –

42 Fuel pump powermodule

43 Instrument panelbody/Ignition

44 Aeroshutter

45 Washer

46 Front sensor

47 Left cornering LED

48 AIR solenoid relay

49 Air pump relay

50 Engine controlmodule relay

51 Wiper speed relay

52 Wiper control relay

Fuses Usage

53 Headlamp controlrelay

54 –

55 –

56 Air pump

57 –

58 Instrument panelelectronic center

59 –

60 ABS pump

61 Front wiper

62 Headlamp leveling

63 Electric brake boostermodule

64 –

65 –

66 Transfer case controlmodule

67 Electric brake booster

68 Rear seatentertainmentdisplay


VEHICLE CARE 341

Fuses Usage

69 RESS coolant pump

70 –

71 ABS valve

72 –

73 –

Instrument Panel FuseBlockThe instrument panel fuse block isbehind the driver side instrumentpanel storage compartment.

The storage compartment has a pressto open latch. To access the fuses,open the compartment by pressingand releasing near the top centersquare.

Apply pressure to the two retainingtabs on the sides of the compartment,until the two retaining tabs clear thesides of the instrument panel. Allowthe compartment to move downward,and out of the way.

To reinstall the compartment, reversethe steps.

The vehicle may not be equipped withall of the fuses and relays shown.


342 VEHICLE CARE

Fuses Usage

F1 Power outlet

F2 Visor

F3 Front blower

F4 Body controlmodule 8

F5 Power steeringcolumn

Fuses Usage

F6 Column lock

F7 Glove box door

F8 Front heated seatmodule

F9 Sensing anddiagnostic module


Fuses Usage


F12 Data link connector

F13 –

F14 –

F15 Rear vision camera

F16 Display

F17 HVAC control

F18 OnStar

F19 –

F20 Lane departurewarning

F21 –

F22 INFO 2

F23 Central gatewaymodule

F24 INFO 1

F25 Video processingmodule

F26 Steering wheelcontrols

F27 USB charge port


VEHICLE CARE 343

Fuses Usage

F28 Wireless charger

F29 –

F30 Speaker

Rear Compartment FuseBlock

The rear compartment fuse block isbehind a cover on the passenger sideof the rear compartment.

The vehicle may not be equipped withall of the fuses, relays, and featuresshown.

Fuse Usage

F01 UCAP

F02 Trunk power outlet

F03 Driver window motor

F04 –

F05 Canister vent

F06 Right rearmemory seat

Fuse Usage


F08 Driver seatadjustment switch

F09 Passive entry/Passivestart

F10 Rear subwoofer am-plifier


344 VEHICLE CARE

Fuse Usage

F11 Driver memory seatmodule

F12 –

F13 –

F14 Right rear seat

F15 Left front subwoofer

F16 Right front seat

F17 Rear heated seat

F18 Regulated voltagecontrol battery

F19 Door mirror switch

F20 –

F21 Vehicle integrationcontrol module

F22 –

F23 Rear closure

F24 –

F25 Left front safety belt

F26 Rear defogger

F27 Right frontsubwoofer

Fuse Usage

F28 Amplifier

F29 Sunroof



F32 Exterior heatedmirrors

F33 Right window

F34 Power trunk module

F35 On-board chargingmodule

F36 Alarm siren module

F37 AC power

F38 Rear blower

F39 Fuel pump powermodule

F40 –

F41 Rear seat accessorypower outlet

F42 Left rearmemory seat

Fuse Usage

F43 –

F44 Rear closure

F45 Radio

F46 External objectcalculating/Side blindzone alert/Radarshort range sensor

F47 –

F48 Right front seat

F49 Memory bolstermodule


F51 Transmission controlmodule

F52 Parking assist

F53 Ventilated seats

F54 Headliner

F55 Front memory seatmodule

F56 Evaporativeemissions leak checkmodule


VEHICLE CARE 345

Fuse Usage

F57 Voltage currenttemperature module

F58 –

F59 Engine controlmodule battery

F60 Right frontsafety belt

F61 Parking lamps

F62 –

F63 –

F64 Engine controlmodule ignition

F65 Rear windowsunshade

F66 Rear vision camera

F67 Run/Crank/MISC

F68 Damping controlmodule

F69 Television tunermodule

F70 –

F71 –

Fuse Usage

F72 –

F73 –

F74 –

F75 –

Relays Usage

R1 Rear seat accessorypower outlet

R2 Fuel pump

R3 Run/Crank

Wheels and Tires

TiresEvery new GM vehicle hashigh-quality tires made by aleading tire manufacturer. See thewarranty manual for informationregarding the tire warranty andwhere to get service. Foradditional information refer to thetire manufacturer.

{ Warning

. Poorly maintained andimproperly used tires aredangerous.

. Overloading the tires cancause overheating as aresult of too much flexing.There could be a blowoutand a serious crash. SeeVehicle Load Limits 0 221.

(Continued)


346 VEHICLE CARE

Warning (Continued)

. Underinflated tires posethe same danger asoverloaded tires. Theresulting crash could causeserious injury. Check alltires frequently tomaintain therecommended pressure.Tire pressure should bechecked when the tiresare cold.

. Overinflated tires are morelikely to be cut, punctured,or broken by a suddenimpact — such as whenhitting a pothole. Keeptires at the recommendedpressure.

. Worn or old tires cancause a crash. If the treadis badly worn,replace them.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. Replace any tires that havebeen damaged by impactswith potholes, curbs, etc.

. Improperly repaired tirescan cause a crash. Onlythe dealer or an authorizedtire service center shouldrepair, replace, dismount,and mount the tires.

. Do not spin the tires inexcess of 56 km/h(35 mph) on slipperysurfaces such as snow,mud, ice, etc. Excessivespinning may cause thetires to explode.

See Tire Pressure for High-SpeedOperation 0 354 for inflationpressure adjustment forhigh-speed driving.

All-Season TiresThis vehicle may come with all-seasontires. These tires are designed toprovide good overall performance onmost road surfaces and weatherconditions. Original equipment tiresdesigned to GM's specific tireperformance criteria have a TPCspecification code molded onto thesidewall. Original equipmentall-season tires can be identified bythe last two characters of this TPCcode, which will be “MS.”

Consider installing winter tires on thevehicle if frequent driving on snow orice-covered roads is expected.All-season tires provide adequateperformance for most winter drivingconditions, but they may not offer thesame level of traction or performanceas winter tires on snow or ice-coveredroads. See Winter Tires 0 346.

Winter TiresThis vehicle was not originallyequipped with winter tires. Wintertires are designed for increasedtraction on snow and ice-coveredroads. Consider installing winter tires


VEHICLE CARE 347

on the vehicle if frequent driving onice or snow covered roads is expected.See your dealer for details regardingwinter tire availability and proper tireselection. Also, see Buying NewTires 0 361.

With winter tires, there may bedecreased dry road traction, increasedroad noise, and shorter tread life.After changing to winter tires, be alertfor changes in vehicle handling andbraking.

If using winter tires:

. Use tires of the same brand andtread type on all four wheelpositions.

. Use only radial ply tires of thesame size, load range, and speedrating as the original equipmenttires.

Winter tires with the same speedrating as the original equipment tiresmay not be available for H, V, W, Y,and ZR speed rated tires. If wintertires with a lower speed rating arechosen, never exceed the tire'smaximum speed capability.

Low-Profile TiresIf the vehicle has 245/45R19, 245/40R20, 245/40ZR20, or 245/40ZR20XL size tires, they areclassified as low-profile tires.

Caution

Low-profile tires are moresusceptible to damage from roadhazards or curb impact thanstandard profile tires. Tire and/orwheel assembly damage can occurwhen coming into contact withroad hazards like potholes, or sharpedged objects, or when sliding intoa curb. The warranty does not coverthis type of damage. Keep tires setto the correct inflation pressure andwhen possible, avoid contact withcurbs, potholes, and other roadhazards.

Summer TiresThis vehicle may come with highperformance summer tires. These tireshave a special tread and compound

that are optimized for maximum dryand wet road performance. Thisspecial tread and compound will havedecreased performance in coldclimates, and on ice and snow. It isrecommended that winter tires beinstalled on the vehicle if frequentdriving at temperatures belowapproximately 5 °C (40 °F) or on ice orsnow covered roads is expected. SeeWinter Tires 0 346.

Caution

High performance summer tireshave rubber compounds that loseflexibility and may develop surfacecracks in the tread area attemperatures below −7 °C (20 °F).Always store high performancesummer tires indoors and attemperatures above −7 °C (20 °F)when not in use. If the tires havebeen subjected to −7 °C (20 °F) orless, let them warm up in a heatedspace to at least 5 °C (40 °F) for24 hours or more before beinginstalled or driving a vehicle on

(Continued)


348 VEHICLE CARE

Caution (Continued)

which they are installed. Do notapply heat or blow heated airdirectly on the tires. Always inspecttires before use. See TireInspection 0 358.

Tire Sidewall LabelingUseful information about a tire ismolded into its sidewall. Theexamples show a typical passengervehicle tire and a compact sparetire sidewall.

Passenger (P-Metric) Tire Example

(1) Tire Size : The tire size is acombination of letters andnumbers used to define aparticular tire's width, height,aspect ratio, construction type,and service description. See the“Tire Size” illustration later in thissection.

(2) TPC Spec (Tire PerformanceCriteria Specification) : Originalequipment tires designed to GM'sspecific tire performance criteriahave a TPC specification code

molded onto the sidewall. GM'sTPC specifications meet or exceedall federal safety guidelines.

(3) DOT (Department ofTransportation) : TheDepartment of Transportation(DOT) code indicates that the tireis in compliance with the U.S.Department of TransportationMotor Vehicle Safety Standards.

DOT Tire Date of Manufacture :The last four digits of the TINindicate the tire manufactureddate. The first two digits representthe week (01–52) and the last twodigits, the year. For example, thethird week of the year 2010 wouldhave a four-digit DOT dateof 0310.

(4) Tire Identification Number(TIN) : The letters and numbersfollowing the DOT (Department ofTransportation) code are the TireIdentification Number (TIN). TheTIN shows the manufacturer andplant code, tire size, and date thetire was manufactured. The TIN is


VEHICLE CARE 349

molded onto both sides of the tire,although only one side may havethe date of manufacture.

(5) Tire Ply Material : The typeof cord and number of plies in thesidewall and under the tread.

(6) Uniform Tire QualityGrading (UTQG) : Tiremanufacturers are required tograde tires based on threeperformance factors: treadwear,traction, and temperatureresistance. For more informationsee Uniform Tire QualityGrading 0 362.

(7) Maximum Cold InflationLoad Limit : Maximum load thatcan be carried and the maximumpressure needed to supportthat load.

Compact Spare Tire Example

(1) Tire Ply Material : The typeof cord and number of plies in thesidewall and under the tread.

(2) Temporary Use Only : Thecompact spare tire or temporaryuse tire should not be driven atspeeds over 80 km/h (50 mph).The compact spare tire is foremergency use when a regularroad tire has lost air and gone flat.If the vehicle has a compact sparetire, see Compact Spare Tire 0 378and If a Tire Goes Flat 0 365.

(3) Tire Identification Number(TIN) : The letters and numbersfollowing the DOT (Department ofTransportation) code are the TireIdentification Number (TIN). TheTIN shows the manufacturer andplant code, tire size, and date thetire was manufactured. The TIN ismolded onto both sides of the tire,although only one side may havethe date of manufacture.

(4) Maximum Cold InflationLoad Limit : Maximum load thatcan be carried and the maximumpressure needed to supportthat load.

(5) Tire Inflation : The temporaryuse tire or compact spare tireshould be inflated to 420 kPa(60 psi). For more information ontire pressure and inflation see TirePressure 0 353.

(6) Tire Size : A combination ofletters and numbers define a tire'swidth, height, aspect ratio,construction type, and servicedescription. The letter T as the


350 VEHICLE CARE

first character in the tire sizemeans the tire is for temporaryuse only.

(7) TPC Spec (Tire PerformanceCriteria Specification) : Originalequipment tires designed to GM'sspecific tire performance criteriahave a TPC specification codemolded onto the sidewall. GM'sTPC specifications meet or exceedall federal safety guidelines.

Tire Designations

Tire Size

The following is an example of atypical passenger vehicle tire size.

(1) Passenger (P-Metric) Tire :The United States version of ametric tire sizing system. Theletter P as the first character in

the tire size means a passengervehicle tire engineered tostandards set by the U.S. Tire andRim Association.

(2) Tire Width : The three-digitnumber indicates the tire sectionwidth in millimeters from sidewallto sidewall.

(3) Aspect Ratio : A two-digitnumber that indicates the tireheight-to-width measurements.For example, if the tire size aspectratio is 60, as shown in item 3 ofthe illustration, it would meanthat the tire's sidewall is60 percent as high as it is wide.

(4) Construction Code : A lettercode is used to indicate the typeof ply construction in the tire. Theletter R means radial plyconstruction; the letter D meansdiagonal or bias ply construction;and the letter B means belted-biasply construction.

(5) Rim Diameter : Diameter ofthe wheel in inches.

(6) Service Description : Thesecharacters represent the loadindex and speed rating of the tire.The load index represents the loadcarrying capacity a tire is certifiedto carry. The speed rating is themaximum speed a tire is certifiedto carry a load.

Tire Terminology andDefinitionsAir Pressure : The amount of airinside the tire pressing outwardon each square inch of the tire.Air pressure is expressed in kPa(kilopascal) or psi (pounds persquare inch).

Accessory Weight : The combinedweight of optional accessories.Some examples of optionalaccessories are automatictransmission, power windows,power seats, and air conditioning.

Aspect Ratio : The relationship ofa tire's height to its width.


VEHICLE CARE 351

Belt : A rubber coated layer ofcords between the plies and thetread. Cords may be made fromsteel or other reinforcingmaterials.

Bead : The tire bead contains steelwires wrapped by steel cords thathold the tire onto the rim.

Bias Ply Tire : A pneumatic tire inwhich the plies are laid atalternate angles less than90 degrees to the centerline of thetread.

Cold Tire Pressure : The amountof air pressure in a tire, measuredin kPa (kilopascal) or psi (poundsper square inch) before a tire hasbuilt up heat from driving. SeeTire Pressure 0 353.

Curb Weight : The weight of amotor vehicle with standard andoptional equipment including themaximum capacity of fuel, oil, andcoolant, but without passengersand cargo.

DOT Markings : A code moldedinto the sidewall of a tiresignifying that the tire is incompliance with the U.S.Department of Transportation(DOT) Motor Vehicle SafetyStandards. The DOT code includesthe Tire Identification Number(TIN), an alphanumeric designatorwhich can also identify the tiremanufacturer, production plant,brand, and date of production.

GVWR : Gross Vehicle WeightRating. See Vehicle LoadLimits 0 221.

GAWR FRT : Gross Axle WeightRating for the front axle. SeeVehicle Load Limits 0 221.

GAWR RR : Gross Axle WeightRating for the rear axle. SeeVehicle Load Limits 0 221.

Intended Outboard Sidewall :The side of an asymmetrical tirethat must always face outwardwhen mounted on a vehicle.

Kilopascal (kPa) : The metric unitfor air pressure.

Light Truck (LT-Metric) Tire : Atire used on light duty trucks andsome multipurpose passengervehicles.

Load Index : An assigned numberranging from 1 to 279 thatcorresponds to the load carryingcapacity of a tire.

Maximum Inflation Pressure :The maximum air pressure towhich a cold tire can be inflated.The maximum air pressure ismolded onto the sidewall.

Maximum Load Rating : The loadrating for a tire at the maximumpermissible inflation pressure forthat tire.

Maximum Loaded VehicleWeight : The sum of curb weight,accessory weight, vehicle capacityweight, and production optionsweight.


352 VEHICLE CARE

Normal Occupant Weight : Thenumber of occupants a vehicle isdesigned to seat multiplied by68 kg (150 lb). See Vehicle LoadLimits 0 221.

Occupant Distribution :Designated seating positions.

Outward Facing Sidewall : Theside of an asymmetrical tire thathas a particular side that facesoutward when mounted on avehicle. The side of the tire thatcontains a whitewall, bears whitelettering, or bears manufacturer,brand, and/or model namemolding that is higher or deeperthan the same moldings on theother sidewall of the tire.

Passenger (P-Metric) Tire : A tireused on passenger cars and somelight duty trucks andmultipurpose vehicles.

Recommended InflationPressure : Vehicle manufacturer'srecommended tire inflation

pressure as shown on the tireplacard. See Tire Pressure 0 353and Vehicle Load Limits 0 221.

Radial Ply Tire : A pneumatic tirein which the ply cords that extendto the beads are laid at 90 degreesto the centerline of the tread.

Rim : A metal support for a tireand upon which the tire beads areseated.

Sidewall : The portion of a tirebetween the tread and the bead.

Speed Rating : An alphanumericcode assigned to a tire indicatingthe maximum speed at which atire can operate.

Traction : The friction betweenthe tire and the road surface. Theamount of grip provided.

Tread : The portion of a tire thatcomes into contact with the road.

Treadwear Indicators : Narrowbands, sometimes called wearbars, that show across the tread of

a tire when only 1.6 mm (1/16 in)of tread remains. See When It IsTime for New Tires 0 360.

UTQGS (Uniform Tire QualityGrading Standards) : A tireinformation system that providesconsumers with ratings for a tire'straction, temperature, andtreadwear. Ratings are determinedby tire manufacturers usinggovernment testing procedures.The ratings are molded into thesidewall of the tire. See UniformTire Quality Grading 0 362.

Vehicle Capacity Weight : Thenumber of designated seatingpositions multiplied by68 kg (150 lb) plus the rated cargoload. See Vehicle Load Limits 0 221.

Vehicle Maximum Load on theTire : Load on an individual tiredue to curb weight, accessoryweight, occupant weight, andcargo weight.


VEHICLE CARE 353

Vehicle Placard : A labelpermanently attached to a vehicleshowing the vehicle capacityweight and the original equipmenttire size and recommendedinflation pressure. See “Tire andLoading Information Label” underVehicle Load Limits 0 221.

Tire PressureTires need the correct amount ofair pressure to operate effectively.

Caution

Neither tire underinflation noroverinflation is good.Underinflated tires, or tires thatdo not have enough air, canresult in:

. Tire overloading andoverheating which couldlead to a blowout.

. Premature orirregular wear.

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

. Poor handling.

. Reduced fuel economy.

Overinflated tires, or tires thathave too much air, can result in:

. Unusual wear.

. Poor handling.

. Rough ride.

. Needless damage fromroad hazards.

The Tire and Loading Informationlabel on the vehicle indicates theoriginal equipment tires and thecorrect cold tire inflationpressures. The recommendedpressure is the minimum airpressure needed to support thevehicle's maximum load carryingcapacity. See Vehicle LoadLimits 0 221.

How the vehicle is loaded affectsvehicle handling and ride comfort.Never load the vehicle with moreweight than it was designed tocarry.

When to Check

Check the tires once a month ormore. Do not forget the compactspare, if the vehicle has one. Thecold compact spare tire pressureshould be at 420 kPa (60 psi). SeeCompact Spare Tire 0 378.

How to Check

Use a good quality pocket-typegauge to check tire pressure.Proper tire inflation cannot bedetermined by looking at the tire.Check the tire inflation pressurewhen the tires are cold, meaningthe vehicle has not been driven forat least three hours or no morethan 1.6 km (1 mi).

Remove the valve cap from thetire valve stem. Press the tiregauge firmly onto the valve to geta pressure measurement. If the


354 VEHICLE CARE

cold tire inflation pressurematches the recommendedpressure on the Tire and LoadingInformation label, no furtheradjustment is necessary. If theinflation pressure is low, add airuntil the recommended pressure isreached. If the inflation pressureis high, press on the metal stem inthe center of the tire valve torelease air.

Recheck the tire pressure with thetire gauge.

Put the valve caps back on thevalve stems to keep out dirt andmoisture and prevent leaks. Useonly valve caps designed for thevehicle by GM. TPMS sensorscould be damaged and would notbe covered by the vehiclewarranty.

Tire Pressure forHigh-Speed Operation

{ Warning

Driving at high speeds, 160 km/h(100 mph) or higher, puts additionalstrain on tires. Sustainedhigh-speed driving causes excessiveheat buildup and can cause suddentire failure. This could cause acrash, and you or others could bekilled. Some high-speed rated tiresrequire inflation pressureadjustment for high-speedoperation. When speed limits androad conditions allow the vehicle tobe driven at high speeds, make surethe tires are rated for high-speedoperation, are in excellentcondition, and are set to the correctcold tire inflation pressure for thevehicle load.

Gasoline only models with 235/50R18 97V or 245/45R19 98V sizetires require inflation pressureadjustment when driving the vehicle

at speeds of 160 km/h (100 mph) orhigher. Set the cold inflation pressurefor all four tires to 270 kPa (39 psi).

Gasoline only models with 245/40R20 95W size tires require inflationpressure adjustment when driving thevehicle at speeds of160 km/h (100 mph) or higher. Set thecold inflation pressure to290 kPa (42 psi).

Gasoline only models with 245/40ZR20 95Y or 245/40ZR20XL (99Y)size tires require inflation pressureadjustment when driving the vehicleat speeds of 160 km/h (100 mph) orhigher. Set the cold inflation pressurefor the front tires to 240 kPa (35 psi)and the rear tires to 260 kPa (38 psi).

Hybrid models with 235/50R18 97Vand 265/45R18 101V size tires requireinflation pressure adjustment whendriving the vehicle at speeds of160 km/h (100 mph) or higher. Set thecold inflation pressure to 290kPa (42 psi).


VEHICLE CARE 355

Return the tires to the recommendedcold tire inflation pressure whenhigh-speed driving has ended. SeeVehicle Load Limits 0 221 and TirePressure 0 353.

Tire Pressure MonitorSystemThe Tire Pressure Monitor System(TPMS) uses radio and sensortechnology to check tire pressurelevels. The TPMS sensors monitor theair pressure in your tires and transmittire pressure readings to a receiverlocated in the vehicle.

Each tire, including the spare (ifprovided), should be checked monthlywhen cold and inflated to theinflation pressure recommended bythe vehicle manufacturer on thevehicle placard or tire inflationpressure label. (If your vehicle hastires of a different size than the sizeindicated on the vehicle placard or tireinflation pressure label, you shoulddetermine the proper tire inflationpressure for those tires.)

As an added safety feature, yourvehicle has been equipped with a tirepressure monitoring system (TPMS)that illuminates a low tire pressuretelltale when one or more of your tiresis significantly under-inflated.

Accordingly, when the low tirepressure telltale illuminates, youshould stop and check your tires assoon as possible, and inflate them tothe proper pressure. Driving on asignificantly under-inflated tire causesthe tire to overheat and can lead totire failure. Under-inflation alsoreduces fuel efficiency and tire treadlife, and may affect the vehicle'shandling and stopping ability.

Please note that the TPMS is not asubstitute for proper tire maintenance,and it is the driver's responsibility tomaintain correct tire pressure, even ifunder-inflation has not reached thelevel to trigger illumination of theTPMS low tire pressure telltale.

Your vehicle has also been equippedwith a TPMS malfunction indicator toindicate when the system is notoperating properly. The TPMSmalfunction indicator is combined

with the low tire pressure telltale.When the system detects amalfunction, the telltale will flash forapproximately one minute and thenremain continuously illuminated. Thissequence will continue uponsubsequent vehicle start-ups as longas the malfunction exists.

When the malfunction indicator isilluminated, the system may not beable to detect or signal low tirepressure as intended. TPMSmalfunctions may occur for a varietyof reasons, including the installationof replacement or alternate tires orwheels on the vehicle that prevent theTPMS from functioning properly.Always check the TPMS malfunctiontelltale after replacing one or moretires or wheels on your vehicle toensure that the replacement oralternate tires and wheels allow theTPMS to continue to functionproperly.

See Tire Pressure MonitorOperation 0 356.



356 VEHICLE CARE

Tire Pressure MonitorOperationThis vehicle may have a Tire PressureMonitor System (TPMS). The TPMS isdesigned to warn the driver when alow tire pressure condition exists.TPMS sensors are mounted onto eachtire and wheel assembly, excluding thespare tire and wheel assembly. TheTPMS sensors monitor the airpressure in the tires and transmits thetire pressure readings to a receiverlocated in the vehicle.

When a low tire pressure condition isdetected, the TPMS illuminates thelow tire pressure warning light on theinstrument cluster. If the warninglight comes on, stop as soon aspossible and inflate the tires to therecommended pressure shown on theTire and Loading Information label.See Vehicle Load Limits 0 221.

A message to check the pressure in aspecific tire displays in the DriverInformation Center (DIC). The low tirepressure warning light and the DICwarning message come on at eachignition cycle until the tires areinflated to the correct inflationpressure. Using the DIC, tire pressurelevels can be viewed. For additionalinformation and details about the DICoperation and displays see DriverInformation Center (DIC) 0 160.

The low tire pressure warning lightmay come on in cool weather whenthe vehicle is first started, and thenturn off as the vehicle is driven. Thiscould be an early indicator that the airpressure is getting low and needs tobe inflated to the proper pressure.

A Tire and Loading Information label,attached to your vehicle, shows thesize of the original equipment tiresand the correct inflation pressure forthe tires when they are cold. SeeVehicle Load Limits 0 221, for anexample of the Tire and LoadingInformation label and its location.Also see Tire Pressure 0 353.

The TPMS can warn about a low tirepressure condition but it does notreplace normal tire maintenance. SeeTire Inspection 0 358, Tire Rotation0 359 and Tires 0 345.

Caution

Tire sealant materials are not allthe same. A non-approved tiresealant could damage the TPMSsensors. TPMS sensor damagecaused by using an incorrect tiresealant is not covered by thevehicle warranty. Always use onlythe GM approved tire sealantavailable through your dealer orincluded in the vehicle.

Factory-installed Tire Inflator Kits usea GM approved liquid tire sealant.Using non-approved tire sealantscould damage the TPMS sensors. SeeTire Sealant and Compressor Kit 0 367for information regarding the inflatorkit materials and instructions.


VEHICLE CARE 357

TPMS Malfunction Light andMessage

The TPMS will not function properly ifone or more of the TPMS sensors aremissing or inoperable. When thesystem detects a malfunction, the lowtire warning light flashes for aboutone minute and then stays on for theremainder of the ignition cycle. A DICwarning message also displays. Themalfunction light and DIC warningmessage come on at each ignitioncycle until the problem is corrected.Some of the conditions that can causethese to come on are:

. One of the road tires has beenreplaced with the spare tire. Thespare tire does not have a TPMSsensor. The malfunction light andDIC message should go off afterthe road tire is replaced and thesensor matching process isperformed successfully. See “TPMSSensor Matching Process” later inthis section.

. The TPMS sensor matchingprocess was not done or notcompleted successfully afterrotating the tires. The malfunction

light and the DIC message shouldgo off after successfullycompleting the sensor matchingprocess. See "TPMS SensorMatching Process" later in thissection.

. One or more TPMS sensors aremissing or damaged. Themalfunction light and the DICmessage should go off when theTPMS sensors are installed andthe sensor matching process isperformed successfully. See yourdealer for service.

. Replacement tires or wheels donot match the original equipmenttires or wheels. Tires and wheelsother than those recommendedcould prevent the TPMS fromfunctioning properly. See BuyingNew Tires 0 361.

. Operating electronic devices orbeing near facilities using radiowave frequencies similar to theTPMS could cause the TPMSsensors to malfunction.

If the TPMS is not functioningproperly it cannot detect or signal alow tire condition. See your dealer for

service if the TPMS malfunction lightand DIC message comes on andstays on.

TPMS Sensor Matching Process

Each TPMS sensor has a uniqueidentification code. The identificationcode needs to be matched to a newtire/wheel position after rotating thevehicle’s tires or replacing one or moreof the TPMS sensors. The TPMSsensor matching process should alsobe performed after replacing a sparetire with a road tire containing theTPMS sensor. The malfunction lightand the DIC message should go off atthe next ignition cycle. The sensorsare matched to the tire/wheelpositions, using a TPMS relearn tool,in the following order: driver sidefront tire, passenger side front tire,passenger side rear tire, and driverside rear. See your dealer for service orto purchase a relearn tool. A TPMSrelearn tool can also be purchased.See Tire Pressure Monitor SensorActivation Tool atwww.gmtoolsandequipment.com orcall 1-800-GM TOOLS(1-800-468-6657).


358 VEHICLE CARE

There are two minutes to match thefirst tire/wheel position, andfive minutes overall to match all fourtire/wheel positions. If it takes longer,the matching process stops and mustbe restarted.

The TPMS sensor matching process is:

1. Set the parking brake.

2. Place the vehicle power mode inON/RUN/START. See IgnitionPositions 0 225.

3. Make sure the Tire Pressure infodisplay option is turned on. Theinfo displays on the DIC can beturned on and off through theSettings menu. See DriverInformation Center (DIC) 0 160.

4. Use the five-way DIC control onthe right side of the steeringwheel to scroll to the TirePressure screen under the DICinfo page. See Driver InformationCenter (DIC) 0 160.

5. Press and hold SEL in the centerof the five-way DIC control.

The horn sounds twice to signalthe receiver is in relearn modeand the TIRE LEARNING ACTIVEmessage displays on the DICscreen.

6. Start with the driver sidefront tire.

7. Place the relearn tool against thetire sidewall, near the valve stem.Then press the button to activatethe TPMS sensor. A horn chirpconfirms that the sensoridentification code has beenmatched to this tire and wheelposition.

8. Proceed to the passenger sidefront tire, and repeat Step 7.

9. Proceed to the passenger siderear tire, and repeat Step 7.

10. Proceed to the driver side reartire, and repeat Step 7. The hornsounds two times to indicate thesensor identification code hasbeen matched to the driver siderear tire, and the TPMS sensormatching process is no longer

active. The TIRE LEARNINGACTIVE message on the DICdisplay screen goes off.

11. Shut the ignition off.

12. Set all four tires to therecommended air pressure levelas indicated on the Tire andLoading Information label.

Tire InspectionWe recommend that the tires,including the spare tire, if thevehicle has one, be inspected forsigns of wear or damage at leastonce a month.

Replace the tire if:

. The indicators at three or moreplaces around the tire canbe seen.

. There is cord or fabric showingthrough the tire's rubber.

. The tread or sidewall iscracked, cut, or snagged deepenough to show cord or fabric.


VEHICLE CARE 359

. The tire has a bump, bulge,or split.

. The tire has a puncture, cut,or other damage that cannotbe repaired well because of thesize or location of the damage.

Tire RotationTires should be rotated every12 000 km/7,500 mi. SeeMaintenance Schedule 0 395.

Tires are rotated to achieve auniform wear for all tires. The firstrotation is the most important.

Anytime unusual wear is noticed,rotate the tires as soon aspossible, check for proper tireinflation pressure, and check fordamaged tires or wheels. If theunusual wear continues after therotation, check the wheelalignment. See When It Is Time forNew Tires 0 360 and WheelReplacement 0 364.

Use this rotation pattern if thevehicle has different size tires onthe front and rear.

Different tire sizes should not berotated front to rear.

Use this rotation pattern whenrotating tires of the same sizeinstalled on all four wheelpositions.

If the vehicle has a compact sparetire, do not include it in the tirerotation.

Adjust the front and rear tires tothe recommended inflationpressure on the Tire and LoadingInformation label after the tireshave been rotated. See TirePressure 0 353 and Vehicle LoadLimits 0 221.


360 VEHICLE CARE

Reset the Tire Pressure MonitorSystem. See Tire Pressure MonitorOperation 0 356.

Check that all wheel nuts areproperly tightened. See “WheelNut Torque” under Capacities andSpecifications 0 409.

{ Warning

Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on theparts to which it is fastened, canmake wheel nuts become looseafter time. The wheel could comeoff and cause an accident. Whenchanging a wheel, remove any rustor dirt from places where the wheelattaches to the vehicle. In anemergency, a cloth or a paper towelcan be used; however, use a scraperor wire brush later to remove allrust or dirt.

Lightly coat the center of thewheel hub with wheel bearinggrease after a wheel change or tirerotation to prevent corrosion orrust build-up. Do not get grease

on the flat wheel mountingsurface or on the wheel nuts orbolts.

When It Is Time for NewTiresFactors such as maintenance,temperatures, driving speeds, vehicleloading, and road conditions affect thewear rate of the tires.

Treadwear indicators are one way totell when it is time for new tires.Treadwear indicators appear when thetires have only 1.6 mm (1/16 in) or

less of tread remaining. See TireInspection 0 359 and TireRotation 0 359.

The rubber in tires ages over time.This also applies to the spare tire,if the vehicle has one, even if it isnever used. Multiple factors includingtemperatures, loading conditions, andinflation pressure maintenance affecthow fast aging takes place. GMrecommends that tires, including thespare if equipped, be replaced after sixyears, regardless of tread wear. Thetire manufacture date is the last fourdigits of the DOT Tire IdentificationNumber (TIN) which is molded intoone side of the tire sidewall. The firsttwo digits represent the week (01–52)and the last two digits, the year. Forexample, the third week of the year2010 would have a four-digit DOTdate of 0310.

Vehicle Storage

Tires age when stored normallymounted on a parked vehicle. Park avehicle that will be stored for at leasta month in a cool, dry, clean areaaway from direct sunlight to slow


VEHICLE CARE 361

aging. This area should be free ofgrease, gasoline, or other substancesthat can deteriorate rubber.

Parking for an extended period cancause flat spots on the tires that mayresult in vibrations while driving.When storing a vehicle for at least amonth, remove the tires or raise thevehicle to reduce the weight from thetires.

Buying New TiresGM has developed and matchedspecific tires for the vehicle. Theoriginal equipment tires installedwere designed to meet GeneralMotors Tire Performance CriteriaSpecification (TPC Spec) systemrating. When replacement tires areneeded, GM strongly recommendsbuying tires with the same TPCSpec rating.

GM's exclusive TPC Spec systemconsiders over a dozen criticalspecifications that impact theoverall performance of the vehicle,including brake system

performance, ride and handling,traction control, and tire pressuremonitoring performance. GM'sTPC Spec number is molded ontothe tire's sidewall near the tiresize. If the tires have an all-seasontread design, the TPC Specnumber will be followed by MS formud and snow. See Tire SidewallLabeling 0 348, for additionalinformation.

GM recommends replacing worntires in complete sets of four.Uniform tread depth on all tireswill help to maintain theperformance of the vehicle.Braking and handling performancemay be adversely affected if all thetires are not replaced at the sametime. If proper rotation andmaintenance have been done, allfour tires should wear out atabout the same time. See TireRotation 0 359 for information onproper tire rotation. However, if it

is necessary to replace only oneaxle set of worn tires, place thenew tires on the rear axle.

Winter tires with the same speedrating as the original equipmenttires may not be available for H, V,W, and ZR speed rated tires. Neverexceed the winter tire's maximumspeed capability when usingwinter tires with a lower speedrating.

{ Warning

Tires could explode duringimproper service. Attempting tomount or dismount a tire couldcause injury or death. Only yourdealer or authorized tire servicecenter should mount ordismount the tires.


362 VEHICLE CARE

{ Warning

Mixing tires of different sizes (otherthan those originally installed onthe vehicle), brands, or types maycause loss of control of the vehicle,resulting in a crash or other vehicledamage. Use the correct size, brand,and type of tire on all four wheels.

{ Warning

Using bias-ply tires on thevehicle may cause the wheel rimflanges to develop cracks aftermany miles of driving. A tireand/or wheel could fail suddenlyand cause a crash. Use onlyradial-ply tires with the wheelson the vehicle.

If the vehicle tires must bereplaced with a tire that does nothave a TPC Spec number, makesure they are the same size, load

range, speed rating, andconstruction (radial) as theoriginal tires.

Vehicles that have a tire pressuremonitoring system could give aninaccurate low-pressure warning ifnon-TPC Spec rated tires areinstalled. See Tire Pressure MonitorOperation 0 356.

The Tire and Loading Informationlabel indicates the originalequipment tires on the vehicle.See Vehicle Load Limits 0 221.

Different Size Tires andWheelsIf wheels or tires are installed that area different size than the originalequipment wheels and tires, vehicleperformance, including its braking,ride and handling characteristics,stability, and resistance to rollovermay be affected. If the vehicle haselectronic systems such as antilockbrakes, rollover airbags, roll bars,traction control, electronic stability

control, or All-Wheel Drive, theperformance of these systems can alsobe affected.

{ Warning

If different sized wheels are used,there may not be an acceptablelevel of performance and safety iftires not recommended for thosewheels are selected. This increasesthe chance of a crash and seriousinjury. Only use GM specific wheeland tire systems developed for thevehicle, and have them properlyinstalled by a GM certifiedtechnician.

See Buying New Tires 0 361 andAccessories and Modifications 0 306.

Uniform Tire QualityGradingThe following information relatesto the system developed by theUnited States National HighwayTraffic Safety Administration(NHTSA), which grades tires by


VEHICLE CARE 363

treadwear, traction, andtemperature performance. Thisapplies only to vehicles sold in theUnited States. The grades aremolded on the sidewalls of mostpassenger car tires. The UniformTire Quality Grading (UTQG)system does not apply to deeptread, winter tires, compact sparetires, tires with nominal rimdiameters of 10 to 12 inches(25 to 30 cm), or to somelimited-production tires.

While the tires available onGeneral Motors passenger carsand light trucks may vary withrespect to these grades, they mustalso conform to federal safetyrequirements and additionalGeneral Motors Tire PerformanceCriteria (TPC) standards.

Quality grades can be found whereapplicable on the tire sidewallbetween tread shoulder andmaximum section width. Forexample:

Treadwear 200 Traction AATemperature A

All Passenger Car Tires MustConform to Federal SafetyRequirements In Addition ToThese Grades.

Treadwear

The treadwear grade is acomparative rating based on thewear rate of the tire when testedunder controlled conditions on aspecified government test course.For example, a tire graded150 would wear one and one-half(1½) times as well on thegovernment course as a tiregraded 100. The relativeperformance of tires dependsupon the actual conditions oftheir use, however, and maydepart significantly from the normdue to variations in driving habits,service practices and differencesin road characteristics andclimate.

Traction

The traction grades, from highestto lowest, are AA, A, B, and C.Those grades represent the tire'sability to stop on wet pavement asmeasured under controlledconditions on specifiedgovernment test surfaces ofasphalt and concrete. A tiremarked C may have poor tractionperformance. Warning: Thetraction grade assigned to this tireis based on straight-ahead brakingtraction tests, and does notinclude acceleration, cornering,hydroplaning, or peak tractioncharacteristics.

Temperature

The temperature grades are A (thehighest), B, and C, representingthe tire's resistance to thegeneration of heat and its abilityto dissipate heat when testedunder controlled conditions on aspecified indoor laboratory testwheel. Sustained high temperature


364 VEHICLE CARE

can cause the material of the tireto degenerate and reduce tire life,and excessive temperature canlead to sudden tire failure. Thegrade C corresponds to a level ofperformance which all passengercar tires must meet under theFederal Motor Safety StandardNo. 109. Grades B and A representhigher levels of performance onthe laboratory test wheel than theminimum required by law.Warning: The temperature gradefor this tire is established for a tirethat is properly inflated and notoverloaded. Excessive speed,underinflation, or excessiveloading, either separately or incombination, can cause heatbuildup and possible tire failure.

Wheel Alignment and TireBalanceThe tires and wheels were aligned andbalanced at the factory to provide thelongest tire life and best overallperformance. Adjustments to wheelalignment and tire balancing are not

necessary on a regular basis. Consideran alignment check if there is unusualtire wear or the vehicle is significantlypulling to one side or the other. Someslight pull to the left or right,depending on the crown of the roadand/or other road surface variationssuch as troughs or ruts, is normal.If the vehicle is vibrating when drivingon a smooth road, the tires andwheels may need to be rebalanced.See your dealer for proper diagnosis.

Wheel ReplacementReplace any wheel that is bent,cracked, or badly rusted or corroded.If wheel nuts keep coming loose, thewheel, wheel bolts, and wheel nutsshould be replaced. If the wheel leaksair, replace it. Some aluminum wheelscan be repaired. See your dealer if anyof these conditions exist.

Your dealer will know the kind ofwheel that is needed.

Each new wheel should have the sameload-carrying capacity, diameter,width, offset, and be mounted thesame way as the one it replaces.

Replace wheels, wheel bolts, wheelnuts, or Tire Pressure Monitor System(TPMS) sensors with new GM originalequipment parts.

{ Warning

Using the wrong replacementwheels, wheel bolts, or wheel nutscan be dangerous. It could affectthe braking and handling of thevehicle. Tires can lose air, andcause loss of control, causing acrash. Always use the correct wheel,wheel bolts, and wheel nuts forreplacement.

Caution

The wrong wheel can also causeproblems with bearing life, brakecooling, speedometer or odometercalibration, headlamp aim, bumperheight, vehicle ground clearance,and tire or tire chain clearance tothe body and chassis.


VEHICLE CARE 365

Used Replacement Wheels

{ Warning

Replacing a wheel with a used oneis dangerous. How it has been usedor how far it has been driven maybe unknown. It could fail suddenlyand cause a crash. When replacingwheels, use a new GM originalequipment wheel.

Tire Chains

{ Warning

If the vehicle has 265/45R18 sizetires on the rear axle, do not usetire chains. There is not enoughclearance. Tire chains used on avehicle without the proper amountof clearance can cause damage tothe brakes, suspension, or othervehicle parts. The area damaged bythe tire chains could cause loss ofcontrol and a crash. Use anothertype of traction device only if its

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

manufacturer recommends it forthe vehicle's tire size combinationand road conditions. Follow thatmanufacturer's instructions. Toavoid vehicle damage, drive slowand readjust or remove the tractiondevice if it contacts the vehicle. Donot spin the wheels. If tractiondevices are used, install them onthe rear tires.

Caution

If the vehicle is equipped with a tiresize other than 265/45R18 on therear, use tire chains only wherelegal and only when necessary. Uselow profile chains that add no morethan 10 mm thickness to the tiretread and inner sidewall. Use chainsthat are the proper size for the tires.Install them on the tires of the rearaxle. Do not use chains on the tiresof the front axle. Tighten them as

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

tightly as possible with the endssecurely fastened. Drive slowly andfollow the chain manufacturer'sinstructions. If the chains contactthe vehicle, stop and retightenthem. If the contact continues, slowdown until it stops. Driving too fastor spinning the wheels with chainson will damage the vehicle.

If a Tire Goes FlatIt is unusual for a tire to blow outwhile driving, especially if the tires aremaintained properly. See Tires 0 345.If air goes out of a tire, it is muchmore likely to leak out slowly. But ifthere is ever a blowout, here are a fewtips about what to expect and whatto do:

If a front tire fails, the flat tire createsa drag that pulls the vehicle towardthat side. Take your foot off theaccelerator pedal and grip the steeringwheel firmly. Steer to maintain laneposition, and then gently brake to astop, well off the road, if possible.


366 VEHICLE CARE

A rear blowout, particularly on acurve, acts much like a skid and mayrequire the same correction as used ina skid. Stop pressing the acceleratorpedal and steer to straighten thevehicle. It may be very bumpy andnoisy. Gently brake to a stop, well offthe road, if possible.

{ Warning

Driving on a flat tire will causepermanent damage to the tire.Re-inflating a tire after it has beendriven on while severelyunderinflated or flat may cause ablowout and a serious crash. Neverattempt to re-inflate a tire that hasbeen driven on while severelyunderinflated or flat. Have yourdealer or an authorized tire servicecenter repair or replace the flat tireas soon as possible.

{ Warning

Lifting a vehicle and getting underit to do maintenance or repairs isdangerous without the appropriatesafety equipment and training. If ajack is provided with the vehicle, itis designed only for changing a flattire. If it is used for anything else,you or others could be badly injuredor killed if the vehicle slips off thejack. If a jack is provided with thevehicle, only use it for changing aflat tire.

If a tire goes flat, avoid further tireand wheel damage by driving slowlyto a level place, well off the road,if possible. Turn on the hazardwarning flashers. See Hazard WarningFlashers 0 194.

{ Warning

Changing a tire can be dangerous.The vehicle can slip off the jack androll over or fall causing injury or

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

death. Find a level place to changethe tire. To help prevent the vehiclefrom moving:

1. Set the parking brake firmly.

2. Put an automatictransmission in P (Park) or amanual transmission in1 (First) or R (Reverse).

3. Turn off the engine and donot restart while the vehicleis raised.

4. Do not allow passengers toremain in the vehicle.

5. Place wheel blocks,if equipped, on both sides ofthe tire at the opposite cornerof the tire being changed.

This vehicle may come with a jackand spare tire or a tire sealant andcompressor kit. To use the jackingequipment to change a spare tiresafely, follow the instructions below.Then see Tire Changing 0 373. To use


VEHICLE CARE 367

the tire sealant and compressor kit,see Tire Sealant and CompressorKit 0 367.

When the vehicle has a flat tire (2),use the following example as a guideto assist you in the placement ofwheel blocks (1), if equipped.

1. Wheel Block (If Equipped)2. Flat Tire

The following information explainshow to repair or change a tire.

Tire Sealant andCompressor Kit

{ Warning

Idling a vehicle in an enclosed areawith poor ventilation is dangerous.Engine exhaust may enter thevehicle. Engine exhaust containscarbon monoxide (CO) whichcannot be seen or smelled. It cancause unconsciousness and evendeath. Never run the engine in anenclosed area that has no fresh airventilation. For more information,see Engine Exhaust 0 238.

{ Warning

Overinflating a tire could cause thetire to rupture and you or otherscould be injured. Be sure to readand follow the tire sealant andcompressor kit instructions andinflate the tire to its recommendedpressure. Do not exceed therecommended pressure.

{ Warning

Storing the tire sealant andcompressor kit or other equipmentin the passenger compartment ofthe vehicle could cause injury. In asudden stop or collision, looseequipment could strike someone.Store the tire sealant andcompressor kit in its originallocation.

If this vehicle has a tire sealant andcompressor kit, there may not be aspare tire or tire changing equipment,and on some vehicles there may notbe a place to store a tire.

The tire sealant and compressor canbe used to temporarily seal puncturesup to 6 mm (0.25 in) in the tread areaof the tire. It can also be used toinflate an underinflated tire.

If the tire has been separated from thewheel, has damaged sidewalls, or hasa large puncture, the tire is tooseverely damaged for the tire sealantand compressor kit to be effective. SeeRoadside Service 0 416.


368 VEHICLE CARE

Read and follow all of the tire sealantand compressor kit instructions.

The kit includes:

1. Sealant Canister Inlet Valve2. Sealant/Air Hose3. Base of Sealant Canister4. Tire Sealant Canister5. On/Off Button6. Slot on Top of Compressor7. Pressure Deflation Button8. Pressure Gauge

9. Power Plug10. Air Only Hose

Tire Sealant

Read and follow the safe handlinginstructions on the label adhered tothe tire sealant canister (4).

Check the tire sealant expiration dateon the tire sealant canister. The tiresealant canister (4) should be replacedbefore its expiration date.Replacement tire sealant canisters areavailable at your local dealer.

There is only enough sealant to sealone tire. After usage, the tire sealantcanister must be replaced.

Using the Tire Sealant andCompressor Kit to TemporarilySeal and Inflate aPunctured Tire

When using the tire sealant andcompressor kit during coldtemperatures, warm the kit in aheated environment for five minutes.This will help to inflate the tire faster.

If a tire goes flat, avoid further tireand wheel damage by driving slowlyto a level place. Turn on the hazardwarning flashers. See Hazard WarningFlashers 0 194.

See If a Tire Goes Flat 0 365 for otherimportant safety warnings.

Do not remove any objects that havepenetrated the tire.

1. Remove the tire sealantcanister (4) and compressor fromits storage location. See Storingthe Tire Sealant and CompressorKit 0 373.

2. Remove the air only hose (10)and the power plug (9) from thebottom of the compressor.


VEHICLE CARE 369

3. Place the compressor on theground near the flat tire.

4. Attach the air only hose (10) tothe sealant canister inletvalve (1) by turning it clockwiseuntil tight.

5. Slide the base of the tire sealantcanister (3) into the slot on thetop of the compressor (6) to holdit upright.

Make sure the tire valve stem ispositioned close to the ground sothe hose will reach it.

6. Remove the valve stem cap fromthe flat tire by turning itcounterclockwise.

7. Attach the sealant/air hose (2) tothe tire valve stem by turning itclockwise until tight.

8. Plug the power plug (9) into theaccessory power outlet in thevehicle. Unplug all items fromother accessory power outlets.See Power Outlets 0 121.

If the vehicle has an accessorypower outlet, do not use thecigarette lighter.

If the vehicle only has a cigarettelighter, use the cigarette lighter.

Do not pinch the power plugcord in the door or window.


370 VEHICLE CARE

9. Start the vehicle. The vehiclemust be running while using theair compressor.

10. Press the on/off button (5) toturn the tire sealant andcompressor kit on.

The compressor will injectsealant and air into the tire.

The pressure gauge (8) willinitially show a high pressurewhile the compressor pushes thesealant into the tire. Once thesealant is completely dispersedinto the tire, the pressure willquickly drop and start to riseagain as the tire inflates withair only.

11. Inflate the tire to therecommended inflation pressureusing the pressure gauge (8). Therecommended inflation pressurecan be found on the Tire andLoading Information label. SeeTire Pressure 0 353.

The pressure gauge (8) may readhigher than the actual tirepressure while the compressor ison. Turn the compressor off to

get an accurate pressure reading.The compressor may be turnedon/off until the correct pressureis reached.

Caution

If the recommended pressurecannot be reached afterapproximately 25 minutes, thevehicle should not be driven farther.The tire is too severely damagedand the tire sealant and compressorkit cannot inflate the tire. Removethe power plug from the accessorypower outlet and unscrew theinflating hose from the tire valve.See Roadside Service 0 416.

12. Press the on/off button (5) toturn the tire sealant andcompressor kit off.

The tire is not sealed and willcontinue to leak air until thevehicle is driven and the sealantis distributed in the tire.Therefore, Steps 13–21 must bedone immediately after Step 12.

Be careful while handling the tiresealant and compressor kit as itcould be warm after usage.

13. Unplug the power plug (9) fromthe accessory power outlet in thevehicle.

14. Turn the sealant/air hose (2)counterclockwise to remove itfrom the tire valve stem.

15. Replace the tire valve stem cap.

16. Remove the tire sealantcanister (4) from the slot on topof the compressor (6).

17. Turn the air only hose (10)counterclockwise to remove itfrom the tire sealant canisterinlet valve (1).

18. Turn the sealant/air hose (2)clockwise onto the sealantcanister inlet valve (1) to preventsealant leakage.

19. Return the air only hose (10) andpower plug (9) back to theiroriginal storage location.


VEHICLE CARE 371

20. If the flat tire was able to inflateto the recommended inflationpressure, remove the maximumspeed label from the sealantcanister and place it in a highlyvisible location.

Do not exceed the speed on thislabel until the damaged tire isrepaired or replaced.

21. Return the equipment to itsoriginal storage location in thevehicle.

22. Immediately drive the vehicle8 km (5 mi) to distribute thesealant in the tire.

23. Stop at a safe location and checkthe tire pressure. Refer toSteps 1–10 under “Using the TireSealant and Compressor Kitwithout Sealant to Inflate a Tire(Not Punctured).”

If the tire pressure has fallenmore than 68 kPa (10 psi) belowthe recommended inflationpressure, stop driving the vehicle.The tire is too severely damagedand the tire sealant cannot sealthe tire. See RoadsideService 0 416.

If the tire pressure has notdropped more than 68 kPa(10 psi) from the recommendedinflation pressure, inflate the tireto the recommended inflationpressure.

24. Wipe off any sealant from thewheel, tire, or vehicle.

25. Dispose of the used tire sealantcanister (4) at a local dealer or inaccordance with local state codesand practices.

26. Replace it with a new canisteravailable from your dealer.

27. After temporarily sealing a tireusing the tire sealant andcompressor kit, take the vehicleto an authorized dealer within

161 km (100 mi) of driving tohave the tire repaired orreplaced.

Using the Tire Sealant andCompressor Kit without Sealantto Inflate a Tire (Not Punctured)

The kit includes:

1. Sealant Canister Inlet Valve2. Sealant/Air Hose3. Base of Sealant Canister4. Tire Sealant Canister5. On/Off Button6. Slot on Top of Compressor7. Pressure Deflation Button8. Pressure Gauge


372 VEHICLE CARE

9. Power Plug10. Air Only Hose

If a tire goes flat, avoid further tireand wheel damage by driving slowlyto a level place. Turn on the hazardwarning flashers. See Hazard WarningFlashers 0 194.

See If a Tire Goes Flat 0 365 for otherimportant safety warnings.

1. Remove the compressor from itsstorage location. See Storing theTire Sealant and CompressorKit 0 373.

2. Remove the air only hose (10)and the power plug (9) from thebottom of the compressor.

3. Place the compressor on theground near the flat tire.

Make sure the tire valve stem ispositioned close to the ground sothe hose will reach it.

4. Remove the valve stem cap fromthe flat tire by turning itcounterclockwise.

5. Attach the air only hose (10) tothe tire valve stem by turning itclockwise until tight.

6. Plug the power plug (9) into theaccessory power outlet in thevehicle. Unplug all items fromother accessory power outlets.See Power Outlets 0 121.

If the vehicle has an accessorypower outlet, do not use thecigarette lighter.

If the vehicle only has a cigarettelighter, use the cigarette lighter.

Do not pinch the power plugcord in the door or window.

7. Start the vehicle. The vehiclemust be running while using theair compressor.

8. Press the on/off button (5) toturn the tire sealant andcompressor kit on.

The compressor will inflate thetire with air only.

9. Inflate the tire to therecommended inflation pressureusing the pressure gauge (8). Therecommended inflation pressurecan be found on the Tire andLoading Information label. SeeTire Pressure 0 353.

The pressure gauge (8) may readhigher than the actual tirepressure while the compressor ison. Turn the compressor off toget an accurate pressure reading.The compressor may be turnedon/off until the correct pressureis reached.

Caution

If the recommended pressurecannot be reached afterapproximately 25 minutes, thevehicle should not be driven farther.

(Continued)


VEHICLE CARE 373

Caution (Continued)

The tire is too severely damagedand the tire sealant and compressorkit cannot inflate the tire. Removethe power plug from the accessorypower outlet and unscrew theinflating hose from the tire valve.See Roadside Service 0 416.

10. Press the on/off button (5) toturn the tire sealant andcompressor kit off.

Be careful while handling thecompressor as it could be warmafter usage.

11. Unplug the power plug (9) fromthe accessory power outlet in thevehicle.

12. Turn the air only hose (10)counterclockwise to remove itfrom the tire valve stem.

13. Replace the tire valve stem cap.

14. Return the air only hose (10) andpower plug (9) back to theiroriginal storage location.

15. Return the equipment to itsoriginal storage location in thevehicle.

The tire sealant and compressor kithas accessory adapters located in acompartment on the bottom of itshousing that can be used to inflate airmattresses, balls, etc.

Storing the Tire Sealantand Compressor KitTo access the tire sealant andcompressor kit:

1. Open the trunk.

2. Lift the cover.

3. Remove the bag.

4. Remove the tire sealant andcompressor kit from the bag.

To store the tire sealant andcompressor kit, reverse the steps.

Tire Changing

Removing the Spare Tire andTools

1. Jack2. Retainer Nut3. Tool Bag4. Strap5. Wrench6. Tow Hook (If Equipped)


374 VEHICLE CARE

To access the spare tire and tools:

1. Open the trunk.

2. Lift the spare tire cover andattach the handle to thetrunk edge.

3. Turn the retainer nutcounterclockwise and remove thespare tire. Place the spare tirenext to the tire being changed.

4. Remove the jack and tools fromtheir container and place themnear the tire being changed.

Removing the Flat Tire andInstalling the Spare Tire

1. Do a safety check beforeproceeding. See If a Tire GoesFlat 0 365.

2. Turn the wheel wrenchcounterclockwise to loosen andremove the wheel nut caps.

3. Turn the wheel wrenchcounterclockwise to loosen allthe wheel nuts, but do notremove them yet.

4. Place the jack near the flat tire.

5. Put the compact spare tirenear you.

{ Warning

Getting under a vehicle when it islifted on a jack is dangerous. If thevehicle slips off the jack, you couldbe badly injured or killed. Never getunder a vehicle when it issupported only by a jack.

{ Warning

Raising the vehicle with the jackimproperly positioned can damagethe vehicle and even make thevehicle fall. To help avoid personalinjury and vehicle damage, be sureto fit the jack lift head into theproper location before raising thevehicle.


VEHICLE CARE 375

{ Warning

Lifting a vehicle and getting underit to do maintenance or repairs isdangerous without the appropriatesafety equipment and training. If ajack is provided with the vehicle, itis designed only for changing a flattire. If it is used for anything else,you or others could be badly injuredor killed if the vehicle slips off thejack. If a jack is provided with thevehicle, only use it for changing aflat tire.

6. Place the hex tube end of thewrench over the hex head ofthe jack.

7. Place the jack under the vehicle.

Caution

Make sure that the jack lift head isin the correct position or you maydamage your vehicle. The repairswould not be covered by yourwarranty.

8. Position the jack lift head at thejack location nearest the flat tirewithin the depression of the jackpads, as shown. The jack mustnot be used in any otherposition.

9. Raise the vehicle by turning thejack handle clockwise. Raise thevehicle far enough off the groundso there is enough room for theroad tire to clear the ground.


376 VEHICLE CARE

10. Remove all of the wheel nuts.

11. Remove the flat tire.

{ Warning

Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on theparts to which it is fastened, canmake wheel nuts become looseafter time. The wheel could comeoff and cause an accident. Whenchanging a wheel, remove any rustor dirt from places where the wheelattaches to the vehicle. In anemergency, a cloth or a paper towel

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

can be used; however, use a scraperor wire brush later to remove allrust or dirt.

12. Remove any rust or dirt from thewheel bolts, mounting surfaces,and spare wheel.

13. Place the compact spare tire onthe wheel-mounting surface.

{ Warning

Never use oil or grease on bolts ornuts because the nuts might comeloose. The vehicle's wheel could falloff, causing a crash.

14. Reinstall the wheel nuts. Tighteneach nut by hand until the wheelis held against the hub.

15. Lower the vehicle by turning thejack handle counterclockwise.

{ Warning

Wheel nuts that are improperly orincorrectly tightened can cause thewheels to become loose or come off.The wheel nuts should be tightenedwith a torque wrench to the propertorque specification after replacing.Follow the torque specificationsupplied by the aftermarketmanufacturer when using accessorylocking wheel nuts. See Capacitiesand Specifications 0 409 for originalequipment wheel nut torquespecifications.


VEHICLE CARE 377

Caution

Improperly tightened wheel nutscan lead to brake pulsation androtor damage. To avoid expensivebrake repairs, evenly tighten thewheel nuts in the proper sequenceand to the proper torquespecification. See Capacities andSpecifications 0 409 for the wheelnut torque specification.

16. Tighten the wheel nuts firmly ina crisscross sequence, as shown.

17. Lower the jack all the way andremove the jack from under thevehicle.

18. Tighten the wheel nuts firmlywith the wheel wrench.

Storing a Flat or Spare Tire andTools

{ Warning

Storing a jack, a tire, or otherequipment in the passengercompartment of the vehicle couldcause injury. In a sudden stop orcollision, loose equipment couldstrike someone. Store all these inthe proper place.

To store the flat tire and tools:

1. Open the trunk.

2. Replace the jack and tools asthey were, originally, stored intheir container near thespare tire.

3. Replace the spare tire cover.

4. Place the tire, lying flat, in therear storage compartment.

If there is a loop on the end ofthe strap used to secure the flattire, go to Step 5. If there is not aloop, go to Step 8.

5. Route the loop end of thestrap (3) through one of thecargo tie-downs (1) in the rear ofthe vehicle.

6. Route the hook (2) through theloop (3).

7. Pull the strap to tighten itaround the cargo tie-down (1).


378 VEHICLE CARE

8. Route the hook end of the strapthrough the wheel.

9. Attach the hook to the cargotie-down in the rear of thevehicle.

10. Tighten the strap.

The compact spare is for temporaryuse only. Replace the compact sparetire with a full-size tire as soon asyou can.

Compact Spare Tire

{ Warning

Driving with more than onecompact spare tire at a time couldresult in loss of braking andhandling. This could lead to a crashand you or others could be injured.Use only one compact spare tire ata time.

If this vehicle has a compact sparetire, it was fully inflated when new;however, it can lose air over time.Check the inflation pressure regularly.It should be 420 kPa (60 psi).

Stop as soon as possible and checkthat the spare tire is correctly inflatedafter being installed on the vehicle.The compact spare tire is designed fortemporary use only. The vehicle willperform differently with the spare tireinstalled and it is recommended thatthe vehicle speed be limited to80 km/h (50 mph). To conserve thetread of the spare tire, have the

standard tire repaired or replaced assoon as convenient and return thespare tire to the storage area.

When using a compact spare tire, theAWD (if equipped), ABS, and TractionControl systems may engage until thespare tire is recognized by the vehicle,especially on slippery roads. Adjustdriving to reduce possible wheel slip.

Caution

When the compact spare isinstalled, do not take the vehiclethrough an automatic car washwith guide rails. The compact sparecan get caught on the rails whichcan damage the tire, wheel, andother parts of the vehicle.

Do not use the compact spare onother vehicles.

Do not mix the compact spare tire orwheel with other wheels or tires. Theywill not fit. Keep the spare tire and itswheel together.


VEHICLE CARE 379

Caution

Tire chains will not fit the compactspare. Using them can damage thevehicle and the chains. Do not usetire chains on the compact spare.

Jump Starting

Jump Starting - NorthAmericaFor more information about thevehicle battery, see Battery - NorthAmerica 0 331.

If the battery has run down, try to useanother vehicle and some jumpercables to start your vehicle. Be sure touse the following steps to do it safely.

{ Warning

WARNING: Battery posts,terminals, and related accessoriescontain lead and lead compounds,chemicals known to the State ofCalifornia to cause cancer and birthdefects or other reproductive harm.Batteries also contain otherchemicals known to the State ofCalifornia to cause cancer. WASHHANDS AFTER HANDLING.

See California Proposition65 Warning 0 306.

{ Warning

Batteries can hurt you. They can bedangerous because:

. They contain acid that canburn you.

. They contain gas that canexplode or ignite.

. They contain enoughelectricity to burn you.

If you do not follow these stepsexactly, some or all of these thingscan hurt you.

Caution

Ignoring these steps could result incostly damage to the vehicle thatwould not be covered by the vehiclewarranty. Trying to start the vehicleby pushing or pulling it will notwork, and it could damage thevehicle.


380 VEHICLE CARE

2.0L L4 Engine Shown, 3.0L V6 Engineand 3.6L V6 Engine Similar

1. Discharged Remote BatteryPositive Terminal

2. Discharged Remote BatteryNegative Ground Terminal

3. Good Battery NegativeTerminal

4. Good Battery PositiveTerminal

The jump start remote positiveterminal (1) and the remote negativeground terminal (2) for the dischargedbattery are on the driver side of thevehicle.

The jump start negative terminal (3)and positive terminal (4) are on thebattery of the vehicle providing thejump start.

The positive jump start connection forthe discharged battery is under a redcover. Remove the cover to expose theterminal.

1. Check the other vehicle. It musthave a 12-volt battery with anegative ground system.

Caution

If the other vehicle does not have a12-volt system with a negativeground, both vehicles can bedamaged. Only use a vehicle thathas a 12-volt system with anegative ground for jump starting.

2. Position the two vehicles so thatthey are not touching.

3. Set the parking brake firmly andput the shift lever in P (Park). SeeShifting Into Park 0 232.

Caution

If any accessories are left on orplugged in during the jump startingprocedure, they could be damaged.The repairs would not be coveredby the vehicle warranty. Wheneverpossible, turn off or unplug allaccessories on either vehicle whenjump starting.

4. Set the ignition to OFF. Turn offall lights and accessories in bothvehicles, except the hazardwarning flashers if needed.

{ Warning

An electric fan can start up evenwhen the engine is not running andcan injure you. Keep hands,clothing, and tools away from anyunderhood electric fan.


VEHICLE CARE 381

{ Warning

Using a match near a battery cancause battery gas to explode. Peoplehave been hurt doing this, andsome have been blinded. Use aflashlight if you need more light.

Battery fluid contains acid that canburn you. Do not get it on you.If you accidentally get it in youreyes or on your skin, flush the placewith water and get medical helpimmediately.

{ Warning

Fans or other moving engine partscan injure you badly. Keep yourhands away from moving partsonce the engine is running.

5. Connect one end of the redpositive (+) cable to the remotepositive (+) terminal on thedischarged battery.

6. Connect the other end of the redpositive (+) cable to thepositive (+) terminal of the goodbattery.

7. Connect one end of the blacknegative (–) cable to thenegative (–) terminal of the goodbattery.

8. Connect the other end of theblack negative (–) cable to theremote negative (–) groundterminal on the driver side shocktower for the discharged battery.

9. Start the engine in the vehiclewith the good battery and runthe engine at idle speed for atleast four minutes.

10. Try to start the vehicle that hadthe dead battery. If it will notstart after a few tries, it probablyneeds service.

Caution

If the jumper cables are connectedor removed in the wrong order,electrical shorting may occur and

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

damage the vehicle. The repairswould not be covered by the vehiclewarranty. Always connect andremove the jumper cables in thecorrect order, making sure that thecables do not touch each other orother metal.

Jumper Cable Removal

Reverse the sequence exactly whenremoving the jumper cables.

After starting the disabled vehicle andremoving the jumper cables, allow itto idle for several minutes.


382 VEHICLE CARE

Towing the Vehicle

Caution

Incorrectly towing a disabledvehicle may cause damage. Thedamage would not be covered bythe vehicle warranty.

Do not lash or hook to suspensioncomponents. Use the proper strapsaround the tires to secure thevehicle.

Have the vehicle towed on a flatbedcar carrier. A wheel lift tow truckcould damage the vehicle.

Consult your dealer or a professionaltowing service if the disabled vehiclemust be towed.

Use the tow eye for towing a disabledvehicle or loading it onto a flatbed carcarrier. The tow eye should not beused to recover a vehicle from an offroad situation.

Caution

Improper use of the tow eye cancause vehicle damage. Use cautionand low speeds to prevent damageto the vehicle.

Carefully open the cover in the fasciaby using the small notch that concealsthe tow eye socket.

Install the tow eye into the socket byturning it clockwise until it stops.Remove the tow eye by turning itcounterclockwise. When the tow eye isremoved, reinstall the cover with thenotch in the original position.

Recreational VehicleTowingRecreational vehicle towing meanstowing the vehicle behind anothervehicle such as a motor home. Thetwo most common types ofrecreational vehicle towing are knownas dinghy towing and dolly towing.Dinghy towing is towing the vehiclewith all four wheels on the ground.Dolly towing is towing the vehicle

with two wheels on the ground andtwo wheels up on a device known as adolly.

Here are some important things toconsider before recreational vehicletowing:

. What is the towing capacity of thetowing vehicle? Be sure to read thetow vehicle manufacturer'srecommendations.

. What is the distance that will betraveled? Some vehicles haverestrictions on how far and howlong they can tow.

. Is the proper towing equipmentgoing to be used? See your dealeror trailering professional foradditional advice and equipmentrecommendations.

. Is the vehicle ready to be towed?Just as preparing the vehicle for along trip, make sure the vehicle isprepared to be towed.


VEHICLE CARE 383

Dinghy Towing

Caution

If the vehicle is towed with all fourwheels on the ground, thedrivetrain components could bedamaged. The repairs would not becovered by the vehicle warranty. Donot tow the vehicle with all fourwheels on the ground.

The vehicle was not designed to betowed with all four wheels on theground. If the vehicle must be towed,a dolly should be used. See thefollowing information on dolly towing.

Caution

Use of a shield mounted in front ofthe vehicle grille could restrictairflow and cause damage to thetransmission. The repairs would notbe covered by the vehicle warranty.If using a shield, only use one thatattaches to the towing vehicle.

Dolly Towing (Rear-Wheel DriveVehicles)

To dolly tow a rear-wheel drive vehiclefrom the rear:

1. Attach the dolly to the towvehicle following the dollymanufacturer instructions.

2. Put the rear wheels on the dolly.

3. Shift the transmission toP (Park).

4. Firmly set the parking brake.

5. Use an adequate clamping devicedesigned for towing to ensurethat the front wheels are lockedinto the straight-ahead position.

6. Secure the vehicle to the dollyfollowing the manufacturerinstructions.

7. Release the parking brake onlyafter the vehicle being towed isfirmly attached to the towingvehicle.

8. Turn the ignition off.


384 VEHICLE CARE

Dolly Towing (All-Wheel DriveVehicles)

Vehicles with All-Wheel Drive cannotbe dolly towed.

Appearance Care

Exterior Care

Locks

Locks are lubricated at the factory.Use a de-icing agent only whenabsolutely necessary, and have thelocks greased after using. SeeRecommended Fluids andLubricants 0 404.

Washing the Vehicle

To preserve the vehicle's finish, washit often and out of direct sunlight.

Caution

Do not use petroleum-based, acidic,or abrasive cleaning agents as theycan damage the vehicle's paint,metal, or plastic parts. If damageoccurs, it would not be covered bythe vehicle warranty. Approvedcleaning products can be obtainedfrom your dealer. Follow allmanufacturer directions regarding

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

correct product usage, necessarysafety precautions, and appropriatedisposal of any vehicle careproduct.

Caution

Avoid using high-pressure washescloser than 30 cm (12 in) to thesurface of the vehicle. Use of powerwashers exceeding 8,274 kPa(1,200 psi) can result in damage orremoval of paint and decals.

Caution

Do not power wash any component

under the hood that has thisesymbol.

This could cause damage thatwould not be covered by the vehiclewarranty.


VEHICLE CARE 385

If using an automatic car wash, followthe car wash instructions. Thewindshield wiper and rear windowwiper, if equipped, must be off.Remove any accessories that may bedamaged or interfere with the carwash equipment.

Rinse the vehicle well, before washingand after, to remove all cleaningagents completely. If they are allowedto dry on the surface, they could stain.

Dry the finish with a soft, cleanchamois or an all-cotton towel toavoid surface scratches and waterspotting.

Finish Care

Application of aftermarket clearcoatsealant/wax materials is notrecommended. If painted surfaces aredamaged, see your dealer to have thedamage assessed and repaired. Foreignmaterials such as calcium chlorideand other salts, ice melting agents,road oil and tar, tree sap, birddroppings, chemicals from industrialchimneys, etc., can damage thevehicle's finish if they remain onpainted surfaces. Wash the vehicle assoon as possible. If necessary, use

non-abrasive cleaners that are markedsafe for painted surfaces to removeforeign matter.

Occasional hand waxing or mildpolishing should be done to removeresidue from the paint finish. See yourdealer for approved cleaning products.

Do not apply waxes or polishes touncoated plastic, vinyl, rubber, decals,simulated wood, or flat paint asdamage can occur.

Caution

Machine compounding oraggressive polishing on a basecoat/clearcoat paint finish may damageit. Use only non-abrasive waxes andpolishes that are made for abasecoat/clearcoat paint finish onthe vehicle.

To keep the paint finish looking new,keep the vehicle garaged or coveredwhenever possible.

Protecting Exterior Bright MetalMoldings

Caution

Failure to clean and protect thebright metal moldings can result ina hazy white finish or pitting. Thisdamage would not be covered bythe vehicle warranty.

The bright metal moldings on thevehicle are aluminum, chrome,or stainless steel. To prevent damage,always follow these cleaninginstructions:

. Be sure the molding is cool to thetouch before applying any cleaningsolution.

. Use only approved cleaningsolutions for aluminum, chrome,or stainless steel. Some cleanersare highly acidic or containalkaline substances and candamage the moldings.

. Always dilute a concentratedcleaner according to themanufacturer’s instructions.


386 VEHICLE CARE

. Do not use cleaners that are notintended for automotive use.

. Use a nonabrasive wax on thevehicle after washing to protectand extend the molding finish.

Cleaning Exterior Lamps/Lenses,Emblems, Decals, and Stripes

Use only lukewarm or cold water, asoft cloth, and a car washing soap toclean exterior lamps, lenses, emblems,decals, and stripes. Follow instructionsunder "Washing the Vehicle"previously in this section.

Lamp covers are made of plastic, andsome have a UV protective coating. Donot clean or wipe them when dry.

Do not use any of the following onlamp covers:

. Abrasive or caustic agents.

. Washer fluids and other cleaningagents in higher concentrationsthan suggested by themanufacturer.

. Solvents, alcohols, fuels, or otherharsh cleaners.

. Ice scrapers or other hard items.

. Aftermarket appearance caps orcovers while the lamps areilluminated, due to excessive heatgenerated.

Caution

Failure to clean lamps properly cancause damage to the lamp coverthat would not be covered by thevehicle warranty.

Caution

Using wax on low gloss black finishstripes can increase the gloss leveland create a non-uniform finish.Clean low gloss stripes with soapand water only.

Air Intakes

Clear debris from the air intakesbetween the hood and windshieldwhen washing the vehicle.

Shutter System

The vehicle may have a shuttersystem designed to help increase fueleconomy. Keep the shutter systemclean for proper operation.

Windshield and Wiper Blades

Clean the outside of the windshieldwith glass cleaner.

Clean rubber blades using a lint-freecloth or paper towel soaked withwindshield washer fluid or a milddetergent. Wash the windshieldthoroughly when cleaning the blades.


VEHICLE CARE 387

Bugs, road grime, sap, and a buildupof vehicle wash/wax treatments maycause wiper streaking.

Replace the wiper blades if they areworn or damaged. Damage can becaused by extreme dusty conditions,sand, salt, heat, sun, snow, and ice.

Weatherstrips

Apply Dielectric silicone grease onweatherstrips to make them lastlonger, seal better, and not stick orsqueak. Lubricate weatherstrips atleast once a year. Hot, dry climatesmay require more frequentapplication. Black marks from rubbermaterial on painted surfaces can beremoved by rubbing with a cleancloth. See Recommended Fluids andLubricants 0 404.

Tires

Use a stiff brush with tire cleaner toclean the tires.

Caution

Using petroleum-based tire dressingproducts on the vehicle maydamage the paint finish and/ortires. When applying a tire dressing,always wipe off any overspray fromall painted surfaces on the vehicle.

Wheels and Trim— Aluminum orChrome

Use a soft, clean cloth with mild soapand water to clean the wheels. Afterrinsing thoroughly with clean water,dry with a soft, clean towel. A waxmay then be applied.

Caution

Chrome wheels and other chrometrim may be damaged if the vehicleis not washed after driving on roadsthat have been sprayed withmagnesium, calcium, or sodiumchloride. These chlorides are usedon roads for conditions such as iceand dust. Always wash the chromewith soap and water after exposure.

Caution

To avoid surface damage, do notuse strong soaps, chemicals,abrasive polishes, cleaners, brushes,or cleaners that contain acid onaluminum or chrome-plated wheels.Use only approved cleaners. Also,never drive a vehicle withaluminum or chrome-plated wheelsthrough an automatic car wash thatuses silicone carbide tire cleaningbrushes. Damage could occur andthe repairs would not be covered bythe vehicle warranty.

Brake System

Visually inspect brake lines and hosesfor proper hook-up, binding, leaks,cracks, chafing, etc. Inspect disc brakepads for wear and rotors for surfacecondition. Inspect brake linings/shoesfor wear or cracks. Inspect all otherbrake parts.


388 VEHICLE CARE

Steering, Suspension, andChassis Components

Visually inspect steering, suspension,and chassis components for damaged,loose, or missing parts or signs ofwear at least once a year.

Inspect power steering for properattachment, connections, binding,leaks, cracks, chafing, etc.

Visually check constant velocity jointboots and axle seals for leaks.

Body Component Lubrication

Lubricate all key lock cylinders, hoodhinges, liftgate hinges, and the steelfuel door hinges, unless thecomponents are plastic. Applyingsilicone grease on weatherstrips with aclean cloth will make them lastlonger, seal better, and not stick orsqueak.

Underbody Maintenance

At least twice a year, spring and fall,use plain water to flush any corrosivematerials from the underbody. Takecare to thoroughly clean any areaswhere mud and other debris cancollect.

Do not directly power wash thetransfer case and/or front/rear axleoutput seals. High pressure water canovercome the seals and contaminatethe fluid. Contaminated fluid willdecrease the life of the transfer caseand/or axles and should be replaced.

Sheet Metal Damage

If the vehicle is damaged and requiressheet metal repair or replacement,make sure the body repair shopapplies anti-corrosion material toparts repaired or replaced to restorecorrosion protection.

Original manufacturer replacementparts will provide the corrosionprotection while maintaining thevehicle warranty.

Finish Damage

Quickly repair minor chips andscratches with touch-up materialsavailable from your dealer to avoidcorrosion. Larger areas of finishdamage can be corrected in yourdealer's body and paint shop.

Chemical Paint Spotting

Airborne pollutants can fall upon andattack painted vehicle surfacescausing blotchy, ring-shapeddiscolorations, and small, irregulardark spots etched into the paintsurface. See “Finish Care” previously inthis section.

Interior CareTo prevent dirt particle abrasions,regularly clean the vehicle's interior.Immediately remove any soils.Newspapers or dark garments cantransfer color to the vehicle’s interior.

Use a soft bristle brush to removedust from knobs and crevices on theinstrument cluster. Using a mild soapsolution, immediately remove handlotions, sunscreen, and insectrepellent from all interior surfaces orpermanent damage may result.

Use cleaners specifically designed forthe surfaces being cleaned to preventpermanent damage. Apply all cleanersdirectly to the cleaning cloth. Do notspray cleaners on any switches orcontrols. Remove cleaners quickly.


VEHICLE CARE 389

Before using cleaners, read and followall safety instructions on the label.While cleaning the interior, open thedoors and windows to get properventilation.

To prevent damage, do not clean theinterior using the following cleanersor techniques:

. Never use a razor or any othersharp object to remove soil fromany interior surface.

. Never use a brush with stiffbristles.

. Never rub any surface aggressivelyor with too much pressure.

. Do not use laundry detergents ordishwashing soaps withdegreasers. For liquid cleaners, useapproximately 20 drops per 3.8 L(1 gal) of water. A concentratedsoap solution will create streaksand attract dirt. Do not usesolutions that contain strong orcaustic soap.

. Do not heavily saturate theupholstery when cleaning.

. Do not use solvents or cleanerscontaining solvents.

Interior Glass

To clean, use a terry cloth fabricdampened with water. Wipe dropletsleft behind with a clean dry cloth.If necessary, use a commercial glasscleaner after cleaning with plain water.

Caution

To prevent scratching, never useabrasive cleaners on automotiveglass. Abrasive cleaners oraggressive cleaning may damagethe rear window defogger.

Cleaning the windshield with waterduring the first three to six months ofownership will reduce tendency to fog.

Speaker Covers

Vacuum around a speaker covergently, so that the speaker will not bedamaged. Clean spots with water andmild soap.

Coated Moldings

Coated moldings should be cleaned.

. When lightly soiled, wipe with asponge or soft, lint-free clothdampened with water.

. When heavily soiled, use warmsoapy water.

Fabric/Carpet/Suede

Start by vacuuming the surface usinga soft brush attachment. If a rotatingvacuum brush attachment is beingused, only use it on the floor carpet.Before cleaning, gently remove asmuch of the soil as possible:

. Gently blot liquids with a papertowel. Continue blotting until nomore soil can be removed.

. For solid soils, remove as much aspossible prior to vacuuming.

To clean:

1. Saturate a clean, lint-freecolorfast cloth with water.Microfiber cloth is recommendedto prevent lint transfer to thefabric or carpet.


390 VEHICLE CARE

2. Remove excess moisture bygently wringing until water doesnot drip from the cleaning cloth.

3. Start on the outside edge of thesoil and gently rub toward thecenter. Fold the cleaning cloth toa clean area frequently toprevent forcing the soil in to thefabric.

4. Continue gently rubbing thesoiled area until there is nolonger any color transfer fromthe soil to the cleaning cloth.

5. If the soil is not completelyremoved, use a mild soapsolution followed only by plainwater.

If the soil is not completely removed,it may be necessary to use acommercial upholstery cleaner or spotlifter. Test a small hidden area forcolorfastness before using acommercial upholstery cleaner or spotlifter. If ring formation occurs, cleanthe entire fabric or carpet.

After cleaning, use a paper towel toblot excess moisture.

Cleaning High Gloss Surfacesand Vehicle Information andRadio Displays

Use a microfiber cloth on high glosssurfaces or vehicle displays. First, usea soft bristle brush to remove dirt thatcan scratch the surface. Then gentlyclean by rubbing with a microfibercloth. Never use window cleaners orsolvents. Periodically hand wash themicrofiber cloth separately, using mildsoap. Do not use bleach or fabricsoftener. Rinse thoroughly and air drybefore next use.

Caution

Do not attach a device with asuction cup to the display. This maycause damage and would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.

Instrument Panel, Leather, Vinyl,Other Plastic Surfaces, LowGloss Paint Surfaces, andNatural Open Pore WoodSurfaces

Use a soft microfiber cloth dampenedwith water to remove dust and loosedirt. For a more thorough cleaning,use a soft microfiber cloth dampenedwith a mild soap solution.

Caution

Soaking or saturating leather,especially perforated leather, as wellas other interior surfaces, maycause permanent damage. Wipeexcess moisture from these surfacesafter cleaning and allow them todry naturally. Never use heat,steam, or spot removers. Do not usecleaners that contain silicone orwax-based products. Cleanerscontaining these solvents canpermanently change the appearanceand feel of leather or soft trim, andare not recommended.


VEHICLE CARE 391

Do not use cleaners that increasegloss, especially on the instrumentpanel. Reflected glare can decreasevisibility through the windshieldunder certain conditions.

Caution

Use of air fresheners may causepermanent damage to plastics andpainted surfaces. If an air freshenercomes in contact with any plasticor painted surface in the vehicle,blot immediately and clean with asoft cloth dampened with a mildsoap solution. Damage caused byair fresheners would not be coveredby the vehicle warranty.

Cargo Cover andConvenience Net

Wash with warm water and milddetergent. Do not use chlorine bleach.Rinse with cold water, and then drycompletely.

Care of Safety Belts

Keep belts clean and dry.

{ Warning

Do not bleach or dye safety beltwebbing. It may severely weakenthe webbing. In a crash, they mightnot be able to provide adequateprotection. Clean and rinse safetybelt webbing only with mild soapand lukewarm water. Allow thewebbing to dry.

Floor Mats

{ Warning

If a floor mat is the wrong size or isnot properly installed, it caninterfere with the pedals.Interference with the pedals cancause unintended acceleration and/or increased stopping distancewhich can cause a crash and injury.Make sure the floor mat does notinterfere with the pedals.

Use the following guidelines forproper floor mat usage.

. The original equipment floor matswere designed for your vehicle.If the floor mats need replacing, itis recommended that GM certifiedfloor mats be purchased. Non-GMfloor mats may not fit properlyand may interfere with the pedals.Always check that the floor matsdo not interfere with the pedals.

. Do not use a floor mat if thevehicle is not equipped with afloor mat retainer on the driverside floor.

. Use the floor mat with the correctside up. Do not turn it over.

. Do not place anything on top ofthe driver side floor mat.

. Use only a single floor mat on thedriver side.

. Do not place one floor mat on topof another.

The driver side floor mat is held inplace by two button-type retainers.


392 VEHICLE CARE

Removing and Replacing theFloor Mats

1. Pull up on the rear of the floormat to unlock the retainers andremove.

2. Reinstall by lining up the floormat retainer openings over thecarpet retainers and snap intoposition.

3. Make sure the floor mat isproperly secured in place. Verifythe floor mat does not interferewith the pedals.


SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE 393

Service andMaintenance

General InformationGeneral Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . 393

Cadillac Premium CareMaintenanceCadillac Premium CareMaintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 395

Maintenance ScheduleMaintenance Schedule . . . . . . . . . . . 395

Special Application ServicesSpecial Application Services . . . . . 400

Additional Maintenanceand CareAdditional Maintenanceand Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401

Recommended Fluids,Lubricants, and PartsRecommended Fluids andLubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 404

Maintenance ReplacementParts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 405

Maintenance RecordsMaintenance Records . . . . . . . . . . . . 407

General InformationYour vehicle is an importantinvestment. This section describes therequired maintenance for the vehicle.Follow this schedule to help protectagainst major repair expensesresulting from neglect or inadequatemaintenance. It may also help tomaintain the value of the vehicle if itis sold. It is the responsibility of theowner to have all requiredmaintenance performed.

Your dealer has trained technicianswho can perform requiredmaintenance using genuinereplacement parts. They haveup-to-date tools and equipment forfast and accurate diagnostics. Manydealers have extended evening andSaturday hours, courtesytransportation, and online schedulingto assist with service needs.

Your dealer recognizes the importanceof providing competitively pricedmaintenance and repair services. Withtrained technicians, the dealer is theplace for routine maintenance such asoil changes and tire rotations and


394 SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE

additional maintenance items liketires, brakes, batteries, and wiperblades.

Caution

Damage caused by impropermaintenance can lead to costlyrepairs and may not be covered bythe vehicle warranty. Maintenanceintervals, checks, inspections,recommended fluids, and lubricantsare important to keep the vehicle ingood working condition.

The Tire Rotation and RequiredServices are the responsibility of thevehicle owner. It is recommended tohave your dealer perform theseservices every 12 000 km/7,500 mi.Proper vehicle maintenance helps tokeep the vehicle in good workingcondition, improves fuel economy, andreduces vehicle emissions.

Because of the way people usevehicles, maintenance needs vary.There may need to be more frequent

checks and services. The AdditionalRequired Services - Normal are forvehicles that:

. Carry passengers and cargo withinrecommended limits on the Tireand Loading Information label. SeeVehicle Load Limits 0 221.

. Are driven on reasonable roadsurfaces within legal driving limits.

. Use the recommended fuel. SeeFuel 0 295.

Refer to the information in theMaintenance Schedule AdditionalRequired Services - Normal chart.

The Additional Required Services -Severe are for vehicles that are:

. Mainly driven in heavy city trafficin hot weather.

. Mainly driven in hilly ormountainous terrain.

. Frequently towing a trailer.

. Used for high speed or competitivedriving.

. Used for taxi, police, or deliveryservice.

Refer to the information in theMaintenance Schedule AdditionalRequired Services - Severe chart.

{ Warning

Performing maintenance work canbe dangerous and can cause seriousinjury. Perform maintenance workonly if the required information,proper tools, and equipment areavailable. If they are not, see yourdealer to have a trained techniciando the work. See Doing Your OwnService Work 0 307.



Cadillac Premium CareMaintenanceYour vehicle comes with the CadillacPremium Care Maintenance. It is amaintenance program that coversselect maintenance services duringthe first three years or 58 000 km(36,000 mi) whichever comes first.

Cadillac Premium Care Maintenancecovers routine maintenance services,when scheduled in accordance withthe owner manual, including:

. Oil changes based on the vehicle'soil life monitor system.

. Tire rotation every 12 000 km(7,500 mi).

. Passenger compartment air filterreplacement.

. Multi-point vehicle inspection(MPVI) performed by a qualifiedtechnician.

Cadillac requires that all CadillacPremium Care Maintenance servicesbe performed by a Cadillac authorizedservice dealer.

Maintenance ScheduleOwner Checks and Services

At Each Fuel Stop

. Check the engine oil level. SeeEngine Oil 0 316.

Once a Month

. Check the tire inflation pressures.See Tire Pressure 0 353.

. Inspect the tires for wear. See TireInspection 0 358.

. Check the windshield washer fluidlevel. See Washer Fluid 0 329.

Engine Oil Change

When the CHANGE ENGINE OILSOON message displays, have theengine oil and filter changed withinthe next 1 000 km/600 mi. If drivenunder the best conditions, the engineoil life system may not indicate theneed for vehicle service for up to ayear. The engine oil and filter must bechanged at least once a year and theoil life system must be reset. Yourtrained dealer technician can performthis work. If the engine oil life system

is reset accidentally, service thevehicle within 5 000 km/3,000 mi sincethe last service. Reset the oil lifesystem when the oil is changed. SeeEngine Oil Life System 0 318.

Tire Rotation and RequiredServices Every 12 000 km/7,500 mi

Rotate the tires, if recommended forthe vehicle, and perform the followingservices. See Tire Rotation 0 359.

. Check engine oil level and oillife percentage. If needed, changeengine oil and filter, and reset oillife system. See Engine Oil 0 316and Engine Oil Life System 0 318.

. Check engine coolant level. SeeEngine Coolant 0 324.

. Check windshield washer fluidlevel. See Washer Fluid 0 329.

. Visually inspect windshield wiperblades for wear, cracking,or contamination. See ExteriorCare 0 384. Replace worn ordamaged wiper blades. See WiperBlade Replacement 0 334.



. Check tire inflation pressures. SeeTire Pressure 0 353.

. Inspect tire wear. See TireInspection 0 358.

. Visually check for fluid leaks.

. Inspect engine air cleaner filter.See Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 320.

. Inspect brake system. See ExteriorCare 0 384.

. Visually inspect steering,suspension, and chassiscomponents for damaged, loose,or missing parts or signs of wear.See Exterior Care 0 384.

. Check restraint systemcomponents. See Safety SystemCheck 0 82.

. Visually inspect fuel system fordamage or leaks.

. Visually inspect exhaust systemand nearby heat shields for looseor damaged parts.

. Lubricate body components. SeeExterior Care 0 384.

. Check starter switch. See StarterSwitch Check 0 333.

. Check automatic transmissionshift lock control function. SeeAutomatic Transmission Shift LockControl Function Check 0 333.

. Check parking brake andautomatic transmission parkmechanism. See Park Brake andP (Park) Mechanism Check 0 334.

. Check accelerator pedal fordamage, high effort, or binding.Replace if needed.

. Visually inspect gas strut for signsof wear, cracks, or other damage.Check the hold open ability of thestrut. See your dealer if service isrequired.

. Inspect sunroof track and seal,if equipped. See Sunroof 0 62.



Maintenance ScheduleAdditional Required Services -Normal

12000km/7

,500mi

24000km/1

5,000mi

36000km/2

2,500mi

48000km/3

0,000mi

60000km/3

7,500mi

72000km/4

5,000mi

84000km/5

2,500mi

96000km/6

0,000mi

108000km/6

7,500mi

120000km/7

5,000mi

132000km/8

2,500mi

144000km/9

0,000mi

156000km/9

7,500mi

168000km/1

05,000mi

180000km/1

12,500mi

192000km/1

20,000mi

204000km/1

27,500mi

216000km/1

35,000mi

228000km/1

42,500mi

240000km/1

50,000mi

Rotate tires, if recommended for the vehicle, andperform Required Services. Check engine oil leveland oil life percentage. Change engine oil and filter,if needed. (1)

@ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @

Replace passenger compartment air filter. (2) @ @ @ @ @ @

Inspect evaporative control system. (3) @ @ @

Replace engine air cleaner filter. (4) @ @ @

Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark plug wires. (2.0Land 3.0L Twin Turbo Engines)

@ @

Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark plug wires. (3.6LEngine Only)

@

Drain and fill engine cooling system and PowerElectronics cooling system. (5)

@

Change transfer case fluid, if equipped withAWD. (6)

@

Change rear axle fluid. @

Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (7) @

Replace brake fluid. (8)



Footnotes — Maintenance ScheduleAdditional Required Services -Normal

(1) Vehicles with different size frontand rear tires do not have tirerotation. See Tire Rotation 0 359.

(2) Or every two years, whichevercomes first. More frequent passengercompartment air filter replacementmay be needed if driving in areas withheavy traffic, poor air quality, highdust levels, or environmentalallergens. Passenger compartment airfilter replacement may also be neededif there is reduced airflow, windowfogging, or odors. Your GM dealer canhelp determine when to replace thefilter.

(3) Visually check all fuel and vaporlines and hoses for proper attachment,connection, routing, and condition.

(4) Or every four years, whichevercomes first. If driving in dustyconditions, inspect the filter at eachoil change or more often as needed.

(5) Or every five years, whichevercomes first. See Cooling System(Engine) 0 322 or Cooling System(Power Electronics and Charger Modules- Hybrid Only) 0 323.

(6) Do not directly power wash thetransfer case and/or front/rear axleoutput seals. High pressure water canovercome the seals and contaminatethe transfer case fluid. Contaminatedfluid will decrease the life of thetransfer case and/or axles and shouldbe replaced.

(7) Or every 10 years, whichevercomes first. Inspect for fraying,excessive cracking, or damage; replace,if needed.

(8) Replace brake fluid every fiveyears for DOT 3 fluid or every threeyears for DOT 4 fluid. See BrakeFluid 0 330.



Maintenance ScheduleAdditional Required Services -Severe

12000km/7

,500mi

24000km/1

5,000mi

36000km/2

2,500mi

48000km/3

0,000mi

60000km/3

7,500mi

72000km/4

5,000mi

84000km/5

2,500mi

96000km/6

0,000mi

108000km/6

7,500mi

120000km/7

5,000mi

132000km/8

2,500mi

144000km/9

0,000mi

156000km/9

7,500mi

168000km/1

05,000mi

180000km/1

12,500mi

192000km/1

20,000mi

204000km/1

27,500mi

216000km/1

35,000mi

228000km/1

42,500mi

240000km/1

50,000mi

Rotate tires, if recommended for the vehicle, andperform Required Services. Check engine oil leveland oil life percentage. Change engine oil and filter,if needed. (1)

@ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @

Replace passenger compartment air filter. (2) @ @ @ @ @ @

Inspect evaporative control system. (3) @ @ @

Replace engine air cleaner filter. (4) @ @ @

Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark plug wires. (2.0Land 3.0L Twin Turbo Engines)

@ @

Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark plug wires. (3.6LEngine Only)

@

Change automatic transmission fluid and filter. @ @ @

Change transfer case fluid, if equipped withAWD. (5)

@ @ @

Change rear axle fluid. @ @ @

Change front axle fluid, if equipped with AWD. @ @ @

Drain and fill engine cooling system and PowerElectronics cooling system. (6)

@

Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (7) @

Replace brake fluid. (8)



Footnotes — Maintenance ScheduleAdditional Required Services -Severe

(1) Vehicles with different size frontand rear tires do not have tirerotation. See Tire Rotation 0 359.

(2) Or every two years, whichevercomes first. More frequent passengercompartment air filter replacementmay be needed if driving in areas withheavy traffic, poor air quality, highdust levels, or environmentalallergens. Passenger compartment airfilter replacement may also be neededif there is reduced airflow, windowfogging, or odors. Your GM dealer canhelp determine when to replace thefilter.

(3) Visually check all fuel and vaporlines and hoses for proper attachment,connection, routing, and condition.

(4) Or every four years, whichevercomes first. If driving in dustyconditions, inspect the filter at eachoil change or more often as needed.

(5) Do not directly power wash thetransfer case and/or front/rear axleoutput seals. High pressure water can

overcome the seals and contaminatethe transfer case fluid. Contaminatedfluid will decrease the life of thetransfer case and/or axles and shouldbe replaced.

(6) Or every five years, whichevercomes first. See Cooling System(Engine) 0 322 or Cooling System(Power Electronics and Charger Modules- Hybrid Only) 0 323.

(7) Or every 10 years, whichevercomes first. Inspect for fraying,excessive cracking, or damage; replace,if needed.

(8) Replace brake fluid every fiveyears for DOT 3 fluid or every threeyears for DOT 4 fluid. See BrakeFluid 0 330.

Special ApplicationServices. Severe Commercial Use Vehicles

Only: Lubricate chassiscomponents every oil change.

. Have underbody flushing serviceperformed. See "UnderbodyMaintenance" in ExteriorCare 0 384.



Additional Maintenanceand CareYour vehicle is an importantinvestment and caring for it properlymay help to avoid future costlyrepairs. To maintain vehicleperformance, additional maintenanceservices may be required.

It is recommended that your dealerperform these services — their traineddealer technicians know your vehiclebest. Your dealer can also perform athorough assessment with amulti-point inspection to recommendwhen your vehicle may needattention.

The following list is intended toexplain the services and conditions tolook for that may indicate services arerequired.

Battery

The 12-volt battery supplies power tostart the engine and operate anyadditional electrical accessories.

. To avoid break-down or failure tostart the vehicle, maintain abattery with full cranking power.

. Trained dealer technicians havethe diagnostic equipment to testthe battery and ensure that theconnections and cables arecorrosion-free.

Belts

. Belts may need replacing if theysqueak or show signs of crackingor splitting.

. Trained dealer technicians haveaccess to tools and equipment toinspect the belts and recommendadjustment or replacement whennecessary.

Brakes

Brakes stop the vehicle and are crucialto safe driving.

. Signs of brake wear may includechirping, grinding, or squealingnoises, or difficulty stopping.

. Trained dealer technicians haveaccess to tools and equipment toinspect the brakes and recommendquality parts engineered for thevehicle.

Fluids

Proper fluid levels and approved fluidsprotect the vehicle’s systems andcomponents. See Recommended Fluidsand Lubricants 0 404 for GM approvedfluids.

. Engine oil and windshield washerfluid levels should be checked atevery fuel fill.

. Instrument cluster lights maycome on to indicate that fluidsmay be low and need to be filled.

Hoses

Hoses transport fluids and should beregularly inspected to ensure thatthere are no cracks or leaks. With amulti-point inspection, your dealercan inspect the hoses and advise ifreplacement is needed.



Lamps

Properly working headlamps,taillamps, and brake lamps areimportant to see and be seen onthe road.

. Signs that the headlamps needattention include dimming, failureto light, cracking, or damage. Thebrake lamps need to be checkedperiodically to ensure that theylight when braking.

. With a multi-point inspection,your dealer can check the lampsand note any concerns.

Shocks and Struts

Shocks and struts help aid in controlfor a smoother ride.

. Signs of wear may include steeringwheel vibration, bounce/swaywhile braking, longer stoppingdistance, or uneven tire wear.

. As part of the multi-pointinspection, trained dealertechnicians can visually inspectthe shocks and struts for signs of

leaking, blown seals, or damage,and can advise when service isneeded.

Tires

Tires need to be properly inflated,rotated, and balanced. Maintainingthe tires can save money and fuel, andcan reduce the risk of tire failure.

. Signs that the tires need to bereplaced include three or morevisible treadwear indicators; cordor fabric showing through therubber; cracks or cuts in the treador sidewall; or a bulge or split inthe tire.

. Trained dealer technicians caninspect and recommend the righttires. Your dealer can also providetire/wheel balancing services toensure smooth vehicle operationat all speeds. Your dealer sells andservices name brand tires.

Vehicle Care

To help keep the vehicle looking likenew, vehicle care products areavailable from your dealer. Forinformation on how to clean andprotect the vehicle’s interior andexterior, see Interior Care 0 388 andExterior Care 0 384.

Wheel Alignment

Wheel alignment is critical forensuring that the tires deliver optimalwear and performance.

. Signs that the alignment may needto be adjusted include pulling,improper vehicle handling,or unusual tire wear.

. Your dealer has the requiredequipment to ensure proper wheelalignment.

Windshield

For safety, appearance, and the bestviewing, keep the windshield cleanand clear.

. Signs of damage include scratches,cracks, and chips.



. Trained dealer technicians caninspect the windshield andrecommend proper replacement ifneeded.

Wiper Blades

Wiper blades need to be cleaned andkept in good condition to provide aclear view.

. Signs of wear include streaking,skipping across the windshield,and worn or split rubber.

. Trained dealer technicians cancheck the wiper blades and replacethem when needed.



Recommended Fluids, Lubricants, and Parts

Recommended Fluids and Lubricants

Usage Fluid/Lubricant

Automatic Transmission DEXRON®-HP Automatic Transmission Fluid (GM Part No. 19331925, inCanada 19300537).

Engine Coolant (Gasoline Only Vehicles) 50/50 mixture of clean drinkable water and use only DEX-COOL® Coolant.

Engine Coolant, High Voltage Battery,and Power Electronics Cooling System

(Hybrid Only Vehicles)

Use Only Premix DEX-COOL® Coolant (GM Part No. 12378390, inCanada 10953456). See Engine Coolant 0 324.

Engine Oil Engine oil meeting the dexos1™ specification of the proper SAE viscosity grade.ACDelco dexos1 Synthetic Blend is recommended. See Engine Oil 0 316.

Hood Latch Assembly, Pivots, SpringAnchor, and Release Pawl

Lubriplate Lubricant Aerosol (GM Part No. 89021668, in Canada 89021674) orlubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2, Category LB or GC-LB.

Hydraulic Brake System (Gasoline Only) DOT 3 Hydraulic Brake Fluid (GM Part No. 19299818, in Canada 19299819).

Hydraulic Brake System (Hybrid Only) DOT 4 Hydraulic Brake Fluid (GM Part No. 19299570, in Canada 19299571).

Key Lock Cylinders, Hood and DoorHinges

Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube (GM Part No. 12346241, inCanada 10953474).

Rear Axle SAE 75W-90 Synthetic Axle Lubricant (GM Part No. 88863089, inCanada 88863090) meeting GM Specification 9986285.

Rear Axle/Front Axle (All-Wheel Drive) SAE 75W-90 Synthetic Axle Lubricant (GM Part No. 88863089, inCanada 88863090).



Usage Fluid/Lubricant

Transfer Case (All-Wheel Drive) Transfer Case Fluid (GM Part No. 19331044, in Canada 19331045).

Weatherstrip Conditioning Weatherstrip Lubricant (GM Part No. 3634770, in Canada 10953518) orDielectric Silicone Grease (GM Part No. 12345579, in Canada 10953481).

Windshield Washer Automotive windshield washer fluid that meets regional freeze protectionrequirements.

Maintenance Replacement PartsReplacement parts identified below by name, part number, or specification can be obtained from your dealer.

Part GM Part Number ACDelco Part Number

Engine Air Cleaner/Filter

2.0L L4 Engine 23418368 A3219C

3.0L V6 Twin Turbo Engine (Driver Side) 23441383 A3207C

3.0L V6 Twin Turbo Engine (Passenger Side) 23450879 A3206C

3.6L V6 Engine 23458700 A3204C

Engine Oil Filter

2.0L L4 Engine 12640445 PF64

3.0L V6 Twin Turbo Engine 19330000 PF63E

3.6L V6 Engine 19330000 PF63E



Part GM Part Number ACDelco Part Number

Passenger Compartment Air Filter 13508023 CF185

Spark Plugs

2.0L L4 Engine 12647827 41-125

3.0L V6 Twin Turbo Engine 12650283 41-131

3.6L V6 Engine 12646780 41-130

Wiper Blades

Driver Side – 60 cm (23.62 in) 13227404 —

Passenger Side – 45 cm (17.72 in) 25882578 —



Maintenance RecordsAfter the scheduled services are performed, record the date, odometer reading, who performed the service, and the type ofservices performed in the boxes provided. Retain all maintenance receipts.

Date OdometerReading Serviced By Maintenance Stamp Services Performed


408 TECHNICAL DATA

Technical Data

Vehicle IdentificationVehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 408

Service Parts IdentificationLabel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 408

Vehicle DataCapacities and Specifications . . . . 409Engine Drive Belt Routing . . . . . . . 411

Vehicle Identification

Vehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN)

This legal identifier is in the frontcorner of the instrument panel, on thedriver side of the vehicle. It can beseen through the windshield fromoutside. The Vehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN) also appears on theVehicle Certification and Service Partslabels and certificates of title andregistration.

Engine Identification

The eighth character in the VIN is theengine code. This code identifies thevehicle's engine, specifications, andreplacement parts. See “EngineSpecifications” under Capacities andSpecifications 0 409 for the vehicle'sengine code.

Service Parts IdentificationLabelThis label, in the rear trunk area, hasthe following information:

. Vehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN).

. Model designation.

. Paint information.

. Production options and specialequipment.

Do not remove this label from thevehicle.


TECHNICAL DATA 409

Vehicle Data

Capacities and SpecificationsThe following approximate capacities are given in metric and English conversions. See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants0 404 for more information.

ApplicationCapacities

Metric English

Air Conditioning Refrigerant For the air conditioning system refrigerant type andcharge amount, see the refrigerant label under the

hood. See your dealer for more information.

Brake Fluid 0.4 L 0.4 qt

Cooling System – Engine

2.0L L4 Engine 8.6 L 9.1 qt

2.0L L4 Engine with Rear A/C 10.3 L 10.9 qt

2.0L L4 Hybrid Engine with Rear A/C 9.8 L 10.4 qt

2.0L L4 Hybrid Engine – Power Electronics 4.2 L 4.4 qt

2.0L L4 Hybrid Engine – RESS 3.1 L 3.3 qt

3.0L V6 Twin Turbo Engine 10.6 L 11.2 qt

3.0L V6 Twin Turbo Engine with Rear A/C 12.3 L 13.0 qt

3.0L V6 Twin Turbo Engine with Rear A/C and AuxiliaryRadiator

13.2 L 13.9 qt


410 TECHNICAL DATA

ApplicationCapacities

Metric English

3.0L V6 Twin Turbo Engine with Auxiliary Radiator 11.5 L 12.2 qt

3.6L V6 Engine 9.8 L 10.4 qt

3.6L V6 Engine with Rear A/C 11.4 L 12.0 qt

Cooling System – Twin Turbo

3.0L V6 Engine Intercoolers 3.6 L 3.8 qt

Engine Oil with Filter

2.0L L4 Engine 4.7 L 5.0 qt

3.0L V6 Twin Turbo Engine 5.7 L 6.0 qt

3.6L V6 Engine 5.7 L 6.0 qt

Front Axle (AWD) 0.45 L 0.48 qt

Fuel Tank

Gasoline Only 72.7 L 19.2 gal

Hybrid 58.0 L 15.3 gal

Transfer Case – AWD 0.8 L 0.85 qt

Wheel Nut Torque 150Y 110 lb ft

All capacities are approximate. When adding, be sure to fill to the approximate level, as recommended in this manual.Recheck fluid level after filling.


TECHNICAL DATA 411

Engine Specifications

Engine VIN Code Transmission Spark Plug Gap

2.0L L4 Engine X Automatic 0.75–0.90 mm (0.030–0.035 in)

3.0L V6 Twin Turbo Engine 6 Automatic 0.65–0.75 mm (0.26–0.030 in)

3.6L V6 Engine S Automatic 0.80–0.90 mm (0.031–0.035 in)

Engine Drive Belt Routing

2.0L L4 Engine (Hybrid)

2.0L L4 Engine (Gasoline Only) 3.0L V6 Twin Turbo Engine


412 TECHNICAL DATA

3.6L V6 Engine


CUSTOMER INFORMATION 413

CustomerInformation

Customer InformationCustomer SatisfactionProcedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 413

Customer Assistance Offices . . . . 415Customer Assistance for TextTelephone (TTY) Users . . . . . . . . . 415

Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . . . . . . 416Roadside Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 416Scheduling ServiceAppointments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 418

Courtesy TransportationProgram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 418

Collision Damage Repair . . . . . . . . . 419Service Publications OrderingInformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 421

Radio Frequency Statement . . . . . 422

Reporting Safety DefectsReporting Safety Defects to theUnited States Government . . . . . 423

Reporting Safety Defects to theCanadian Government . . . . . . . . . 423

Reporting Safety Defects toGeneral Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 423

Vehicle Data Recording andPrivacyVehicle Data Recording andPrivacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 424

Event Data Recorders . . . . . . . . . . . . 424OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 425Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 425

Customer Information

Customer SatisfactionProcedureYour satisfaction and goodwill areimportant to your dealer and toCadillac. Normally, any concerns withthe sales transaction or the operationof the vehicle will be resolved by yourdealer's sales or service departments.Sometimes, however, despite the bestintentions of all concerned,misunderstandings can occur. If yourconcern has not been resolved to yoursatisfaction, the following stepsshould be taken:

STEP ONE : Discuss your concernwith a member of dealershipmanagement. Normally, concerns canbe quickly resolved at that level. If thematter has already been reviewed withthe sales, service or parts manager,contact the owner of your dealershipor the general manager.

STEP TWO : If after contacting amember of dealership management, itappears your concern cannot beresolved by your dealership without


414 CUSTOMER INFORMATION

further help, in the U.S., call theCadillac Customer Assistance Centerat 1-800–458–8006. In Canada, callthe Canadian Cadillac Customer CareCentre at 1-888-446-2000.

We encourage you to call the toll-freenumber in order to give your inquiryprompt attention. Have the followinginformation available to give theCustomer Assistance representative:

. Vehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN). This is availablefrom the vehicle registration ortitle, or the plate at the top left ofthe instrument panel and visiblethrough the windshield.

. Dealership name and location.

. Vehicle delivery date and presentmileage.

When contacting Cadillac, rememberthat your concern will likely beresolved at a dealer's facility. That iswhy we suggest following Step Onefirst.

STEP THREE — U.S. Owners : BothGeneral Motors and your dealer arecommitted to making sure you arecompletely satisfied with the new

vehicle. However, if you continue toremain unsatisfied after following theprocedure outlined in Steps One andTwo, you can file with the BetterBusiness Bureau (BBB) Auto Line®

Program to enforce your rights.

The BBB Auto Line Program is anout-of-court program administered bythe Council of Better Business Bureausto settle automotive disputesregarding vehicle repairs or theinterpretation of the New VehicleLimited Warranty. Although you maybe required to resort to this informaldispute resolution program prior tofiling a court action, use of theprogram is free of charge and yourcase will generally be heard within40 days. If you do not agree with thedecision given in your case, you mayreject it and proceed with any othervenue for relief available to you.

You may contact the BBB Auto LineProgram using the toll-free telephonenumber or write them at the followingaddress:

BBB Auto Line ProgramCouncil of Better Business Bureaus,Inc.3033 Wilson BoulevardSuite 600Arlington, VA 22201

Telephone: 1-800-955-5100http://www.bbb.org/council/programs-services/dispute-handling-and-resolution/bbb-auto-line

This program is available in all50 states and the District of Columbia.Eligibility is limited by vehicle age,mileage, and other factors. GeneralMotors reserves the right to changeeligibility limitations and/ordiscontinue its participation in thisprogram.

STEP THREE — Canadian Owners :In the event that you do not feel yourconcerns have been addressed afterfollowing the procedure outlined inSteps One and Two, General Motors ofCanada Company wants you to beaware of its participation in ano-charge mediation/arbitrationprogram. General Motors of CanadaCompany has committed to binding



arbitration of owner disputes involvingfactory-related vehicle service claims.The program provides for the reviewof the facts involved by an impartialthird party arbiter, and may includean informal hearing before the arbiter.The program is designed so that theentire dispute settlement process,from the time you file your complaintto the final decision, should becompleted in about 70 days. Webelieve our impartial program offersadvantages over courts in mostjurisdictions because it is informal,quick, and free of charge.

For further information concerningeligibility in the Canadian MotorVehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP),call toll-free 1-800-207-0685, or callthe Cadillac Customer Care Centre,1-888-446-2000, or write to:

General Motors Cadillac CustomerCare CentreGeneral Motors of Canada CompanyMail Code: CA1-163-0051908 Colonel Sam DriveOshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7

The inquiry should be accompaniedby the Vehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN).

Customer AssistanceOfficesCadillac encourages customers to callthe toll-free number for assistance.However, if a customer wishes towrite or e-mail Cadillac, the lettershould be addressed to:

United States and Puerto Rico

Cadillac Customer Assistance CenterCadillac Motor Car DivisionP.O. Box 33169Detroit, MI 48232-5169www.Cadillac.com

1-800-458-80061-800-833-2622 (For Text Telephonedevices (TTYs))Roadside Service: 1-800-224-1400

From U.S. Virgin Islands:

1-800-496-9994

Canada

General Motors of Canada CompanyCadillac Customer Care Centre, MailCode: CA1-163-0051908 Colonel Sam DriveOshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7www.gm.ca

1-888-446-2000 (English/French)Cadillac Roadside Service:1-800-882-1112

Overseas

Contact the local General MotorsBusiness Unit.

Customer Assistance forText Telephone (TTY)UsersTo assist customers who are deaf,hard of hearing, or speech-impairedand who use Text Telephones (TTYs),Cadillac has TTY equipment availableat its Customer Assistance Center. AnyTTY user can communicate withCadillac by dialing: 1-800-833-2622.TTY users in Canada can dial1-800-263-3830.



Online Owner Center

Online Owner Experience (U.S.)my.cadillac.com

The Cadillac online owner experienceallows interaction with Cadillac andkeeps important vehicle-specificinformation in one place.

Membership Benefits

E : Download owner manuals andview vehicle-specific how-to videos.

G : View maintenance schedules,alerts, and OnStar onboard vehiclediagnostic information. Scheduleservice appointments.

I : View printable dealer-recordedservice records and self-recordedservice records.

D : Select a dealer and viewlocations, maps, phone numbers, andhours.

r : Track your vehicle’s warrantyinformation.

J : View active recalls or search byVehicle Identification Number (VIN).See Vehicle Identification Number(VIN) 0 408.

H : View GM Card, SiriusXM Satelliteradio (if equipped), and OnStaraccount information.

F : Chat with online helprepresentatives.

See my.cadillac.com to register yourvehicle.

Cadillac Owner Centre (Canada)cadillacowner.ca

Visit the Cadillac Owner Centre:

. Chat live with online helprepresentatives.

. Locate owner resources such aslease-end, financing, and warrantyinformation.

. Retrieve favorite articles, quizzes,tips, and multimedia galleriesorganized into the FeaturedArticles and Auto Care Sections.

. Download owner manuals.

. Find Cadillac-recommendedmaintenance services.

Roadside ServiceU.S.: 1-800-224-1400.

Canada: 1-800-882-1112.

Text Telephone (TTY) Users (U.S.Only): 1-888-889-2438.

Service is available 24 hours a day,365 days a year.

Calling for Service

When calling Roadside Service, havethe following information ready:

. Your name, home address, andhome telephone number.

. Telephone number of yourlocation.

. Location of the vehicle.

. Model, year, color, and licenseplate number of the vehicle.

. Odometer reading, VehicleIdentification Number (VIN), anddelivery date of the vehicle.

. Description of the problem.



Coverage

Services are provided for the durationof the vehicle’s powertrain warranty.

In the U.S., anyone driving the vehicleis covered. In Canada, a person drivingthe vehicle without permission fromthe owner is not covered.

Roadside Service is not a part of theNew Vehicle Limited Warranty.General Motors North America andCadillac reserve the right to make anychanges or discontinue the RoadsideService program at any time withoutnotification.

General Motors North America andCadillac reserve the right to limitservices or payment to an owner ordriver if they decide the claims aremade too often, or the same type ofclaim is made many times.

Cadillac Owner Privileges™. Emergency Fuel Delivery:

Delivery of enough fuel for thevehicle to get to the nearestservice station.

. Lock-Out Service: Service tounlock the vehicle if you arelocked out. A remote unlock maybe available if you have OnStar.For security reasons, the drivermust present identification beforethis service is given.

. Emergency Tow from a PublicRoad or Highway: Tow to thenearest Cadillac dealer forwarranty service, or if the vehiclewas in a crash and cannot bedriven. Assistance is not givenwhen the vehicle is stuck in thesand, mud, or snow.

. Flat Tire Change: Service tochange a flat tire with a spare tire.The spare tire, if equipped, mustbe in good condition and properlyinflated. It is your responsibilityfor the repair or replacement ofthe tire if it is not covered by thewarranty.

. Battery Jump Start: Service tojump start a dead battery.

. Trip Interruption Benefits andService: If your trip is interrupteddue to a warranty failure,incidental expenses may be

reimbursed during the Powertrainwarranty period. Items consideredare hotel, meals, and rental car ora vehicle being delivered back tothe customer, up to 805 km(500 mi).

Cadillac Technician RoadsideService (U.S. Only)

Cadillac's exceptional Roadside Serviceis more than an auto club or towingservice. It provides every Cadillacowner in the United States with theadvantage of contacting a Cadillacadvisor and, where available, aCadillac trained dealer technician whocan provide on-site service.

A dealer technician will travel to yourlocation within a 30-mile radius of aparticipating Cadillac dealership.If beyond this radius, we will arrangeto have your car towed to the nearestCadillac dealership. Each techniciantravels with a specially equippedservice vehicle complete with thenecessary Cadillac parts and toolsrequired to handle most roadsiderepairs.



Services Not Included inRoadside Service. Impound towing caused by

violation of any laws.

. Legal fines.

. Mounting, dismounting,or changing of snow tires, chains,or other traction devices.

Service is not provided if a vehicle isin an area that is not accessible to theservice vehicle or is not a regularlytraveled or maintained public road,which includes ice and winter roads.Off-road use is not covered.

Services Specific toCanadian-Purchased Vehicles. Fuel delivery: Reimbursement is

up to 7 liters. Diesel fuel deliverymay be restricted. Propane andother fuels are not providedthrough this service.

. Lock-Out Service: Vehicleregistration is required.

. Trip Interruption Benefits andService: Pre-authorization, originaldetailed receipts, and a copy of therepair orders are required. Once

authorization has been received,the Roadside Service advisor willhelp you make arrangements andexplain how to receive payment.

. Alternative Service: If assistancecannot be provided right away, theRoadside Service advisor may giveyou permission to get localemergency road service. You willreceive payment, up to $100, aftersending the original receipt toRoadside Service. Mechanicalfailures may be covered, howeverany cost for parts and labor forrepairs not covered by thewarranty are the ownerresponsibility.

Scheduling ServiceAppointmentsWhen the vehicle requires warrantyservice, contact your dealer andrequest an appointment. Byscheduling a service appointment andadvising the service consultant ofyour transportation needs, your dealercan help minimize yourinconvenience.

If the vehicle cannot be scheduledinto the service departmentimmediately, keep driving it until itcan be scheduled for service, unless,of course, the problem is safetyrelated. If it is, please call yourdealership, let them know this, andask for instructions.

If your dealer requests you to bringthe vehicle for service, you are urgedto do so as early in the work day aspossible to allow for same-day repair.

Courtesy TransportationProgramTo enhance your ownershipexperience, we and our participatingdealers are proud to offer CourtesyTransportation, a customer supportprogram for vehicles with theBumper-to-Bumper (Base WarrantyCoverage period in Canada), extendedpowertrain, and/or hybrid-specificwarranties in both the U.S. andCanada.

Several Courtesy Transportationoptions are available to assist inreducing inconvenience whenwarranty repairs are required.



Courtesy Transportation is not a partof the New Vehicle Limited Warranty.A separate booklet entitled “LimitedWarranty and Owner AssistanceInformation” furnished with each newvehicle provides detailed warrantycoverage information.

Transportation Options

Warranty service can generally becompleted while you wait. However,if you are unable to do so, your dealermay offer the following transportationoptions:

Shuttle Service

This includes one-way or round-tripshuttle service within reasonable timeand distance parameters of yourdealer's area.

Public Transportation or FuelReimbursement

If overnight warranty repairs areneeded, and public transportation isused, the expense must be supportedby original receipts and within themaximum amount allowed by GM forshuttle service. If U.S. customersarrange their own transportation,

limited reimbursement for reasonablefuel expenses may be available. Claimamounts should reflect actual costsand be supported by original receipts.See your dealer for information.

Courtesy Rental Vehicle

For an overnight warranty repair, thedealer may provide an availablecourtesy rental vehicle or provide forreimbursement of a rental vehicle.Reimbursement is limited and mustbe supported by original receipts aswell as a signed and completed rentalagreement and meet state/provincial,local, and rental vehicle providerrequirements. Requirements vary andmay include minimum agerequirements, insurance coverage,credit card, etc. Additional fees suchas fuel usage charges, taxes, levies,usage fees, excessive mileage, or rentalusage beyond the completion of therepair are also your responsibility.

It may not be possible to provide alike vehicle as a courtesy rental.

Additional Program Information

All program options, such as shuttleservice, may not be available at everydealer. Contact your dealer for specificavailability.

General Motors reserves the right tounilaterally modify, change,or discontinue CourtesyTransportation at any time and toresolve all questions of claimeligibility pursuant to the terms andconditions described herein at its solediscretion.

Collision Damage RepairIf the vehicle is involved in a collisionand it is damaged, have the damagerepaired by a qualified technicianusing the proper equipment andquality replacement parts. Poorlyperformed collision repairs diminishthe vehicle resale value, and safetyperformance can be compromised insubsequent collisions.



Collision Parts

Genuine GM Collision parts are newparts made with the same materialsand construction methods as the partswith which the vehicle was originallybuilt. Genuine GM Collision parts arethe best choice to ensure that thevehicle's designed appearance,durability, and safety are preserved.The use of Genuine GM parts can helpmaintain the GM New Vehicle LimitedWarranty.

Recycled original equipment partsmay also be used for repair. Theseparts are typically removed fromvehicles that were total losses in priorcrashes. In most cases, the parts beingrecycled are from undamaged sectionsof the vehicle. A recycled originalequipment GM part may be anacceptable choice to maintain thevehicle's originally designedappearance and safety performance;however, the history of these parts isnot known. Such parts are not coveredby the GM New Vehicle LimitedWarranty, and any related failures arenot covered by that warranty.

Aftermarket collision parts are alsoavailable. These are made bycompanies other than GM and maynot have been tested for the vehicle.As a result, these parts may fit poorly,exhibit premature durability/corrosionproblems, and may not performproperly in subsequent collisions.Aftermarket parts are not covered bythe GM New Vehicle LimitedWarranty, and any vehicle failurerelated to such parts is not covered bythat warranty.

Repair Facility

GM also recommends that you choosea collision repair facility that meetsyour needs before you ever needcollision repairs. Your dealer may havea collision repair center withGM-trained technicians andstate-of-the-art equipment, or be ableto recommend a collision repair centerthat has GM-trained technicians andcomparable equipment.

Insuring the Vehicle

Protect your investment in the GMvehicle with comprehensive andcollision insurance coverage. There are

significant differences in the quality ofcoverage afforded by variousinsurance policy terms. Manyinsurance policies provide reducedprotection to the GM vehicle bylimiting compensation for damagerepairs by using aftermarket collisionparts. Some insurance companies willnot specify aftermarket collision parts.When purchasing insurance, werecommend that you ensure that thevehicle will be repaired with GMoriginal equipment collision parts.If such insurance coverage is notavailable from your current insurancecarrier, consider switching to anotherinsurance carrier.

If the vehicle is leased, the leasingcompany may require you to haveinsurance that ensures repairs withGenuine GM Original EquipmentManufacturer (OEM) parts or GenuineManufacturer replacement parts. Readthe lease carefully, as you may becharged at the end of the lease forpoor quality repairs.



If a Crash Occurs

If there has been an injury, callemergency services for help. Do notleave the scene of a crash until allmatters have been taken care of. Movethe vehicle only if its position putsyou in danger, or you are instructed tomove it by a police officer.

Give only the necessary informationto police and other parties involved inthe crash.

For emergency towing see RoadsideService 0 416.

Gather the following information:

. Driver name, address, andtelephone number.

. Driver license number.

. Owner name, address, andtelephone number.

. Vehicle license plate number.

. Vehicle make, model, andmodel year.

. Vehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN).

. Insurance company and policynumber.

. General description of the damageto the other vehicle.

Choose a reputable repair facility thatuses quality replacement parts. See“Collision Parts” earlier in this section.

If the airbag has inflated, see WhatWill You See after an AirbagInflates? 0 88.

Managing the Vehicle DamageRepair Process

In the event that the vehicle requiresdamage repairs, GM recommends thatyou take an active role in its repair.If you have a pre-determined repairfacility of choice, take the vehiclethere, or have it towed there. Specifyto the facility that any requiredreplacement collision parts be originalequipment parts, either new GenuineGM parts or recycled original GMparts. Remember, recycled parts willnot be covered by the GM vehiclewarranty.

Insurance pays the bill for the repair,but you must live with the repair.Depending on your policy limits, yourinsurance company may initially valuethe repair using aftermarket parts.

Discuss this with the repairprofessional, and insist on GenuineGM parts. Remember, if the vehicle isleased, you may be obligated to havethe vehicle repaired with Genuine GMparts, even if your insurance coveragedoes not pay the full cost.

If another party's insurance companyis paying for the repairs, you are notobligated to accept a repair valuationbased on that insurance company'scollision policy repair limits, as youhave no contractual limits with thatcompany. In such cases, you can havecontrol of the repair and parts choicesas long as the cost stays withinreasonable limits.

Service PublicationsOrdering Information

Service Manuals

Service Manuals have the diagnosisand repair information on the engines,transmission, axle, suspension, brakes,electrical, steering, body, etc.



Owner Information

Owner publications are writtenspecifically for owners and intendedto provide basic operationalinformation about the vehicle. TheOwner Manual includes theMaintenance Schedule for all models.

In-Portfolio: Includes a Portfolio,Owner Manual, and Warranty Manual.

RETAIL SELL PRICE: $35.00 –$40.00 (U.S.) plus handling andshipping fees.

Without Pouch: Owner Manual only.

RETAIL SELL PRICE:$25.00 (U.S.) plus handling andshipping fees.

Current and Past Models

Service and Owner publications areavailable for many current and pastmodel year GM vehicles.

ORDER TOLL FREE: 1-800-551-4123Monday – Friday 8:00 AM – 6:00 PMEastern Time

For Credit Card Orders Only(VISA-MasterCard-Discover), see Helm,Inc. at: www.helminc.com.

Or write to:

Helm, IncorporatedAttention: Customer Service47911 Halyard DrivePlymouth, MI 48170

Prices are subject to change withoutnotice and without incurringobligation. Allow ample time fordelivery.

All listed prices are quoted in U.S.funds. Make checks payable in U.S.funds.

Radio FrequencyStatementThis vehicle has systems that operateon a radio frequency that complieswith Part 15/Part 18 of the FederalCommunications Commission (FCC)rules and with Industry CanadaStandards RSS-GEN/210/216/220/251/310, ICES‐001.

Operation is subject to the followingtwo conditions:

1. The device may not causeharmful interference.

2. The device must accept anyinterference received, includinginterference that may causeundesired operation of thedevice.

Changes or modifications to any ofthese systems by other than anauthorized service facility could voidauthorization to use this equipment.



Reporting SafetyDefects

Reporting Safety Defectsto the United StatesGovernmentIf you believe that your vehiclehas a defect which could cause acrash or could cause injury ordeath, you should immediatelyinform the National HighwayTraffic Safety Administration(NHTSA) in addition to notifyingGeneral Motors.

If NHTSA receives similarcomplaints, it may open aninvestigation, and if it finds that asafety defect exists in a group ofvehicles, it may order a recall andremedy campaign. However,NHTSA cannot become involvedin individual problems betweenyou, your dealer, or GeneralMotors.

To contact NHTSA, you may callthe Vehicle Safety Hotline toll-freeat 1-888-327-4236 (TTY:1-800-424-9153); go to http://www.safercar.gov; or write to:

Administrator, NHTSA1200 New Jersey Avenue, S.E.Washington, D.C. 20590

You can also obtain otherinformation about motor vehiclesafety from http://www.safercar.gov.

Reporting Safety Defectsto the CanadianGovernmentIf you live in Canada, and youbelieve that the vehicle has asafety defect, notify TransportCanada immediately, and notifyGeneral Motors of CanadaCompany. Call Transport Canadaat 1-800-333-0510 or write to:

Transport CanadaRoad Safety Branch80 rue NoelGatineau, QC J8Z 0A1

Reporting Safety Defectsto General MotorsIn addition to notifying NHTSA (orTransport Canada) in a situation likethis, notify General Motors.

Call 1-800-458-8006, or write:

Cadillac Customer Assistance CenterCadillac Motor Car DivisionP.O. Box 33169Detroit, MI 48232-5169

In Canada, call 1-888-446-2000,or write:

Canadian Cadillac Customer CareCentre, Mail Code: CA1-163-005General Motors of Canada Company1908 Colonel Sam DriveOshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7



Vehicle Data Recordingand PrivacyThe vehicle has a number ofcomputers that record informationabout the vehicle’s performance andhow it is driven. For example, thevehicle uses computer modules tomonitor and control engine andtransmission performance, to monitorthe conditions for airbag deploymentand deploy them in a crash, and,if equipped, to provide antilockbraking to help the driver control thevehicle. These modules may store datato help the dealer technician servicethe vehicle. Some modules may alsostore data about how the vehicle isoperated, such as rate of fuelconsumption or average speed. Thesemodules may retain personalpreferences, such as radio presets, seatpositions, and temperature settings.

Event Data RecordersThis vehicle is equipped with an eventdata recorder (EDR). The mainpurpose of an EDR is to record, incertain crash or near crash-likesituations, such as an air bagdeployment or hitting a road obstacle,data that will assist in understandinghow a vehicle’s systems performed.The EDR is designed to record datarelated to vehicle dynamics and safetysystems for a short period of time,typically 30 seconds or less. The EDRin this vehicle is designed to recordsuch data as:

. How various systems in yourvehicle were operating;

. Whether or not the driver andpassenger safety belts werebuckled/fastened;

. How far (if at all) the driver wasdepressing the accelerator and/orbrake pedal; and,

. How fast the vehicle was traveling.

These data can help provide a betterunderstanding of the circumstances inwhich crashes and injuries occur.

NoteEDR data are recorded by your vehicleonly if a non-trivial crash situationoccurs; no data are recorded by theEDR under normal driving conditionsand no personal data (e.g., name,gender, age, and crash location) arerecorded. However, other parties, suchas law enforcement, could combinethe EDR data with the type ofpersonally identifying data routinelyacquired during a crash investigation.

To read data recorded by an EDR,special equipment is required, andaccess to the vehicle or the EDR isneeded. In addition to the vehiclemanufacturer, other parties, such aslaw enforcement, that have the specialequipment, can read the informationif they have access to the vehicle orthe EDR.

GM will not access these data or shareit with others except: with the consentof the vehicle owner or, if the vehicleis leased, with the consent of thelessee; in response to an officialrequest by police or similargovernment office; as part of GM'sdefense of litigation through thediscovery process; or, as required by



law. Data that GM collects or receivesmay also be used for GM researchneeds or may be made available toothers for research purposes, where aneed is shown and the data is not tiedto a specific vehicle or vehicle owner.

OnStar®

If the vehicle is equipped withOnStar® and has an activesubscription, additional data may becollected through the OnStar system.This includes information about thevehicle’s operation; collisions involvingthe vehicle; the use of the vehicle andits features; and, in certain situations,the location and approximate GPSspeed of the vehicle. Refer to theOnStar Terms and Conditions andPrivacy Statement on the OnStarwebsite.

See OnStar AdditionalInformation 0 431.

Infotainment SystemIf the vehicle is equipped with anavigation system as part of theinfotainment system, use of thesystem may result in the storage ofdestinations, addresses, telephonenumbers, and other trip information.See the infotainment manual forinformation on stored data and fordeletion instructions.


426 ONSTAR

OnStar

OnStar OverviewOnStar Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 426

OnStar ServicesEmergency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 427Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 427Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 428Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 428Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 430

OnStar Additional InformationOnStar AdditionalInformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 431

OnStar Overview

= Voice Command Button

Q Blue OnStar Button

> Red Emergency Button

This vehicle may be equipped with acomprehensive, in-vehicle system thatcan connect to an OnStar Advisor forEmergency, Security, Navigation,Connections, and Diagnostics Services.OnStar services may require a paidsubscription and data plan. OnStarrequires the vehicle battery andelectrical system, cellular service, andGPS satellite signals to be availableand operating. OnStar acts as a link toexisting emergency service providers.OnStar may collect information aboutyou and your vehicle, includinglocation information. See OnStar UserTerms, Privacy Statement, andSoftware Terms for more details

including system limitations atwww.onstar.com (U.S.) orwww.onstar.ca (Canada).

The OnStar system status light is nextto the OnStar buttons. If the statuslight is:

. Solid Green: System is ready.

. Flashing Green: On a call.

. Red: Indicates a problem.

. Off: System is active. Press Qtwice to speak with an OnStarAdvisor.

PressQ or call 1-888-4ONSTAR(1-888-466-7827) to speak to anAdvisor.

Press= to:

. Make a call, end a call, or answeran incoming call.

. Give OnStar Hands-Free Callingvoice commands.

. Give OnStar Turn-by-TurnNavigation voice commands.

. Obtain and customize the Wi-Fi®

hotspot name or SSID andpassword, if equipped.


ONSTAR 427

PressQ to connect to an Advisor to:

. Verify account information orupdate contact information.

. Get driving directions.

. Receive a Diagnostic check of thevehicle's key operating systems.

. Receive Roadside Assistance.

. Manage Wi-Fi Settings,if equipped.

Press> to get a priority connectionto an OnStar Advisor available 24/7 to:

. Get help for an emergency.

. Be a Good Samaritan or respondto an AMBER Alert.

. Get assistance in severe weatheror other crisis situations and findevacuation routes.

OnStar Services

EmergencyEmergency Services require an active,OnStar service plan (excludes BasicPlan). With Automatic CrashResponse, built-in sensors canautomatically alert a specially trainedOnStar Advisor who is immediatelyconnected in to the vehicle to help.

Press> for a priority connection toan OnStar Advisor who can contactemergency service providers, directthem to your exact location, and relayimportant information.

With OnStar Crisis Assist, speciallytrained Advisors are available24 hours a day, 7 days a week, toprovide a central point of contact,assistance, and information during acrisis.

With Roadside Assistance, Advisorscan locate a nearby service provider tohelp with a flat tire, a battery jump,or an empty gas tank.

SecurityIf equipped, OnStar provides theseservices:

. With Stolen Vehicle Assistance,OnStar Advisors can use GPS topinpoint the vehicle and helpauthorities quickly recover it.

. With Remote Ignition Block™,if equipped, OnStar can block theengine from being restarted.

. With Stolen Vehicle Slowdown®,if equipped, OnStar can work withlaw enforcement to gradually slowthe vehicle down.

Theft Alarm Notification

If equipped, if the doors are lockedand the vehicle alarm sounds, anotification by text, e-mail, or phonecall will be sent. If the vehicle isstolen, an OnStar Advisor can workwith authorities to recover the vehicle.


428 ONSTAR

NavigationOnStar navigation requires a specificOnStar service plan.

PressQ to receive Turn-by-Turndirections or have them sent to thevehicle’s navigation screen,if equipped.

Turn-by-Turn Navigation

1. PressQ to connect to anAdvisor.

2. Request directions to bedownloaded to the vehicle.

3. Follow the voice-guidedcommands.

Using Voice Commands During aPlanned Route

Cancel Route

1. Press=. System responds:“OnStar ready,” then a tone.

2. Say “Cancel route.” Systemresponds: “Do you want to canceldirections?”

3. Say “Yes.” System responds: “OK,request completed, thank you,goodbye.”

Route Preview


2. Say “Route preview.” Systemresponds with the next threemaneuvers.

Repeat


2. Say “Repeat.” System respondswith the last direction given,then responds with “OnStarready,” then a tone.

Get My Destination


2. Say “Get my destination.” Systemresponds with the address anddistance to the destination, thenresponds with “OnStar ready,”then a tone.

Send Destination to Vehicle

Subscribers can have directions sentto the vehicle’s navigation screen,if equipped.

PressQ, then ask the Advisor todownload directions to the vehicle’snavigation system, if equipped. Afterthe call ends, the navigation screenwill provide prompts to begin drivingdirections. Routes that are sent to thenavigation screen can only becanceled through the navigationsystem.

See www.onstar.com (U.S.) orwww.onstar.ca (Canada).

ConnectionsThe following OnStar services helpwith staying connected.

For coverage maps, seewww.onstar.com (U.S.) orwww.onstar.ca (Canada).

Ensuring Security

. Change the default passwords forthe Wi-Fi hotspot and RemoteLinkmobile application. Make thesepasswords different from each


ONSTAR 429

other and use a combination ofletters, numbers, and symbols toincrease the security.

. Change the default name of theSSID (Service Set Identifier). Thisis your network’s name that isvisible to other wireless devices.Choose a unique name and avoidfamily names or vehicledescriptions.

OnStar Wi-Fi® Hotspot (If Equipped)

The vehicle may have a built-in Wi-Fihotspot that provides access to theInternet and web content at 4G LTEspeed. Up to seven mobile devices canbe connected. A data plan is required.Use the in-vehicle controls only whenit is safe to do so.

1. To retrieve Wi-Fi hotspotinformation, press=, wait forthe prompt, then say “Wi-Fisettings.” On some vehicles,touch Wi-Fi Settings on thescreen.

2. The Wi-Fi settings will displaythe Wi-Fi hotspot name (SSID),password, and on some vehicles,the connection type (no Internet

connection, 3G, 4G, 4G LTE), andsignal quality (poor, good,excellent).

3. To change the SSID or password,pressQ or call 1-888-4ONSTARto connect with an Advisor.

After initial set-up, your vehicle’sWi-Fi hotspot will connectautomatically to your mobile devices.Manage data usage by turning Wi-Fion or off on your mobile device, usingthe RemoteLink mobile app, or bycontacting an OnStar Advisor.

OnStar RemoteLink® Mobile App (IfEquipped)

Download the OnStar RemoteLinkmobile app to select Apple® iOS,Android™, BlackBerry®, or Windows®

mobile devices. OnStar Subscriberscan access the following services froma mobile device:

. Remotely start/stop the vehicle,if factory-equipped.

. Lock/unlock doors, if equippedwith automatic locks.

. Activate the horn and lamps.

. Check the vehicle’s fuel level, oillife, or tire pressure,if factory-equipped with the TirePressure Monitor System.

. Send directions to the vehicle.

. Locate the vehicle on a map (U.S.market only).

. Turn the vehicle's Wi-Fi hotspoton/off, manage settings, andmonitor data consumption,if equipped.

For OnStar RemoteLink informationand compatibility, seewww.onstar.com (U.S.) orwww.onstar.ca (Canada).

Remote Services

Contact an OnStar Advisor to unlockthe doors or sound the horn and flashthe lamps.

OnStar AtYourService

OnStar Advisors can provide offersfrom restaurants and retailers on yourroute, help locate hotels, or book aroom. These services vary by market.


430 ONSTAR

OnStar Hands-Free Calling

Make and receive calls with thebuilt-in wireless calling service, whichrequires available minutes.

Make a Call

1. Press=. System responds:“OnStar ready.”

2. Say “Call.” System responds: “Call.Please say the name or numberto call.”

3. Say the entire number withoutpausing, including a “1” and thearea code. System responds: “OK,calling.”

Calling 911 Emergency


2. Say “Call.” System responds: “Call.Please say the name or numberto call.”

3. Say “911” without pausing.System responds: “911.”

4. Say “Call.” System responds: “OK,dialing 911.”

Retrieve My Number


2. Say “My number.” Systemresponds: “Your OnStarHands-Free Calling number is,”then says the number.

End a Call

Press=. System responds: “Callended.”

Verify Minutes and Expiration

Press= and say “Minutes” then“Verify” to check how many minutesremain and their expiration date.

DiagnosticsAdvanced Diagnostics provides astatus of the vehicle’s key systemswith a monthly e-mail, or bypressingQ. If equipped, DiagnosticAlerts can be received in real-time viae-mail or text. The Proactive Alertsfeature (if available) can help predictand alert of potential upcomingmaintenance issues with selectcomponents on the vehicle, beforethey become a problem.

OnStar can also monitor and reporttire pressure, if the vehicle is equippedwith a Tire Pressure MonitoringSystem.


ONSTAR 431

OnStar AdditionalInformationIn-Vehicle Audio Messages

Audio messages may play importantinformation at the following times:

. Prior to vehicle purchase. PressQto set up an account.

. With the OnStar Basic Plan, every60 days.

. After change in ownership and at90 days.

Transferring Service

PressQ to request account transfereligibility information. The Advisorcan cancel or change accountinformation.

Selling/Transferring the Vehicle

Call 1-888-4ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827)immediately to terminate your OnStarservices if the vehicle is disposed of,sold, transferred, or if the lease ends.

Reactivation for SubsequentOwners

PressQ and follow the prompts tospeak to an Advisor as soon aspossible. The Advisor will updatevehicle records and explain OnStarservice options.

How OnStar Service Works

Automatic Crash Response,Emergency Services, Crisis Assist,Stolen Vehicle Assistance, AdvancedVehicle Diagnostics, Remote Services,Roadside Assistance, Turn-by-TurnNavigation, and Hands-Free Callingare available on most vehicles. Not allOnStar services are availableeverywhere or on all vehicles. Formore information, a full description ofOnStar services, system limitations,and OnStar User Terms, PrivacyStatement, and Software Terms:

. Call 1-888-4ONSTAR(1-888-466-7827).

. See www.onstar.com (U.S.).

. See www.onstar.ca (Canada).

. Call TTY 1-877-248-2080.

. PressQ to speak with an Advisor.

OnStar services cannot work unlessthe vehicle is in a place where OnStarhas an agreement with a wirelessservice provider for service in thatarea. The wireless service providermust also have coverage, networkcapacity, reception, and technologycompatible with OnStar services.Service involving location informationabout the vehicle cannot work unlessGPS signals are available,unobstructed, and compatible withthe OnStar hardware. OnStar servicesmay not work if the OnStar equipmentis not properly installed or it has notbeen properly maintained.If equipment or software is added,connected, or modified, OnStarservices may not work. Otherproblems beyond the control ofOnStar — such as hills, tall buildings,tunnels, weather, electrical systemdesign and architecture of the vehicle,damage to the vehicle in a crash,or wireless phone network congestionor jamming — may prevent service.



432 ONSTAR

Services for People withDisabilities

Advisors provide services to helpSubscribers with physical disabilitiesand medical conditions.

PressQ to help:

. Locate a gas station with anattendant to pump gas.

. Find a hotel, restaurant, etc., thatmeets accessibility needs.

. Provide directions to the closesthospital or pharmacy in urgentsituations.

TTY Users

OnStar has the ability to communicateto deaf, hard-of-hearing,or speech-impaired customers while inthe vehicle. The availabledealer-installed TTY system canprovide in-vehicle access to all OnStarservices, except Virtual Advisor andOnStar Turn-by-Turn Navigation.

OnStar Personal IdentificationNumber (PIN)

A PIN is needed to access someOnStar services. The PIN will need tobe changed the first time whenspeaking with an Advisor. To changethe OnStar PIN, contact an OnStarAdvisor by pressingQ or calling1-888-4ONSTAR.

Warranty

OnStar equipment may be warrantedas part of the vehicle warranty.

Languages

The vehicle can be programmed torespond in multiple languages.PressQ and ask for an Advisor.Advisors are available in English,Spanish, and French. Availablelanguages may vary by country.

Potential Issues

OnStar cannot perform Remote DoorUnlock or Stolen Vehicle Assistanceafter the vehicle has been offcontinuously for 10 days without anignition cycle. If the vehicle has notbeen started for five days, OnStar can

contact Roadside Assistance or alocksmith to help gain access to thevehicle.

Global Positioning System (GPS). Obstruction of the GPS can occur

in a large city with tall buildings;in parking garages; aroundairports; in tunnels andunderpasses; or in an area withvery dense trees. If GPS signals arenot available, the OnStar systemshould still operate to call OnStar.However, OnStar could havedifficulty identifying the exactlocation.

. In emergency situations, OnStarcan use the last stored GPSlocation to send to emergencyresponders.

A temporary loss of GPS can causeloss of the ability to send aTurn-by-Turn Navigation route. TheAdvisor may give a verbal route ormay ask for a call back after thevehicle is driven into an open area.


ONSTAR 433

Cellular and GPS Antennas

Cellular reception is required forOnStar to send remote signals to thevehicle. Do not place items over ornear the antenna to prevent blockingcellular and GPS signal reception.

Unable to Connect to OnStarMessage

If there is limited cellular coverage orthe cellular network has reachedmaximum capacity, this message maycome on. PressQ to try the call againor try again after driving a few milesinto another cellular area.

Vehicle and Power Issues

OnStar services require a vehicleelectrical system, wireless service, andGPS satellite technologies to beavailable and operating for features tofunction properly. These systems maynot operate if the battery isdischarged or disconnected.

Add-on Electrical Equipment

The OnStar system is integrated intothe electrical architecture of thevehicle. Do not add any electrical

equipment. See Add-On ElectricalEquipment 0 304. Added electricalequipment may interfere with theoperation of the OnStar system andcause it to not operate.

Vehicle Software Updates

OnStar or GM may remotely deliversoftware updates or changes to thevehicle without further notice orconsent. These updates or changesmay enhance or maintain safety,security, or the operation of thevehicle or the vehicle systems.Software updates or changes mayaffect or erase data or settings thatare stored in the vehicle, such asOnStar Hands-Free Calling name tags,saved navigation destinations,or pre-set radio stations. NeitherOnStar nor GM is responsible for anyaffected or erased data or settings.These updates or changes may alsocollect personal information. Suchcollection is described in the OnStarprivacy statement or separatelydisclosed at the time of installation.These updates or changes may alsocause a system to automaticallycommunicate with GM servers to

collect information about vehiclesystem status, identify whetherupdates or changes are available,or deliver updates or changes. Anactive OnStar agreement constitutesconsent to these software updates orchanges and agreement that eitherOnStar or GM may remotely deliverthem to the vehicle.

Privacy

The complete OnStar PrivacyStatement may be found atwww.onstar.com (U.S.),or www.onstar.ca (Canada). Werecommend that you review it. If youhave any questions, call1-888-4ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827) orpressQ to speak with an Advisor.Users of wireless communications arecautioned that the privacy of anyinformation sent via wireless cellularcommunications cannot be assured.Third parties may unlawfully interceptor access transmissions and privatecommunications without consent.


434 ONSTAR

OnStar - SoftwareAcknowledgements

Certain OnStar components includelibcurl and unzip software and otherthird party software. Below are thenotices and licenses associated withlibcurl and unzip and for other thirdparty software please see http://www.lg.com/global/support/opensource/index and https://www.onstar.com/us/en/support/getdocuments.html

libcurl:

COPYRIGHT AND PERMISSIONNOTICE

Copyright (c) 1996 - 2010, DanielStenberg, <[email protected]>.

All rights reserved.

Permission to use, copy, modify, anddistribute this software for anypurpose with or without fee is herebygranted, provided that the abovecopyright notice and this permissionnotice appear in all copies.

THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED “ASIS,” WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANYKIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,

INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TOTHE WARRANTIES OFMERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR APARTICULAR PURPOSE ANDNONINFRINGEMENT OF THIRDPARTY RIGHTS. IN NO EVENT SHALLTHE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHTHOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANYCLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHERLIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTIONOF CONTRACT, TORT OROTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUTOF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THESOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHERDEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.

Except as contained in this notice, thename of a copyright holder shall notbe used in advertising or otherwise topromote the sale, use or otherdealings in this Software without priorwritten authorization of the copyrightholder.

unzip:

This is version 2005-Feb-10 of theInfo-ZIP copyright and license. Thedefinitive version of this documentshould be available at ftp://ftp.info-zip.org/pub/infozip/license.html indefinitely.

Copyright (c) 1990-2005 Info-ZIP. Allrights reserved.

For the purposes of this copyright andlicense, “Info-ZIP” is defined as thefollowing set of individuals:

Mark Adler, John Bush, Karl Davis,Harald Denker, Jean-Michel Dubois,Jean-loup Gailly, Hunter Goatley, EdGordon, Ian Gorman, Chris Herborth,Dirk Haase, Greg Hartwig, RobertHeath, Jonathan Hudson, Paul Kienitz,David Kirschbaum, Johnny Lee, Onnovan der Linden, Igor Mandrichenko,Steve P. Miller, Sergio Monesi, KeithOwens, George Petrov, Greg Roelofs,Kai Uwe Rommel, Steve Salisbury,Dave Smith, Steven M. Schweda,Christian Spieler, Cosmin Truta,Antoine Verheijen, Paul von Behren,Rich Wales, Mike White.

This software is provided “as is,”without warranty of any kind, expressor implied. In no event shall Info-ZIPor its contributors be held liable forany direct, indirect, incidental, specialor consequential damages arising outof the use of or inability to use thissoftware.


ONSTAR 435

Permission is granted to anyone touse this software for any purpose,including commercial applications,and to alter it and redistribute itfreely, subject to the followingrestrictions:

1. Redistributions of source codemust retain the above copyrightnotice, definition, disclaimer, andthis list of conditions.

2. Redistributions in binary form(compiled executables) mustreproduce the above copyrightnotice, definition, disclaimer, andthis list of conditions indocumentation and/or othermaterials provided with thedistribution. The sole exceptionto this condition is redistributionof a standard UnZipSFX binary(including SFXWiz) as part of aself-extracting archive; that ispermitted without inclusion ofthis license, as long as thenormal SFX banner has not beenremoved from the binary ordisabled.

3. Altered versions–including, butnot limited to, ports to newoperating systems, existing portswith new graphical interfaces,and dynamic, shared, or staticlibrary versions–must be plainlymarked as such and must not bemisrepresented as being theoriginal source. Such alteredversions also must not bemisrepresented as being Info-ZIPreleases–including, but notlimited to, labeling of the alteredversions with the names“Info-ZIP” (or any variationthereof, including, but notlimited to, differentcapitalizations), “Pocket UnZip,”“WiZ” or “MacZip” without theexplicit permission of Info-ZIP.Such altered versions are furtherprohibited frommisrepresentative use of theZip-Bugs or Info-ZIP e-mailaddresses or of theInfo-ZIP URL(s).

4. Info-ZIP retains the right to usethe names “Info-ZIP,” “Zip,”“UnZip,” “UnZipSFX,” “WiZ,”“Pocket UnZip,” “Pocket Zip,” and“MacZip” for its own source andbinary releases.


436 INDEX

Index AAccessories and Modifications . . . . . 306Accessory Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232Adaptive Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . 253Add-On Electrical Equipment . . . . . . 304Additional InformationOnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 431

Additional Maintenanceand Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401

AdjustmentsLumbar, Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .67Lumbar, Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75Thigh Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68

Air Cleaner/Filter, Engine . . . . . . . . . . 320Air Conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .199, 206Air Filter, PassengerCompartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212

Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211Airbag SystemCheck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .94How Does an Airbag Restrain? . . . . .87Passenger Sensing System . . . . . . . . .89What Makes an Airbag Inflate? . . . .87What Will You See after anAirbag Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .88

When Should an AirbagInflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .86

Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . . . . . . . .85

AirbagsAdding Equipment to theVehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .93

Passenger Status Indicator . . . . . . . 139Readiness Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139Servicing Airbag-EquippedVehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .93

System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .83AlarmVehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51

AlertLane Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277Side Blind Zone (SBZA) . . . . . . . . . . 276

All-Season Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346All-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .242, 332Antilock Brake System (ABS) . . . . . . 243Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144

Appearance CareExterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 384Interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 388

Armrest Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114Ashtrays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124Assistance Systems for Driving . . . . 268Assistance Systems for Parkingand Backing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262

Auto Stop Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148AutomaticClimate Control System . . . . . 199, 206


INDEX 437

Automatic (cont'd)Dimming Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45Forward Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270Headlamp System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239Transmission Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319

Automatic TransmissionManual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241Shift Lock Control FunctionCheck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333

Automatic Vehicle Hold (AVH) . . . . 245

BBattery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132Exterior Lighting BatterySaver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197

Power Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197Voltage and ChargingMessages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166

Battery - North America . . . . . .331, 379Battery GaugeHigh Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132

Blade Replacement, Wiper . . . . . . . . . 334Boost Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134BrakeParking, Electric . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243System Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 143

Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329

Brakes (cont'd)Antilock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330Regenerative Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246System Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167

Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .215, 216Automatic Forward . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270

Braking SystemFront Pedestrian (FPB) . . . . . . . . . . . 272

Break-In, New Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335Headlamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336License Plate Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336

Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361

CCadillac Premium CareMaintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 395

Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120CaliforniaFuel Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296Perchlorate MaterialsRequirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306

California Proposition65 Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306, 331, 379

Canadian Vehicle Owners . . . . . . . . . . . . .2Capacities and Specifications . . . . . . 409

Carbon MonoxideEngine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238Trunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .47Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219

CargoTie-Downs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115

Caution, Danger, and Warning . . . . . . . .2Center Console Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114Chains, Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365Charge Cord . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288ChargingDelay Override . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283Electrical Requirements . . . . . . . . . . 294Plug-In . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282Programmable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150Utility Interruption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293Wireless . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122

Charging Status Screens . . . . . . . . . . . . 284Charging System Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140CheckMalfunction Indicator EngineLight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141

Child RestraintsInfants and Young Children . . . . . . . .96Lower Anchors and Tethersfor Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101

Older Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .95Securing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108, 110


438 INDEX

Child Restraints (cont'd)Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .99

Cigarette Lighter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337CleaningExterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 384Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 388

Climate Control SystemsAutomatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199, 206

Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120Cluster, Instrument . . . . . . . . . . . .125, 128Collision Damage Repair . . . . . . . . . . . 419Compact Spare Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 378CompartmentsStorage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113

Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168

Compressor Kit, Tire Sealant . . . . . . . 367ConnectionsOnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 428

ControlTraction and ElectronicStability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248

Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215Convenience Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115Convex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55CoolantEngine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324

Coolant (cont'd)Engine Temperature Gauge . . . . . . 136Engine Temperature WarningLight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146

Cooling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .199, 206Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .322, 323Engine Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169

Courtesy Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195Courtesy TransportationProgram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 418

Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168

Cruise Control, Adaptive . . . . . . . . . . . 253Customer Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 415Offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 415Text Telephone (TTY) Users . . . . . 415

Customer InformationService Publications OrderingInformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 421

Customer SatisfactionProcedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 413

DDamage Repair, Collision . . . . . . . . . . . 419Danger, Warning, and Caution . . . . . . . .2Data CollectionInfotainment System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 425

Data Collection (cont'd)OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 425

Data Recorders, Event . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 424Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) . . . 193Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215Delayed Charging Override . . . . . . . . . 283Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45DiagnosticsOnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 430

Distracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195DoorAjar Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150Ajar Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43Power Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45Rear Seat Pass-Through . . . . . . . . . . . .76

Drive Belt Routing, Engine . . . . . . . . . 411Drive SystemsAll-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242, 332

Driver Assistance Systems . . . . . . . . . 261Driver InformationCenter (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160

Driver Mode Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249Driver Selected OperatingModes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234


INDEX 439

DrivingAssistance Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268Characteristics andTowing Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299

Defensive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215Drunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215For Better Fuel Economy . . . . . . . . . . .32Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . . . 219If the Vehicle is Stuck . . . . . . . . . . . . 220Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221Wet Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219

Driving for Better EnergyEfficiency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32

EElectric Engine OverheatedLight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147

Electric Parking Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243Electric Parking Brake Light . . . . . . . 143Electrical Equipment, Add-On . . . . . 304Electrical Requirements forBattery Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294

Electrical SystemEngine Compartment FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338

Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . 337

Electrical System (cont'd)Instrument Panel Fuse Block . . . . 341Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337Rear Compartment FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343

EmergencyOnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 427

Energy EfficiencyDriving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32

Energy Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159EngineAir Cleaner/Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320Check and Service EngineSoon Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141

Compartment Overview . . . . . . . . . . 309Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324Coolant Temperature Gauge . . . . . 136Coolant TemperatureWarning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146

Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322, 323Cooling System Messages . . . . . . . . 169Drive Belt Routing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 411Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231Oil Life System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318Oil Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170Oil Pressure Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135Oil Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147

Engine (cont'd)Overheating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327Power Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170Running While Parked . . . . . . . . . . . 239Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227, 229

Engine OilTemperature Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136

Engine UnavailableOut of Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236

Entry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196Equipment, Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303Event Data Recorders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 424Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197Extended Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234Extender, Safety Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82Exterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . 191Exterior Lamps Off Reminder . . . . . . 193Exterior Lighting Battery Saver . . . . 197

FFeaturesMemory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12

Filter,Engine Air Cleaner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320

Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193Flashers, Hazard Warning . . . . . . . . . . 194Flat Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373

Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 391


440 INDEX

FluidAutomatic Transmission . . . . . . . . . 319Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329

Folding Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55Forward Automatic Braking . . . . . . . . 270Forward Collision Alert (FCA)System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268

Frequency StatementRadio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 422

Front Pedestrian Braking (FPB)System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272

Front SeatsHeated and Ventilated . . . . . . . . . . . . .71

Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296Economy Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32Filling a Portable FuelContainer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299

Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297Foreign Countries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . . . . 148Requirements, California . . . . . . . . . 296System Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170

FusesEngine Compartment FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338

Fuses (cont'd)Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . 337Instrument Panel Fuse Block . . . . 341Rear Compartment FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343

GGarage Door Opener . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187

GaugesBattery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132Boost . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134Engine Coolant Temperature . . . . 136Engine Oil Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135Engine Oil Temperature . . . . . . . . . . 136Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132Power Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132Voltmeter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137Warning Lights andIndicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124

General InformationService and Maintenance . . . . . . . . 393Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306

Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113

HHazard Warning Flashers . . . . . . . . . . 194Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65Head-up Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163HeadlampsAiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336Daytime RunningLamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193

Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . . . . . 193Lamps On Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149

HeatedSteering Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118

Heated and Ventilated FrontSeats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71

Heated and Ventilated RearSeats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76

Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56HeaterEngine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231

Heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .199, 206High Voltage Battery Gauge . . . . . . . 132High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149High-Speed Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . . . . . 219


INDEX 441

Hill Start Assist (HSA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118How to Wear Safety BeltsProperly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78

HVAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .199, 206

IIgnition Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54IndicatorPedestrian Ahead . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145Vehicle Ahead . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145

Infants and Young Children,Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96

InformationEnergy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159

Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 425Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . .125, 128Instrument PanelStorage Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113

Instrument Panel Overview . . . . . . . . . . .6Interior Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . 56Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2

JJump Starting - North America . . . . 379

KKey and Lock Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 171Keyless EntryRemote (RKE) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35

Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34

LLabeling, Tire Sidewall . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348LampsCourtesy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195Daytime Running (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . 193Dome . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195Exterior Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191Exterior Lamps Off Reminder . . . . 193Exterior Lighting BatterySaver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197

License Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336Malfunction Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . 141Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171On Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149Reading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196

Lane Change Alert (LCA) . . . . . . . . . . . 277Lane DepartureWarning (LDW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278

Lane Keep Assist (LKA) . . . . . . . . . . . . 279Lane Keep Assist Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144

Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79LATCH SystemReplacing Parts after a Crash . . . . 107

LATCH, Lower Anchors andTethers for Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101

LED Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336LightElectric Engine Overheated . . . . . . 147Ready Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149Vehicle Ready . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149

Light, Auto Stop Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148Lighter, Cigarette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124LightingEntry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196Exit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197Illumination Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195LED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336

Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144Airbag Readiness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139Antilock Brake System (ABS)Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144

Brake System Warning . . . . . . . . . . . 143Charging System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149Door Ajar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150Electric Parking Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . 143Engine Coolant TemperatureWarning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146


442 INDEX

Lights (cont'd)Engine Oil Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193High-Beam On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . . . . . 193Low Fuel Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148Safety Belt Reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . 138Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148Service Electric Parking Brake . . . 144Service Vehicle Soon . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143StabiliTrak® OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147Traction Control System(TCS)/StabiliTrak® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146

Traction Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145LocksAutomatic Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43Lockout Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45Power Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46

Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . 148Low-Profile Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347Lower Anchors and Tethers forChildren (LATCH System) . . . . . . . . 101

Lumbar Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67, 75

Lumbar Adjustment (cont'd)Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .67Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75

MMaintenanceRecords . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 407

Maintenance and CareAdditional . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401

Maintenance Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . 395Recommended Fluids andLubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 404

Malfunction Indicator Lamp . . . . . . . 141Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241Massage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73Memory Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12Memory Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70MessagesAirbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175Battery Voltage and Charging . . . . 166Brake System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168Door Ajar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169Engine Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . 169Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170Engine Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170Fuel System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170Key and Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171

Messages (cont'd)Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171Object Detection System . . . . . . . . . 172Propulsion Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174Ride Control System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175Safety Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176Service Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176Starting the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177Steering System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166Vehicle Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178Vehicle Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178

MirrorRear Camera . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57

MirrorsAutomatic Dimming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56Automatic Dimming Rearview . . . . .56Convex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55Folding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55Tilt in Reverse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56

Mirrors, Interior Rearview . . . . . . . . . . . 56


INDEX 443

Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249Driver Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249

ModesDriver Selected . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236

Monitor System, Tire Pressure . . . . . 355

NNavigationOnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 428

Net, Convenience . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115New Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224Night Vision System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274

OObject Detection SystemMessages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172

Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132

Off-RoadRecovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217

OilEngine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . . . . . 318Engine Oil Pressure Gauge . . . . . . . 135Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147

Older Children, Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . 95Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 416

OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 425OnStar® AdditionalInformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 431

OnStar® Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 428OnStar® Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 430OnStar® Emergency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 427OnStar® Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 428OnStar® Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 426OnStar® Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 427OrderingService Publications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 421

Out of Fuel/Engine Unavailable . . . . 236OutletsPower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121

Overheating, Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327

PParkShifting Into . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232Shifting Out of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233

ParkingBrake and P (Park)Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334

Extended . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234Over Things That Burn . . . . . . . . . . . 234

Parking Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262Parking or BackingAssistance Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262

Passenger Airbag StatusIndicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139

Passenger Compartment AirFilter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212

Passenger Sensing System . . . . . . . . . . 89Pedestrian Ahead Indicator . . . . . . . . 145Perchlorate MaterialsRequirements, California . . . . . . . . . 306

PersonalizationVehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178

Plug-In Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282PowerDoor Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45Flows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150Indicator Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121Protection, Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197Retained Accessory (RAP) . . . . . . . . 232Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .67Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .59

Pregnancy, Using Safety Belts . . . . . . 81Premium Care MaintenanceCadillac . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 395

PrivacyVehicle Data Recording . . . . . . . . . . 424

ProgramCourtesy Transportation . . . . . . . . . 418


444 INDEX

Programmable Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . 150Proposition65 Warning,California . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306, 331, 379

Propulsion Power Messages . . . . . . . . 174

RRadio Frequency Statement . . . . . . . . 422Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196Ready Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149Rear Camera Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57Rear Seat Pass-Through Door . . . . . . . 76Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73Heated and Ventilated . . . . . . . . . . . . .76

Rear Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . . . . . . . 262Rear Window Sunshade . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61Rearview MirrorsAutomatic Dimming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56

Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69Recommended Fluids andLubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 404

RecorderVideo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280

RecordsMaintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 407

Recreational Vehicle Towing . . . . . . . 382Regenerative Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246

Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35

Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42Replacement Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336Replacement PartsAirbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .94Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 405

Replacing Airbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . 94Replacing LATCH System Partsafter a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107

Replacing Safety Belt SystemParts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82

Reporting Safety DefectsCanadian Government . . . . . . . . . . . . 423General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 423U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 423

RequirementsElectrical Battery Charging . . . . . . . 294

RestraintsWhere to Put . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100

Retained AccessoryPower (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232

Reverse Tilt Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56Ride Control SystemsMessages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175

RoadsDriving, Wet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218

Roadside Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 416

RoofSunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62

Rotation, Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359Routing, Engine Drive Belt . . . . . . . . . 411Running the Vehicle WhileParked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239

SSafety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .82Extender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .82How to Wear Safety BeltsProperly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .78

Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .79Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175Reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138Replacing after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . .82Use During Pregnancy . . . . . . . . . . . . . .81

Safety Defects ReportingCanadian Government . . . . . . . . . . . . 423General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 423U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 423

Safety Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46Safety System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82Scheduling Appointments . . . . . . . . . . 418Sealant Kit, Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367SeatsHead Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65Heated and Ventilated Front . . . . . . .71


INDEX 445

Seats (cont'd)Heated and Ventilated, Rear . . . . . . .76Lumbar Adjustment, Front . . . . . . . . .67Lumbar Adjustment, Rear . . . . . . . . . .75Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70Power Adjustment, Front . . . . . . . . . .67Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .73Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .69

Securing Child Restraints . . . . .108, 110SecurityLight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 427Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51Vehicle Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51

Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212Accessories andModifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306

Doing Your Own Work . . . . . . . . . . . 307Engine Soon Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141Maintenance Records . . . . . . . . . . . . 407Maintenance, GeneralInformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 393

Parts Identification Label . . . . . . . . 408Publications OrderingInformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 421

Scheduling Appointments . . . . . . . . 418Vehicle Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176

Service (cont'd)Vehicle Soon Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143

Service Electric Parking BrakeLight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144

ServicesSpecial Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 400

Servicing the Airbag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93Shift Lock Control FunctionCheck, AutomaticTransmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333

ShiftingInto Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232Out of Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233

Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) . . . . . . 276Signals, Turn and Lane-Change . . . . 194Spare TireCompact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 378

Special Application Services . . . . . . . 400Specifications and Capacities . . . . . . 409Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132StabiliTrakOFF Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146

Start Assist, Hill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245Start Vehicle, Remote . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42Starter Switch Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . . .227, 229Starting the Vehicle Messages . . . . . 177

Status ScreensCharging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284

Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216Heated Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118Wheel Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117Wheel Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118

Steering System Messages . . . . . . . . . 176StorageRear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114

Storage AreasArmrest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114Center Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114Convenience Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113Instrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113

Storage Compartments . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113Storing the Tire Sealant andCompressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373

Stuck Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220Summer Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62SunshadeRear Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .61

Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3SystemForward Collision Alert (FCA) . . . . 268Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198, 425


446 INDEX

System (cont'd)Night Vision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274

SystemsDriver Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261

TTachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132Text Telephone (TTY) Users . . . . . . . 415Theft-Deterrent Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . 54Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .54

Thigh Support Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . 68Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345All-Season . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373Compact Spare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 378Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358Low Profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147Pressure Monitor Operation . . . . . . 356Pressure Monitor System . . . . . . . . 355Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359

Tires (cont'd)Sealant and Compressor Kit . . . . . 367Sealant and Compressor Kit,Storing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373

Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348Terminology and Definitions . . . . 350Uniform Tire Quality Grading . . . . 362Wheel Alignment and TireBalance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364

Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364When It Is Time for NewTires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360

Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346TowingDriving Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . 299Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299Recreational Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 382Trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 382

TractionControl System (TCS)/StabiliTrak® Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146

Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145Traction Control/ElectronicStability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248

TrailerTowing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302

TransmissionAutomatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239Fluid, Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177

Transportation Program,Courtesy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 418

Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132Trunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47Turn and Lane-Change Signals . . . . 194

UUniform Tire Quality Grading . . . . . . 362Universal Remote System . . . . . . . . . . 187Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187

Using This Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2Utility Interruption of Charging . . . 293

VVehicleAlarm System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51Canadian Owners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215Identification Number (VIN) . . . . . 408Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166Personalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178Reminder Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178Remote Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42


INDEX 447

Vehicle (cont'd)Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51Service Soon Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143Speed Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 382

Vehicle Ahead Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . 145Vehicle CareStoring the Tire Sealant andCompressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373

Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353Vehicle Data Recording andPrivacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 424

Vehicle HoldAutomatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245

Vehicle Hold (AVH)Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245

Vehicle Ready Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149Ventilation, Air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211Video Recorder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60Voltmeter Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137

WWarningBrake System Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143Caution and Danger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2Lane Departure (LDW) . . . . . . . . . . . 278

Warning Lights, Gauges, andIndicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124

WarningsHazard Flashers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194

Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178

WheelsAlignment and Tire Balance . . . . . 364Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364

When It Is Time for New Tires . . . . 360Where to Put the Restraint . . . . . . . . 100Wi-Fi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 428Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .59

WindshieldReplacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335Wiper/Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118

WinterDriving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219

Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 334Wireless Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122

MY CY Owner’s Manual...the turn signal lamps flash. 3. Start the vehicle normally after entering....

Documents

Transcript of MY CY Owner’s Manual...the turn signal lamps flash. 3. Start the vehicle normally after entering....